Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 15, 2013

Registration No. 333-188536

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Frank’s International N.V.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

The Netherlands   1389   98-1107145

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands

+31 (0)20 52 14 777

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Brian D. Baird

Vice President and Chief Legal Officer

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands

+31 (0)20 52 14 777

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Douglas E. McWilliams

Jeffery K. Malonson

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin, Suite 2500

Houston, Texas 77002-6760

(713) 758-2222

 

Sean T. Wheeler

Latham & Watkins LLP

811 Main Street, Suite 3700

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 546-5400

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated July 15, 2013

PROSPECTUS

 

 

            Shares

 

LOGO

Frank’s International N.V.

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Frank’s International N.V. We are offering             shares of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FI.”

We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $     and $     per share.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16.

 

     Per share      Total  

Price to the public

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $     

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase additional          shares of common stock on the same terms and conditions set forth above if the underwriters sell more than         shares of common stock in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                 , 2013.

 

 

 

Barclays

  Credit Suisse  

Simmons & Company

International

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Table of Contents

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     16   

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     37   

Organizational Structure

     38   

Use of Proceeds

     42   

Dividend Policy

     42   

Capitalization

     43   

Dilution

     44   

Selected Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data

     45   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     49   

Business

     70   

Management

     93   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

     99   

Executive Compensation

     111   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     119   

Principal Stockholders

     126   

Description of Capital Stock

     128   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     135   

Certain Netherlands Income and Estate Tax Considerations

     136   

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     142   

Underwriting

     147   

Legal Matters

     155   

Experts

     155   

Where You Can Find More Information

     156   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

Glossary

     A-1   

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf or to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus. We are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common stock.

Until                 , 2013, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Industry and Market Data

A portion of the market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus is based on independent industry publications, government publications or other published independent sources. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary provides a brief overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is abbreviated, this summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision, including the information presented in “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined and pro forma financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, information presented in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is not exercised. We have provided definitions for certain industry terms used in this prospectus in the Glossary beginning on page A-1 of this prospectus.

In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Frank’s International” and the “Company” when used in a historical context refer to the combined businesses of Frank’s International N.V. (“FINV”), Frank’s International, Inc. (“FII”), Frank’s Casing Crew and Rental Tools, Inc. (“FCC”), Frank’s Tong Service, Inc. (“FTS”) and their wholly owned subsidiaries, prior to the transactions being entered into in connection with this offering as described in “Organizational Structure.” When used in the present tense, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Frank’s International” and the “Company” refer to FINV and its consolidated subsidiaries, following the reorganization and transactions described in “Organizational Structure.”

Frank’s International

Overview

We are a 75 year-old, industry-leading global provider of highly engineered tubular services to the oil and gas industry. We provide our services to leading exploration and production companies in both offshore and onshore environments, with a focus on complex and technically demanding wells. We believe that we are one of the largest global providers of tubular services to the oil and gas industry.

Tubular services involve the handling and installation of multiple joints of pipe to establish a cased wellbore and the installation of smaller diameter pipe inside a cased wellbore to provide a conduit for produced oil and gas to reach the surface. The casing of a wellbore isolates the wellbore from the surrounding geologic formations and water table, provides well structure and pressure integrity, and allows well operators to target specific zones for production. Given the central role that our services play in the structural integrity, reliability and safety of a well, and the importance of efficient tubular services to managing the overall cost of a well, we believe that our role is vital to the overall process of producing oil and gas. For more information regarding tubular services, see “Business—Industry—Tubular Services.”

Our specially trained employees provide our services using a suite of highly technical, purpose-built equipment, much of which we design and manufacture for our proprietary use. Most of our manufactured equipment and products use patented, advanced technologies that enable us to service complex wells, increase efficiency, enhance well integrity and improve safety. We currently have 104 U.S. patents and 136 related international patents and 37 U.S. patent applications pending and 111 related international patent applications pending for equipment that our engineers have developed.

Recent developments in well construction and completion requirements have resulted in increased technical demands associated with tubular services. For onshore wells, these developments include long horizontal laterals

 

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and deviated well bores that seek to maximize the wells’ exposure to hydrocarbon-bearing geologic formations. In the offshore environment, these developments include increasing water and well depths, which require lengthier and heavier strings, as well as tubular handling equipment capable of accommodating a more complex array of equipment and hydraulic control lines that are deployed inside the well. We believe that we are a market leader in the development of equipment and services that facilitate and accommodate recent developments in well construction and completion requirements, and this is reflected in our extensive suite of patent-protected, innovative products and equipment. We continuously work with our customers to develop new products, improve efficiency and safety and solve complex well construction and completion problems.

In addition to our tubular handling equipment, we also design and manufacture certain products that we sell or rent directly to external customers, including large outside diameter (“OD”) pipe connectors and casing attachments. We also provide specialized fabrication and welding services in support of deep water projects in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, including drilling and production risers, flowlines and pipeline end terminations, as well as long length tubulars (up to 300 feet in length) for use as caissons or pilings. Finally, we distribute large OD pipe manufactured by third parties, and generally maintain an inventory of this pipe in order to support our pipe sales and distribution operations.

Spears & Associates, Inc. (“Spears”) estimates that the global market for tubular services (excluding product sales) was approximately $3.3 billion in annual revenues in 2012 and will grow to $3.8 billion in 2013. Spears projects that this market will grow at an annual rate of approximately 11% between 2012 and 2015. There are a limited number of companies that provide these services on a global basis. We serve our customers through a network of over 90 sales and support offices in approximately 60 countries. Our customer base includes major international oil companies, such as Anadarko, BP, Chevron, ConocoPhillips, ExxonMobil, Shell, Total and Murphy Oil Corporation, and national oil companies, such as PDVSA, Statoil and Saudi Aramco, as well as numerous independent oil and gas producers.

We believe we differentiate ourselves from our competitors on the basis of the quality and reliability of our service, our proprietary technology, and our ability to perform in the most demanding environments, including deep water and ultra-deep water projects. Our expertise stems from years of experience, a focus on technical innovation and our highly trained and dedicated workforce. Representative examples of the trusted, critical services we have been selected to provide to our customers include:

 

   

In March 2013, we successfully completed the casing installation for the Chevron Northwood well in the Green Canyon Block 945 area of the Gulf of Mexico, to a total depth of 31,866 feet in a water depth of 6,000 feet, which is the deepest oil and gas well of which we are aware.

 

   

In August 2012, we broke our own record for greatest hook load recorded at approximately 1,140 tons while lifting 24,500 feet of combined casing and landing string for Shell’s Stones 4 well in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

 

   

In June 2010, we successfully provided all tubular services for the relief well drilled by BP to contain the Macondo well in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

 

   

In 2006, we were selected to provide tubular installation services on the BP Shah Deniz project in offshore Azerbaijan, which is an ongoing multiple well project. We believe we were selected for the project due to our highly regarded technical capabilities, including our proprietary Fluid Grip Power Tong gripping technology combined with our Collar Load Support tubular handling system. These proprietary technologies are critical for this project due to their ability to provide “zero marking” handling of the specialized corrosion resistant alloy (“CRA”) completion tubulars required in wells with high hydrogen sulfide content. CRA services have also been increasingly common in other corrosive high-pressure, high-temperature applications, both onshore and offshore.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We have a long history of strong revenue growth. Our revenue grew by 43% to $1,055.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 compared to $739.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, and Adjusted EBITDA grew by 79% to $446.6 million from $249.5 million over the same period. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, 45% of our revenue was generated outside North America, and 69% was generated from products and services provided offshore. For an explanation of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA, see “—Summary Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to execute our strategy based on the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Global market leader . We are a leading provider of tubular services in many of the regions in which we operate, including the U.S. Gulf of Mexico and almost every significant international offshore market, almost all of the major U.S. onshore resource basins and in targeted active international onshore regions. Moreover, we believe that we are one of only a few tubular service companies with true global capabilities. According to Spears, we have the number one or number two market share in each of the U.S. and international markets, both onshore and offshore. We currently provide our services in approximately 60 countries on six continents. Our customers include most of the world’s largest integrated oil companies and many of the largest national oil companies. We have no significant customer or geographic concentration. Our global presence allows us to quickly expand to additional regions that experience increases in drilling and production activity.

 

   

Focused service provider with highly differentiated engineering capabilities . We have an in-house engineering team responsible for developing new products that add value to our service capabilities and expand our portfolio of products and services. Our engineers typically work closely with our field personnel and customers in order to identify specific equipment needs related to the services we provide. We believe that we are a market leader in the development of equipment and services that facilitate and accommodate recent developments in well construction and completion requirements, and this is reflected in our extensive suite of patent-protected, innovative products and equipment. We believe that our engineering expertise and our service and product line focus give us a competitive advantage in quickly designing and manufacturing custom solutions in response to our customers’ unique requirements and applications. We have received a number of customer and industry awards recognizing the achievements of our engineering group and our custom designed solutions.

 

   

Favorable reputation developed over eight decades . We believe our customers select Frank’s International because of our reputation for safety, reliability, quality service and proprietary technology. While generally a small portion of the overall well cost, properly performed tubular services are critical to protecting the producer’s investment in the well, as well as its safe operation during production. The economic stakes are especially high for deep water wells, where day rates for offshore drilling rigs and other associated services can approach $1 million per day, and a producer’s investment in a single offshore well can exceed $80 million. The difference between efficiently executed tubular services and less efficiently executed services can save producers days or even weeks, which can translate directly into significant and measurable savings. The producer’s environmental, safety and regulatory risks associated with operating offshore are also heightened. In connection with their customer feedback-based survey, EnergyPoint Research has ranked Frank’s International first in customer satisfaction in one or more oilfield service or product categories every year since 2004, the first year in which the survey was conducted. Our reputation for safety is further demonstrated by our ability to meet and exceed the stringent safety requirements of our customers, some of which have been Frank’s International customers for over 40 years.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Strong position in favorable deep water offshore markets . We believe Frank’s International will continue to benefit from the continued development of oil and gas resources located offshore. As a result of the long development lead times associated with deep water projects, they are generally less likely to be cancelled or delayed due to volatility in commodity or financial markets. Also, due to their technical complexity and often remote locations, offshore projects typically provide us with a greater opportunity to differentiate our capabilities from those of our competitors. According to Spears, offshore development spending will increase at an annual rate of approximately 12% between 2011 and 2018. Approximately 67% of our services revenue from external customers in 2012 was generated from offshore services, and our global market share in offshore services was approximately 29% in 2012, according to Spears. Moreover, the significant majority of our offshore services revenue in 2012 was from deep water markets. We believe the economic opportunity for deep water services will continue to be favorable given the technical challenges associated with constructing and completing wells offshore, and the risk of potential negative economic consequences to our customers if tubular services are poorly performed.

 

   

Attractive financial results reflect value of our differentiated and critical services . For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our Adjusted EBITDA margin was approximately 42% and 43%, respectively, which we believe reflects the economic value to our customers of our differentiated and critical services and the benefits of a diversified, global customer base. Because our business is not capital intensive, we generate significant free cash flow. Consequently, we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend on our common stock of $         per share. After this offering, we expect to have approximately $         million of cash and cash equivalents and no outstanding indebtedness.

 

   

Significant experience selectively acquiring and integrating companies . We have a long history of evaluating and acquiring companies that expand or complement our geographic footprint and product and service offerings. Since 1982, we have successfully acquired and integrated more than 50 private companies. We believe that being a public company will enhance our acquisition strategy and allow us to target larger acquisition candidates.

 

   

Experienced management team with proven track record . Our executive officers and senior operational managers have extensive experience at Frank’s International and in the oilfield service industry generally. Our executive officers and senior operational managers have an average of 25 years of experience in the oilfield services industry with us. Our chief executive officer, Keith Mosing, is a third generation owner and manager who successfully led our expansion into international operations. The Mosing family will continue to own the majority equity interest in us following the completion of this offering, which we believe aligns their interests with the interests of our public investors.

Business Strategy

Our objective is to maximize shareholder value by expanding our leading global oilfield services company and continuing to supply high-quality services and products to our customers. We intend to accomplish that objective by capitalizing on the key long-term industry growth trends through the execution of the following strategies:

 

   

Continue to focus on customer service . We have a long track record of being responsive to our customers’ unique requirements. We believe that focusing on our customers’ needs and continuing to provide industry-leading technological and safety innovations will enable us to expand our customer base and increase our revenues.

 

   

Sustain our track record of technical innovation . Our team of over 70 in-house engineers and engineering technicians works to develop new products and technologies and provides operational support. We currently have 104 U.S. patents and 136 related international patents and 37 U.S. patent applications pending and 111 related international patent applications pending for equipment that our

 

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

engineers have developed. In addition, we currently have more than 50 new technologies and product improvements under development. We have developed strong working relationships with oil and gas producers throughout the world, many of which have approached us with requests for solutions to specific well construction and completion challenges. To address these needs, we continue to invest in new product engineering capabilities. In addition to our own efforts to continuously enhance our equipment and procedures, we expect to continue to develop innovative products and solutions driven by our customers’ needs.

 

   

Pursue disciplined growth organically and through acquisitions . We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions that complement our geographic footprint and product and service offerings, with a focus on businesses that would benefit from our global presence and international sales capabilities. We intend to continue to grow organically by leveraging our customer base, investing in additional equipment and geographically expanding our existing global facilities in order to continue to grow our cash flows and satisfy incremental customer demand.

 

   

Maintain and expand our worldwide presence . We are committed to being on the ground in strategic markets to provide services on a global basis. We intend to build upon our existing presence in Africa, the Asia-Pacific region, the Middle East, North America, the North Sea and South America through deployment of sales, distribution, and service resources. We believe this organic expansion will provide more points of contact with our customers, allowing us to respond more quickly to their needs.

Segments

We conduct our business through three operating segments:

 

   

International Services. We currently provide our services in approximately 60 countries on six continents. Our customers in these international markets are primarily large exploration and production companies, including integrated oil and gas companies and national oil and gas companies, with a significant focus on complex, high profile projects. Our International Services segment accounted for approximately 49% and 50%, respectively, of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 and the first three months of 2013. Approximately 82% and 83%, respectively, of our revenue from external customers in this segment was generated in offshore markets in 2012 and the first three months of 2013, the significant majority of which was from deep water markets.

 

   

U.S. Services. Approximately 51% and 63%, respectively, of our 2012 and first quarter 2013 U.S. Services segment revenue from external customers was generated in the technically challenging deep water areas of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. In addition, we have a significant presence in almost all of the active onshore oil and gas drilling regions in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, Bakken Shale, Barnett Shale, Eagle Ford Shale, Haynesville Shale, Marcellus Shale and Utica Shale. Our U.S. Services segment accounted for approximately 45% and 42%, respectively, of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 and the first three months of 2013.

 

   

Pipe and Products . We also design and manufacture certain products that we sell or rent directly to external customers, including large OD pipe connectors and casing attachments. We also provide specialized fabrication and welding services in support of deep water projects in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, including drilling and production risers, flowlines and pipeline end terminations, as well as long length tubulars (up to 300 feet in length) for use as caissons or pilings. Finally, we distribute large OD pipe manufactured by third parties. A significant majority of our sales to external customers occur in deep water markets. Our Pipe and Products segment accounted for approximately 6% and 8%, respectively, of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 and the first three months of 2013.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Trends in the Industry

We believe that the following trends will positively affect the oilfield services industry, and consequently the demand for tubular installation services, in the coming years.

 

   

Increasing global demand for crude oil and natural gas has spurred increases in energy development spending . The crude oil and natural gas industry benefits from increased consumption of hydrocarbons, caused in part by the industrialization of China, India and other developing countries. Spears estimates that annual global spending on drilling and development activities increased from $236 billion in 2009 to $326 billion in 2012, and is projected to increase to $482 billion in 2018, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 8% from 2009 to 2018.

 

   

Significant new well development is required to replace naturally declining production . Despite elevated exploration and development activity in recent years, oil supply has only experienced modest gains, highlighting the difficulty in overcoming the natural decline rates of large legacy fields. The International Energy Agency (the “IEA”) estimates that in order to overcome the decline in production from existing fields, and to keep pace with projected demand increases, new production of approximately 40 million barrels of oil per day (an amount equal to nearly 60% of 2011 global oil production) must be added by 2035. A significant number of new wells will be required to make up for declines in production from existing fields and the projected increase in global oil demand.

 

   

Increasing offshore and deep water drilling and development activity . Worldwide offshore rig counts continue to increase as crude oil supply and demand fundamentals encourage new drilling. Moreover, many of these new rigs are bigger and more efficient and designed to drill deeper to previously unrecoverable reserves. According to the IEA, 55% of remaining recoverable conventional oil outside of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) is offshore. According to Spears, offshore spending will increase from $80.1 billion in 2011 to $179.7 billion in 2018, a compound annual growth rate of 12%. Offshore discoveries are expected to play an important role in the future, particularly deep water discoveries at depths greater than 1,000 feet.

 

   

Increasing complexity and costs of well construction . As conventional sources of oil and gas are depleted, the oil and gas industry continues to develop new technologies and techniques that allow operators to develop a wider range of unconventional oil and gas resources, such as oil and gas shales. Certain of these techniques include drilling deeper and horizontal well paths with long lateral lengths and multi-stage completions, often in high temperature and high pressure environments. These types of unconventional drilling generally require additional tubular services compared to conventional drilling, and tubular installation services have become increasingly complex to execute, and have required the development of new techniques and specialized tools.

 

   

Heightened focus on quality, safety and environmental factors . Our customers are increasingly focused on the quality of wellbore construction, operational safety and environmental stewardship, particularly in offshore environments where we routinely operate. The tubular services we provide are critical in achieving these goals. As such, our reputation as a high-quality, trusted service provider positions us well to benefit from this trend.

Business History

We believe that our long and successful history in the industry is a testament to the quality of the services and the innovative technology that we provide our customers. Frank’s International traces its roots to the founding of FCC by Frank Mosing in 1938. In 1950, Donald E. Mosing joined his father in the business. Later, Donald’s younger brothers, Billy and Larry, joined their father and brother to help manage the growing operations. As an engineering and safety innovator, Donald was a driving force for many years in the development of many of our proprietary tools and processes, and he is named as an inventor on 45 of the

 

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

U.S. patents that have been issued to us. In 1973, Donald Keith Mosing, Donald E. Mosing’s eldest son, established our third office, in Alvin, Texas. Keith Mosing quickly embarked on the expansion of operations across North America and into South America, Asia, Europe, Africa and the Middle East. Our international operations were formally organized into a separate company in 1981, with Keith Mosing being named Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Since the early 1980s, our U.S. and international operations have continued to grow, both organically and through strategic acquisitions. Upon Donald’s retirement in July 2011, Keith Mosing was named Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the U.S. operations. Until this offering, we have been owned solely by members of the Mosing family.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors,” in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. These risks could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. You could lose part or all of your investment. You should bear in mind, in reviewing this prospectus, that past experience is no indication of future performance. You should read the section titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of what types of statements are forward-looking statements, as well as the significance of such statements in the context of this prospectus.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Organization

The diagram below depicts our simplified organizational structure immediately following the completion of this offering (assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is not exercised and without giving effect to the grant of restricted stock units representing an aggregate of              shares of common stock (based upon the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to our officers and employees concurrently with this offering as described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Components of Our Executive Compensation Program—Long-Term Incentive Plan”):

 

LOGO

Following completion of this offering, FINV, the issuer of common stock in this offering, will act as a holding company whose sole material assets will consist of indirect general and limited partnership interests in Frank’s International C.V. (“FICV”). As the indirect sole shareholder of the general partner of FICV, FINV will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to FICV’s business and will consolidate the financial results of FICV and its subsidiaries.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The articles of association of FINV authorize two classes of stock, common stock and Series A preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Only common stock will be sold to investors pursuant to this offering. Shares of our common stock will also be held indirectly by members of the Mosing family through FWW B.V. (“FWW”). Shares of Series A preferred stock will be held by Mosing Holdings, Inc. (“Mosing Holdings”) as described below. Each share of Series A preferred stock will have a liquidation preference equal to its par value of €0.01 per share (or approximately €         in the aggregate) and will be entitled to an annual dividend equal to 0.25% of its par value (or approximately €         per annum in the aggregate). Additionally, each share of Series A preferred stock will entitle its holder to vote together with the common stock as a single class on all matters presented to FINV’s shareholders for their vote. The common stock and the preferred stock are collectively referred to herein as the “FINV Stock.”

FICV is a newly formed limited partnership that was formed to act as a holding company of various U.S. and foreign operating companies engaged in our business. Prior to this offering, our foreign operating companies have been owned directly or indirectly by FINV, and our U.S. operating companies have been owned directly or indirectly by Mosing Holdings, which is owned by members of the Mosing family. In connection with this offering, FINV will contribute all of our foreign operating subsidiaries and a portion of the proceeds from this offering to FICV, and Mosing Holdings will contribute all of our U.S. operating subsidiaries (excluding certain assets that generate a de minimis amount of revenue, including aircraft, real estate and life insurance policies) to FICV. We intend to enter into real estate lease agreements and an aviation services agreement with customary terms for continued use of the real estate and aircraft. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Our Directors, Executive Officers and Affiliates.”

In exchange for this contribution (and after giving effect to this offering assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is not exercised),

 

  (i) FINV will (indirectly) hold a      % limited partnership interest and a     % general partnership interest in FICV; and

 

  (ii) Mosing Holdings will hold a      % limited partnership interest in FICV.

In order to give Mosing Holdings a percentage vote in FINV that is equal to the percentage limited partnership interest in FICV that Mosing Holdings will receive in exchange for its contribution to FICV, Mosing Holdings will also receive              shares of Series A preferred stock of FINV in the exchange.

Following the completion of this offering, the Mosing family will own, indirectly through Mosing Holdings and FWW, FINV Stock and FICV limited partnership interests that in the aggregate will represent approximately     % of the economic interests in and voting power of our combined company (or     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full).

For purposes of any transfer or exchange of Series A preferred stock and limited partnership interests in FICV, the articles of association of FINV and the partnership agreement of FICV contain provisions linking each share of Series A preferred stock in FINV to a proportionate portion of the limited partnership interest in FICV held by Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferee, which portion at any time will equal the total limited partnership interest in FICV held by Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferee divided by the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock of FINV (each such portion being referred to as an “FICV Portion”). Shares of Series A preferred stock cannot be transferred unless simultaneously with an equal number of FICV Portions and vice versa.

Mosing Holdings (or any of its permitted transferees) will have the right (the “Conversion Right”) to convert all or a portion of its Series A preferred stock into FINV common stock by delivery to FINV of an equivalent number of FICV Portions. In connection with such conversion, Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferees will also be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to the par value of each share of Series A preferred stock so converted plus any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The above mechanism is subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limited Partnership Agreement of FICV.”

Also in connection with our formation transactions, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Mosing Holdings. This agreement generally will provide for the payment by FINV of 85% of actual reductions, if any, in payments of U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax (which reductions we refer to as “cash savings”) in periods after this offering as a result of (i) the tax basis increases from the transfer of FICV interests to us in connection with a conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock into shares of our common stock and (ii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. FINV will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands, and our telephone number at that address is +31 (0)20 52 14 777. Our primary U.S. offices are located at 10260 Westheimer Rd., Houston, Texas 77042, and our telephone number at that address is (281) 966-7300. Our website is located at www.franksinternational.com . We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

               shares (             shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full).

Over-allotment option

   We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock if the underwriters sell more than            shares of common stock in this offering.

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

  

            shares (            shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full), without giving effect to the grant of restricted stock units representing an aggregate of              shares of common stock (based upon the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to our officers and employees concurrently with this offering as described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Components of Our Executive Compensation Program—Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

Series A preferred stock to be outstanding after the offering

  

             shares, all of which will be held by Mosing Holdings. The number of shares of Series A preferred stock held by Mosing Holdings immediately following the completion of this offering will represent a percentage of the total number of shares of FINV Stock equal to the percentage interest Mosing Holdings has in FICV.

Voting power of common stock after giving effect to this offering

  

        % (or 100% if all outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock are converted), without giving effect to the grant of restricted stock units representing an aggregate of              shares of common stock (based upon the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to our officers and employees concurrently with this offering as described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Components of Our Executive Compensation Program—Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

Voting power of Series A preferred stock after giving effect to this offering

  

        % (or none if all outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock are converted), without giving effect to the grant of restricted stock units representing an aggregate of              shares of common stock (based upon the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to our officers and employees concurrently with this offering as

 

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Components of Our Executive Compensation Program—Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

Use of proceeds

   We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from the sale of the common stock by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting estimated expenses payable by us and underwriting discounts and commissions. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by approximately $         million. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full the outstanding notes payable to FWW, under which there was an aggregate of $443.7 million outstanding as of March 31, 2013. Any remaining net proceeds (including any proceeds attributable to the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock) will be contributed to FICV. FICV will use any such proceeds for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Dividend policy

   Following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend on our common stock of $         per share.

Listing and trading symbol

   We have applied to list our shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “FI.”

Risk factors

   You should carefully read and consider the information beginning on page 16 of this prospectus set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Summary Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data

The following table shows summary historical combined financial data of Frank’s International as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The summary historical combined financial data of Frank’s International as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 has been derived from our audited financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The audited financial data as of December 31, 2010 has been derived from our audited combined financial statements and related notes thereto that are not included in this prospectus. The summary historical combined financial data presented as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from the unaudited historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Under the combined method of accounting, the historical consolidated financial statements of FINV, FII, FCC and FTS and their wholly owned subsidiaries are combined as if Frank’s International operated as a single entity. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated for purposes of preparing these combined financial statements.

The summary unaudited pro forma financial data presented below has been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical combined statements of Frank’s International included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 2012 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 give effect to our reorganization in connection with this offering as described in “Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2012, in the case of the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income, and on March 31, 2013, in the case of the unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet.

You should read these tables in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which includes a discussion of factors materially affecting the comparability of the information presented, “Organizational Structure,” “Selected Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data” and our historical and pro forma financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary unaudited pro forma financial data is presented for informational purposes only. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Our summary unaudited pro forma financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been if we operated as a public company during the period presented and may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
          FINV  
    Frank’s International     Pro Forma  
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2013
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013      

Statements of income data (in thousands):

             

Revenues:

             

Equipment rentals and services

  $ 490,902      $ 613,541      $ 880,084      $ 203,755      $ 205,878      $        $     

Products

    117,306        125,534        175,841        36,773        30,882       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    608,208        739,075        1,055,925        240,528        236,760       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

             

Equipment rentals and services

    222,345        256,515        314,950        72,731        75,781       

Products

    70,697        76,368        119,527        24,184        18,019       

General and administrative expenses

    134,449        160,506        187,033        41,608        44,145       

Depreciation and amortization

    48,197        54,581        66,215        15,424        17,783       

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (164     (47     (2,608     195        23       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    132,684        191,152        370,808        86,386        81,009       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

             

Other income

    3,906        3,786        12,189        670        2,127       

Interest income (expense), net

    (1,658     (655     264        260        (201    

Foreign currency gain (loss)

    (1,930     (3,209     (450     2,626        (3,587    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    318        (78     12,003        3,556        (1,661    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax

    133,002        191,074        382,811        89,942        79,348       

Income tax expense

    14,601        20,287        31,877        7,687        6,303       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before non-controlling interest

    118,401        170,787        350,934        82,255        73,045       

Non-controlling interest

    —          —          —          —          —         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    118,401        170,787        350,934        82,255        73,045       

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          —          —          —         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 118,401      $ 170,787      $ 350,934      $ 82,255      $ 73,045      $                       $                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data (as of period end) (in thousands):

             

Total assets

  $ 710,543      $ 847,500      $ 1,107,961        $ 1,129,318          $   

Long-term debt—excluding affiliates

    46,579        9,204        7,368          5,858       

Long-term debt—affiliate(1)

    907        3,618        469,268          448,838       

Total liabilities

    174,530        180,372        660,973          635,667       

Total stockholders’ equity

    536,013        667,128        446,988          493,651       

Other financial data (in thousands):

             

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 163,414      $ 180,710      $ 344,776      $ 78,669      $ 50,664        $                $   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (69,130     (126,655     (182,533     (47,541     (42,014    

Net cash used in financing activities

    (79,261     (71,874     (107,210     (14,742     (44,235    

Adjusted EBITDA(2) (unaudited)

    184,623        249,472        446,604        102,675        100,942       

 

(1) In 2012, FINV made a non-cash distribution of $484.0 million to its owners in the form of two unsecured promissory notes payable. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, there was an aggregate of approximately $464.0 million and $443.7 million, respectively, outstanding under these notes.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income attributable to common stockholders, see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measure” below.

 

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure that is used by management and external users of our financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income attributable to common stockholders before net interest income or expense, depreciation and amortization, income tax benefit or expense, asset impairments, gain or loss on sale of assets, foreign currency gain or loss and other non-cash adjustments. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenues. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of net income or cash flows as determined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is useful because it allows us to more effectively evaluate our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period without regard to our financing methods or capital structure. We exclude the items listed above from net income attributable to common stockholders in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA because these amounts can vary substantially from company to company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures and the method by which the assets were acquired. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, operating income, net income or cash flows from operating activities as determined in accordance with GAAP or as an indicator of our operating performance or liquidity. Certain items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax structure, as well as the historic costs of depreciable assets, none of which are components of Adjusted EBITDA. Our computations of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a widely followed measure of operating performance and may also be used by investors to measure our ability to meet debt service requirements.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure of Adjusted EBITDA to the GAAP financial measure of net income attributable to common stockholders.

 

          FINV  
    Frank’s International     Pro Forma  
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,

2012
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2013
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013      

Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation (in thousands):

             

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 118,401      $ 170,787      $ 350,934      $ 82,255      $ 73,045      $                         $                      

Interest (income) expense, net

    1,658        655        (264     (260     201       

Depreciation and amortization

    48,197        54,581        66,215        15,424        17,783       

Income tax expense

    14,601        20,287        31,877        7,687        6,303       

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (164     (47     (2,608     195        23       

Foreign currency (gain) loss

    1,930        3,209        450        (2,626     3,587       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 184,623      $ 249,472      $ 446,604      $ 102,675      $ 100,942      $        $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business depends on the level of activity in the oil and gas industry, which is significantly affected by volatile oil and gas prices and other factors.

Our business depends on the level of activity in oil and gas exploration, development and production in market sectors worldwide. Oil and gas prices and market expectations of potential changes in these prices significantly affect this level of activity. However, higher commodity prices do not necessarily translate into increased drilling activity, since customers’ expectations of future commodity prices typically drive demand for our services. The availability of quality drilling prospects, exploration success, relative production costs, the stage of reservoir development and political and regulatory environments also affect the demand for our services. Worldwide military, political and economic events have in the past contributed to oil and gas price volatility and are likely to do so in the future. The demand for our services may be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

   

the level of worldwide oil and gas exploration and production;

 

   

the cost of exploring for, producing and delivering oil and gas;

 

   

demand for energy, which is affected by worldwide economic activity and population growth;

 

   

the level of excess production capacity;

 

   

the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves;

 

   

the ability of OPEC to set and maintain production levels for oil;

 

   

the level of production by non-OPEC countries;

 

   

U.S. and global political and economic uncertainty, socio-political unrest and instability or hostilities;

 

   

demand for, availability of and technological viability of, alternative sources of energy; and

 

   

technological advances affecting energy exploration, production, transportation and consumption.

Demand for our offshore services substantially depends on the level of activity in offshore oil and gas exploration, development and production. The level of offshore activity is historically cyclical and characterized by large fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in a variety of factors, including oil and gas prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant amount of our U.S. onshore business is focused on unconventional shale resource plays. The demand for those services is substantially affected by oil and gas prices and market expectations of potential changes in these prices. If commodity prices were to go below a certain threshold for an extended period of time, demand for our services in the U.S. onshore market would be greatly reduced, potentially having a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The oil and gas industry has historically experienced periodic downturns, which have been characterized by reduced demand for oilfield services and downward pressure on the prices we charge. A significant downturn in the oil and gas industry will adversely affect the demand for oilfield services and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Physical dangers are inherent in our operations and may expose us to significant potential losses. Personnel and property may be harmed during the process of drilling for oil and gas.

Drilling for and producing oil and gas, and the associated services that we provide, include inherent dangers that may lead to property damage, personal injury, death or the discharge of hazardous materials into the environment. Many of these events are outside our control. Typically, we provide services at a well site where our personnel and equipment are located together with personnel and equipment of our customers and third parties, such as other service providers. At many sites, we depend on other companies and personnel to conduct drilling operations in accordance with appropriate safety standards. From time to time, personnel are injured or equipment or property is damaged or destroyed as a result of accidents, failed equipment, faulty products or services, failure of safety measures, uncontained formation pressures, or other dangers inherent in drilling for oil and gas. Any of these events can be the result of human error. With increasing frequency, our services are deployed on more challenging prospects, particularly deep water offshore drilling sites, where the occurrence of the types of events mentioned above can have an even more catastrophic impact on people, equipment and the environment. Such events may expose us to significant potential losses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are vulnerable to risks associated with our offshore operations that could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We conduct offshore operations in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico and almost every significant international offshore market, including West Africa, Latin America, Europe, the Asia Pacific region and several other producing regions. Our operations and financial results could be significantly impacted by conditions in some of these areas because we are vulnerable to certain unique risks associated with operating offshore, including those relating to:

 

   

hurricanes and other adverse weather conditions;

 

   

terrorist attacks, such as piracy;

 

   

failure of offshore equipment and facilities;

 

   

local and international political and economic conditions and policies and regulations related to offshore drilling;

 

   

unavailability of offshore drilling rigs in the markets that we operate;

 

   

the cost of offshore exploration for, and production and transportation of, oil and gas;

 

   

successful exploration for, and production and transportation of, oil and gas from onshore sources;

 

   

the availability and rate of discovery of new oil and gas reserves in offshore areas; and

 

   

the ability of oil and gas companies to generate or otherwise obtain funds for exploration and production.

While the impact of these factors is difficult to predict, any one or more of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our international operations and revenue expose us to political, economic and other uncertainties inherent to international business.

We have substantial international operations, and we intend to grow those operations further. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, international operations accounted for approximately 44% and 47%, respectively, of our revenue. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent in any business operating in foreign countries, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

political, social and economic instability;

 

   

potential expropriation, seizure or nationalization of assets;

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

deprivation of contract rights;

 

   

increased operating costs;

 

   

inability to collect revenues due to shortages of convertible currency;

 

   

unwillingness of foreign governments to make new onshore and offshore areas available for drilling;

 

   

civil unrest and protests, strikes, acts of terrorism, war or other armed conflict;

 

   

import/export quotas;

 

   

confiscatory taxation or other adverse tax policies;

 

   

continued application of foreign tax treaties;

 

   

currency exchange controls;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations and devaluations;

 

   

restrictions on the repatriation of funds; and

 

   

other forms of government regulation which are beyond our control.

Instability and disruptions in the political, regulatory, economic and social conditions of the foreign countries in which we conduct business, including economically and politically volatile areas such as Africa, the Middle East, Latin America and the Asia Pacific region, could cause or contribute to factors that could have an adverse effect on the demand for the products and services we provide. Worldwide political, economic, and military events have contributed to oil and gas price volatility and are likely to continue to do so in the future. Depending on the market prices of oil and gas, oil and gas exploration and development companies may cancel or curtail their drilling programs, thereby reducing demand for our services.

Additionally, our competitiveness in international market areas may be adversely affected by regulations that promote or incentivize, among other things, the:

 

   

awarding of contracts to local contractors; and

 

   

establishment of foreign subsidiaries with significant ownership positions reserved by the foreign government for local citizens.

While the impact of these factors is difficult to predict, any one or more of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

To compete in our industry, we must continue to develop new technologies and products to support our tubular services, secure and maintain patents related to our current and new technologies and products as well as protect and enforce our intellectual property rights.

The markets for our tubular services are characterized by continual technological developments. While we believe that the proprietary products we have developed provide us with technological advances in providing services to our customers, substantial improvements in the scope and quality of the products in the market we operate may occur over a short period of time. If we are not able to develop commercially competitive products in a timely manner in response, our ability to service our customers’ demands may be adversely affected. Our future ability to develop new products in order to support our services depends on our ability to:

 

   

design and produce products that allow us to meet the needs of our customers; and

 

   

obtain and maintain patent protection.

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may encounter resource constraints, technical barriers, or other difficulties that would delay introduction of new services and related products in the future. Our competitors may introduce new products or obtain patents before we do and achieve a competitive advantage. Additionally, the time and expense invested in product development may not result in commercial applications.

We currently hold multiple U.S. and international patents and have multiple pending patent applications for products and processes. Patent rights give the owner of a patent the right to exclude third parties from making, using, selling, and offering for sale the inventions claimed in the patents in the applicable country. Patent rights do not necessarily grant the owner of a patent the right to practice the invention claimed in a patent, but merely the right to exclude others from practicing the invention claimed in the patent. It may also be possible for a third party to design around our patents. Furthermore, patent rights have strict territorial limits. Some of our work will be conducted in international waters and would, therefore, not fall within the scope of any country’s patent jurisdiction. We may not be able to enforce our patents against infringement occurring in international waters and other “non-covered” territories. Also, we do not have patents in every jurisdiction in which we conduct business and our patent portfolio will not protect all aspects of our business and may relate to obsolete or unusual methods, which would not prevent third parties from entering the same market.

We attempt to limit access to and distribution of our technology by customarily entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, customers and potential customers and suppliers. However, our rights in our confidential information, trade secrets, and confidential know-how will not prevent third parties from independently developing similar information. Publicly available information (e.g. information in expired issued patents, published patent applications, and scientific literature) can also be used by third parties to independently develop technology. We cannot provide assurance that this independently developed technology will not be equivalent or superior to our proprietary technology.

In addition, we may become involved in legal proceedings from time to time to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights. Third parties from time to time may initiate litigation against us by asserting that the conduct of our business infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates intellectual property rights. We may not prevail in any such legal proceedings related to such claims, and our products and services may be found to infringe, impair, misappropriate, dilute or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others. Any legal proceeding concerning intellectual property could be protracted and costly and is inherently unpredictable and could have a material adverse effect on our business, regardless of its outcome. Further, our intellectual property rights may not have the value that management believes them to have and such value may change over time as we and others develop new product designs and improvements.

Our tubular services may be adversely affected by various laws and regulations in countries in which we operate relating to the equipment and operation of drilling units, oil and gas exploration and development, as well as import and export activities.

Governments in some foreign countries have been increasingly active in regulating and controlling the ownership of concessions and companies holding concessions, the exploration for oil and gas and other aspects of the oil and gas industries in their countries, including local content requirements for participating in tenders for certain tubular services. We operate in several of these countries, including Angola, Nigeria, Indonesia, Malaysia, Brazil and Canada. Many governments favor or effectively require that contracts be awarded to local contractors or require foreign contractors to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, a particular jurisdiction. These practices may result in inefficiencies or put us at a disadvantage when we bid for contracts against local competitors.

In addition, the shipment of goods, services and technology across international borders subjects us to extensive trade laws and regulations. Our import and export activities are governed by unique customs laws and regulations in each of the countries where we operate. Moreover, many countries control the import and export of certain goods, services and technology and impose related import and export recordkeeping and reporting obligations. Governments also may impose economic sanctions against certain countries, persons and other

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

entities that may restrict or prohibit transactions involving such countries, persons and entities, and we are also subject to the U.S. anti-boycott law. In addition, certain anti-dumping regulations in the foreign countries in which we operate may prohibit us from purchasing pipe from certain suppliers.

The laws and regulations concerning import and export activity, recordkeeping and reporting, import and export control and economic sanctions are complex and constantly changing. These laws and regulations may be enacted, amended, enforced or interpreted in a manner materially impacting our operations. The global economic downturn may increase some foreign governments’ efforts to enact, enforce, amend or interpret laws and regulations as a method to increase revenue. Materials that we import can be delayed and denied for varying reasons, some of which are outside our control and some of which may result from failure to comply with existing legal and regulatory regimes. Shipping delays or denials could cause unscheduled operational downtime. Any failure to comply with these applicable legal and regulatory obligations also could result in criminal and civil penalties and sanctions, such as fines, imprisonment, debarment from government contracts, seizure of shipments and loss of import and export privileges.

We may be exposed to unforeseen risks in our services and product manufacturing, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We operate a number of manufacturing facilities to support our tubular services. In addition, we also manufacture certain products, including large OD pipe connectors and casing attachments that we sell directly to external customers. The equipment and management systems necessary for such operations may break down, perform poorly or fail, resulting in fluctuations in manufacturing efficiencies. Additionally, some of our U.S. onshore business may be conducted under fixed price or “turnkey” contracts. Under fixed price contracts, we agree to perform a defined scope of work for a fixed price. Prices for these contracts are based largely upon estimates and assumptions relating to project scope and specifications, personnel and material needs.

Fluctuations in our manufacturing process and inaccurate estimates and assumptions used in our projects may occur due to factors out of our control, resulting in cost overruns, which we may be required to absorb and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such fluctuations or incorrect estimates may affect our ability to deliver services and products to our customers on a timely basis and we may suffer financial penalties and a diminution of our commercial reputation and future product orders, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to employ a sufficient number of skilled and qualified workers to sustain or expand our current operations.

The delivery of our tubular services requires personnel with specialized skills and experience. Our ability to be productive and profitable will depend upon our ability to employ and retain skilled workers. In addition, our ability to expand our operations depends in part on our ability to increase the size of our skilled labor force. The demand for skilled workers is high, the supply is limited, and the cost to attract and retain qualified personnel has increased over the past few years. In addition, we are currently a party to collective bargaining or similar agreements in certain international areas in which we operate, which could result in increases in the wage rates that we must pay to retain our employees. Furthermore, a significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers could result in a reduction of our skilled labor force, increases in the wage rates that we must pay, or both. If any of these events were to occur, our capacity could be diminished, our ability to respond quickly to customer demands or strong market conditions may be inhibited and our growth potential could be impaired, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in an intensively competitive industry, and if we fail to compete effectively, our business will suffer.

Our competitors may attempt to increase their market share by reducing prices, or our customers may adopt competing technologies. The drilling industry is driven primarily by cost minimization, and our strategy is aimed at

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

reducing drilling costs through the application of new technologies. Our competitors, many of whom have a more diverse product line and access to greater amounts of capital than we do, have the ability to compete against the cost savings generated by our technology by reducing prices and by introducing competing technologies. Our competitors may also have the ability to offer bundles of products and services to customers that we do not offer. We have limited resources to sustain prolonged price competition and maintain the level of investment required to continue the commercialization and development of our new technologies. Any failure to continue to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business depends upon our ability to source low cost raw materials and components, such as steel castings and forgings. Increased costs of raw materials and other components may result in increased operating expenses.

Our ability to source low cost raw materials and components, such as steel castings and forgings, is critical to our ability to manufacture our drilling products competitively and, in turn, our ability to provide onshore and offshore drilling services. Should our current suppliers be unable to provide the necessary raw materials or components or otherwise fail to deliver such materials and components timely and in the quantities required, resulting delays in the provision of products or services to customers could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In particular, we have experienced increased costs in recent years due to rising steel prices. There is also strong demand within the industry for forgings, castings and outsourced coating services necessary for us to make our products. We cannot assure that we will be able to continue to purchase these raw materials on a timely basis or at historical prices. Our results of operations may be adversely affected by our inability to manage the rising costs and availability of raw materials and components used in our products.

Our tubular services are provided in connection with operations that are subject to potential hazards inherent in the oil and gas industry, and as a result, we are exposed to potential liabilities that may affect our financial condition and reputation.

Our tubular services are provided in connection with potentially hazardous drilling, completion and production applications in the oil and gas industry where an accident can potentially have catastrophic consequences. This is particularly true in deep water operations, where we are increasingly providing more tubular services. Risks inherent to these applications, such as equipment malfunctions and failures, equipment misuse and defects, explosions, blowouts and uncontrollable flows of oil, gas or well fluids and natural disasters, on land or in deep water or shallow-water environments, can cause personal injury, loss of life, suspension of operations, damage to formations, damage to facilities, business interruption and damage to or destruction of property, surface water and drinking water resources, equipment and the environment. If our services fail to meet specifications or are involved in accidents or failures, we could face warranty, contract, fines or other litigation claims, which could expose us to substantial liability for personal injury, wrongful death, property damage, loss of oil and gas production, pollution and other environmental damages. Our insurance policies may not be adequate to cover all liabilities. Further, insurance may not be generally available in the future or, if available, insurance premiums may make such insurance commercially unjustifiable. Moreover, even if we are successful in defending a claim, it could be time-consuming and costly to defend.

In addition, the frequency and severity of such incidents will affect operating costs, insurability and relationships with customers, employees and regulators. In particular, our customers may elect not to purchase our services if they view our safety record as unacceptable, which could cause us to lose customers and substantial revenues. In addition, these risks may be greater for us because we may acquire companies that have not allocated significant resources and management focus to safety and have a poor safety record requiring rehabilitative efforts during the integration process and we may incur liabilities for losses before such rehabilitation occurs.

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The imposition of stringent restrictions or prohibitions on offshore drilling by any governing body may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Events in recent years have heightened environmental and regulatory concerns about the oil and gas industry. From time to time, governing bodies have enacted and may propose legislation or regulations that would materially limit or prohibit offshore drilling in certain areas. If laws are enacted or other governmental action is taken that restrict or prohibit offshore drilling in our expected areas of operation, our expected future growth in offshore services could be reduced and our business could be materially adversely affected.

For example, the U.S. governmental, regulatory and industry response to the Deepwater Horizon drilling rig accident in April 2010 and resulting oil spill could have a prolonged and material adverse impact on drilling operations in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. Following the April 2010 fire and explosion aboard the Deepwater Horizon drilling platform and subsequent release of oil from the Macondo well in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, the federal Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Regulation and Enforcement (“BOEMRE”) issued a moratorium on deep water drilling activities in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, which was lifted on October 12, 2010, and also implemented a series of environmental, technological and safety measures intended to improve offshore safety systems and environmental protection. The safety regulations require operators to, among other things, submit independent third-party reports on the design and operation of blowout preventers (“BOPs”) and other well control systems, and conduct tests on the functionality of well control systems. Additional regulations address new standards for certain equipment involved in the construction of offshore wells, especially BOPs, and require operators to implement and enforce a safety and environmental management system, including regular third-party audits of safety procedures and drilling equipment to assure that offshore rig personnel and equipment remain in compliance with the new regulations. Each operator is also required to demonstrate that it has in place written and enforceable procedures, pursuant to applicable regulations, that ensure containment in the event of a deep water blowout. In October 2011, BOEMRE was separated into two federal bureaus, the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (“BOEM”), which handles offshore leasing, resource evaluation, review and administration of oil and gas exploration and development plans, renewable energy development, National Environmental Policy Act analysis and environmental studies, and the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (“BSEE”), which is responsible for the safety and enforcement functions of offshore oil and gas operations, including the development and enforcement of safety and environmental regulations, permitting of offshore exploration, development and production activities, inspections, offshore regulatory programs, oil spill response and newly formed training and environmental compliance programs.

The U.S. Gulf of Mexico represents a significant portion of the industry’s existing deep water demand, and we expect the provision of tubular services there to continue to account for a meaningful portion of our business. The legal and regulatory developments since the Deepwater Horizon incident have created significant uncertainty regarding the outlook of offshore drilling activity in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico and possible implications for regions outside of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. If the new regulations, operating procedures and possibility of increased legal liability are viewed by our current or future customers as a significant impairment to expected profitability on drilling projects in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, deep water drillships and other floating rigs could depart the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, which would likely affect the global supply and demand balance for our services. In addition to the new safety requirements issued by BOEMRE, the BSEE could issue additional safety and environmental guidelines or regulations for drilling in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico that could disrupt or delay drilling operations, increase the cost of drilling operations or reduce the area of operations for deep water drilling, and other governments could take similar actions. All of these uncertainties could result in increased future operating costs, including insurance costs, which we may not be able to pass through to our customers.

We may not be fully indemnified against financial losses in all circumstances where damage to or loss of property, personal injury, death or environmental harm occur.

As is customary in our industry, our contracts typically provide that our customers indemnify us for claims arising from the injury or death of their employees, the loss or damage of their equipment, damage to the

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

reservoir and pollution emanating from the customer’s equipment or from the reservoir (including uncontained oil flow from a reservoir). Conversely, we typically indemnify our customers for claims arising from the injury or death of our employees, the loss or damage of our equipment, or pollution emanating from our equipment. Our contracts typically provide that our customer will indemnify us for claims arising from catastrophic events, such as a well blowout, fire or explosion.

Our indemnification arrangements may not protect us in every case. For example, from time to time (i) we may enter into contracts with less favorable indemnities or perform work without a contract that protects us, (ii) our indemnity arrangements may be held unenforceable in some courts and jurisdictions or (iii) we may be subject to other claims brought by third parties or government agencies. Furthermore, the parties from which we seek indemnity may not be solvent, may become bankrupt, may lack resources or insurance to honor their indemnities, or may not otherwise be able to satisfy their indemnity obligations to us. The lack of enforceable indemnification could expose us to significant potential losses.

Further, our assets generally are not insured against loss from political violence such as war, terrorism or civil unrest. If any of our assets are damaged or destroyed as a result of an uninsured cause, we could recognize a loss of those assets.

We may incur liabilities, fines, penalties or additional costs, or we may be unable to provide services to certain customers, if we do not maintain safe operations.

If we fail to comply with safety regulations or maintain an acceptable level of safety in connection with our tubular services, we may incur fines, penalties or other liabilities or may be held criminally liable. We expect to incur additional costs over time to upgrade equipment or conduct additional training or otherwise incur costs in connection with compliance with safety regulations. Failure to maintain safe operations or achieve certain safety performance metrics could disqualify us from doing business with certain customers, particularly major oil companies. Because we provide tubular services to a large number of major oil companies, any such failure could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The industry in which we operate is undergoing continuing consolidation that may impact results of operations.

Some of our largest customers have consolidated and are using their size and purchasing power to achieve economies of scale and pricing concessions. This consolidation may result in reduced capital spending by such customers or the acquisition of one or more of our other primary customers, which may lead to decreased demand for our products and services. If we cannot maintain sales levels for customers that have consolidated or replace such revenues with increased business activities from other customers, this consolidation activity could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are unable to predict what effect consolidations in the industries may have on prices, capital spending by customers, selling strategies, competitive position, ability to retain customers or ability to negotiate favorable agreements with customers.

Our operations and our customers’ operations are subject to a variety of governmental laws and regulations that may increase our costs, limit the demand for our services and products or restrict our operations.

Our business and our customers’ businesses may be significantly affected by:

 

   

federal, state and local and non-U.S. laws and other regulations relating to oilfield operations, worker safety and protection of the environment;

 

   

changes in these laws and regulations; and

 

   

the level of enforcement of these laws and regulations.

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, we depend on the demand for our tubular services from the oil and gas industry. This demand is affected by changing taxes, price controls and other laws and regulations relating to the oil and gas industry in general. For example, the adoption of laws and regulations curtailing exploration and development drilling for oil and gas for economic or other policy reasons could adversely affect our operations by limiting demand for our products. In addition, some non-U.S. countries may adopt regulations or practices that give advantage to indigenous oil companies in bidding for oil leases, or require indigenous companies to perform oilfield services currently supplied by international service companies. To the extent that such companies are not our customers, or we are unable to develop relationships with them, our business may suffer. We cannot determine the extent to which our future operations and earnings may be affected by new legislation, new regulations or changes in existing regulations.

Because of our non-U.S. operations and sales, we are also subject to changes in non-U.S. laws and regulations that may encourage or require hiring of local contractors or require non-U.S. contractors to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, a particular jurisdiction. If we fail to comply with any applicable law or regulation, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

An inability to obtain visas and work permits for our employees on a timely basis could negatively affect our operations and have an adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to provide services worldwide depends on our ability to obtain the necessary visas and work permits for our personnel to travel in and out of, and to work in, the jurisdictions in which we operate. Governmental actions in some of the jurisdictions in which we operate may make it difficult for us to move our personnel in and out of these jurisdictions by delaying or withholding the approval of these permits. If we are not able to obtain visas and work permits for the employees we need for conducting our tubular services on a timely basis, we might not be able to perform our obligations under our contracts, which could allow our customers to cancel the contracts. If our customers cancel some of our contracts, and we are unable to secure new contracts on a timely basis and on substantially similar terms, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our operations are subject to environmental and operational safety laws and regulations that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

Our operations are subject to numerous stringent and complex laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment, health and safety aspects of our operations, or otherwise relating to human health and environmental protection. These laws and regulations may, among other things, regulate the management and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes; require acquisition of environmental permits related to our operations; restrict the types, quantities, and concentrations of various materials that can be released into the environment; limit or prohibit operational activities in certain ecologically sensitive and other protected areas; regulate specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection; require compliance with operational and equipment standards; impose testing, reporting and record-keeping requirements; and require remedial measures to mitigate pollution from former and ongoing operations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations or to obtain or comply with permits may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, imposition of remedial or corrective action requirements and the imposition of injunctions to prohibit certain activities or force future compliance. Certain environmental laws may impose joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment.

The trend in environmental regulation has been to impose increasingly stringent restrictions and limitations on activities that may impact the environment. The implementation of new laws and regulations could result in materially increased costs, stricter standards and enforcement, larger fines and liability and increased capital expenditures and operating costs, particularly for our customers.

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our operations in countries outside of the United States are subject to a number of U.S. federal laws and regulations, including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control and the Commerce Department.

Local laws and customs in many countries differ significantly from those in the United States. In many countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it is common to engage in business practices that are prohibited by U.S. regulations applicable to us. The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions, including the UK Bribery Act 2010 and the United Nations Convention Against Corruption, prohibit corporations and individuals, including us and our employees, from engaging in certain accounting practices or activities to obtain or retain business or to influence a person working in an official capacity. We do business and may do additional business in the future in countries and regions in which we may face, directly or indirectly, corrupt demands by officials, tribal or insurgent organizations, or private entities. Thus, we face the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, contractors and agents, even though these parties are not always subject to our control. It is our policy to implement compliance procedures to prohibit these practices. However, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective, and our employees, contractors, and agents may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible, regardless of whether such conduct occurs within or outside the United States. We may also be held responsible for any violations by an acquired company that occur prior to an acquisition, or subsequent to the acquisition but before we are able to institute our compliance procedures. In addition, our non-U.S. competitors that are not subject to the FCPA or similar laws may be able to secure business or other preferential treatment in such countries by means that such laws prohibit with respect to us. A violation of any of these laws, even if prohibited by our policies, may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions and other penalties, and could have a material adverse effect on our business. Actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation, be expensive to defend, and impair our ability to do business.

Compliance with U.S. regulations on trade sanctions and embargoes administered by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) also poses a risk to us. We cannot provide products or services to certain countries subject to U.S. trade sanctions. Furthermore, the laws and regulations concerning import activity, export recordkeeping and reporting, export control and economic sanctions are complex and constantly changing. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory trading obligations could result in criminal and civil penalties and sanctions, such as fines, imprisonment, debarment from governmental contracts, seizure of shipments and loss of import and export privileges.

Compliance with and changes in laws could be costly and could affect operating results.

We have operations in the U.S. and in approximately 60 countries that can be impacted by expected and unexpected changes in the legal and business environments in which we operate. Political instability and regional issues in many of the areas in which we operate may contribute to such changes with greater significance or frequency. Our ability to manage our compliance costs and compliance programs will impact our ability to meet our earnings goals. Compliance-related issues could also limit our ability to do business in certain countries. Changes that could impact the legal environment include new legislation, new regulations, new policies, investigations and legal proceedings and new interpretations of existing legal rules and regulations, in particular, changes in export control laws or exchange control laws, additional restrictions on doing business in countries subject to sanctions and changes in laws in countries where we operate or intend to operate.

Restrictions on emissions of greenhouse gases could increase our operating costs or reduce demand for our products.

Environmental advocacy groups and regulatory agencies in the United States and other countries have focused considerable attention on emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases and their potential role in climate change. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) has already begun to regulate greenhouse gas emissions under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act, and the state of

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

California has established a “cap-and-trade” program requiring state-wide annual reductions in emission of greenhouse gasses. In addition, from time to time there have been proposals to impose a “carbon tax” based on the carbon content of combusted fuels. The adoption of additional legislation or regulatory programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to incur increased operating costs to comply with new emissions-reduction or reporting requirements. Any such legislation or regulatory programs could also increase the cost of consuming, and thereby reduce demand for, hydrocarbons that our customers produce. Consequently, legislation and regulatory programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Finally, some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climatic events.

We face risks related to natural disasters and pandemic diseases, which could result in severe property damage or materially and adversely disrupt our operations and affect travel required for our worldwide operations.

Some of our operations involve risks of, among other things, property damage, which could curtail our operations. For example, disruptions in operations or damage to a manufacturing plant could reduce our ability to produce products and satisfy customer demand. In particular, we have offices and manufacturing facilities in Houston, Texas and Lafayette, Louisiana and in various places throughout the Gulf Coast region of the United States. These offices and facilities are particularly susceptible to severe tropical storms and hurricanes, which may disrupt our operations. If one or more manufacturing facilities we own are damaged by severe weather or any other disaster, accident, catastrophe or event, our operations could be significantly interrupted. Similar interruptions could result from damage to production or other facilities that provide supplies or other raw materials to our plants or other stoppages arising from factors beyond our control. These interruptions might involve significant damage to, among other things, property, and repairs might take from a week or less for a minor incident to many months or more for a major interruption.

In addition, a portion of our business involves the movement of people and certain parts and supplies to or from foreign locations. Any restrictions on travel or shipments to and from foreign locations, due to the occurrence of natural disasters such as earthquakes, floods or hurricanes, or an epidemic or outbreak of diseases, including the H1N1 virus and the avian flu, in these locations, could significantly disrupt our operations and decrease our ability to provide services to our customers. In addition, our local workforce could be affected by such an occurrence or outbreak which could also significantly disrupt our operations and decrease our ability to provide services to our customers.

Our exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations may result in fluctuations in our cash flows and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could be material to us depending upon, among other things, the principal regions in which we provide tubular services. For each of the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, on a U.S. dollar-equivalent basis, approximately 25% of our revenue was represented by currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In particular, we are sensitive to fluctuations in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and each of the Euro, Norwegian Krone, British Pound, Venezuelan Bolivar and Brazilian Real. There may be instances in which costs and revenue will not be matched with respect to currency denomination. As a result, to the extent that we continue our expansion on a global basis, as expected, we expect that increasing portions of revenue, costs, assets and liabilities will be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency valuations. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets solely as a result of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Further, the markets in which we operate could restrict the removal or conversion of the local or foreign currency, resulting in our inability to hedge against these risks.

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Seasonal and weather conditions could adversely affect demand for our services and operations.

Weather can have a significant impact on demand as consumption of energy is seasonal, and any variation from normal weather patterns, such as cooler or warmer summers and winters, can have a significant impact on demand. Adverse weather conditions, such as hurricanes in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico or typhoons in the Asia Pacific region, may interrupt or curtail our operations, or our customers’ operations, cause supply disruptions and result in a loss of revenue and damage to our equipment and facilities, which may or may not be insured. Extreme winter conditions in Canada, Russia or the North Sea may interrupt or curtail our operations, or our customers’ operations, in those areas and result in a loss of revenue.

Legislation or regulations restricting the use of hydraulic fracturing could reduce demand for our services.

Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice in the oil and gas industry. The process involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into a formation to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production of hydrocarbons. Certain environmental advocacy groups and regulatory agencies have suggested that additional federal, state and local laws and regulations may be needed to more closely regulate the hydraulic fracturing process, and have made claims that hydraulic fracturing techniques are harmful to surface water and drinking water resources and may cause earthquakes. Various governmental entities (within and outside the United States) are in the process of studying, restricting, regulating or preparing to regulate hydraulic fracturing, directly or indirectly. For example, the EPA has already begun to regulate certain hydraulic fracturing operations involving diesel under the Underground Injection Control program of the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, and is conducting a study to determine if additional regulation of hydraulic fracturing is warranted. The adoption of legislation or regulatory programs that restrict hydraulic fracturing could adversely affect, reduce or delay well drilling and completion activities, increase the cost of drilling and production, and thereby reduce demand for our services.

Customer credit risks could result in losses.

The concentration of our customers in the energy industry may impact our overall exposure to credit risk as customers may be similarly affected by prolonged changes in economic and industry conditions. Those countries that rely heavily upon income from hydrocarbon exports would be hit particularly hard by a drop in oil prices. Further, laws in some jurisdictions in which we operate could make collection difficult or time consuming. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and do not generally require collateral in support of our trade receivables. While we maintain reserves for potential credit losses, we cannot assure such reserves will be sufficient to meet write-offs of uncollectible receivables or that our losses from such receivables will be consistent with our expectations.

We may be unable to identify or complete acquisitions.

We expect that acquisitions will be an important element of our business strategy going forward. We can give no assurance that we will be able to integrate successfully the assets and operations of acquired businesses with our own business. Any inability on our part to integrate and manage the growth of acquired businesses may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We can give no assurance that we will be able to identify and acquire additional businesses in the future on terms favorable to us.

Our executive officers and certain key personnel are critical to our business, and these officers and key personnel may not remain with us in the future.

Our future success depends in substantial part on our ability to hire and retain our executive officers and other key personnel. In particular, we are highly dependent on our executive officers, particularly Donald Keith Mosing, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President. These individuals possess extensive expertise, talent and leadership, and they are critical to our success. The diminution or loss of the services of these individuals, or other integral key personnel affiliated with entities that we acquire in the future, could have a

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, we may not be able to enforce all of the provisions in any employment agreement we have entered into with certain of our executive officers, and such employment agreements may not otherwise be effective in retaining such individuals. In addition, we may not be able to retain key employees of entities that we acquire in the future. This may impact our ability to successfully integrate or operate the assets we acquire.

Control of oil and gas reserves by state-owned oil companies may impact the demand for our services and create additional risks in our operations.

Much of the world’s oil and gas reserves are controlled by state-owned oil companies, and we provide tubular services for a number of those companies. State-owned oil companies may require their contractors to meet local content requirements or other local standards, such as joint ventures, that could be difficult or undesirable for us to meet. The failure to meet the local content requirements and other local standards may adversely impact our operations in those countries. In addition, our ability to work with state-owned oil companies is subject to our ability to negotiate and agree upon acceptable contract terms.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

We are a holding company and our sole material asset after completion of this offering will be our indirect equity interest in FICV, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from FICV to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement, and pay dividends.

We will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than our indirect equity interest in FICV. See “Organizational Structure.” We have no independent means of generating revenue. We intend to cause FICV to make distributions to us and Mosing Holdings in an amount sufficient to cover (i) all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, (ii) payments under the tax receivable agreement we intend to enter into with Mosing Holdings and (iii) dividends, if any, declared by us. To the extent that we need funds and FICV or its subsidiaries is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of their financing or other contractual arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

The Mosing family will hold a majority of the combined voting power of the FINV Stock and, accordingly, will have substantial control over our management and affairs.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, the Mosing family will hold approximately     % of the combined voting power of the FINV Stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) through FWW and Mosing Holdings. Accordingly, the Mosing family will have the ability to elect all of the members of both our management board and supervisory board, and thereby to control our management and affairs. Moreover, pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association, our board of directors will consist of no more than nine individuals. The Mosing family will have the right to recommend one director for nomination to the supervisory board for each 10% of the outstanding FINV Stock they collectively beneficially own, up to a maximum of five directors. The remaining directors will be nominated by our supervisory board. At the completion of this offering, our supervisory board will consist of four members, three of whom are members of the Mosing family and are also employees of us or one of our affiliates, including our chief executive officer. As a result, members of the Mosing family will have substantial influence over our operations and potential conflicts may arise, including with respect to matters related to the compensation of our chief executive officer and the other members of the Mosing family who serve on our supervisory board. In addition, the Mosing family will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring shareholder approval, including mergers, amendments of our articles of association and other material transactions, and will be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of both our management board and supervisory board or a change in control of our company that could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company. The existence of significant

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

shareholders may also have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our company. So long as the Mosing family continues to own a significant amount of the FINV Stock, even if such amount represents less than 50% of the aggregate voting power, it will continue to be able to strongly influence all matters requiring shareholder approval, regardless of whether or not other shareholders believe that the transaction is in their own best interests.

Pursuant to a voting agreement that will be entered into among Mosing Holdings, FWW and members of the Mosing family, each shareholder will agree to vote all of their shares of common stock and Series A preferred stock for the election of directors of our supervisory board and management board in the manner specified by a designated shareholder representative, which will initially be Keith Mosing, our chief executive officer. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Voting Agreement.”

The Mosing family may have interests that conflict with holders of shares of our common stock.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, the Mosing family will indirectly own     % of the limited partnership interests in FICV. Because they hold a portion of their ownership interest in our business through FICV, rather than through FINV, the Mosing family may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our common stock. For example, the Mosing family may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to cause us to dispose of assets, whether and when to cause us to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we intend to enter into in connection with this offering. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration the Mosing family’s tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We will be required under the tax receivable agreement to pay Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferees for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

We intend to enter into the tax receivable agreement with Mosing Holdings. This agreement generally will provide for the payment by us of 85% of actual reductions, if any, in payments of U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax (which reductions we refer to as “cash savings”) in periods after this offering as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the transfer of FICV interests to us in connection with a conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock and (ii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, payments under the tax receivable agreement. In addition, the tax receivable agreement will provide for interest earned from the due date (without extensions) of the corresponding tax return to the date of payment specified by the tax receivable agreement.

The payment obligations under the tax receivable agreement are our obligations and are not obligations of FICV. The term of the tax receivable agreement will commence upon the completion of this offering and will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the tax receivable agreement.

Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the relative value of our U.S. and international assets at the time of the exchange, the price of shares of our common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we realize in the future and the tax rate then applicable, our use of loss carryovers and the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreement constituting imputed interest or depreciable or amortizable basis. We expect that the payments that we will be required to make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

may be a substantial negative impact on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (i) the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement or (ii) distributions to us by FICV are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the tax receivable agreement subsequent to the payment of our taxes and other obligations. The payments under the tax receivable agreement will not be conditioned upon a holder of rights under a tax receivable agreement having a continued ownership interest in either FICV or us. While we may defer payments under the tax receivable agreement to the extent we do not have sufficient cash to make such payments, except in the case of an acceleration of payments thereunder occurring in connection with an early termination of the tax receivable agreement or certain mergers or changes of control, any such unpaid obligation will accrue interest. Additionally, during any such deferral period, we will be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferees may be accelerated or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

The tax receivable agreement provides that we may terminate it early. If we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits subject to the tax receivable agreement (based upon certain assumptions and deemed events set forth in the tax receivable agreement, including the assumption that we have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize such benefits and that any interests in FICV that Mosing Holdings or its transferees own on the termination date are deemed to be exchanged on the termination date). Any early termination payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future benefits. In addition, payments due under the tax receivable agreement will be similarly accelerated following certain mergers or other changes of control. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. For example, if the tax receivable agreement were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated termination payment would be approximately $     (calculated using a discount rate of     %). The foregoing number is merely an estimate and the actual payment could differ materially. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement. If we were unable to finance our obligations due under the tax receivable agreement, we would be in breach of the agreement. Any such breach could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to challenge a tax basis increase or other benefits arising under the tax receivable agreement, the holders of rights under the tax receivable agreement will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any such holder will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, to such holder after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments that are greater than our actual cash tax savings, if any, and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could adversely affect our liquidity.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The initial public offering price of our common stock may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In addition, an active liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop and our common stock price may be volatile.

Prior to this offering, our common stock was not traded on any market. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be maintained after this offering. Liquid and active trading markets usually result in less price volatility and more efficiency in carrying out investors’ purchase and sale orders. The

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

market price of our common stock could vary significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our common stock, you could lose a substantial part or all of your investment in our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and representatives of the underwriters, based on numerous factors which we discuss in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus, and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in the offering.

The following factors could affect our common stock price:

 

   

our operating and financial performance;

 

   

quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as net income per share, net income, Adjusted EBITDA and revenues;

 

   

changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of reports by equity research analysts;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us or other shareholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;

 

   

general market conditions, including fluctuations in commodity prices; and

 

   

U.S. and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

The trading markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

As a privately held company, we have not been responsible for the corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. As a publicly traded company with listed equity securities we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, including corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE, as well as the relevant provisions under Dutch law. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of time of our management board and supervisory board and will significantly increase our costs and expenses. Among other things, we will need to:

 

   

institute a more comprehensive compliance function;

 

   

design, establish, evaluate and maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”);

 

   

comply with rules promulgated by the NYSE;

 

   

prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;

 

   

establish new internal policies, such as those relating to disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading;

 

   

involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities; and

 

   

establish an investor relations function.

These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our supervisory board, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee, qualified executive officers and key personnel.

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could lower our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity may dilute your ownership in us.

We may sell additional shares of common stock in subsequent public offerings. After the completion of this offering, we will have                 outstanding shares of our common stock and                  outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock that are convertible into an equivalent number of shares of common stock. Following the completion of this offering, members of the Mosing family will own, indirectly through FWW and Mosing Holdings,                  shares of common stock and all of our shares of Series A preferred stock. Together, these shares will represent approximately         % of our total outstanding FINV Stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock). All of these shares will be subject to a lock-up agreement as described in “Underwriting,” but may be sold into the market in the future.

As soon as practicable after this offering, we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 providing for the registration of                 shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock incentive plan. Subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions and the expiration of lock-up agreements, shares registered under this registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for resale immediately in the public market without restriction.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.

Our declaration of dividends is within the discretion of our management board, with the approval of our supervisory board, and subject to certain limitations under Dutch law, and there can be no assurance that we will pay dividends.

Our dividend policy is within the discretion of our management board, with the approval of our supervisory board, and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and investment opportunities. We can provide no assurance that we will pay dividends on our common stock. No dividends on our common stock will accrue in arrears. In addition, Dutch law contains certain restrictions on a company’s ability to pay cash dividends, and we can provide no assurance that those restrictions will not prevent us from paying a dividend in future periods. See “Description of Capital Stock—Dividends.”

As a Dutch public company with limited liability, the rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights of shareholders in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

We are a Dutch public company with limited liability ( naamloze vennootschap ). Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association and by the laws governing companies incorporated in The Netherlands. The rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our management board and supervisory board may be different from those in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

For example, resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders may be taken with majorities different from the majorities required for adoption of equivalent resolutions in, for example, Delaware corporations. Although shareholders will have the right to approve legal mergers or demergers, Dutch law does not grant appraisal rights to a company’s shareholders who wish to challenge the consideration to be paid upon a legal merger or demerger of a company.

In addition, if a third party is liable to a Dutch company, under Dutch law shareholders generally do not have the right to bring an action on behalf of the company or to bring an action on their own behalf to recover damages sustained as a result of a decrease in value, or loss of an increase in value, of their ordinary shares. Only in the event that the cause of liability of such third party to the company also constitutes a tortious act directly

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

against such shareholder and the damages sustained are permanent, may that shareholder have an individual right of action against such third party on its own behalf to recover damages. The Dutch Civil Code provides for the possibility to initiate such actions collectively. A foundation or an association whose objective, as stated in its articles of association, is to protect the rights of persons having similar interests may institute a collective action. The collective action cannot result in an order for payment of monetary damages but may result in a declaratory judgment ( verklaring voor recht ), for example declaring that a party has acted wrongfully or has breached a fiduciary duty. The foundation or association and the defendant are permitted to reach (often on the basis of such declaratory judgment) a settlement which provides for monetary compensation for damages. A designated Dutch court may declare the settlement agreement binding upon all the injured parties, whereby an individual injured party will have the choice to opt-out within the term set by the court (at least three months). Such individual injured party, may also individually institute a civil claim for damages within the before mentioned term.

Furthermore, certain provisions of Dutch corporate law have the effect of concentrating control over certain corporate decisions and transactions in the hands of our management board and supervisory board. As a result, holders of our shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by members of our management board and supervisory board than if we were incorporated in the United States.

In the performance of its duties, our management board and supervisory board will be required by Dutch law to act in the interest of the company and its affiliated business, and to consider the interests of our company, our shareholders, our employees and other stakeholders in all cases with reasonableness and fairness. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, interests of our shareholders.

Our articles of association and Dutch corporate law contain provisions that may discourage a takeover attempt.

Provisions contained in the amended and restated articles of association that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering and the laws of The Netherlands could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. Provisions of our articles of association impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for shareholders to effect certain corporate actions. Among other things, these provisions:

 

   

authorize our management board, with the approval of our supervisory board, for a period of five years from the date of the offering to issue preferred stock, including for defensive purposes, and shares of common stock, in each case without shareholder approval; and

 

   

do not provide for shareholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all shareholder actions to be taken at a general meeting of shareholders.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes in control of our company or changes in our management. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”

It may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments against us or some of our executive officers and directors and some of our named experts in the United States or The Netherlands.

We were formed under the laws of The Netherlands and, as such, the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and the civil liability of our directors will be governed by the laws of The Netherlands and our amended and restated articles of association. Some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States and some of our directors and executive officers and some of our assets and some of the assets of our directors and executive officers are located outside the United States.

In the absence of an applicable convention between the United States and The Netherlands providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards and divorce decrees) in civil

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and commercial matters, a judgment rendered by a court in the United States will not automatically be recognized by the courts of The Netherlands. In principle, the courts of The Netherlands will be free to decide, at their own discretion, if and to what extent a judgment rendered by a court in the United States should be recognized in The Netherlands. In general terms, Dutch courts tend to grant the same judgment without re-litigating on the merits if the following three cumulative minimum conditions are met:

 

   

the judgment was rendered by the foreign court that was (based on internationally accepted grounds) competent to take cognizance of the matter;

 

   

the judgment is the outcome of a proper judicial procedure ( behoorlijke rechtspleging ); and

 

   

the judgment is not manifestly incompatible with the public policy ( openbare orde ) of The Netherlands.

Without prejudice to the above, in order to obtain enforcement of a judgment rendered by a United States court in The Netherlands, a claim against the relevant party on the basis of such judgment should be brought before the competent court of The Netherlands. During the proceedings such court will assess, when requested, whether a foreign judgment meets the above conditions. In the affirmative, the court may order that substantive examination of the matter shall be dispensed with. In such case, the court will confine itself to an order reiterating the foreign judgment against the party against whom it had been obtained.

Otherwise, a new substantive examination will take place in the framework of the proceedings. In all of the above situations, when applying the law of any jurisdiction (including The Netherlands), Dutch courts may give effect to the mandatory rules of the laws of another country with which the situation has a close connection, if and insofar as, under the law of the latter country, those rules must be applied regardless of the law applicable to the contract or legal relationship. In considering whether to give effect to these mandatory rules of such third country, regard shall be given to the nature, purpose and the consequences of their application or non-application. Moreover, a Dutch court may give effect to the rules of the laws of The Netherlands in a situation where they are mandatory irrespective of the law otherwise applicable to the documents or legal relationship in question. The application of a rule of the law of any country that otherwise would govern an obligation may be refused by the courts of The Netherlands if such application is manifestly incompatible with the public policy ( openbare orde ) of The Netherlands.

Under our amended and restated articles of association, we will indemnify and hold our officers and directors harmless against all claims and suits brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. Under our amended and restated articles of association, to the extent allowed by law, the rights and obligations among or between us, any of our current or former directors, officers and employees and any current or former shareholder will be governed exclusively by the laws of The Netherlands and subject to the jurisdiction of Dutch courts, unless those rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities listed above. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce such provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. securities laws, this provision could make judgments obtained outside of The Netherlands more difficult to have recognized and enforced against our assets in The Netherlands or jurisdictions that would apply Dutch law. Insofar as a release is deemed to represent a condition, stipulation or provision binding any person acquiring our ordinary shares to waive compliance with any provision of the Securities Act or of the rules and regulations of the SEC, such release will be void.

Purchasers of common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $         per share in the net tangible book value per share of common stock from the initial public offering price, and our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to this offering, would be $         per share. In addition, our amended and restated articles of association allow us to issue significant numbers of additional shares, including shares that may be issued under our long-term incentive plans. We expect to grant restricted stock units representing an aggregate of              shares of common stock (based upon the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to our

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

officers and employees concurrently with this offering as described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Components of Our Executive Compensation Program—Long-Term Incentive Plan.” See “Dilution” for a complete description of the calculation of net tangible book value.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and will qualify for and have the ability to rely on exemptions from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Because the Mosing family will beneficially own a majority of our outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” as that term is set forth in Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of its supervisory board consist of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that its nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the requirement that its compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

These requirements will not apply to us as long as we remain a “controlled company.” Following the completion of this offering, and so long as members of the Mosing family control the outstanding common stock and Series A preferred stock representing at least a majority of the outstanding voting power in FINV, we have the option to utilize these exemptions. Accordingly, should we choose to utilize such exemptions, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. The significant ownership interest held by members of the Mosing family could adversely affect investors’ perceptions of our corporate governance. See “Management—Board Structure.”

Tax Risks

Changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our tax returns could adversely affect our financial results.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, treaties and regulations, both in the United States and internationally. Tax laws, treaties and regulations are highly complex and subject to interpretation. Consequently, we are subject to changing tax laws, treaties and regulations in and between countries in which we operate or are resident. Our income tax expense is based upon the interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. A change in these tax laws, treaties or regulations, or in the interpretation thereof, could result in a materially higher tax expense or a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings. If any country successfully challenges our income tax filings based on our structure, or if we otherwise lose a material tax dispute, our effective tax rate on worldwide earnings could increase substantially and our financial results could be materially adversely affected.

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets for any taxable year produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than certain rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business, but does not include income derived from the performance of services. U.S.

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their interests in the PFIC.

We believe that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or for any future taxable year. However, this involves a facts and circumstances analysis and it is possible that the IRS would not agree with our conclusion, or the U.S. tax laws could change significantly. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences.”

U.S. “anti-inversion” tax laws could negatively affect our results and could result in a reduced amount of foreign tax credit for U.S. Holders.

Under rules contained in U.S. tax law, we would be subject to tax as a U.S. corporation in the event the we acquire substantially all of the assets of a U.S. corporation and the equity owners of that U.S. corporation own at least 80% (calculated without regard for any stock issued in a public offering) of our stock by reason of holding stock in the U.S. corporation. For purposes of applying these rules, the rights associated with the Series A preferred stock and the interests in FICV would likely result in the holders thereof being deemed to own our common stock under the “stock equivalent” portion of the rules.

We will acquire the assets of Mosing Holdings (a U.S. corporation); however, the ownership of Mosing Holdings in our stock, taking into account common stock that Mosing Holdings is deemed to own under the “stock equivalent” rules, is substantially below the 80% standard for the application of the rules. Accordingly, we do not believe these rules should apply.

There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge our determination that these rules are inapplicable. In the event that these rules were applicable, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our worldwide income, which would negatively impact our cash available for distribution and the value of our common stock. Application of the rules could also adversely affect the ability of a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) to obtain a U.S. tax credit with respect to any Dutch withholding tax imposed on distributions.

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus, regarding our strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, the words “could,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “may,” “continue,” “predict,” “potential,” “project” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus, including “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Dividend Policy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and may include statements about, among other things:

 

   

our business strategy and prospects for growth;

 

   

our cash flows and liquidity;

 

   

our financial strategy, budget, projections and operating results;

 

   

the amount, nature and timing of capital expenditures;

 

   

the availability and terms of capital;

 

   

competition and government regulations; and

 

   

general economic conditions.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot give any assurance that such expectations will prove correct. The forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations included, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

the level of activity in the oil and gas industry;

 

   

the volatility of oil and gas prices;

 

   

unique risks associated with our offshore operations;

 

   

political, economic and regulatory uncertainties in our international operations;

 

   

our ability to develop new technologies and products;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to employ and retain skilled and qualified workers;

 

   

the level of competition in our industry;

 

   

operational safety laws and regulations;

 

   

weather conditions and natural disasters; and

 

   

other factors discussed in “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus; we disclaim any obligation to update these statements unless required by law and we caution you not to place undue reliance on them. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements that we make. These cautionary statements qualify all forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf.

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

The diagram below depicts our simplified organizational structure immediately following the completion of this offering (assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is not exercised and without giving effect to the grant of restricted stock units representing an aggregate of              shares of common stock (based upon the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to our officers and employees concurrently with this offering as described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Components of Our Executive Compensation Program—Long-Term Incentive Plan”):

 

LOGO

Frank’s International N.V.

Following completion of this offering, FINV, the issuer of common stock in this offering, will act as a holding company whose sole material assets will consist of indirect general and limited partnership interests in

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FICV. As the indirect sole shareholder of the general partner of FICV, FINV will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to FICV’s business and will consolidate the financial results of FICV and its subsidiaries.

The articles of association of FINV authorize two classes of stock, common stock and Series A preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Only common stock will be sold to investors pursuant to this offering. Shares of our common stock will also be held indirectly by members of the Mosing family through FWW.

Shares of Series A preferred stock will be held by Mosing Holdings as described below. Each share of Series A preferred stock will have a liquidation preference equal to its par value of €0.01 per share (or approximately €             in the aggregate) and will be entitled to an annual dividend equal to 0.25% of its par value (or approximately €             per annum in the aggregate). Additionally, each share of Series A preferred stock will entitle its holder to vote together with the common stock as a single class on all matters presented to FINV’s shareholders for their vote.

Formation of FICV

FICV is a newly formed limited partnership that was formed to act as a holding company of various U.S. and foreign operating companies engaged in our business. Prior to this offering, our foreign operating companies have been owned directly or indirectly by FINV, and our U.S. operating companies have been owned directly or indirectly by Mosing Holdings, which is owned by members of the Mosing family. In connection with this offering, FINV will contribute all of our foreign operating subsidiaries and a portion of the proceeds from this offering to FICV, and Mosing Holdings will contribute all of our U.S. operating subsidiaries (excluding certain assets that generate a de minimis amount of revenue, including aircraft, real estate and life insurance policies) to FICV. We intend to enter into real estate lease agreements and an aviation services agreement with customary terms for continued use of the real estate and aircraft. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Our Directors, Executive Officers and Affiliates.”

In exchange for this contribution (and after giving effect to this offering assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is not exercised),

 

  (i) FINV will (indirectly) hold a      % limited partnership interest and a     % general partnership in FICV; and

 

  (ii) Mosing Holdings will hold a      % limited partnership interest in FICV.

In order to give Mosing Holdings a percentage vote in FINV that is equal to the percentage limited partnership interest in FICV that Mosing Holdings will receive in exchange for its contribution to FICV, Mosing Holdings will also receive          shares of Series A preferred stock of FINV in the exchange.

Following the completion of this offering, the Mosing family will own, indirectly through Mosing Holdings and FWW, FINV Stock and FICV limited partnership interests that in the aggregate will represent approximately      % of the economic interests in and voting power of our combined company (or      % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full).

For purposes of any transfer or exchange of Series A preferred stock and limited partnership interests in FICV, the articles of association of FINV and the partnership agreement of FICV contain provisions linking each share of Series A preferred stock in FINV to a proportionate portion of the limited partnership interest in FICV held by Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferee, which portion at any time will equal the total limited partnership interest in FICV held by Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferee divided by the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock of FINV (each such portion being referred to as an “FICV Portion”). Shares of Series A preferred stock cannot be transferred unless simultaneously with an equal number of FICV Portions and vice versa.

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Mosing Holdings (or any of its permitted transferees) will have the right to convert all or a portion of its Series A preferred stock into FINV common stock by delivery to FINV of an equivalent number of FICV Portions. In connection with such conversion, Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferees will also be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to the par value of each share of Series A preferred stock so converted plus any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon.

The above mechanism is subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limited Partnership Agreement of FICV.”

Offering

Only common stock will be sold to investors pursuant to this offering. Immediately following the completion of this offering, there will be         shares of common stock issued and outstanding (or          shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock). We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering related expenses, will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock). A portion of the proceeds of this offering will be used to repay in full the outstanding notes payable to FWW, under which there was an aggregate of $443.7 million outstanding as of March 31, 2013. FINV will contribute any remaining proceeds (including any proceeds attributable to the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock) to FICV. Following any such contribution, FINV’s percentage ownership interest in FICV will equal the percentage of outstanding FINV Stock represented by FINV’s outstanding common stock.

As a result of the formation of FICV and the offering described above (and prior to any conversions of shares of Series A preferred stock into shares of our common stock):

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively own          shares of common stock (or          shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock), and FINV will hold an interest in FICV that is equal to the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares of FINV Stock represented by our common stock;

 

   

Mosing Holdings will hold          shares of Series A preferred stock and an interest in FICV that is equal to the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares of FINV Stock represented by such shares of Series A preferred stock;

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively hold          % (or          % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock) of the voting power in FINV; and

 

   

the Mosing Family, through their ownership of Mosing Holdings and FWW, will hold          % (or                  % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock) of the voting power in FINV.

Holding Company Structure

Following completion of this offering, FINV will act as a holding company whose sole material assets will consist of indirect general and limited partnership interests in FICV. As the owner of the general partner of FICV, FINV will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to FICV’s business and will consolidate the financial results of FICV and its subsidiaries.

Our post-offering organizational structure will allow the Mosing Family to retain a portion of their equity ownership in our company through FICV, an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, with the remainder of their ownership being in the form of common stock of FINV. Investors in this

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

offering will, by contrast, hold all of their equity ownership in the form of shares of common stock of FINV, which is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We believe that the members of the Mosing family generally find it advantageous to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Mosing family, like FINV, will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of FICV.

FINV’s articles of association and FICV’s limited partnership agreement will provide for customary mechanisms to ensure that (i) FINV’s percentage interest in FICV will always equal the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares of FINV Stock represented by our outstanding common stock and (ii) Mosing Holding’s (together with any permitted transferee’s) percentage interest in FICV will always equal the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares of FINV Stock represented by our outstanding Series A preferred stock.

FINV will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on its proportionate share of FICV’s taxable income attributable to U.S. operations. FINV may also incur U.S. branch profits tax on its proportionate share of FICV’s taxable income attributable to U.S. operations. The U.S. branch profits tax is imposed on a non-U.S. corporation’s “dividend equivalent amount,” which generally consists of the corporation’s after-tax earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) that are effectively connected with the corporation’s U.S. trade or business but are not reinvested in a U.S. business. The limited partnership agreement of FICV provides for distributions to be made at the discretion of the general partner on a pro rata basis to the holders of interests in FICV for purposes of funding the holders’ tax obligations with respect to the income of FICV allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of FICV allocable to a holder multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual resident in Louisiana. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Limited Partnership Agreement of FICV.”

In connection with our formation transactions, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with Mosing Holdings. This agreement generally will provide for the payment by FINV of 85% of actual reductions, if any, in payments of U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax (which reductions we refer to as “cash savings”) in periods after this offering as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the transfer of FICV interests to us in connection with a conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock into shares of our common stock and (ii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we make under the tax receivable agreement. FINV will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from the sale of the common stock by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting estimated expenses payable by us and underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $         million. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full the outstanding notes payable to FWW, under which there was an aggregate of $443.7 million outstanding as of March 31, 2013. Any remaining net proceeds (including any proceeds attributable to the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock) will be contributed to FICV. FICV will use any such proceeds for general corporate purposes.

The notes payable to FWW each bore interest at a rate of 0.24% per annum as of March 31, 2013. The $320.0 million note is payable on demand, and the $220.0 million note matures in December 2020. The notes payable were issued in order to fund a distribution of $484.0 million to the owners of FINV.

An increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of $1.00 per share of common stock would cause the net proceeds that we will receive from the offering, after deducting estimated expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions, to increase or decrease by approximately $         million.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend on our common stock of $         per share, or an aggregate of approximately $         million on an annual basis. However, our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our management board, with the approval of our supervisory board, and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and investment opportunities. In addition, each share of Series A preferred stock will have a liquidation preference equal to its par value of €0.01 per share and will be entitled to an annual dividend equal to 0.25% of its par value. Based upon the number of Series A preferred shares outstanding upon completion of this offering, this amount would be $         in the aggregate. We will only be able to pay dividends from our available cash on hand and funds received from FICV. FICV’s ability to make distributions to us will depend on many factors, including the performance of our business in the future. In order to make these distributions on our common stock and Series A preferred stock, we expect that FICV will be required to distribute approximately $         million pro rata to holders of FICV interests. This aggregate amount would have represented approximately         % of our pro forma net income and         % of our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity.”

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2013:

 

   

for Frank’s International; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the restructuring transactions described in “Organizational Structure” and the sale of         shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses and the application of the net proceeds as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read the following table in conjunction with “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical combined financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2013  
     Frank’s
International
    Pro Forma  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

   $ 123,392      $                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, including current maturities:

    

Lines of credit

   $ 2,000      $     

Notes payable—excluding affiliates

     2,981     

Notes payable—affiliated (2)

     448,838     

Equipment financing and other

     877     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     454,696     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Series A preferred stock, €0.01 par value; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding (actual);         shares authorized (as adjusted);         shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted)

     —       

Common stock, €0.01 par value; 240,000,000 shares authorized (actual); 48,096,000 shares issued and outstanding (actual);         shares authorized (as adjusted);         shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted)

     803 (3)   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,409     

Retained earnings

     491,145     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     294     

Non-controlling interest (4)

     —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     493,651     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 948,347      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) As of June 30, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $             million.

 

(2) In 2012, FINV made a non-cash distribution of $484.0 million to its owners in the form of two unsecured promissory notes payable. As of March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, there was an aggregate of approximately $443.7 million and $             million, respectively outstanding under these notes.

 

(3) Represents the common stock of FINV, FII, FCC and FTS. See Note 11 to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(4) Reflects the portion of FICV that will be owned by Mosing Holdings upon completion of this offering. See “Organizational Structure.”

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of the common stock for accounting purposes. Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012, after giving pro forma effect to the reorganization transactions as described in “Organizational Structure” was approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our pro forma tangible net worth (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the total number of outstanding shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering. After giving pro forma effect to the reorganization transactions as described in “Organizational Structure” and as adjusted for the sale of the shares in this offering and assuming the receipt of the estimated net proceeds (after deducting estimated discounts and expenses of this offering), our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution (i.e., the difference between the offering price and the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after this offering) to new investors purchasing shares in this offering of $         per share. The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $                        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012 (after giving effect to the reorganization transactions as described in “Organizational Structure”)

  

Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

  

As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

  

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

   $                        

The following table summarizes, on an adjusted pro forma basis as of December 31, 2012, the total number of shares of common stock owned by existing shareholders and to be owned by the new investors in this offering, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders and to be paid by the new investors in this offering at $            , the midpoint of the range of the initial public offering prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, calculated before deduction of estimated discounts and commissions:

 

     Shares Acquired      Total Consideration      Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percent      Amount      Percent     

Existing shareholders

                        %       $                                          %       $                    

New investors in this offering

              

Total

                        %       $                                          %       $                    

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 by approximately $         million, the as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

The following table shows selected historical combined financial data of Frank’s International as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited historical combined financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited historical combined financial statements and related notes thereto that are not included in this prospectus. The summary historical combined financial data presented as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from the unaudited historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Under the combined method of accounting, the historical consolidated financial statements of FINV, FII, FCC, and FTS and their wholly owned subsidiaries are combined as if Frank’s International operated as a single entity. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated for purposes of preparing these combined financial statements.

The selected unaudited pro forma financial data presented below has been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical combined financial statements of Frank’s International included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected unaudited pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 2012 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 give effect to our reorganization in connection with this offering as described in “Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2012, in the case of the unaudited pro forma statement of operations, and on March 31, 2013, in the case of the unaudited pro forma balance sheet.

You should read these tables in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which includes a discussion of factors materially affecting the comparability of the information presented, “Organizational Structure” and our historical and pro forma financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected unaudited pro forma financial data is presented for informational purposes only. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Our selected unaudited pro forma financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been if we operated as a public company during the period presented and may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
                FINV  
    Frank’s International     Pro Forma  
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Three  Months
Ended
March  31,
2013
 
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013      

Statements of income data (in thousands):

                 

Revenues:

                 

Equipment rentals and services

  $ 572,160      $ 428,476      $ 490,902      $ 613,541      $ 880,084      $ 203,755      $ 205,878      $                   $                

Products

    152,163        89,307        117,306        125,534        175,841        36,773        30,882       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    724,323        517,783        608,208        739,075        1,055,925        240,528        236,760       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

                 

Equipment rentals and services

    200,624        161,920        222,345        256,515        314,950        72,731        75,781       

Products

    168,278        102,694        70,697        76,368        119,527        24,184        18,019       

General and administrative expenses

    112,288        113,851        134,449        160,506        187,033        41,608        44,145       

Depreciation and amortization

    39,013        45,769        48,197        54,581        66,215        15,424        17,783       

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    —          9,438        —          —          —          —          —         

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (364     (16     (164     (47     (2,608     195        23       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    204,484        84,127        132,684        191,152        370,808        86,386        81,009       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                 

Other income

    5,192        4,972        3,906        3,786        12,189        670        2,127       

Interest income (expense), net

    (2,584     (1,840     (1,658     (655     264        260        (201    

Impairment of investment

    (3,797     —          —          —          —          —          —         

Foreign currency gain (loss)

    (8,648     559        (1,930     (3,209     (450     2,626        (3,587    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (9,837     3,691        318        (78     12,003        3,556        (1,661    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax

    194,647        87,818        133,002        191,074        382,811        89,942        79,348       

Income tax expense

    22,006        13,340        14,601        20,287        31,877        7,687        6,303       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before non-controlling interest

    172,641        74,478        118,401        170,787        350,934        82,255        73,045       

Non-controlling interest

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    172,641        74,478        118,401        170,787        350,934        82,255        73,045       

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 172,641      $ 74,478      $ 118,401      $ 170,787      $ 350,934      $ 82,255      $ 73,045      $        $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
                FINV  
    Frank’s International     Pro Forma  
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Three  Months
Ended
March  31,
2013
 
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013      

Balance sheet data (as of period end) (in thousands):

                 

Total assets

  $ 661,740      $ 649,915      $ 710,543      $ 847,500      $ 1,107,961        $ 1,129,318        $        

Long-term debt—excluding affiliates

    71,011        57,108        46,579        9,204        7,368         
5,858
  
   

Long-term debt—affiliate(1)

    978        810        907        3,618        469,268         
448,838
  
   

Total liabilities

    179,136        165,608        174,530        180,372        660,973          635,667       

Total stockholders’ equity

    482,604        484,307        536,013        667,128        446,988          493,651       

Other financial data (in thousands):

                 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 209,603      $ 141,444      $ 163,414      $ 180,710      $ 344,776      $ 78,669      $ 50,664       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (83,509     (64,520     (69,130     (126,655     (182,533     (47,541     (42,014    

Net cash used in financing activities

    (109,394     (92,834     (79,261     (71,874     (107,210     (14,742     (44,235    

Adjusted EBITDA(2) (unaudited)

    248,325        144,290        184,623        249,472        446,604        102,675        100,942      $                   $     

 

(1) In 2012, FINV made a non-cash distribution of $484.0 million to its owners of FINV in the form of two unsecured promissory notes payable. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, there was an aggregate of approximately $464.0 million and $443.7 million, respectively, outstanding under these notes.

 

(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income attributable to common stockholders, see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measure” below.

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure that is used by management and external users of our financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income attributable to common stockholders before net interest income or expense, depreciation and amortization, income tax benefit or expense, asset impairments, gain or loss on sale of assets, foreign currency gain or loss and other non-cash adjustments. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenues. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of net income or cash flows as determined by U.S. GAAP.

Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is useful because it allows us to more effectively evaluate our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period without regard to our financing methods or capital structure. We exclude the items listed above from net income attributable to common stockholders in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA because these amounts can vary substantially from company to company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures and the method by which the assets were acquired. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have limited use as analytical tools and should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, operating income, net income or cash flows from operating activities as determined in accordance with GAAP or as an indicator of our operating performance or liquidity. Certain items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax structure, as well as the historic costs of depreciable assets, none of which are components of Adjusted EBITDA. Our computations of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a widely followed measure of operating performance and may also be used by investors to measure our ability to meet debt service requirements.

 

          FINV  
    Frank’s International     Pro Forma  
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Three  Months
Ended

March 31,
2013
 
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013      

Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation (in thousands):

                 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 172,641      $ 74,478      $ 118,401      $ 170,787      $ 350,934      $ 82,255      $ 73,045      $                       $                

Interest (income) expense, net

    2,584        1,840        1,658        655        (264     (260     201       

Depreciation and amortization

    39,013        45,769        48,197        54,581        66,215        15,424        17,783       

Income tax expense

    22,006        13,340        14,601        20,287        31,877        7,687        6,303       

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    —          9,438        —          —          —          —          —         

Impairment of investment

    3,797        —          —          —          —          —          —         

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (364     (16     (164     (47     (2,608     195        23       

Foreign currency (gain) loss

    8,648        (559     1,930        3,209        450        (2,626     3,587       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 248,325      $ 144,290      $ 184,623      $ 249,472      $ 446,604      $ 102,675      $ 100,942      $        $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Investors should read the following information together with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data” and the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties, including those described under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. The financial information contained in the following discussion is based on our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the unaudited financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and the unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Overview

We are a 75 year-old, industry-leading global provider of highly engineered tubular services to the oil and gas industry. We provide our services to leading exploration and production companies in both offshore and onshore environments, with a focus on complex and technically demanding wells. We believe that we are one of the largest global providers of tubular services to the oil and gas industry.

We conduct our business through three operating segments:

 

   

International Services. We currently provide our services in approximately 60 countries on six continents. Our customers in these international markets are primarily large exploration and production companies, including integrated oil and gas companies and national oil and gas companies, with a significant focus on complex, high profile projects. Our International Services segment accounted for approximately 49% and 50%, respectively, of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 and the first three months of 2013. Approximately 82% and 83%, respectively, of our revenue from external customers in this segment was generated in offshore markets in 2012 and the first three months of 2013, the significant majority of which was from deep water markets.

 

   

U.S. Services. Approximately 51% and 63%, respectively, of our 2012 and first quarter 2013 U.S. Services segment revenue from external customers was generated in the technically challenging deep water areas of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. In addition, we have a significant presence in almost all of the active onshore oil and gas drilling regions in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, Bakken Shale, Barnett Shale, Eagle Ford Shale, Haynesville Shale, Marcellus Shale and Utica Shale. Our U.S. Services segment accounted for approximately 45% and 42%, respectively, of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 and the first three months of 2013.

 

   

Pipe and Products. We also design and manufacture certain products that we sell or rent directly to external customers, including large OD pipe connectors and casing attachments. We also provide specialized fabrication and welding services in support of deep water projects in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, including drilling and production risers, flowlines and pipeline end terminations, as well as long length tubulars (up to 300 feet in length) for use as caissons or pilings. Finally, we distribute large OD pipe manufactured by third parties. A significant majority of our sales to external customers occur in deep water markets. Our Pipe and Products segment accounted for approximately 6% and 8%, respectively, of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 and the first three months of 2013.

How We Generate Our Revenue

A significant majority of our services revenues are derived primarily from two sources:

 

   

personnel rates for our specially trained employees who perform tubular services for our customers; and

 

   

rental rates for the suite of products and equipment that our employees use to perform tubular services.

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, our customers typically reimburse us for transportation costs that we incur in connection with transporting our products and equipment from our staging areas to the customers’ job sites.

In contrast, our Pipe and Products revenues are derived from sales of certain products, including large OD pipe connectors, casing attachments and large OD pipe manufactured by third parties, directly to external customers.

As described below under “—U.S. Services,” we have some exposure to footage-based rates and blended (one for both personnel and equipment) rates in our U.S. Services segment for certain onshore regions, but we do not have any meaningful exposure to fixed price contracts in either of our services segments. We believe that our lack of exposure to the market risk associated with fixed price contracts is an important component of our profitability.

International Services

In our International Services segment, we typically enter into contracts with our customers relating to the provision of tubular services for multiple wells, with terms ranging from three to five years. Though these contracts are usually terminable on 60 days’ notice, the frequency with which such contracts are terminated is typically limited by the time and expense required for customers to change service providers, including the cost of transporting equipment and personnel to remote international locations. Many of our international services arrangements provide for up to 180 days’ notice to us prior to the commencement of a project. Due to the high costs associated with drilling offshore wells, minimum government commitments for international oil companies to retain leases, the extent of well construction planning required to design and secure manufactured materials and the other logistical challenges of operating in many foreign countries, the market for international services is usually less susceptible to short-term fluctuations in demand as compared to our services provided in the U.S.

In a typical international arrangement, we provide our customers with a package of equipment which is dedicated to the customers’ rig. We also assign dedicated, specialized personnel to the customers’ rig. For certain large projects, this may include multiple crews that can rotate shifts during the provision of tubular services. During the time that our equipment is in use, we charge our customers full working personnel and rental rates, and we may also charge the customer a lower, standby rate for the time the equipment is dedicated to the customer but not in use. Given the long-term nature of our international projects, a large portion of the personnel and equipment rates charged to customers are monthly rates. More than 75% of our International Services revenue during each of 2012 and the first three months of 2013 were denominated in U.S. dollars.

In areas where we can access equipment that is located in the U.S., such as Latin America, we sometimes provide services on a callout basis, where we would be required to perform tubular services on shorter notice. The rates that we charge under callout arrangements are typically higher than standby rates, and we are able to use and rent the same equipment to multiple customers in a given time period, allowing us to complete more jobs for a greater number of customers.

U.S. Services

In contrast to our International Services, our customer contracts in the U.S. Services segment are typically managed on a well-by-well basis. In addition, though we are able to charge day rates for products and equipment in our U.S. Gulf of Mexico operations, the standby periods are typically much shorter than those provided for in our International Service contracts. Services in our U.S. Services segment are usually performed on a callout basis, where we are required to arrive at a customers’ site within a matter of days.

The typical U.S. Services arrangement relates to a specific tubular service project for a particular well. Moreover, the casing and tubing portions of a project may be tendered for and awarded separately. Given the shorter-term nature of our U.S. projects, the rates charged to customers are hourly rates for personnel and day rates for equipment. Rather than being on standby for potentially long periods of time, our employees and equipment in

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the U.S. Services segment instead typically make discrete trips, as necessary to the customer’s well site to perform the tubular services. As a result, our standby revenue is significantly lower in onshore and offshore portions of our U.S. Services segment as compared to our International Services segment. Although we generate lower standby revenues than in our International Services segment, we seek to optimize utilization of our personnel and equipment to allow us to earn full working rates on as many jobs for as many customers as possible.

In comparison to our International Services segment, we face a much larger number of small, regional competitors in the U.S. As a consequence, the bidding process is much more competitive. In order to be awarded certain projects, we sometimes enter into other contractual arrangements, including:

 

   

blended rate arrangements, where we charge one hourly rate for both the required equipment and the personnel necessary to complete the project; or

 

   

footage-based rate arrangements.

Contracts and Liability

Most of our services are performed pursuant to master service agreements that we have entered into with our customers. We have maintained master service agreements with Chevron, BP, Shell, Exxon Mobil and other customers for over 20 years. We strive to negotiate the terms of these and our other contracts to be consistent with what we consider to be best practices. The general industry practice is for oilfield service providers, like us, to be responsible for their own products and services and for our customers to retain liability for drilling and related operations. Consistent with this practice, we generally take responsibility for our own people and property, while our customers, such as the operator of a well, take responsibility for their own people, property and all liabilities related to the well and subsurface operations, regardless of either party’s negligence. In general, any material limitations on indemnifications to us from our customers in support of this allocation of responsibility arise only by applicable statutes. More recently, certain of our customers have begun to move more toward fault-based approaches for liability and indemnity.

Certain states in which we operate, such as Texas, Louisiana, Wyoming, and New Mexico, have enacted oil and gas specific statutes that void any indemnity agreement that attempts to relieve a party from liability resulting from its own negligence (“anti-indemnity statutes”). These statutes can void the allocation of liability agreed to in a contract; however, both the Texas and Louisiana anti-indemnity statutes include important exclusions. The Louisiana statute does not apply to property damage, and the Texas statute allows mutual indemnity agreements that are supported by insurance and has exclusions, which include, among other things, loss or liability for property damage that results from pollution and the cost of control of a wild well.

How We Evaluate Our Operations

We manage our business through three operating segments. We have focused on implementing financial reporting and controls in our operations to increase the availability of critical information necessary to support informed decision making. We use a number of financial and operational measures to routinely analyze and evaluate the performance of our business, including the following:

 

   

revenue;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin; and

 

   

safety performance.

Revenue

We analyze our revenue growth by comparing actual monthly revenue to our internal projections for each month to assess our performance. We also assess incremental changes in our monthly revenue across our operating segments to identify potential areas for improvement. Our revenue for the three months ended

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

March 31, 2013 decreased $3.8 million, or 2%, from our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $316.9 million, or 43%, from our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011. Similarly, our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $130.9 million, or 22%, from our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income attributable to common stockholders before net interest income or expense, depreciation and amortization, income tax benefit or expense, asset impairments, gain or loss on sale of assets, foreign currency gain or loss and other non-cash adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA margin reflects our Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of our revenues. We review Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin on both a combined basis and on a segment basis. We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to assess our financial performance because it allows us to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis across periods by removing the effects of our capital structure (such as varying levels of interest expense), asset base (such as depreciation and amortization) and items outside the control of our management team (such as income tax rates). We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin on a combined basis and on a segment basis because we believe they provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business as compared to measures calculated under GAAP alone.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2013 decreased by $1.7 million, or 2%, from our Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and our Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $197.1 million, or 79%, from our Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $64.8 million, or 35%, from our Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Our Adjusted EBITDA margin for the three months ended March 31, 2013 remained constant compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 and our Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by 25% from our Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 11% from our Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2010.

For further discussion, including a reconciliation of our combined Adjusted EBITDA to the most comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, see “Selected Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” For a reconciliation of our Adjusted EBITDA on a segment basis to the most comparable measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, see “—Operating Segment Results.”

Safety Performance

Maintaining a strong safety record is a critical component of our operational success. Many of our larger customers have safety standards we must satisfy before we can perform services for them. We continually monitor our safety culture through the use of employee safety surveys and trend analysis, and we modify existing programs or develop new programs according to the data obtained therefrom. We measure safety by tracking the total recordable incident rate (“TRIR”) and the lost time incident rate (“LTIR”), which are reviewed on both a monthly and rolling twelve-month basis. TRIR is a measure of the rate of recordable workplace injuries, defined below, normalized and stated on the basis of 100 workers for an annual period. The factor is derived by multiplying the number of recordable injuries in a calendar year by the number of employee hours worked per year (i.e., the total hours for the number of full-time equivalent employees multiplied by 2,000 hours per year) and dividing this value by the total hours actually worked in the year. A recordable injury includes occupational

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

death, nonfatal occupational illness and other occupational injuries that involve loss of consciousness, restriction of work or motion, transfer to another project, or medical treatment other than first aid. LTIR is a measure of the frequency of incidents, such as injuries, per 200,000 man hours. LTIR is calculated by multiplying the total number of lost time cases under the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) by 200,000, and dividing that number by the total number of man hours worked by a specific group of employees. The table below presents our worldwide TRIR and LTIR for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2010          2011          2012    

TRIR

     2.03         2.15         1.89   

LTIR

     0.53         0.73         0.50   

Key Drivers Affecting our Results of Operations

Our results of operations and financial condition are affected by numerous factors, including those described above in “Risk Factors,” elsewhere in this prospectus and those described below:

 

   

General level of drilling activity . Demand for our services depends primarily upon the capital spending of oil and gas companies and the level of drilling activity in the U.S. and internationally. Higher activity levels can lead to greater utilization of our equipment and personnel by our customers. Because a large portion of our costs are fixed, our Adjusted EBITDA margins typically improve when more of our resources are commercially deployed.

 

   

Impact of service mix . Generally, offshore projects are more complex than onshore projects, and we typically have a greater opportunity to differentiate our capabilities compared to our competitors. Consequently, our revenue and profit opportunity per well is greater when offshore services are a relatively larger component of our revenue than onshore services. Similarly, because our equipment costs are typically fixed while our personnel costs are typically variable, our profit opportunity per well is greater when equipment rental is a larger component of a customer invoice relative to the personnel costs.

 

   

Size and complexity of projects . Our revenue and profit opportunity per well is higher for more complex wells. Onshore, our revenue and profit potential is greatest for horizontal shale wells with extended laterals. Offshore, our revenue and profit potential is greatest for deep wells with multiple casing strings and casing diameters.

 

   

Timing of projects . Our results of operations in a particular period can be impacted by the timing of the start-up and completion of large projects, particularly international offshore projects where we bill our customers a monthly rate for our personnel and equipment and our standby availability.

General Trends and Outlook

We believe the long-term outlook for the tubular services businesses is favorable. For a more fulsome description of the trends in our industry, see “Business—Industry—Trends in the Industry.”

Factors Affecting Comparability of Historical Financial Results

Our pro forma results of operations and our future results of operations may not be comparable to our historical results of operations for the periods presented, primarily for the reasons described below:

 

   

The historical combined financial statements included in this prospectus are based on the financial statements of Frank’s International, prior to our reorganization in connection with this offering as described in “Organizational Structure.” For example, in connection with the reorganization, Mosing Holdings will cause our U.S. operating subsidiaries to distribute certain assets that generate a de minimis amount of revenue, including aircraft, real estate and life insurance policies and associated accounts receivable. Accordingly, these assets will not be contributed to FICV in connection with the

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

reorganization. As a result, we intend to enter into real estate lease agreements with customary terms for continued use of the real estate, under which we will incur additional rental expense of approximately $3.8 million per year. In addition, we will enter into an aviation services agreement with customary terms for continued use of the aircraft, under which we will incur additional charter service expense of approximately $1.1 million per year. As a result, the historical financial data may not give you an accurate indication of what our actual results would have been if the transactions described in “Organizational Structure” had been completed at the beginning of the periods presented or of what our future results of operations are likely to be.

 

   

The tax receivable agreement generally will provide for the payment by FINV of 85% of actual reductions, if any, in payments of U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax (which reductions we refer to as “cash savings”) in periods after this offering as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the transfer of FICV interests to us in connection with a conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock into shares of our common stock and (ii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by FINV as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, payments under the tax receivable agreement. In addition, the tax receivable agreement will provide for interest earned from the due date (without extensions) of the corresponding tax return to the date of payment specified by the tax receivable agreement. We will record 85% of the estimated tax benefit as an increase to amounts payable under the tax receivable agreement as a liability. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

   

We expect that our general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses will increase as a result of this offering. Specifically, we will incur certain expenses related to being a publicly traded company, including expenses to comply with reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), expenses associated with Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance, expenses associated with listing on the NYSE, independent auditors fees, legal fees, investor relations expenses, registrar and transfer agent fees, director and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.

 

   

As described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Components of Our Executive Compensation Program—Long-Term Incentive Plan,” concurrently with this offering, we expect to grant restricted stock units to certain of our officers and employees valued at an aggregate of $75 million under our LTIP. It is expected that the initial restricted stock unit awards to our CEO and our Named Executive Officers (as well as one other executive officer) will vest ratably over a five-year period, and the initial restricted stock unit awards to our other officers and employees will vest ratably over a three-year period. Accordingly, this grant of restricted stock units will result in a charge of between $15 million and $25 million per year to our income statement over the five-year period. Although we have not historically paid equity compensation, we expect that, going forward, equity will comprise a portion of our compensation program. We cannot, however, predict the amount of future equity awards or the effect of any potential equity awards on our overall compensation structure, and, as a result, cannot accurately predict the effects of future equity compensation on our financial statements or future results of operations.

Our future results will depend on our ability to efficiently manage our combined operations and execute our business strategy.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Historical Financial and Operating Data

The following table presents our combined results for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012      2013  

Revenues:

           

Equipment rentals and services

   $ 490,902      $ 613,541      $ 880,084      $ 203,755       $ 205,878   

Products(1)

     117,306        125,534        175,841        36,773         30,882   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     608,208        739,075        1,055,925        240,528         236,760   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

           

Equipment rentals and services

     222,345        256,515        314,950        72,731         75,781   

Products

     70,697        76,368        119,527        24,184         18,019   

General and administrative expenses

     134,449        160,506        187,033        41,608         44,145   

Depreciation and amortization

     48,197        54,581        66,215        15,424         17,783   

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

     (164     (47     (2,608     195         23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     132,684        191,152        370,808        86,386         81,009   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

           

Other income

     3,906        3,786        12,189        670         2,127   

Interest income (expense), net

     (1,658     (655     264        260         (201

Foreign currency gain (loss)

     (1,930     (3,209     (450     2,626         (3,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     318        (78     12,003        3,556         (1,661
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     133,002        191,074        382,811        89,942         79,348   

Income tax expense

     14,601        20,287        31,877        7,687         6,303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 118,401      $ 170,787      $ 350,934      $ 82,255       $ 73,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Combined products revenue includes a small amount of revenues attributable to the U.S. Services and International Services segments.

Combined Results of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

Revenues. Revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2013 decreased by $3.8 million, or 2%, to $236.7 million from $240.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to lower external revenues of $5.9 million in our Pipe and Products segment, which was negatively affected by the BSEE’s temporary shut-down of more than 20 rigs in the Gulf of Mexico in February 2013 in order for operators to replace bolts in subsea equipment that had been determined by regulators to be defective. Partially offsetting this decrease was an increase in external revenues of $1.4 million in our International Services segment.

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortizatio n . Cost of revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2013 decreased by $3.1 million, or 3%, to $93.8 million from $96.9 million for the three months

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily attributable to decreases in pipe inventory and equipment rentals resulting from the decrease in drilling activity described above.

General and administrative expenses. G&A expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased by $2.5 million, or 6%, to $44.1 million from $41.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 primarily due to an increase in bad debt expense of $1.5 million related to a customer in Venezuela and compensation related costs of $1.5 million.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased by $2.4 million, or 15%, to $17.8 million from $15.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to assets placed in service in the last nine months of 2012 and in the first quarter of 2013.

Other income . Other income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased by $1.4 million, or 217%, to $2.1 million from $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 due to a value added tax refund related to prior periods.

Foreign currency (gain) loss . Foreign currency loss for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased by $6.2 million, or 237%, to a $3.6 million loss from a $2.6 million gain for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in foreign currency loss was due to unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and a $1.8 million charge related to the devaluation of the Venezuelan Bolivar in the first quarter of 2013. See Note 1 to our unaudited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 decreased by $1.4 million, or 18%, to $6.3 million from $7.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We are subject to many U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions and many tax agreements and treaties among the various taxing authorities. Our operations in these different jurisdictions are taxed on various bases such as income before taxes, deemed profits (which is generally determined using a percentage of revenues rather than profits), and withholding taxes based on revenues; consequently, the relationship between our pre-tax income or loss from operations and our income tax benefit or provision varies from period to period.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenues . Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $316.8 million, or 43%, to $1,055.9 million from $739.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to higher revenues of $163.3 million and $52.0 million from our U.S. Services and Pipe and Products segments, respectively, as the demand continued to increase after the repeal of the Macondo-related drilling moratorium. Increased activity levels in our International Services segment comprised approximately $103.3 million of the increase.

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization . Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $101.6 million, or 31%, to $434.5 million from $332.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in the cost of products, equipment rentals and services ($73.0 million) and compensation-related costs ($28.6 million) due to the aforementioned increase in drilling activity.

General and administrative expenses. G&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $26.5 million, or 17%, to $187.0 million from $160.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase supported the growth in our business, and as a result of such growth, we experienced approximately $22.7 million in higher compensation related costs.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $11.6 million, or 21%, to $66.2 million from $54.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to increased capital expenditures during 2011 and 2012.

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other income . Other income for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $8.4 million, or 222%, to $12.2 million from $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to a $4.0 million gain on the exchange of an investment and $4.9 million in death benefit proceeds from the passing of a related party.

Interest income (expense), net . Interest income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $0.9 million, or 140%, to $0.3 million of income from $0.6 million of expense for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to an increase in interest income and a decrease in interest expense due to lower borrowing levels.

Foreign currency loss . Foreign currency loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by $2.7 million, or 86%, to $0.5 million from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in foreign currency loss was due to favorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $11.6 million, or 57%, to $31.9 million from $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We are subject to many U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions and many tax agreements and treaties among the various taxing authorities. Our operations in these different jurisdictions are taxed on various bases such as income before taxes, deemed profits (which is generally determined using a percentage of revenues rather than profits), and withholding taxes based on revenues; consequently, the relationship between our pre-tax income or loss from operations and our income tax benefit or provision varies from period to period.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Revenues. Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $130.9 million, or 22%, to $739.1 million from $608.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to higher revenues of $76.1 million from increased drilling activity by customers in our International Services segment. Our U.S. Services segment contributed $45.0 million to the increase as permitting activity in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico started to rise following the repeal of the Macondo-related drilling moratorium in October 2010.

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization. Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $39.9 million, or 14%, to $332.9 million from $293.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in the costs of products, equipment rentals and services ($13.1 million) and compensation-related costs ($26.7 million) due to the aforementioned increase in drilling activity.

General and administrative expenses. G&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $26.1 million, or 19%, to $160.5 million from $134.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in G&A expenses included higher benefits and compensation-related costs ($6.8 million), taxes ($5.4 million) and bad debt expense ($2.1 million).

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $6.4 million, or 13%, to $54.6 million from $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to increased capital expenditures during 2011.

Interest income (expense), net . Interest income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by $1.0 million, or 60%, to $0.6 million from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was due to lower borrowing levels, primarily driven by our improved cash levels.

Foreign currency loss . Foreign currency loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $1.3 million, or 66%, to $3.2 million from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in foreign currency loss was due to unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $5.7 million, or 39%, to $20.3 million from $14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. We are subject to many U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions and many tax agreements and treaties among the various taxing authorities. Our operations in these different jurisdictions are taxed on various bases such as income before taxes, deemed profits (which is generally determined using a percentage of revenues rather than profits), and withholding taxes based on revenues; consequently, the relationship between our pre-tax income or loss from continuing operations and our income tax benefit or provision varies from period to period.

Operating Segment Results

The following table presents revenues and Adjusted EBITDA by segment, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most comparable GAAP financial measure (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Revenues:

          

International Services

   $ 289,597      $ 366,106      $ 469,464      $ 109,538      $ 111,303   

U.S. Services

     231,913        277,286        444,568        101,369        102,722   

Pipe and Products

     126,196        147,335        214,686        45,299        45,004   

Intersegment purchases

     (39,498     (51,652     (72,793     (15,678     (22,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 608,208      $ 739,075      $ 1,055,925      $ 240,528      $ 236,760   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

          

International Services

   $ 118,487      $ 153,064      $ 219,199      $ 51,815      $ 49,959   

U.S. Services

     36,417        72,141        199,397        44,610        42,794   

Pipe and Products

     29,731        24,267        28,038        6,259        8,337   

Corporate and other (1)

     (12     —          (30     (9     (148
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Total

     184,623        249,472        446,604        102,675        100,942   

Interest income (expense), net

     (1,658     (655     264        260        (201

Income tax expense

     (14,601     (20,287     (31,877     (7,687     (6,303

Depreciation and amortization

     (48,197     (54,581     (66,215     (15,424     (17,783

Gain (loss) on sale of assets

     164        47        2,608        (195     (23

Foreign currency gain (loss)

     (1,930     (3,209     (450     2,626        (3,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 118,401      $ 170,787      $ 350,934      $ 82,255      $ 73,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Corporate and other represents amounts not directly associated with an operating segment.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

International Services

Revenue for the International Services segment increased by $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, or 1.6%, compared to the same period in 2012, primarily as a result of increased service volume due to additional contracts and increased demand for our services from existing customers in our West Africa region.

Adjusted EBITDA for the International Services segment decreased by $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, or 3.6%, compared to the same period in 2012, primarily due to the purchase of centralizers for resale ($0.4 million), additional bad debt expense ($1.5 million) and an increase in management fees ($0.9 million), partially offset by the $1.8 million increase in revenue described above.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

U.S. Services

Revenue for the U.S. Services segment increased by $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, or 1%, compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to $13.1 million of higher offshore services provided on production platforms. This increase was substantially offset by an $11.7 million decrease as a result of an 11% decline in average onshore rig counts in areas in which we operate.

Adjusted EBITDA for the U.S. Services segment decreased by $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, or 4%, compared to the same period in 2012 primarily as a result of increases in cost of revenues and G&A of approximately $2.3 million related to contract labor, insurance and compensation. Partially offsetting this decrease was the increase in U.S. Services segment revenue described above.

Pipe and Products

Revenue for the Pipe and Products segment remained relatively constant, decreasing by $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, or 0.7%, compared to the same period in 2012. Included in this decrease are lower revenues of $5.9 million in our pipe sales resulting from the temporary shut-down of more than 20 Gulf of Mexico rigs during February 2013, partially offset by an increase in sales of approximately $5.7 million to our International Services and Pipe and Products segments from our manufacturing component.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Pipe and Products segment increased by $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, or 33.2%, compared to the same period in 2012 due primarily to decreases in the cost of pipe.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

International Services

Revenue for the International Services segment increased by $103.4 million, or 28%, compared to 2011, primarily as a result of additional contracts and increased demand for our services from existing customers in our Europe, Far East and Africa regions of approximately $56.7 million. In Latin America, we experienced an increase in tubular services performed on a callout basis of approximately $14.0 million. The remainder of the decrease is attributable to increased demand from our other international regions.

Adjusted EBITDA for the International Services segment increased by $66.1 million, or 43%, compared to 2011, primarily as a result of the $103.4 million revenue increase described above. Partially offsetting this increase were higher freight, transportation and repairs and maintenance expenses as demand for our services in the deep water offshore markets increased. The number of employees in the International Services segment increased 19% in 2012 compared to 2011 which initiated higher compensation related costs of approximately $24.5 million.

U.S. Services

Revenue for the U.S. Services segment increased by $167.3 million, or 60%, compared to 2011 primarily as a result of increased services volume due to increased permit activity in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico following the October 2010 repeal of the Macondo-related drilling moratorium.

Adjusted EBITDA for the U.S. Services segment increased by $127.3 million, or 176%, compared to 2011 primarily as a result of the $167.3 million revenue increase described above and an increase in other income of $9.1 million. Partially offsetting this increase was a $23.4 million increase in cost of revenues in 2012 due to increases in product costs and salaries and wages. G&A expenses increased $25.7 million in 2012 due primarily to higher compensation related to the increase in employees in the segment.

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pipe and Products

Revenue for the Pipe and Products segment increased by $67.3 million, or 46%, compared to 2011 primarily as a result of increased permit activity in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico following the October 2010 repeal of the Macondo-related drilling moratorium. Increased sales with U.S. customers of approximately $40.2 million and an increase in activity in our international markets of approximately $16.8 million also contributed to the increase.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Pipe and Products segment increased by $3.8 million, or 16%, compared to 2011 primarily as a result of the $67.3 million revenue increase described above. Partially offsetting this increase was an increase in cost of revenues including higher materials costs of approximately $49.3 million and higher direct labor costs of approximately $7.8 million. In addition, G&A expenses increased approximately $3.3 million due to higher compensation related costs.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

International Services

Revenue for the International Services segment increased by $76.5 million, or 26%, compared to 2010 primarily as a result of additional demand for our services from existing major customers in all regions of approximately $46.7 million and new contracts in Latin America of approximately $26.0 million.

Adjusted EBITDA for the International Services segment increased by $34.6 million, or 29%, compared to 2010 primarily as a result of the $76.5 million revenue increase described above. Partially offsetting this increase was an increase in compensation related costs of approximately $19.2 million as a result of a larger workforce in the segment as well as other operating costs of $11.0 million related to the increase in activity.

U.S. Services

Revenue for the U.S. Services segment increased by $45.4 million, or 20%, compared to 2010 due primarily to an increase in rig count from 2010 to 2011 as permitting activity in the Gulf of Mexico began to rise following the repeal of the Macondo related drilling moratorium.

Adjusted EBITDA for the U.S. Services segment increased by $35.7 million, or 98%, compared to 2010 primarily as a result of the $45.4 million increase in revenue described above. Partially offsetting this increase was an increase in compensation-related expenses of $12.2 million.

Pipe and Products

Revenue for the Pipe and Products segment increased by $21.1 million, or 17%, compared to 2010 primarily as a result of increased permit activity in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico following the October 2010 repeal of the Macondo-related drilling moratorium.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Pipe and Products segment decreased by $5.5 million, or 18%, compared to 2010 due primarily to an increase in materials costs and manufacturing costs of approximately $18.3 million and higher G&A compensation related costs of approximately $6.7 million partially offset by the $21.1 million increase in revenue described above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity to date have been intra-company borrowings, borrowings under our credit facilities and cash flows from operations. Our primary uses of capital have been for organic growth capital expenditures and acquisitions. We continually monitor potential capital sources, including equity and debt financing, in order to meet our investment and target liquidity requirements.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our total 2013 capital expenditure budget is $200.3 million, of which $164.0 million is for the purchase and manufacture of equipment and $36.3 million is for the purchase or construction of facilities. Our 2013 capital expenditure budget does not include any provision for acquisitions. While we have budgeted $200.3 million for the year ending December 31, 2013, the actual amount of capital expenditures for the manufacture of equipment may fluctuate based on market conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we invested $180.2 million and $40.5 million, respectively, in capital expenditures, which was funded from internally generated funds. We believe the remaining net proceeds from this offering after repayment in full of the notes payable to FWW, together with cash flows from operations and additional borrowings under our credit facilities, should be sufficient to fund our capital expenditure requirements for the remainder of 2013.

The limited partnership agreement of FICV provides for distributions to be made on a pro rata basis to the holders of FICV interests (which holders, as of the completion of the offering, will consist of Mosing Holdings and FINV) for purposes of funding the holders’ tax obligations with respect to the income of FICV allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of FICV allocable to a holder of FICV interests multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual resident in Louisiana.

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend on our common stock of $         per share, or an aggregate of approximately $        million on an annual basis. However, our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our management board, with the approval of our supervisory board, and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and investment opportunities. No dividends on our common stock will accrue in arrears. In addition, each share of Series A preferred stock will have a liquidation preference equal to its par value of €0.01 per share and will be entitled to an annual dividend equal to 0.25% of its par value. Based upon the number of Series A preferred shares outstanding upon completion of this offering, this amount would be $             in the aggregate. We will only be able to pay dividends from our available cash on hand and funds received from FICV. FICV’s ability to make distributions to us will depend on many factors, including the performance of our business in the future. In order to make these distributions on our common stock and Series A preferred stock, we expect that FICV will be required to distribute approximately $             million pro rata to holders of FICV interests. This aggregate amount would have represented approximately         % of our pro forma net income and         % of our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Because we expect that the tax distribution to us from FICV will exceed our actual tax liabilities, we intend to use a portion of that distribution to fund part of our expected dividend. Any remaining cash needed to pay the dividend would be funded out of additional discretionary distributions from FICV, which are in our control subject to the availability of sufficient liquidity. Though we have not historically paid a regular quarterly dividend on our common stock, we have paid substantial tax and other distributions to our equity owners, including in the form of notes payable to FWW, on a relatively frequent basis. We believe that our historical cash flows would have been, and our expected future cash flows will be, sufficient to fund the amount of our expected future dividend on our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limited Partnership Agreement of FICV.”

In addition, in the future, we expect to make payments pursuant to the tax receivable agreement that we intend to enter into with Mosing Holdings in connection with this offering, but we do not expect any such payments will have a material impact on our liquidity. We have the ability to elect to defer payments (which would accrue interest) to the extent we have not received sufficient cash distributions from FICV to satisfy our obligations thereunder, except in the case of an acceleration of payments thereunder occurring in connection with an early termination of the tax receivable agreement or a change in control of our company. If we were to defer substantial payment obligations on an ongoing basis under the tax receivable agreement, the accrual of those obligations would reduce the availability of cash for other purposes and we would be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure—We will be required under the tax receivable agreement to pay Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferees for certain tax

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

benefits we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure—In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferees may be accelerated or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Existing Indebtedness

In 2012, we made a non-cash distribution of $484.0 million to the owners of FINV in the form of two unsecured promissory notes payable. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, there was an aggregate of approximately $464.0 million and $443.7 million, respectively, outstanding under the notes payable to FWW. Interest is charged on the notes at the applicable short-term monthly applicable federal rate as published by the Internal Revenue Service. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, $320.0 million is included in current portion of notes payable to affiliates because it is due on demand and $144.0 million and $123.7 million, respectively, is included in notes payable to affiliates on the combined balance sheets. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full these outstanding notes payable.

We had various other notes payable totaling $3.2 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. These notes mature in 2013 with interest rates of 3% per annum.

We have financed certain business acquisitions. At December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the aggregate outstanding balance of the finance agreements for such acquisitions was $1.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively, with interest rates ranging from 5% to 6% per annum. The finance agreements are due on demand in 2011 and have maturity dates ranging from September 2016 to October 2018.

In addition, we have financed certain aircraft through credit agreements. The aggregate outstanding balance of these credit agreements was $0.8 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, with a fixed interest rate 5% per annum payable monthly. The credit agreements mature in August 2013 and the notes are secured by the aircraft. In connection with the reorganization described in “Organizational Structure,” Mosing Holdings will cause our U.S. operating subsidiaries to distribute certain assets that generate a de minimis amount of revenue, including the aircraft. Accordingly, the aircraft will not be contributed to FICV and we will no longer be responsible for payments under the credit facilities associated with the aircraft upon completion of this offering.

We have two revolving credit facilities, with available borrowing capacities of $40.0 million and $5.0 million, which mature on August 31, 2014 and February 19, 2016, respectively. Interest is paid monthly on the unpaid balance of the $40.0 million line of credit at the London Interbank Offering Rate plus approximately 2.5% per annum. Interest is paid on the unpaid balance of the $5.0 million line of credit at the prime rate, which equates to 4.5% with the applicable margin included. The aggregate outstanding balance under the credit facilities was $2.0 million as of March 31, 2013. The revolving credit facilities have certain financial covenants. As of March 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all financial covenants. In addition, we had outstanding letters of credit of $5.9 million as of March 31, 2013. In connection with this offering, we intend to repay any outstanding indebtedness in full and terminate our existing revolving credit facilities.

New Credit Facilities

In connection with this offering, FICV intends to enter into two revolving credit facilities with Amegy Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and certain other financial institutions. The credit agreements will provide for (i) a $100 million revolving credit facility, including up to $20 million for letters of credit and up to $10 million in swingline loans, which will mature in July 2018 (the “Five Year Facility”) and (ii) a $100 million revolving credit facility that will mature in July 2014 (the “One Year Facility” and, together with the Five Year Facility, the “Credit Facilities”). Subject to the terms of the credit agreements, we have the ability to increase the commitments under the Credit Facilities by $150 million. As of the closing of this offering, we do not expect to have any outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facilities.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

It is anticipated that future borrowings under the Credit Facilities will be available for working capital and general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures and for the issuance of letters of credit. The availability of the Credit Facilities is subject to certain conditions precedent, including the closing of this offering.

The credit agreements contain various covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to grant certain liens, make certain loans and investments, enter into mergers or acquisitions unless certain conditions are satisfied, enter into hedging transactions unless certain conditions are satisfied, change our lines of business, prepay certain indebtedness, enter into certain burdensome agreements, enter into certain affiliate transactions or engage in certain asset dispositions. Additionally, the credit agreements limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness subject to certain exceptions.

The credit agreements also contain financial covenants, which, among other things, require us, on a consolidated basis, to maintain specified financial ratios or conditions summarized as follows:

 

   

Total consolidated funded debt to adjusted EBITDA (defined as the “Leverage Ratio” in the credit agreements) of not more than 2.50 to 1.0; and

 

   

EBITDA to interest expense (defined as the “Interest Coverage Ratio” in the credit agreements) of not less than 3.0 to 1.0.

The obligations under the credit agreements are unsecured, and all of the obligations under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed by FICV’s subsidiaries.

Interest is payable quarterly for base rate loans and at the end of applicable interest periods for Eurodollar loans, except that if the interest period for a Eurodollar loan is longer than three months, interest is paid at the end of each three-month period. In addition, the unused portion of the Credit Facilities will be subject to a commitment fee of up to 0.375%.

If an event of default exists under the credit agreements, the lenders have the right to accelerate the maturity of the obligations outstanding under the credit agreements and exercise other rights and remedies. Each of the following constitutes an event of default under the credit agreements:

 

   

representations and warranties in the credit agreements or other loan documents being incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

 

   

failure to pay any principal when due or any interest, fees or other amount within certain grace periods;

 

   

failure to perform or otherwise comply with the covenants in the credit agreements or other loan documents, subject, in certain instances, to grace periods;

 

   

the actual or asserted invalidity of any material provisions of the guarantees of the indebtedness under the credit agreements;

 

   

default by us or our restricted subsidiaries on the payment of any other indebtedness with a principal amount in excess of $10 million, any default in the performance of any obligation or condition with respect to such indebtedness beyond the applicable grace period if the effect of the default is to permit or cause the acceleration of the indebtedness, or such indebtedness will be declared due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity;

 

   

bankruptcy or insolvency events involving us or our restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

the entry, and failure to pay, of one or more adverse judgments in excess of $10 million, upon which enforcement proceedings are commenced or that are not stayed pending appeal; and

 

   

the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in the Credit Facilities).

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cash Flows from Operating, Investing and Financing Activities

Cash flows provided by (used in) operations by type of activity were as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Operating activities

   $ 163,414      $ 180,710      $ 344,776      $ 78,669      $ 50,664   

Investing activities

     (69,130     (126,655     (182,533     (47,541     (42,014

Financing activities

     (79,261     (71,874     (107,210     (14,742     (44,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     15,023        (17,819     55,033        16,386        (35,585

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash activities

     285        2,305        (737     (1,933     6,032   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,308      $ (15,514   $ 54,296      $ 14,453      $ (29,553
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statements of cash flows for entities with international operations that are local currency functional exclude the effects of the changes in foreign currency exchange rates that occur during any given year, as these are non-cash changes. As a result, changes reflected in certain accounts on the combined statements of cash flows may not reflect the changes in corresponding accounts on the combined balance sheets.

Operating Activities

Cash flow from operating activities was $50.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $78.7 million in the comparable period in 2012. The decrease in 2012 was due primarily to a decrease in net income and payments of accrued expenses and other current liabilities.

Cash flow from operating activities was $344.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $180.7 million in 2011 and $163.4 million in 2010. The increase in 2012 was due primarily to the increase in profitability as a result of the increased permit activity from the repeal of the Macondo-related moratorium in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico that occurred in late 2010. The increase in 2011 was due primarily to higher revenues partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable.

Investing Activities

Cash flow used in investing activities was $42.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $47.5 million in the comparable period in 2012. The decrease in 2013 was due primarily to decreases in capital expenditures.

Cash flow used in investing activities was $182.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $126.7 million in 2011 and $69.1 million in 2010. The increases in 2012 and 2011 were primarily due to increases in capital expenditures to ensure that we maintain the appropriate levels and types of machinery and equipment to support our expanding business.

Financing Activities

Cash flow used in financing activities was $44.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $14.7 million in the comparable period in 2012. The increase in 2013 was due primarily to $20.3 million in payments related to the FWW note.

Cash used in financing activities was $107.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $71.9 million in 2011 and $79.3 million in 2010. The increase in 2012 was primarily due to an increase in stockholder distributions partially offset by an increase in borrowings from our revolving credit facilities. The decrease in 2011 was primarily due to a decrease in stockholder distributions, partially offset by an increase in borrowings under our lines of credit and proceeds from the reissuance of stock.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Contractual Obligations

We lease several facilities worldwide and accommodations for certain employees located outside of the U.S. under noncancelable operating leases.

The following table presents our contractual obligations and contingent commitments by period as of December 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis to give effect to our reorganization in connection with this offering as described in “Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2012. Our obligations to make payments in the future may vary due to certain assumptions including the duration of our obligations and anticipated actions by third parties.

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (1)

   $ 9,430       $ 8,379       $ 1,051       $ —         $ —     

Interest payments (2)

     382         277         101         4         —     

Noncancelable operating leases (3)

     26,696         4,955         7,301         5,523         8,917   

Uncertain tax positions

     3,913         —           —           —           3,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 40,421       $ 13,611       $ 8,453       $ 5,527       $ 12,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts represent the expected cash payments of principal amounts associated with our long-term debt and capital lease obligations.
(2) Amounts represent the expected cash payments for interest on our long-term debt and capital lease obligations. The interest amount calculated is based on the assumption that the amount outstanding and the interest rate charged both remain at their current levels.
(3) Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we will incur additional rental expense and charter service expense of approximately $3.8 million and $1.1 million per year, respectively, due to the distribution of the real estate and aircraft to Mosing Holdings, Inc. These amounts are not included in the table above as the terms of such new agreements are not yet known.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At March 31, 2013, we had no off-balance sheet debt or arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of combined financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to select appropriate accounting principles from those available, to apply those principles consistently and to make reasonable estimates and assumptions that affect revenues and associated costs as well as reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Certain accounting policies involve judgments and uncertainties. We evaluate estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. We base our respective estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions used in preparation of our combined financial statements. We consider the following policies to be the most critical to understanding the judgments that are involved and the uncertainties that could impact our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Revenue Recognition

All revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria have been met: (1) evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery to and acceptance by the customer has occurred; (3) the price of the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured, as follows:

Services Revenue. We provide tubular services to clients in the oil and gas industry. We perform services either under direct service purchase orders or master service agreements. Service revenue is recognized when services have been performed or rendered.

Rental Revenue. We design and manufacture a suite of highly technical equipment and products that we rent to our customers in connection with providing our services, including high-end, proprietary tubular handling equipment. We rent our products either under direct rental agreements or with customers with rental agreements in place. Revenue from rental agreements is recognized as earned over the rental period.

For customers contracted under direct service purchase orders and direct rental agreements, an accrual is recorded in unbilled accounts receivable for revenue earned but not yet invoiced.

Pipe and Products Revenue. Revenue on pipe and products sales is recognized when the product has shipped and significant risks of ownership have passed to the customer. The sales arrangements typically do not include right of return or other similar provisions or other post-delivery obligations. In some regions, customers have a right of return due to purchasing of excess products and deliverability limitations of products in remote locations. When the likelihood of a return exists on a sale, a determination of this portion of revenue is reclassified to unearned revenue until such time as the product is returned or no return occurs.

Income Taxes

The liability method is used for determining our income tax provisions, under which current and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recorded in accordance with enacted tax laws and rates. Under this method, the amounts of deferred tax liabilities and assets at the end of each period are determined using the tax rate expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, we have considered and made judgments and estimates regarding estimated future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. These estimates and judgments include some degree of uncertainty, and changes in these estimates and assumptions could require us to adjust the valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets. Historically, changes to valuation allowances have been caused by major changes in the business cycle in certain countries and changes in local country law. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the generation of sufficient taxable income in the applicable taxing jurisdictions.

Through FICV, we operate in approximately 60 countries under many legal forms. As a result, we are subject to the jurisdiction of numerous U.S. and foreign tax authorities, as well as to tax agreements and treaties among these governments. Our operations in these different jurisdictions are taxed on various bases: actual income before taxes, deemed profits (which are generally determined using a percentage of revenue rather than profits) and withholding taxes based on revenue. Determination of taxable income in any jurisdiction requires the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and the use of estimates and assumptions regarding significant future events such as the amount, timing and character of deductions, permissible revenue recognition methods under the tax law and the sources and character of income and tax credits. Changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties, foreign currency exchange restrictions or our level of operations or profitability in each taxing jurisdiction could have an impact on the amount of income taxes that we provide during any given year.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our tax filings for various periods are subject to audit by the tax authorities in most jurisdictions where we conduct business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are resolved with the authorities or through the courts. We believe these assessments may occasionally be based on erroneous and even arbitrary interpretations of local tax law. Resolution of these situations inevitably includes some degree of uncertainty; accordingly, we provide taxes only for the amounts we believe will ultimately result from these proceedings. The resulting change to our tax liability, if any, is dependent on numerous factors including, among others, the amount and nature of additional taxes potentially asserted by local tax authorities; the willingness of local tax authorities to negotiate a fair settlement through an administrative process; the impartiality of the local courts; the number of countries in which we do business; and the potential for changes in the tax paid to one country to either produce, or fail to produce, an offsetting tax change in other countries. Our experience has been that the estimates and assumptions we have used to provide for future tax assessments have proven to be appropriate. However, past experience is only a guide, and the potential exists that the tax resulting from the resolution of current and potential future tax controversies may differ materially from the amount accrued.

In addition to the aforementioned assessments that have been received from various tax authorities, we also provide for taxes for uncertain tax positions where formal assessments have not been received. The determination of these liabilities requires the use of estimates and assumptions regarding future events. Once established, we adjust these amounts only when more information is available or when a future event occurs necessitating a change to the reserves such as changes in the facts or law, judicial decisions regarding the application of existing law or a favorable audit outcome. We believe that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on our combined financial condition, although a resolution could have a material impact on our consolidated statements of income for a particular period and on our effective tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”). This ASU requires entities to present separately, among other items, the amount of the change that is due to reclassifications, and the amount that is due to current period other comprehensive income. We adopted the new presentation requirements in the notes to our financial statements in the first quarter of 2013, but otherwise there was no impact our combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows as there are currently no items reclassified from AOCI.

In September 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which provides, subject to certain conditions, the option to perform a qualitative, rather than quantitative, assessment of goodwill to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. This update was effective and adopted by us in the first quarter of 2012 and did not have a material impact on our combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The new guidance requires entities to report components of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) a separate but consecutive statement. Under the two-statement approach, the first statement would include components of net income, which is consistent with the income statement format previously used by us, and the second statement would include components of other comprehensive income (“OCI”). The update does not change the items that must be reported in OCI and must be applied retrospectively for all periods presented in the financial statements. This update was effective and adopted by us in the first quarter of 2012 and impacted our financial statement presentation, but otherwise did not impact our combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which amends the definition of fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements to eliminate differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The update requires new quantitative and qualitative disclosures

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

about the sensitivity of recurring Level 3 measurement disclosures, as well as disclosures of transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. This update was effective and adopted by us in the first quarter of 2012 and impacted our disclosures, but otherwise did not impact our combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks that are inherent in our financial instruments and arise from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. A discussion of our market risk exposure in financial instruments is presented below.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

We operate in virtually every oil and natural gas exploration and production region in the world. In some parts of the world, the currency of our primary economic environment is the U.S. dollar, and we use the U.S. dollar as our functional currency. In other parts of the world, such as Europe, Norway, Venezuela and Brazil, we conduct our business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and the functional currency is the applicable local currency.

Assets and liabilities of entities for which the functional currency is the local currency are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, resulting in translation adjustments that are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the shareholders’ equity section on our combined balance sheets. A portion of our net assets are impacted by changes in foreign currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar. We recorded a $4.3 million adjustment to decrease our equity account for the three months ended March 31, 2013 to reflect the change in the U.S. dollar against various foreign currencies.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, on a U.S. dollar-equivalent basis, approximately 25% of our revenue was represented by currencies other than the U.S. dollar. However, no single foreign currency represented more than 5% of our revenue. A hypothetical 10% decrease in the exchange rates for each of the foreign currencies in which a portion of our revenues is denominated would result in a 1.5% decrease in our overall revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Devaluation of Venezuelan Bolivar Fuerte

In February 2013, the Venezuelan government announced a devaluation of the Bolivar Fuerte (“Bolivar”), resulting in the exchange rate declining from 4.3 to 6.3 Bolivars per U.S. Dollar. As a result of the devaluation, the Company recorded a foreign currency loss of $1.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013, related to the remeasurement of the Bolivar-denominated net monetary assets of the company’s Venezuelan operations as of the date of the devaluation.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates on our floating rate borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and under our notes payable to FWW. Although we do not currently utilize interest rate derivative instruments to reduce interest rate exposure, we may do so in the future.

As of March 31, 2013, we had approximately $443.7 million in outstanding borrowings in the form of two promissory notes payable to FWW or its affiliate. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full these outstanding notes payable. Interest is charged on the notes at the applicable short-term monthly applicable federal rate as published by the Internal Revenue Service. The impact of a 1% increase in interest rates on these notes payable as of March 31, 2013 would have resulted in a $1.1 million increase in interest expense.

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Customer Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are trade receivables. We extend credit to customers and other parties in the normal course of business. We have established various procedures to manage our credit exposure, including credit evaluations and maintaining an allowance for doubtful accounts.

We are also exposed to credit risk because our customers are concentrated in the oil and natural gas industry. This concentration of customers may impact overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, because our customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic and industry conditions, including sensitivity to commodity prices. While current energy prices are important contributors to positive cash flow for our customers, expectations about future prices and price volatility are generally more important for determining future spending levels. However, any prolonged increase or decrease in oil and natural gas prices affects the levels of exploration, development and production activity, as well as the entire health of the oil and natural gas industry, and can therefore negatively impact spending by our customers.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a 75 year-old, industry-leading global provider of highly engineered tubular services to the oil and gas industry. We provide our services to leading exploration and production companies in both offshore and onshore environments, with a focus on complex and technically demanding wells. We believe that we are one of the largest global providers of tubular services to the oil and gas industry.

Tubular services involve the handling and installation of multiple joints of pipe to establish a cased wellbore and the installation of smaller diameter pipe inside a cased wellbore to provide a conduit for produced oil and gas to reach the surface. The casing of a wellbore isolates the wellbore from the surrounding geologic formations and water table, provides well structure and pressure integrity, and allows well operators to target specific zones for production. Given the central role that our services play in the structural integrity, reliability and safety of a well, and the importance of efficient tubular services to managing the overall cost of a well, we believe that our role is vital to the overall process of producing oil and gas. For more information regarding tubular services, see “—Industry—Tubular Services.”

Our specially trained employees provide our services using a suite of highly technical, purpose-built equipment, much of which we design and manufacture for our proprietary use. Most of our manufactured equipment and products use patented, advanced technologies that enable us to service complex wells, increase efficiency, enhance well integrity and improve safety. We currently have 104 U.S. patents and 136 related international patents and 37 U.S. patent applications pending and 111 related international patent applications pending for equipment that our engineers have developed.

Recent developments in well construction and completion requirements have resulted in increased technical demands associated with tubular services. For onshore wells, these developments include long horizontal laterals and deviated well bores that seek to maximize the wells’ exposure to hydrocarbon-bearing geologic formations. In the offshore environment, these developments include increasing water and well depths, which require lengthier and heavier strings, as well as tubular handling equipment capable of accommodating a more complex array of equipment and hydraulic control lines that are deployed inside the well. We believe that we are a market leader in the development of equipment and services that facilitate and accommodate recent developments in well construction and completion requirements and this is reflected in our extensive suite of patent-protected, innovative products and equipment. We continuously work with our customers to develop new products, improve efficiency and safety and solve complex well construction and completion problems.

In addition to our tubular handling equipment, we also design and manufacture certain products that we sell or rent directly to external customers, including large OD pipe connectors and casing attachments. We also provide specialized fabrication and welding services in support of deep water projects in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, including drilling and production risers, flowlines and pipeline end terminations, as well as long length tubulars (up to 300 feet in length) for use as caissons or pilings. Finally, we distribute large OD pipe manufactured by third parties, and generally maintain an inventory of this pipe in order to support our pipe sales and distribution operations.

Spears estimates that the global market for tubular services (excluding product sales) was approximately $3.3 billion in annual revenues in 2012 and will grow to $3.8 billion in 2013. Spears projects that this market will grow at an annual rate of approximately 11% between 2012 and 2015. There are a limited number of companies that provide these services on a global basis. We serve our customers through a network of over 90 sales and support offices in approximately 60 countries. Our customer base includes major international oil companies, such as Anadarko, BP, Chevron, ConocoPhillips, ExxonMobil, Shell, Total and Murphy Oil Corporation, and national oil companies, such as PDVSA, Statoil and Saudi Aramco, as well as numerous independent oil and gas producers.

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We believe we differentiate ourselves from our competitors on the basis of the quality and reliability of our service, our proprietary technology, and our ability to perform in the most demanding environments, including deep water and ultra-deep water projects. Our expertise stems from years of experience, a focus on technical innovation and our highly trained and dedicated workforce. Representative examples of the trusted, critical services we have been selected to provide to our customers include:

 

   

In March 2013, we successfully completed the casing installation for the Chevron Northwood well in the Green Canyon Block 945 area of the Gulf of Mexico, to a total depth of 31,866 feet in a water depth of 6,000 feet, which is the deepest oil and gas well of which we are aware.

 

   

In August 2012, we broke our own record for greatest hook load recorded at approximately 1,140 tons while lifting 24,500 feet of combined casing and landing string for Shell’s Stones 4 well in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

 

   

In June 2010, we successfully provided all tubular services for the relief well drilled by BP to contain the Macondo well in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

 

   

In 2006, we were selected to provide tubular installation services on the BP Shah Deniz project in offshore Azerbaijan, which is an ongoing multiple well project. We believe we were selected for the project due to our highly regarded technical capabilities, including our proprietary Fluid Grip Power Tong gripping technology combined with our Collar Load Support tubular handling system. These proprietary technologies are critical for this project due to their ability to provide “zero marking” handling of the specialized CRA completion tubulars required in wells with high hydrogen sulfide content. CRA services have also been increasingly common in other corrosive high-pressure, high-temperature applications, both onshore and offshore.

We have a long history of strong revenue growth. Specifically, as depicted in the chart below, our revenues have grown sequentially in all but one of the past 10 years.

 

LOGO

Our results over this period were driven by a number of factors:

 

   

Acquisitions that increased our geographic footprint in the onshore market in the continental United States . As a consequence of these acquisitions, we were well positioned to benefit from the significant increase in drilling and development activity in most of the nation’s unconventional shale basins over the past decade.

 

   

Increasing complexity in offshore well design . Over the course of the past decade, offshore wells have become increasingly complex. In order to manage fluid pressure and well integrity, offshore wells are often drilled and completed in stages with multiple casing strings being required. In addition, offshore wells increasingly include the placement of a number of gauges, sensors, valves and hydraulic control

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

lines deployed inside the well. The need to accommodate these developments has increased the technical requirements and complexity of tubular services, and therefore our revenue opportunity.

 

   

Growing international presence . Our ability to operate on a global basis provides a significant competitive advantage. Our customer base includes major international oil companies, such as Anadarko, BP, Chevron, ConocoPhillips, ExxonMobil, Shell and Total, and national oil companies, such as PDVSA, Statoil and Saudi Aramco. To better serve these customers, we developed a network of over 90 sales and support offices in approximately 60 countries. We have grown our international presence so that we can participate in their offshore development projects in locations such as East and West Africa, the Asia-Pacific region, the Middle East, the North Sea and South America.

 

   

Increasing deep water drilling activity and the impact of the global financial crisis and the Macondo incident . Because of our strong market share in offshore tubular services, we have benefited from growing deep water drilling activity in recent years. Our revenue was affected by the global financial crisis in 2009, notably in the U.S. onshore market, and by the Macondo incident in 2010, which dampened our offshore results in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico in large part because of the drilling moratorium that was imposed. Consistent with other service providers, our business activity in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico began to recover to pre-Macondo levels in 2011, a year after the moratorium was lifted. Worldwide offshore rig counts continue to increase as crude oil supply and demand fundamentals encourage new drilling. Offshore discoveries are expected to play an important role in the future, particularly deep water discoveries.

Our revenue grew by 43% to $1,055.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 compared to $739.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, and Adjusted EBITDA grew by 79% to $446.6 million from $249.5 million over the same period. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, 45% of our revenue was generated outside North America, and 69% was generated from products and services provided offshore. For an explanation of how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA, see “Selected Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to execute our strategy based on the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Global market leader . We are a leading provider of tubular services in many of the regions in which we operate, including the U.S. Gulf of Mexico and almost every significant international offshore market, almost all of the major U.S. onshore resource basins and in targeted active international onshore regions. Moreover, we believe that we are one of only a few tubular service companies with true global capabilities. According to Spears, we have the number one or number two market share in each of the U.S. and international markets, both onshore and offshore. We currently provide our services in approximately 60 countries on six continents. Our customers include most of the world’s largest integrated oil companies and many of the largest national oil companies. We have no significant customer or geographic concentration. Our global presence allows us to quickly expand to additional regions that experience increases in drilling and production activity.

 

   

Focused service provider with highly differentiated engineering capabilities . We have an in-house engineering team responsible for developing new products that add value to our service capabilities and expand our portfolio of products and services. Our engineers typically work closely with our field personnel and customers in order to identify specific equipment needs related to the services we provide. We believe that we are a market leader in the development of equipment and services that facilitate and accommodate recent developments in well construction and completion requirements, and this is reflected in our extensive suite of patent-protected, innovative products and equipment. We believe that our engineering expertise and our service and product line focus give us a competitive advantage in quickly designing and manufacturing custom solutions in response to our customers’ unique requirements and applications. We have received a number of customer and industry awards recognizing the achievements of our engineering group and our custom designed solutions.

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Favorable reputation developed over eight decades . We believe our customers select Frank’s International because of our reputation for safety, reliability, quality service and proprietary technology. While generally a small portion of the overall well cost, properly performed tubular services are critical to protecting the producer’s investment in the well, as well as its safe operation during production. The economic stakes are especially high for deep water wells, where day rates for offshore drilling rigs and other associated services can approach $1 million per day, and a producer’s investment in a single offshore well can exceed $80 million. The difference between efficiently executed tubular services and less efficiently executed services can save producers days or even weeks, which can translate directly into significant and measurable savings. The producer’s environmental, safety and regulatory risks associated with operating offshore are also heightened. In connection with their customer feedback-based survey, EnergyPoint Research has ranked Frank’s International first in customer satisfaction in one or more oilfield service or product categories every year since 2004, the first year in which the survey was conducted. Our reputation for safety is further demonstrated by our ability to meet and exceed the stringent safety requirements of our customers, some of which have been Frank’s International customers for over 40 years.

 

   

Strong position in favorable deep water offshore markets . We believe Frank’s International will continue to benefit from the continued development of oil and gas resources located offshore. As a result of the long development lead times associated with deep water projects, they are generally less likely to be cancelled or delayed due to volatility in commodity or financial markets. Also, due to their technical complexity and often remote locations, offshore projects typically provide us with a greater opportunity to differentiate our capabilities from those of our competitors. According to Spears, offshore development spending will increase at an annual rate of approximately 12% between 2011 and 2018. Approximately 67% of our services revenue from external customers in 2012 was generated from offshore services, and our global market share in offshore services was approximately 29% in 2012, according to Spears. Moreover, the significant majority of our offshore services revenue in 2012 was from deep water markets. We believe the economic opportunity for deep water services will continue to be favorable given the technical challenges associated with constructing and completing wells offshore, and the risk of potential negative economic consequences to our customers if tubular services are poorly performed.

 

   

Attractive financial results reflect value of our differentiated and critical services . For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our Adjusted EBITDA margin was approximately 42% and 43%, respectively, which we believe reflects the economic value to our customers of our differentiated and critical services and the benefits of a diversified, global customer base. Because our business is not capital intensive, we generate significant free cash flow. Consequently, we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend on our common stock of $             per share. After this offering, we expect to have approximately $         million of cash and cash equivalents and no outstanding indebtedness.

 

   

Significant experience selectively acquiring and integrating companies . We have a long history of evaluating and acquiring companies that expand or complement our geographic footprint and product and service offerings. Since 1982, we have successfully acquired and integrated more than 50 private companies. We believe that being a public company will enhance our acquisition strategy and allow us to target larger acquisition candidates.

 

   

Experienced management team with proven track record . Our executive officers and senior operational managers have extensive experience at Frank’s International and in the oilfield service industry generally. Our executive officers and senior operational managers have an average of 25 years of experience in the oilfield services industry with us. Our chief executive officer, Keith Mosing, is a third generation owner and manager who successfully led our expansion into international operations. The Mosing family will continue to own the majority equity interest in us following the completion of this offering, which we believe aligns their interests with the interests of our public investors.

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Business Strategy

Our objective is to maximize shareholder value by expanding our leading global oilfield services company and continuing to supply high-quality services and products to our customers. We intend to accomplish that objective by capitalizing on the key long-term industry growth trends through the execution of the following strategies:

 

   

Continue to focus on customer service . We have a long track record of being responsive to our customers’ unique requirements. We believe that focusing on our customers’ needs and continuing to provide industry-leading technological and safety innovations will enable us to expand our customer base and increase our revenues.

 

   

Sustain our track record of technical innovation . Our team of over 70 in-house engineers and engineering technicians works to develop new products and technologies and provides operational support. We currently have 104 U.S. patents and 136 related international patents and 37 U.S. patent applications pending and 111 related international patent applications pending for equipment that our engineers have developed. In addition, we currently have more than 50 new technologies and product improvements under development. We have developed strong working relationships with oil and gas producers throughout the world, many of which have approached us with requests for solutions to specific well construction and completion challenges. To address these needs, we continue to invest in new product engineering capabilities. In addition to our own efforts to continuously enhance our equipment and procedures, we expect to continue to develop innovative products and solutions driven by our customers’ needs.

 

   

Pursue disciplined growth organically and through acquisitions . We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions that complement our geographic footprint and product and service offerings, with a focus on businesses that would benefit from our global presence and international sales capabilities. We intend to continue to grow organically by leveraging our customer base, investing in additional equipment and geographically expanding our existing global facilities in order to continue to grow our cash flows and satisfy incremental customer demand.

 

   

Maintain and expand our worldwide presence . We are committed to being on the ground in strategic markets to provide services on a global basis. We intend to build upon our existing presence in Africa, the Asia-Pacific region, the Middle East, North America, the North Sea and South America through deployment of sales, distribution, and service resources. We believe this organic expansion will provide more points of contact with our customers, allowing us to respond more quickly to their needs.

Segments

We conduct our business through three operating segments:

 

   

International Services. We currently provide our services in approximately 60 countries on six continents. Our customers in these international markets are primarily large exploration and production companies, including integrated oil and gas companies and national oil and gas companies, with a significant focus on complex, high profile projects. Our International Services segment accounted for approximately 49% and 50%, respectively, of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 and the first three months of 2013. Approximately 82% and 83%, respectively, of our revenue from external customers in this segment was generated in offshore markets in 2012 and in the first three months of 2013, the significant majority of which was from deep water markets.

 

   

U.S. Services. Approximately 51% and 63%, respectively, of our 2012 and first quarter 2013 U.S. Services segment revenue from external customers was generated in the technically challenging deep water areas of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. In addition, we have a significant presence in almost all of the active onshore oil and gas drilling regions in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, Bakken Shale, Barnett Shale, Eagle Ford Shale, Haynesville Shale, Marcellus Shale and Utica Shale. Our U.S. Services segment accounted for approximately 45% and 42%, respectively, of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 and the first three months of 2013.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

Pipe and Products . We also design and manufacture certain products that we sell or rent directly to external customers, including large OD pipe connectors and casing attachments. We also provide specialized fabrication and welding services in support of deep water projects in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, including drilling and production risers, flowlines and pipeline end terminations, as well as long length tubulars (up to 300 feet in length) for use as caissons or pilings. Finally, we distribute large OD pipe manufactured by third parties. A significant majority of our sales to external customers occur in deep water markets. Our Pipe and Products segment accounted for approximately 6% and 8%, respectively, of our Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 and the first three months of 2013.

Industry

Overview

We provide highly engineered tubular services to the oil and gas industry. Tubular services involve the handling and installation of multiple joints of pipe to establish a cased wellbore and the installation of smaller diameter completion tubing inside a cased wellbore to provide a conduit for produced oil and gas to reach the surface. The casing of a wellbore isolates the well, provides well structural and pressure integrity, and allows well operators to target specific zones for production. Given the central role that these services play in the structural integrity, reliability and safety of a well, and the importance of efficient tubular services to managing the overall cost of a well, we believe that tubular services are vital to the overall process of producing oil and gas.

Spears estimates that the global market for tubular services (excluding product sales) was approximately $3.3 billion in annual revenues in 2012 and will grow to $3.8 billion in 2013. Spears projects that this market will grow at an annual rate of approximately 11% between 2012 and 2015.

The tubular services sector of the oilfield services and equipment industry includes large and international companies (including ourselves, Weatherford International and Baker Hughes) as well as smaller, independent companies that operate primarily on a U.S. onshore basis. We believe a significant portion of the growth and opportunity for expansion in the industry exists for providers that possess the scale, the global reach and the technological sophistication to compete in a rapidly advancing industry, as further described in “—Trends in the Industry.”

We believe that customers of oilfield services and products select providers of tubular services based on a number of factors, including price, international capability, availability of tools, range of services provided, intellectual property, technological sophistication, rigorous quality systems and reliability of equipment, along with reputation and safety record. We believe that we are well-positioned to compete on a global basis in all of these dimensions. See “—Competitive Strengths.”

Tubular Services

The drilling process creates an open borehole through numerous rock formations that reaches the targeted reservoir. Left alone, the raw surface of the borehole typically cannot support itself. Casing is a tubular steel open-ended pipe run into the borehole. One of its main functions is to provide the structural and pressure integrity to the well. Once cemented in place, the casing serves as the rigid wall of the well from the wellhead down to the bottom of the well.

In addition to providing stabilization and keeping the sides of the well from collapsing, casing protects ground water aquifers through which the well is drilled. It also protects the hydrocarbons produced by the well from outside contaminants. The production tubing forms the conduit for production of hydrocarbons and, with the wellhead equipment, facilitates control of the well and the rate of production. Tubular services involve the use of highly specialized tools to handle and install multiple strings of pipe to establish a cased wellbore coupled with the installation of smaller diameter completion tubing inside the cased wellbore to provide a conduit for produced oil and gas to reach the surface.

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Casing is steel pipe that is manufactured in sections, or joints, that are typically 40 feet long and screwed together to specified parameters of torque or rotations to form longer lengths of casing, called casing strings. Most casing has male threads on each end. Typically, a collar or coupling, composed of a short cylindrical steel sleeve that is slightly larger in diameter than the casing and has female threads, is used to connect the two male joint ends. A thread compound is applied to the connection to provide lubrication and ensure a tight seal.

 

LOGO

Connecting Joints of Casing

The casing operation is managed from the rig floor, as one or more joints at a time are connected by specialized powered pipe wrenches called power tongs. Typically hanging above the rig floor or on motorized track systems, power tongs screw each subsequent joint to the casing string and can also be used with computerized instrumentation to monitor, assess and control the joint make-up in accordance with the connection manufacturer’s recommendations.

A specialized cement cone known as a guide float shoe is connected to the first casing string to help guide the casing into the borehole and allow drilling mud to remain in the casing string to equalize pressure. Additionally, along the outside of the casing, numerous spring-like centralizers are attached to the casing string to help position the casing string in the center of the borehole to facilitate uniform distribution of cement around and between the outside of the casing and the borehole.

Casing strings are run into the borehole and officially landed when the weight of the casing string is transferred to the casing hangers, which are located at the top of the well to suspend the casing. After the casing has been run, cement slurry is pumped through the string of casing, then run up and around the space between the borehole and the outside of the casing and allowed to harden to permanently fix the casing in place.

The well is typically drilled in stages. Typically, a borehole is drilled to a certain depth, cased and cemented, and then the borehole is drilled deeper, cased and cemented again, and so on. Each time the well is cased, a smaller diameter casing is used in the following stage.

The largest diameter casing is called conductor pipe, which typically ranges from 30 to 42 inches in diameter for offshore wells, and 16 inches in diameter for onshore wells. The next casing string is the surface

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

casing, which can run several thousand feet in length. The last type of casing string that is run into the well, and therefore the smallest in diameter, is the production string. The production string is run directly into the producing reservoir. Subsequent strings of casing referred to as protection or intermediate casing and liners, are run into separate challenging areas or problem zones, including areas of high pressure or lost circulation.

In an alternate method of well completion, sometimes a liner string is run into the borehole instead of a casing string. While a liner string is very similar to casing string in that it is made up of separate joints of casing, the liner string does not extend over the entire depth of the well, rather it hangs from the bottom of the previously installed casing string, down to the bottom of the borehole. A liner string is hung in the well by a liner hanger, and then cemented into place. In some cases the liner string is tied back to the wellhead before well completion.

 

LOGO

One of the most common challenges in the casing process can be that the casing string becomes stuck before it reaches the bottom of the wellbore. The typical solution for this problem is to retrieve the casing string for some vertical distance, then attempt to run it downhole again. Rotating, or reaming, the casing while it is being run is an effective method for minimizing the risk of stuck pipe. The circulation of drilling fluids in the wellbore also helps to speed the casing operation and prevent stuck pipe.

All of these problems result in non-productive time, during which the well’s owner is incurring day rate-based costs for the drilling rig and other onsite services, but during which the well’s drilling to completion is not making progress. An effective and efficiently managed casing process benefits the well’s operator by minimizing non-productive time.

The process for casing deep water wells includes a number of complexities that are not typically experienced with respect to onshore or shallow water wells. The seafloor may be thousands of feet below the rig. In order to bridge the distance between the drilling rig, which is at the ocean surface, and the well, which begins at the seafloor, the casing process typically involves using a string of tubulars known as a landing string. A landing string is typically composed of high strength pipe similar to drill pipe. The high strength, comparatively low weight landing string is assembled joint-by-joint and is attached to the top of the casing string to lower the casing string and land it in the wellhead. The landing string not only saves the cost of a length of casing to reach

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the sea floor, but is also designed for repeated assembly and disassembly making retrieval easier. However, the handling of the landing string with the weight of the heavy casing suspended below it requires specialized equipment and expertise to avoid failure, which at a minimum, would likely result in non-productive time and, at worst, cause damage to the well and critical infrastructure below.

Casing strings in deep water wells generally are longer and heavier than those used in onshore or shallow water wells, and require equipment that can handle string weights of up to 1,250 tons without crushing the casing at the point of suspension or allowing the casing to slip.

Additionally, deep water wells are generally characterized by increased geological complexity as compared to onshore or shallow water depth wells and typically require many casing or liner strings to allow for mud weight changes. In deep water wells, it is common to use as many as ten tubular strings, including contingencies, compared with the five or fewer strings typically used in shallower or onshore wells. With an increase in the number of strings used, there are tight tolerances in the well and additional attention to quality assurance is required. The graphic below depicts the significantly greater number of casing strings in deep water as compared to onshore wells:

 

LOGO

To prevent wear and withstand a long production life, which can extend beyond 20 years, high specification tubulars are frequently used for critical well sections. In recent years, certain deep water well completions have utilized numerous pressure containment and flow control valves, and downhole pressure and downhole temperature measurement devices, all of which require control lines with the ability to communicate with subsea wellhead controls. When making up and running the completion tubing string into a well, specialized equipment is required to accommodate the control lines and other hardware in order ensure that the control lines are not damaged during the running process. The need to accommodate these developments has increased the technical requirements and complexity of tubular installation services.

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Due to the complexity of drilling in deep water, the cost substantially exceeds that experienced in onshore operations, with aggregate costs approaching $1 million per day for the drilling rig and related services. The high cost of drilling in offshore environments makes it even more important for efficient tubular services in order to minimize time spent on this activity. Spears estimates that the average Gulf of Mexico well requires $2.1 million of tubular services, while the average cost for tubular services for an onshore well in the U.S. is often less than $50,000.

Trends in the Industry

We believe that the following trends will positively affect the oilfield services industry, and consequently the demand for tubular installation services, in the coming years.

 

   

Increasing global demand for crude oil and natural gas has spurred increases in energy development spending . The crude oil and natural gas industry benefits from increased consumption of hydrocarbons, caused in part by the industrialization of China, India and other developing countries. Spears estimates that annual global spending on drilling and development activities increased from $236 billion in 2009 to $326 billion in 2012, and is projected to increase to $482 billion in 2018, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 8% from 2009 to 2018. According to the IEA, under current policies, global energy demand will be approximately 18,676 million tons of oil equivalent (Mtoe) by 2035, or about 47% greater than in 2010.

Global Energy Demand (Mtoe)

 

LOGO

Source: International Energy Agency (2012 World Energy Outlook)

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Global Oilfield Equipment and Service Market

(excludes Russia, China and Central Asia)

 

LOGO

Source: Spears & Associates, Inc. 2012 Oilfield Market Report

 

   

Significant new well development is required to replace naturally declining production . Despite elevated exploration and development activity in recent years, oil supply has only experienced modest gains, highlighting the difficulty in overcoming the natural decline rates of large legacy fields. The IEA estimates that in order to overcome the decline in production from existing fields, and to keep pace with projected demand increases, new production of approximately 40 million barrels of oil per day (an amount equal to nearly 60% of 2011 global oil production) must be added by 2035. A significant number of new wells will be required to make up for declines in production from existing fields and the projected increase in global oil demand.

 

   

Increasing offshore and deep water drilling and development activity . Worldwide offshore rig counts continue to increase as crude oil supply and demand fundamentals encourage new drilling. Moreover, many of these new rigs are bigger and more efficient and designed to drill deeper to previously unrecoverable reserves. According to the IEA, 55% of remaining recoverable conventional oil outside of the OPEC is offshore. According to Spears, offshore spending will increase from $80.1 billion in 2011 to $179.7 billion in 2018, a compound annual growth rate of 12%. Offshore discoveries are expected to play an important role in the future, particularly deep water discoveries at depths greater than 1,000 feet.

Global Offshore Equipment and Service Market

(excludes Russia, China and Central Asia)

 

LOGO

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Source: Spears & Associates, Inc. 2012 Oilfield Market Report

 

   

Increasing complexity and costs of well construction . As conventional sources of oil and gas are depleted, the oil and gas industry continues to develop new technologies and techniques that allow operators to develop a wider range of unconventional oil and gas resources, such as oil and gas shales. Certain of these techniques include drilling deeper and horizontal well paths with long lateral lengths and multi-stage completions, often in high temperature and high pressure environments. These types of unconventional drilling generally require additional tubular services compared to conventional drilling, and tubular installation services have become increasingly complex to execute, and have required the development of new techniques and specialized tools.

 

   

Heightened focus on quality, safety and environmental factors . Our customers are increasingly focused on the quality of wellbore construction, operational safety and environmental stewardship, particularly in offshore environments where we routinely operate. The tubular services we provide are critical in achieving these goals. As such, our reputation as a high-quality, trusted service provider positions us well to benefit from this trend.

Our Operations

The table below provides a summary of the percentage contributions from our three operating segments and our primary geographic markets for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Adjusted EBITDA by segment:

          

International Services

     64     61     49     51     50

U.S. Services

     20     29     45     43     42

Pipe and Products

     16     10     6     6     8

Revenue by geographic area:

          

United States

     52     51     56     52     49

Africa

     17     16     16     16     19

Latin America

     11     12     10     11     10

Europe

     10     10     10     10     9

Far East

     4     5     5     5     5

Other

     6     6     3     6     8
          

For additional information regarding our operating segments, see Note 16 to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Tubular Services

We are a leading provider of tubular services in many of the regions in which we operate, including the U.S. Gulf of Mexico and almost every significant international offshore market, almost all of the major U.S. resource basins and in targeted active international onshore regions. A presentation of our tubular services revenue by geographic area is set forth below:

Frank’s International

2012 Tubular Services Revenue by Region 1

 

LOGO

 

¹ Excludes Pipe and Products revenue.
² Other includes Canada and the Middle East.

 

We provide highly engineered tubular services to leading exploration and production companies in both offshore and onshore environments, with a focus on complex and technically demanding wells. Our specially trained employees provide our services with the aid of a suite of highly technical, purpose-built equipment that we design and manufacture for our proprietary use. Most of our manufactured equipment and products use patented, advanced technologies that enable us to service complex wells, increase efficiency, enhance well integrity and improve safety. We continuously work with our customers to develop new products and enhance existing equipment to improve efficiency and safety and also in response to problems encountered in challenging drilling environments. For example, a substantial portion of the rigs scheduled for delivery within the next two years are “dual activity” rigs, which are designed with two masts to simultaneously conduct multiple independent complementing activities. We have developed patented handling technology that allows the casing to be connected into triple joints in the auxiliary mast area and, once the well section is drilled to its targeted depth, triple joints can be safely maneuvered over the well bore and installed into the well. Use of this technology in connection with “dual activity” rigs can save 30% or more of rig time during casing running activity.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table provides information about our primary products and equipment that complement our tubular services offerings as of June 11, 2013:

 

Product
Family

 

Description

 

Advantages of Our
Products

  Related Patents(1)
      U.S.   International
      Issued   Pending   Issued   Pending
Top Drive Mounted Casing Running Tools   Used to hoist single joints of casing, makeup of casing connections, lower and rotate casing string in the wellbore while simultaneously circulating drilling fluid  

• Grip tubulars internally or externally

 

• Replace certain traditionally manually operated equipment with a single fully mechanized and remotely controlled system, which reduces the risk of injury to personnel

 

• Provides for simultaneous rotation of the pipe and/or circulation while raising or lowering the string, which reduces the risk of stuck pipe

 

• Ability to rotate and/or circulate while lowering or raising which reduces the risk of stuck pipe

  14   4   31   8
Extended Range Slip Type Elevators and Spiders   Innovative pipe handling tools that are used to hoist and support tubular strings in order to lower the string into the wellbore or support the string at the rig floor. The extended range feature allows multiple pipe sizes which may be present in a single string to be gripped effectively without the need to change out or adjust equipment at pipe size changeover points  

• Reduces the risks associated with changing out equipment or reconfiguring a tool in the midst of running a string

 

• Capitalizes on many of the innovations developed over the past three decades of Frank’s development of handling tools, while significantly expanding the functionality and value to the client

 

• Maximum load capabilities of 1,250 tons

 

  8   3   9   13
Elevators   Clamps that hoist casing and tubing for raising or lowering into the borehole  

• Working load ratings exceeding 1,250 tons, which is of great value in deep and ultra-deep water operations

 

• Versatility to perform multiple tasks as a single apparatus

 

• Tools incorporate elevator/spider interlocking feature which detects when proper engagement with the tubular string has been achieved, thereby allowing the companion tool to be released from engagement with the tubular string. This feature assures that at all times either the elevator or the spider has a secure grip on the string prior to the companion tool being allowed to open, which provides for a safer tubular running system

 

• Improved resistance to the crushing of tubulars at high loads

 

  25   13   26   47

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Product
Family

 

Description

 

Advantages of Our
Products

  Related Patents(1)
      U.S.   International
      Issued   Pending   Issued   Pending
Spiders   Companion tools to the Elevators, these tools suspend the tubular string from the drill floor while the next joint in the assembly is made up (or backed out)  

• Improved resistance to crushing of the tubular at high loads

 

• Tools incorporate elevator/spider interlocking feature which detects when proper engagement with the tubular string has been achieved, thereby allowing the companion tool to be released from engagement with the tubular string. This feature assures that at all times either the elevator or the spider has a secure grip on the string prior to the companion tool being allowed to open, which provides for a safer tubular running system

  20   11   12   24
   

 

• An array of powered and automated positioning systems, which allow for minimal floor personnel to operate the equipment

 

       
Landing String Handling Equipment   Special purpose elevators and spiders of ultrahigh load capacity for suspending, lowering and raising of landing strings with heavy casing strings for demanding deep water applications  

• 1,250 ton load rated elevators and spiders

 

• Equipped with patented elevator/spider interlock system

  2   3   7   4
Power Tongs   Powered pipe wrenches that are used to rotate pipe joints together and apply designated makeup torque in order to achieve pressure tight sealing and structural integrity at the threaded connections  

• Tubular Reducer kit provides ability to reconfigure conventional power tongs to grip and rotate range of smaller diameter tubulars

 

• Automatic disabling upon sensing slippage between the gripping elements and the tubular

  5     14   3

Hammer Accessories

  Hammers are powered devices that apply high impact forces to the top of a tubular string in order to drive it into the earth. Hammers are used to drive conductor strings which are the first string of pipe installed at the commencement of a well (typically used in onshore and in shallow water offshore).  

• Complete line of accessories and related products for conductor driving services, including high-penetration “Speedshoe,” deviated conductors and drivepipe whipstocks

  2     4  
CRA Makeup and Handing Tools   CRA tubulars frequently used as completion tubing in harsh corrosive well environments. For CRA tubulars to deliver maximum resistance to injurious corrosion the installation process must be accomplished without mechanical damage associated with the conventional gripping elements found in industry standard elevators, spiders and power tongs.  

• Collar Load Support (“CLS”) system does not use toothed inserts to support the load

 

• “Reduced Penetration” tooling for conventional slip systems minimizes the severity of damaged from toothed inserts

 

• “FluidGrip TM ” gripping systems for power tongs and backup tongs complement CLS and reduced penetration elevator and spider systems in applying torque to the tubular without damaging its surface

  3     8   2

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Product
Family

 

Description

 

Advantages of Our
Products

  Related Patents(1)
      U.S.   International
      Issued   Pending   Issued   Pending
Completions Tubing Installation Equipment   Spiders purpose designed to accommodate running complex completion strings with simultaneous running of control lines and associated hardware along with control line manipulator systems.  

• Safely manipulate control lines during running of the string into the wellbore, avoiding expensive damage and potential rework

  10   2   18   8
Downhole Drilling Tools   Suite of products directed to efficiency improvements during drilling.  

• Reduction in adverse effects caused by vibration of the drill bit during drilling, extending life of downhole equipment and improved bore hole quality

  7   4   24   22

 

(1) Includes patents and applications that apply to more than one product family.

Pipe and Products

In addition to our services offering, we design and manufacture casing attachments, fabricate subsea equipment and distribute large OD pipe. Our products are sold directly to external customers.

 

   

Fabricated pipe accessories . We manufacture and sell large OD pipe accessories to precise client specifications to facilitate transportation, handling and installation. These accessories include a complete range of innovative threaded connectors for large OD pipe that eliminate a number of customer concerns with other connector technology, such as (i) risk of premature back-out during driving or throughout the well’s service life, (ii) vulnerability to vibrations, (iii) risk of leaks during service and (iv) installation time and cost effectiveness. The use of connectors of this type on large OD pipe eliminates the need to weld joints of pipe together, which cuts down on customers’ rig time and expense. To service this product line, we operate our four stock point and fabrication facilities located in Lafayette, Houma, and the Port of New Iberia, Louisiana and Alvin, Texas.

 

   

Deep water fabrication . We also provide specialized fabrication and welding services in support of deep water projects in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, including drilling and production risers, flowlines and pipeline end terminations, as well as long length tubulars (up to 300 feet in length) for use as caissons or pilings. In addition to these core fabrication and welding services, we provide logistical support services such as spreader bars, bolster frames, barge loading and riser project installation services.

 

   

Large OD pipe . We distribute large OD pipe on behalf of third party manufacturers to a variety of external customers. The pipe we distribute is primarily used as conductor pipe and surface casing, which are typically the first casing strings installed in an offshore well. We manufacture large OD threaded connectors that are typically welded to the large OD pipe we distribute. We generally maintain an inventory of pipe in order to support our pipe sales and distribution operations.

New Product Development and Intellectual Property

Our sales and earnings are influenced by our ability to successfully provide the high-level tubular services our customer’s demand, which in turn relies on our ability to develop new technology and products. Much of our product development occurs in response to specific customer requests, in which case we are typically able to pass costs along to the customer. However, we have also historically dedicated additional resources toward the development of new technology and equipment to enhance the effectiveness, safety and efficiency of the services we provide. Since most of our new product development is in response to a specific customer engagement, we have not incurred significant research and development expenses during the three most recent fiscal years. Although certain of our competitors may spend greater amounts on research and development, we believe that

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

our product development efforts are greatly enhanced by the investments of management time and energy we make to improve our customer service and to work with our customers on their specific product needs and challenges.

We hold rights, through patents and patent license agreements, to patented or patent-pending technologies for certain innovations that we believe will have application to our businesses. We pursue patent protection in appropriate jurisdictions where we believe our innovations could have significant potential application to our core businesses. We also generally retain all intellectual property rights to our technology through technology ownership agreements or arrangements with our employees, suppliers, consultants and other third parties with whom we do business. We currently have 104 U.S. patents and 136 related international patents and 37 U.S. patent applications pending and 111 related international patent applications pending for equipment that our engineers have developed.

Although in the aggregate our patents and licenses are important to us, we do not regard any single patent or license as critical or essential to our business as a whole. Of greatest importance to our development efforts is our ability to preserve excellent customer relations and stay close enough to our customers’ operations so that we can observe opportunities to make changes to our service offerings (and the products that support them) that would yield the maximum benefit to our customers. Although we highly value our proprietary products and technology, we also depend on our technological capabilities, customer service oriented culture and application of our know-how to distinguish ourselves from our competitors. We also consider the service we provide to our customers and the technical knowledge and skill of our personnel to be more important than our registered intellectual property in our ability to compete. While we stress the importance of our research and development programs, the technical challenges and market uncertainties associated with the development and successful introduction of new and updated services are such that we cannot assure you that we will realize any particular amount of future revenue from the services and related products resulting from our research and development programs.

Customers

Our customers consist primarily of oil and gas exploration and production companies, both U.S. and international, including major and independent companies, national oil companies and, on occasion, other service companies that have contractual obligations to provide casing and handling services. Demand for our services depends primarily upon the capital spending of oil and gas companies and the level of drilling activity in the U.S. and internationally. We do not believe the loss of any of our individual customers would have a material adverse effect on our business. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and one customer accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012.

International Services Segment

The top five customers in our international services segment accounted for an aggregate of approximately 38% of the segment’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, with no other customers representing 10% or more of that segment’s revenue.

U.S. Services Segment

The top five customers in our U.S. Services segment accounted for an aggregate of approximately 37% of the segment’s revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012. Other than Chevron, which accounted for approximately 20% of that segment’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, no other customers represented 10% or more of that segment’s revenue.

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pipe and Products Segment

The top five customers of our Pipe and Products segment accounted for an aggregate of approximately 31% of the segment’s revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012. Other than Shell, which accounted for approximately 12% of that segment’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, no other customers represented 10% or more of that segment’s revenue.

Seasonality

A substantial portion of our business is not significantly impacted by changing seasons. A small portion of the revenue we generate from selected international operations may benefit from higher first quarter activity levels, as operators take advantage of the winter freeze to gain access to remote drilling and production areas. In the past, some of our revenue in Canada has declined during the second quarter due to warming weather conditions that resulted in thawing, softer ground, difficulty accessing drill sites and road bans that curtailed drilling activity.

Competition

The markets in which we operate are competitive. We compete with a number of companies, some of which have financial and other resources greater than us. The principal competitive factors in our markets are the quality, price and availability of products and services and a company’s responsiveness to customer needs and reputation for safety. In general, we face a larger number of smaller, more regionally-specific customers in U.S. onshore market as compared to offshore markets, where larger competitors dominate.

We believe several factors give us a strong competitive position. In particular, we believe our products and services in each segment fulfill our customer’s requirements for international capability, availability of tools, range of services provided, intellectual property, technological sophistication, rigorous quality systems and availability of equipment, along with reputation and safety record. We seek to differentiate ourselves from our competitors by providing a rapid response to the needs of our customers, a high level of customer service and innovative product development initiatives. Although we have no single competitor across all of our product lines, we believe that Weatherford International represents our most direct competitor across our segments for providing tubular services on an aggregate, global basis.

International Services Segment

We hold established market leading positions in several of our core international service regions. The most significant competitors we have across our international service lines are Weatherford International and, to a lesser extent, Baker Hughes.

U.S. Services Segment

We hold established market leading positions in several of our core U.S. service regions, and we compete with a large number of relatively smaller competitors. The most significant competitor we have across our U.S. service lines is Weatherford International and, to a lesser extent, Tesco Corporation. We also face numerous regional competitors in each of our U.S. onshore service regions.

Pipe and Products Segment

We hold established market leading positions in several of our core product offerings, and we compete with a small number of competitors. The most significant competitors we have across our Pipe and Products segment are National Oilwell Varco, Dril-Quip and GE VetcoGray.

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Properties

In order to design, manufacture and service the proprietary products that support our tubular services business, as well as those that we offer for sale directly to external customers, we maintain several manufacturing and service facilities around the world. Though our manufacturing and service capabilities are primarily concentrated in the U.S., we currently provide our services in approximately 60 countries.

Following the completion of our corporate reorganization, as described in “Organizational Structure,” our major facilities owned or leased by us will be as follows:

 

Location

   Leased or
owned
      

Principal/Most Significant Use

Houston, Texas

     Leased         Corporate office

Lafayette, Louisiana

     Leased         Manufacturing and engineering

Aberdeen, Scotland

     Owned         Regional operations and administration

Dubai

     Owned         Regional operations and administration

Singapore

     Owned         Regional operations and administration

Mumbai

     Owned         Administration

We intend to enter into real estate lease agreements with customary terms for continued use of the real estate we will no longer own following completion of our corporate reorganization, including our Houston, Texas and Lafayette, Louisiana facilities. See “Organizational Structure.”

Our largest manufacturing facility is located in Lafayette, Louisiana, where we manufacture a substantial portion of our pipe handling tools. The facility serves our U.S. Services segment in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, and is our global headquarters for the design and manufacture of our equipment. The Lafayette facility is situated on a total of 151 acres. The main facility occupies 135 acres and the remaining acreage is dedicated to pipe storage located offsite, within Lafayette. There are a total of 16 buildings onsite and 11 buildings offsite. Our manufacturing operations occupy 11 of the 16 buildings, with the remaining buildings dedicated to administration, training and other operational tasks. The main administrative building within the facility is approximately 40,000 square feet.

Suppliers and Raw Materials

We acquire component parts, products and raw materials from suppliers, including foundries, forge shops, and original equipment manufacturers. The prices we pay for our raw materials may be affected by, among other things, energy, steel and other commodity prices, tariffs and duties on imported materials and foreign currency exchange rates. Certain of our component parts, products or specific raw materials are only available from a limited number of suppliers.

Our ability to source low cost raw materials and components, such as steel castings and forgings, is critical to our ability to manufacture our drilling products competitively and, in turn, our ability to provide onshore and offshore drilling services. In order to purchase raw materials and components in a cost effective manner we have developed a broad international sourcing capability and we maintain quality assurance and testing programs to analyze and test these raw materials and components.

We have experienced increased costs in recent years due to rising steel prices. There is also strong demand within the industry for forgings, castings and outsourced coating services necessary for us to make our products. We cannot assure that we will be able to continue to purchase these raw materials on a timely basis or at historical prices. We generally try to purchase our raw materials from multiple suppliers so we are not dependent on any one supplier, but this is not always possible.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Inventories and Working Capital

An important consideration for many of our customers in selecting a vendor is timely availability of the product. Often customers will pay a premium for earlier or immediate availability because of the cost of delays in critical operations. We aim to stock certain of our consumable products in regional warehouses around the world so we can have these products available for our customers when needed. This availability is especially critical for our proprietary products, causing us to carry substantial inventories for these products. For critical capital items in which demand is expected to be strong, we often build certain items before we have a firm order. Having such goods available on short notice can be of great value to our customers.

Employees

As of March 31, 2013, we had approximately 4,100 employees worldwide. We are a party to collective bargaining or other similar agreements in certain international areas in which we operate, such as Brazil, the Far East and Europe. We consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory.

Operating Risk and Insurance

We maintain insurance coverage of types and amounts that we believe to be customary and reasonable for companies of our size and with similar operations. In accordance with industry practice, however, we do not maintain insurance coverage against all of the operating risks to which our business is exposed. Therefore, there is a risk our insurance program may not be sufficient to cover any particular loss or all losses.

Currently, our insurance program includes, among other things, general liability, umbrella liability, sudden and accidental pollution, personal property, vehicle, workers’ compensation, and employer’s liability coverage. Our insurance includes various limits and deductibles or retentions, which must be met prior to or in conjunction with recovery.

Business History

FINV was formed in 2006 as a Dutch company with limited liability ( naamloze vennootschap ). We believe that our long and successful history in the industry is a testament to the quality of the services and the innovative technology that we provide our customers. Frank’s International traces its roots to the founding of FCC by Frank Mosing in 1938. In 1950, Donald E. Mosing joined his father in the business. Later, Donald’s younger brothers, Billy and Larry, joined their father and brother to help manage the growing operations. As an engineering and safety innovator, Donald was a driving force for many years in the development of many of our proprietary tools and processes, and he is named as an inventor on 45 of the U.S. patents that have been issued to us. In 1973, Donald Keith Mosing, Donald E. Mosing’s eldest son, established our third office, in Alvin, Texas. Keith Mosing quickly embarked on the expansion of operations across North America and into South America, Asia, Europe, Africa and the Middle East. Our international operations were formally organized into a separate company in 1981, with Keith Mosing being named Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Since the early 1980s, our U.S. and international operations have continued to grow, both organically and through strategic acquisitions. Upon Donald’s retirement in July 2011, Keith Mosing was named Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the U.S. operations. We now operate in nearly every region of the world with significant oil and gas drilling activity. We currently provide our services in approximately 60 countries on six continents.

Environmental, Health and Safety Regulation

Our operations are subject to numerous stringent and complex laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment, health and safety aspects of our operations, or otherwise relating to human health and environmental protection. Failure to comply with these laws or regulations or to obtain or comply with permits may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, imposition of remedial or corrective action requirements, and the imposition of orders or injunctions to prohibit or restrict certain activities or force future compliance.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The trend in environmental regulation has been to impose increasingly stringent restrictions and limitations on activities that may impact the environment, and thus, any changes in environmental laws and regulations or in enforcement policies that result in more stringent and costly waste handling, storage, transport, disposal, or remediation requirements could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial position. Moreover, accidental releases or spills of regulated substances may occur in the course of our operations, and we cannot assure you that we will not incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of such releases or spills, including any third-party claims for damage to property, natural resources or persons.

The following is a summary of the more significant existing environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which our business operations are subject and for which compliance could have a material adverse impact on our capital expenditures, results of operations or financial position.

Hazardous Substances and Waste

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes, regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Under the auspices of the EPA, the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements. We are required to manage the transportation, storage and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes in compliance with RCRA.

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), also known as the Superfund law, imposes joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred, and anyone who disposed or arranged for the disposal of a hazardous substance released at the site. We currently own, lease, or operate numerous properties that have been used for manufacturing and other operations for many years. We also contract with waste removal services and landfills. These properties and the substances disposed or released on them may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and analogous state laws. Under such laws, we could be required to remove previously disposed substances and wastes, remediate contaminated property, or perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances released into the environment.

Water Discharges

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (the “Clean Water Act”) and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the United States. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or an analogous state agency. A responsible party includes the owner or operator of a facility from which a discharge occurs. The Clean Water Act and analogous state laws provide for administrative, civil and criminal penalties for unauthorized discharges and, together with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, impose rigorous requirements for spill prevention and response planning, as well as substantial potential liability for the costs of removal, remediation, and damages in connection with any unauthorized discharges.

Air Emissions

The federal Clean Air Act and comparable state laws regulate emissions of various air pollutants through air emissions permitting programs and the imposition of other emission control requirements. In addition, the EPA has developed, and continues to develop, stringent regulations governing emissions of toxic air pollutants at specified sources. Non-compliance with air permits or other requirements of the federal Clean Air Act and associated state laws and regulations can result in the imposition of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, as well as the issuance of orders or injunctions limiting or prohibiting non-compliant operations. In August 2012,

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the EPA adopted new regulations restricting emissions of volatile organic compounds in connection with the drilling and completion of oil and gas wells, which will require operators to purchase emissions control equipment and make process changes that may increase the costs of well drilling and completion activities.

Climate Change

In December 2009, the EPA determined that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other “greenhouse gases” present an endangerment to public health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes. Based on these findings, the EPA has begun adopting and implementing regulations to restrict emissions of greenhouse gases under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. The EPA recently adopted two sets of rules regulating greenhouse gas emissions under the Clean Air Act, one of which requires a reduction in emissions of greenhouse gases from motor vehicles and the other of which regulates emissions of greenhouse gases from certain large stationary sources, effective January 2, 2011. The EPA has also adopted rules requiring the reporting of greenhouse gas emissions from specified large greenhouse gas emission sources in the United States, including petroleum refineries, on an annual basis, beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring after January 1, 2010, as well as onshore oil and gas production facilities, on an annual basis, beginning in 2012 for emissions occurring in 2011.

In addition, the United States Congress has from time to time considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases and almost one-half of the states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases primarily through the planned development of greenhouse gas emission inventories and/or regional greenhouse gas cap and trade programs. Most of these cap and trade programs work by requiring major sources of emissions, such as electric power plants, or major producers of fuels, such as refineries and gas processing plants, to acquire and surrender emission allowances. The number of allowances available for purchase is reduced each year in an effort to achieve the overall greenhouse gas emission reduction goal.

The adoption of legislation or regulatory programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to incur increased operating costs, such as costs to purchase and operate emissions control systems, to acquire emissions allowances or comply with new regulatory or reporting requirements. Any such legislation or regulatory programs could also increase the cost of consuming, and thereby reduce demand for, the oil and gas produced by our customers. Consequently, legislation and regulatory programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Finally, it should be noted that some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climatic events. If any such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Employee Health and Safety

We are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including OSHA and comparable state statutes, establishing requirements to protect the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act and comparable state statutes require that information be maintained concerning hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and the public. Substantial fines and penalties can be imposed and orders or injunctions limiting or prohibiting certain operations may be issued in connection with any failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety.

We also operate in non-U.S. jurisdictions, which may impose similar liabilities against us.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Legal Proceedings

We are the subject of lawsuits and claims arising in the ordinary course of business from time to time. Management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of such lawsuits and claims. While the lawsuits and claims are asserted for amounts that may be material should an unfavorable outcome be the result, management does not currently expect that these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Board Structure

Our board currently consists of one member, Mr. Donald Keith Mosing. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to appoint at least one additional director to our existing board, Sheldon Erikson, who will then join our supervisory board and serve as a member of our audit committee, as described below. At the completion of this offering, we will create a two-tier board structure, consisting of a management board and a supervisory board, each of which must consist of at least one member under our articles of association.

Supervisory Board

Under Dutch law, the supervisory board’s duties include supervising and advising the management board in performing its management tasks. The supervisory board is expected to exercise oversight of management with the company’s interests in mind. The number of members of our supervisory board is determined from time to time at a general meeting of our shareholders upon a proposal by the supervisory board, but will not be greater than nine. We expect to increase the number of members on our supervisory board prior to or in connection with the completion of this offering. As described below, at the completion of this offering, our supervisory board will consist of four members, three of whom are members of the Mosing family, including our chief executive officer.

We intend to appoint independent directors to our supervisory board contemporaneously with and following the completion of this offering. We also expect that our supervisory board will review the independence of our current supervisory director using the independence standards of the NYSE.

In evaluating supervisory director candidates, we will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skills and expertise that are likely to enhance the supervisory board’s ability to oversee and direct our affairs and business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of committees of the supervisory board to fulfill their duties and the quality of the supervisory board’s deliberations and decisions. In evaluating supervisory directors, we will consider diversity in its broadest sense, including persons diverse in perspectives, personal and professional experiences, geography, gender, race and ethnicity. In addition, pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association, the Mosing family will have the right to recommend one director for nomination to the supervisory board for each 10% of the outstanding FINV Stock they collectively beneficially own, up to a maximum of five directors.

Management Board

The management board’s sole member will be our wholly owned subsidiary, Frank’s International Management B.V. As a managing director, Frank’s International Management B.V.’s duties will include the management of the company, consulting with the supervisory board on important matters and submitting certain important decisions to the supervisory board for its prior approval.

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Executive Officers and Supervisory Directors

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, supervisory directors and supervisory director nominees as of July 15, 2013. All supervisory directors are elected for a term of one year to serve until their successors are elected and qualified or upon earlier of death, disability, resignation or removal. All executive officers hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or upon earlier of death, disability, resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our supervisory directors or executive officers. The address of each supervisory director and executive officer is 10260 Westheimer Rd., Houston, Texas 77042.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Donald Keith Mosing

   62    Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Director, Chief Executive Officer and President

Robert R. Gilbert

   58    Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer—U.S. Services and Pipe and Products

C. Michael Webre

   57    Vice President of Engineering

Mark G. Margavio

   51    Chief Financial Officer

Brian D. Baird

   49    Chief Legal Officer

W. John Walker

   47    Vice President of International Operations

Sheldon Erikson

   71    Supervisory Director Nominee

Kirkland D. Mosing

   54    Supervisory Director Nominee

Steven B. Mosing

   57    Supervisory Director Nominee

Donald Keith Mosing . Mr. Mosing currently serves as the Chairman of our supervisory board, our Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Mosing began working for the family company in 1965 at age 14. Mr. Mosing established our third office, and first outside of Louisiana, in 1973, and then led the expansion of our operations across North America and into South America, Asia, Europe, Africa, the Middle East and Australia. Our international operations were formally organized into a separate company in 1981, with Mr. Mosing serving as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Mosing was named Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of all of our U.S. companies in July 2011, upon the retirement of his father, Donald E. Mosing. Mr. Mosing attended the University of Louisiana at Lafayette and Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University, where he graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree.

Robert R. Gilbert . Mr. Gilbert currently serves as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer—U.S. Services and Pipe and Products, a position he has held since July 2011. Prior to serving in his current position, Mr. Gilbert was our Vice President of Operations and Sales from 1997 to 2011, concentrating on our U.S. operations, and served as our Executive Administrator and advisor to Engineering from 1980 to 1997. Mr. Gilbert received both his Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering and Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Louisiana at Lafayette. Mr. Gilbert is currently a member of the Lafayette Chamber of Commerce, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and the American Association of Drilling Engineers, and is an associate member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers. Mr. Gilbert was the first engineer hired by Donald E. Mosing, Keith Mosing’s father, and has been associated with a broad range of our U.S. divisions and operations.

C. Michael Webre . Mr. Webre currently serves as our Vice President of Engineering, a position he has held since 2002. Mr. Webre has served in various capacities since first joining the Frank’s corporate family in 1979, including Mechanical Engineer, Senior Mechanical Engineer and Engineering Manager. Mr. Webre received both his Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering and Master of Science degree in Engineering Systems from the University of Louisiana at Lafayette. Mr. Webre is a licensed Professional Engineer and is a member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers, American Society of Mechanical Engineers and the American Welding Society.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Mark G. Margavio . Mr. Margavio currently serves as our Chief Financial Officer, a position he has held since 2003. Prior to serving in his current position, Mr. Margavio was our Vice President of Finance from 2002 until 2003. Prior to joining Frank’s International, Mr. Margavio was the Chief Financial Officer for Transoceanic Shipping Company, a global logistics company, from 1997 to 2002. From 1982 to 1997, Mr. Margavio held various positions in investments, treasury and finance, including Senior Lead Analyst in Treasury and Corporate Finance for Entergy Corporation and Director of Acquisition for RPC Inc. Mr. Margavio received his Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Southeastern Louisiana University and his Master of Business Administration degree from the University of New Orleans. Mr. Margavio earned his Certified Public Accountant designation in 1994. He also has received designations as a Certified Treasury Professional, Certified Cash Manager and Registered Investment Advisor.

Brian D. Baird . Mr. Baird currently serves as our Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, a position he has held since April 2005. Prior to joining Frank’s International in 2005, Mr. Baird was Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Pantellos, a Houston-based supply chain services and electronic marketplace company owned by 20 of the largest publically owned electric utility companies. Earlier in his career, Mr. Baird practiced law with the law firms of Boyar & Miller from 1991 to 2001 and with Jenkens & Gilchrist from 1989 to 1991. He received both his Doctor of Jurisprudence in 1989 and his Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Finance in 1986 from the University of Texas. Mr. Baird’s legal background is broad-based with emphasis on mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance, venture capital, technology and e-commerce, commercial real estate, oilfield services and general corporate law. For 2013, Mr. Baird is serving as President of the Houston Chapter of the General Counsel Forum, and has served on its Board of Directors since 2010.

W. John Walker . Mr. Walker currently serves as our Vice President of International Operations, a position that he has held since August 2012. Prior to serving in his current position, Mr. Walker served as the Vice President of North America from 2004 to 2012, and he assumed the additional responsibilities of Vice President of Brazil in July 2009. Mr. Walker also served as the Regional Manager of the Asia Pacific and Middle East divisions from 1999 to 2003. Mr. Walker entered the North Sea oil industry and served in several technical as well as supervisory field roles after obtaining an Ordinary National Certificate in Electrical and Electronic Engineering in 1982 from Aberdeen Technical College in Scotland. Mr. Walker has over 29 years of industry experience and has held positions across the world, including in Europe, North Africa, the Asia-Pacific region and the Middle East.

Kirkland D. Mosing . Mr. Mosing will be appointed to serve on our supervisory board in connection with the completion of this offering. Mr. Mosing has served as a technical sales representative for FCC and has been involved in sales technical support efforts since 1986, with a focus on hammer sales, pipe sales and CRT tools in the Lafayette, Louisiana and Dallas, Texas areas. Mr. Mosing has a Doctor of Veterinary Medicine from Louisiana State University. Mr. Mosing was selected as a Supervisory Director Nominee because of his extensive experience and familiarity with the Frank’s companies.

Steven B. Mosing . Mr. Mosing will be appointed to serve on our supervisory board in connection with the completion of this offering. Mr. Mosing has served on the board of directors for FCC and FTS since 2000. Additionally, Mr. Mosing is currently a director of Shoreline Energy LLC, an independent exploration and production company. Mr. Brent Mosing began his career with Frank’s full time in 1978 and has held various positions, including field sales, office sales, information technology and marketing. Mr. Mosing received his Bachelor of Science Degree in Economics from the University of Louisiana at Lafayette in 1978 and his Master of Business Administration from the Northwestern State University in 1993. Mr. Mosing was selected as a Supervisory Director Nominee because of his extensive experience and familiarity with the Frank’s companies.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Sheldon Erikson . Mr. Erikson will be appointed to serve on our existing board prior to completion of this offering and will serve on our supervisory board following its creation. Mr. Erikson served as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Cameron International Corporation from the time of its creation in 1995 through 2008, and currently serves on Cameron International Corporation’s board of directors. Prior to assuming his leadership role with Cameron, Mr. Erikson had a long and distinguished career in the energy and manufacturing sectors. He was Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of The Western Company of North America, an international petroleum service company engaged in pressure pumping, well stimulating and cementing and offshore drilling. Previously, he was President of the Joy Petroleum Equipment Group of Joy Manufacturing Company. Mr. Erikson is also a director of Endeavour International Corporation, an oil and gas exploration and production company; Rockwood Holdings, Inc., a company in the specialty chemicals and advanced materials businesses; General Partner of Red Rock Interests, a private company; and has been a director of Triton Energy Company and Spinnaker Exploration Company, both oil and gas exploration companies, Layne Christensen Co., a provider of services and related products for the water, mineral and energy markets, and NCI Building Systems, a provider of products and services for the construction industry. He also serves on the boards of the National Petroleum Council, American Petroleum Institute, National Ocean Industries Association and the Petroleum Equipment Suppliers Association, of which he is a past chairman. He also serves in positions of leadership in charitable and non-profit organizations, including The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center and the Texas Heart Institute. He has an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration and studied engineering and economics at the University of Illinois. Mr. Erikson was selected as a Supervisory Director Nominee because he has extensive experience in the oil and gas industry and serving on the boards of publicly traded companies.

Status as a Controlled Company

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to elect to be treated as a “controlled company” as that term is set forth in Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Under the NYSE rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including: (1) the requirement that a majority of our supervisory board consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that our nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, and (3) the requirement that our compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. Notwithstanding our status as a controlled company, we will remain subject to the NYSE corporate governance standard that requires us to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. As a result, we must have at least one independent director on the audit committee of our supervisory board by the date our common stock is listed on the NYSE, at least two independent directors within 90 days of the listing date and at least three independent directors within one year of the listing date.

Once we cease to be a controlled company, our supervisory board will be required to have a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee, each with at least one independent director. Within 90 days of ceasing to be a controlled company, we will be required to have each of a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee with a majority of independent directors, and within one year of ceasing to be a controlled company, a majority of our supervisory board must be comprised of independent directors.

Committees of the Supervisory Board

Upon the conclusion of this offering, we intend to have an audit committee, and in the event we are no longer a controlled company, a compensation committee and nominating and governance committee, of our supervisory board, and may have such other committees as the supervisory board shall determine from time to time. We anticipate that each of the standing committees of the supervisory board will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Audit Committee

We will establish an audit committee prior to completion of this offering. Rules implemented by the NYSE and SEC require us to have an audit committee comprised of at least three directors who meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act, subject to transitional relief during the one-year period following the completion of this offering. Prior to the completion of this offering, Mr. Erickson will be appointed the chairman and sole member of the audit committee of our existing board. Following this offering, he will fill the same position on our supervisory board. As required by the rules of the SEC and listing standards of the NYSE, the audit committee will consist solely of independent directors. SEC rules also require that a public company disclose whether or not its audit committee has an “audit committee financial expert” as a member. An “audit committee financial expert” is defined as a person who, based on his or her experience, possesses the attributes outlined in such rules. We anticipate that Mr. Erickson will satisfy the definition of “audit committee financial expert.”

This committee will oversee, review, act on and report on various auditing and accounting matters to our supervisory board, including: the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our accounting practices. In addition, the audit committee will oversee our compliance programs relating to legal and regulatory requirements. Upon formation of the audit committee, we expect to adopt an audit committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the NYSE market standards.

Compensation Committee

Because we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards, we will not be required to, and will not, have a compensation committee.

If and when we are no longer a controlled company, we will be required to establish a compensation committee. We anticipate that such a compensation committee would consist of three directors, each of whom will be “independent” under the rules of the SEC. As required by the rules of the SEC and listing standards of the NYSE, a majority of the compensation committee would be independent directors. This committee would establish salaries, incentives and other forms of compensation for officers and other employees. Our compensation committee would also administer our incentive compensation and benefit plans. Upon formation of a compensation committee, we expect to adopt a compensation committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and applicable stock exchange or market standards.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Because we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards, we will not be required to, and will not, have a nominating and corporate governance committee. While we are a controlled company, our supervisory board will identify and evaluate potential candidates for nomination as a director and recommend any such candidates to our supervisory board.

If and when we are no longer a controlled company, we will be required to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. We anticipate that such a nominating and corporate governance committee would consist of three directors. As required by the rules of the SEC and listing standards of the NYSE, the nominating and corporate governance committee would consist of a majority of independent directors. This committee would identify, evaluate and recommend qualified nominees to serve on our supervisory board, develop and oversee our internal corporate governance processes and maintain a management succession plan. Upon formation of a nominating and corporate governance committee, we would expect to adopt a nominating and corporate governance committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and applicable stock exchange or market standards.

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Because we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards, we will not be required to, and will not initially, have a compensation committee. None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of a company that has an executive officer that serves on our board or compensation committee. No member of our supervisory board is an executive officer of a company in which one of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of that company. At the completion of this offering, our supervisory board will consist of four members, three of whom are members of the Mosing family, including our chief executive officer.

Risk Oversight

The supervisory board is actively involved in oversight of risks that could affect us. Following the completion of this offering, this oversight function will be conducted primarily through the audit committee, but the full supervisory board will retain responsibility for general oversight of risks. The audit committee will be charged with oversight of our system of internal controls and risks relating to financial reporting, legal, regulatory and accounting compliance. Our supervisory board will continue to satisfy its oversight responsibility through full reports from the audit committee chair regarding the committee’s considerations and actions, as well as through regular reports directly from officers responsible for oversight of particular risks. In addition, we have internal audit systems in place to review adherence to policies and procedures, which are supported by a separate internal audit department.

Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and Certain Other Officers

Prior to the closing of this offering, our supervisory board will adopt a Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and all other financial and accounting officers. Following adoption of the Code of Ethics, any change to, or waiver from, the Code of Ethics will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

Code of Conduct

Prior to the closing of this offering, our supervisory board will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to our employees, supervisory directors, managing directors and officers, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. Following adoption of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, any change to, or waiver from, this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics may be made only by our supervisory board and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Prior to the closing of this offering, our supervisory board will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (this “CD&A”) provides information regarding the executive compensation program for our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and our three other highest compensated executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year (the “Named Executive Officers”) and is intended to provide perspective regarding our executive compensation program, including our philosophy, objectives, compensation processes, and key components of compensation.

The following individuals were our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2012:

 

   

Donald Keith Mosing, Chairman of the supervisory board, Director, Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and President;

 

   

Mark G. Margavio, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”);

 

   

W. John Walker, Vice President of International Operations;

 

   

Robert R. Gilbert, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer – U.S. Services and Pipe and Products; and

 

   

C. Michael Webre, Vice President of Engineering.

Although this CD&A focuses on our executive compensation program during the last fiscal year, we also describe compensation actions taken before or after the last completed fiscal year to the extent such discussion enhances the understanding of our executive compensation disclosure. In connection with this offering, we expect to adjust our compensation practices going forward in order to make them more appropriate for a public company. This CD&A discusses our compensatory practices in place during 2012 and highlights the changes we expect to implement upon the consummation of this offering.

Overview of Executive Compensation and our Compensation Process

As a private company, our compensation arrangements with our Named Executive Officers have been determined on an individual basis, generally based on negotiations between the individual and our CEO, and in consultation with our CFO or Director of Human Resources when appropriate. Our CEO’s compensation arrangements were historically determined based on direct negotiations with the Board of Directors of FII (the “FII Board”), which consisted of Kirkland D. Mosing, Steven B. Mosing, and our CEO, with our CEO abstaining from all discussions and decisions related to his own compensation. Our Named Executive Officers’ compensation has generally been reviewed and adjusted on an annual basis.

Although we have not historically had a formal compensation committee, our CEO, our CFO, our Chief Operating Officer and our Director of Human Resources together have historically operated as an informal compensation committee, together with the FII Board (less our CEO) with respect to our CEO’s compensation, for purposes of designing our compensation program. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. If we are a controlled company, we will not be required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. If we do not form a formal compensation committee comprised entirely of independent directors, we intend to continue to rely on our informal compensation committee process. Future independent directors that we add to our supervisory board may be included in this process. See “Management—Status as a Controlled Company” for additional information regarding our status as a controlled company.

The main components of our executive compensation program have historically consisted of the following components, which are described in greater detail below:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

annual cash incentive awards;

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

deferred compensation and long-term incentive compensation;

 

   

severance benefits; and

 

   

limited perquisites.

As described in greater detail below, our annual cash incentive award program has consisted of annual discretionary cash bonuses, while our long-term incentive awards have consisted of discretionary company contributions to the Frank’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”), which is subject to time-based vesting. In addition, three of our Named Executive Officers have existing employment agreements that provide for severance pay in the event of certain qualifying terminations of employment.

The decisions regarding the various levels and forms of compensation for the Named Executive Officers were made in the discretion of our CEO (in consultation with the other members of our existing informal compensation committee) with respect to the other Named Executive Officers and by the FII Board (less the CEO) with respect to our CEO. Factors considered in making this determination included overall market conditions, our CEO’s or FII Board’s sense of the amounts necessary to remain competitive in the marketplace, the particular Named Executive Officer’s collaboration and teamwork skills, and for all of the Named Executive Officers other than our CEO and CFO, the financial performance of the business or geographical unit led by the Named Executive Officer as compared to the performance of the market in our industry. Consideration has also historically been given to the compensation received by the individual in prior years relative to performance in those years versus the performance of the individual in the most recent fiscal year. Since we have not historically provided any of the Named Executive Officers with grants of equity, we have previously focused on annual bonuses and Deferred Compensation Plan contributions to incentivize short-term and long-term performance. While our historical compensation decisions may have been based on more of a subjective assessment, we anticipate that our future compensation decisions will be guided by more qualitative and quantitative analysis.

Through our informal compensation committee, we have begun the process of analyzing our executive compensation program with the goal of modifying it to be more suitable for a public company. To aid in this process, we have engaged Meridian Consultants, LLC (“Meridian”), a nationally recognized compensation consulting firm with experience in assisting similar U.S. companies that provide services to the oil and gas industry. We are working with Meridian to refine our executive compensation arrangements to ensure that (i) our total executive compensation is in line with the executive compensation among our peer group and (ii) our overall compensation aligns our executives’ interests with those of our stockholders by tying a meaningful portion of each executive’s cash and equity compensation to the achievement of performance targets and by including time-based vesting requirements in our long-term equity incentive compensation awards. The process of modifying our executive compensation policies and practices is still underway, but we have received recommendations from Meridian that we expect will be used to implement new compensation arrangements in connection with this offering. Although Messrs. Mosing, Gilbert, and Webre all have existing employment agreements, all of our Named Executive Officers will enter into new employment agreements in connection with this offering, which are described in more detail below in “—Components of Our Compensation Program – Severance Benefits” and in “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control.”

Goals of the Compensation Program

We are focused on establishing an executive compensation program that is intended to attract, motivate, and retain key executives and to reward executives for creating and increasing the value of our company. These objectives are taken into consideration when creating our compensation arrangements, when setting each element of compensation under those programs, and when determining the proper mix of the various compensation elements for each of our Named Executive Officers. We periodically reevaluate whether our compensation programs and the levels of pay awarded under each element of compensation achieve these objectives. For example, we concluded that our decision to list our shares on a public stock exchange will change the duties and responsibilities of our executive officers and may change the group of companies with which we compete for executive talent such that a formal reevaluation was advisable.

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

To ensure we continue to meet our compensation objectives as a public company, we are working closely with Meridian and using market data to develop an understanding of the current compensation practices among our peers and to ensure that our executive compensation program is competitive within the industry. In furtherance of this goal, we have identified, with Meridian’s assistance, an initial peer group consisting of the following 17 companies in order to create a broad sample for purposes of evaluating compensation practices:

 

   

C&J Energy Services, Inc.

 

   

Core Laboratories N.V.

 

   

Dresser-Rand Group Inc.

 

   

Dril-Quip, Inc.

 

   

Exterran Holdings, Inc.

 

   

Forum Energy Technologies, Inc.

 

   

Helix Energy Solutions Group, Inc.

 

   

Hercules Offshore, Inc.

 

   

Hornbeck Offshore Services, Inc.

 

   

Lufkin Industries Inc. (subsequently acquired)

 

   

Newpark Resources, Inc.

 

   

Noble Corp

 

   

Oceaneering International, Inc.

 

   

Precision Drilling Corporation

 

   

Rowan Companies plc

 

   

RPC, Inc.

 

   

SEACOR Holdings Inc.

Meridian worked with our informal compensation committee to select this group of publicly traded companies from the same or similar industry and within a certain range of our annual revenue to serve as our peer group for purposes of obtaining data regarding the compensation practices of our peers.

In order to ensure that our total compensation program is competitive with our peers following the completion of this offering, we expect that our existing informal compensation committee will approve targeting overall compensation of our Named Executive Officers (other than our CEO) at or near the 50th percentile of our peer group companies, and we expect that the FII Board (minus our CEO) will approve targeting overall compensation of our CEO at or near the 75th percentile of our peer group companies. However, we expect that our supervisory board, following the completion of this offering, will make a final determination regarding the precise allocation of this total targeted compensation among the various compensation elements.

We are also seeking to more closely align our executives’ interests with those of our shareholders through the use of long-term incentive plan awards. We feel that this reevaluation of our compensation programs and each of the elements of our compensation scheme is necessary to ensure that our programs continue to meet the objectives we have set in the context of a growing, publicly traded company. This review may result in substantial changes to our executive compensation programs, which will be disclosed as they are implemented.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Components of Our Executive Compensation Program

The employment agreements that our Named Executive Officers (other than Messrs. Margavio and Walker) have previously entered into provide for three principal elements of compensation: base salary, cash bonuses, and severance pay. Cash bonuses have been paid annually on a discretionary basis for each of the Named Executive Officers except Mr. Mosing, whose annual cash bonus is paid pursuant to a specific formula based on company performance measures. In addition, our Named Executive Officers are eligible to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan, which provides for annual discretionary company contributions that vest at the end of a five-year period. We believe this mix of compensation has historically aligned our executives’ compensation with our short-term and long-term goals. While we feel that the employment agreements have historically been beneficial to both the executive and the company, each of our Named Executive Officers will enter into new employment agreements that are better suited for a public company and reflective of the executive’s role going-forward.

Below is a description of each of the principal elements of our current compensation program and our current view on these elements. We recognize that in connection with the review our informal compensation committee is undertaking with Meridian, the goals themselves and the methods of implementing those goals may change.

Base Salary

Each Named Executive Officer’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation for each year for performing specific job responsibilities. It represents the minimum income a Named Executive Officer may receive in any year. Base salaries have typically been reviewed in September or October of each year for each Named Executive Officer based on company performance, cost-of-living adjustments, and personal performance. Any resulting base salary adjustments typically occur in November. Base salaries are also re-evaluated at the time of any promotion or significant change in job responsibilities. Historically, base salary review has been made by the informal compensation committee for each of the Named Executive Officers other than the CEO and the CFO, by our CEO for our CFO, and by the FII Board (less the CEO) for our CEO. Under the terms of Mr. Mosing’s current employment agreement, his base salary can be increased, but generally not decreased (except in response to unusual economic conditions and only if the reduction is consistent with the percentage reduction applied to other executive employees), following review and determination by the FII Board, which review was historically required to occur annually or more frequently from time to time in the discretion of the FII Board. Under the terms of the current employment agreements for Messrs. Gilbert and Webre, “base compensation” (defined as including salary, bonus, automobile allowance, and benefits accrued as of the effective date of the agreements) shall not be reduced during any annual review except by mutual agreement of the parties. In November, our annual base salary review resulted in implementation of the following base salary adjustments for each of our Named Executive Officers: $762,023 for Mr. Mosing; $307,743 for Mr. Margavio; $355,446 for Mr. Walker; $409,164 for Mr. Gilbert; and $378,446 for Mr. Webre.

In connection with this offering, we anticipate that the informal compensation committee of our existing board of directors (and the FII Board, less our CEO, with respect to the CEO) will analyze the appropriateness of the base salary for each of our Named Executive Officers in light of the base salaries of the peer group we identify with the assistance of Meridian, both on a stand-alone basis and as a component of total compensation. We expect that this review will result in the establishment of the following annual base salaries for our Named Executive Officers, to be effective upon the closing of the offering: $950,000 for Mr. Mosing; $350,000 for Mr. Margavio; $375,000 for Mr. Walker; $409,164 for Mr. Gilbert; and $378,446 for Mr. Webre. In the future, we expect our supervisory board will review base salaries on an annual basis to determine if the company’s financial and operating performance, as well as the executive officer’s personal performance and the cost of living factor, support any adjustment to the executive’s base salary. The employment agreements for each of our Named Executive Officers will provide that base salary may be increased, but generally not decreased (except by up to 10% as part of similar reductions applicable to all similarly situated executives) by the supervisory board.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cash Bonus

Our annual bonus program is intended to reward our executives for personal and company performance. Generally, in determining the amount of each executive’s annual bonus, we have previously considered company growth and earnings for the year, as well as the employee’s performance, the employee’s past bonus compensation, and market compensation. While each of these factors has been taken into account, our CEO has historically had full discretion to award any level of annual bonus, including awarding no bonus, to each of the other Named Executive Officers. In contrast, Mr. Mosing’s current employment agreement provides that his annual bonus will be equal to at least 2% of our annual EBITDA. Going forward, Mr. Mosing’s employment agreement will not provide for a bonus based upon our annual EBITDA, or any other single performance metric.

The determination of the amount of any annual bonus that will be paid to a Named Executive Office has historically been made by our CEO with respect to the other four Named Executive Officers and by the FII Board (less our CEO) with respect to Mr. Mosing (subject to the minimum annual bonus required by Mr. Mosing’s existing employment agreement). Other than with respect to Mr. Mosing, annual bonuses have historically been paid in November of each year, based on performance for the fiscal year.

We intend to continue to provide annual incentive cash bonuses to reward achievement of financial or operational goals so that total compensation reflects actual company and individual performance. Following the conclusion of our informal compensation committee’s review of our compensation policies with data supplied by Meridian, our annual bonus program may significantly change. We expect that our compensation committee or supervisory board may establish performance goals (with threshold, target and maximum levels) to be used following the offering in determining cash bonuses that may become payable at threshold, target, and maximum amounts and which will align our executive officers’ compensation with the performance of the company as a whole. We expect that any such goals will be established in connection with the review of the data provided by Meridian.

Deferred Compensation Plan

We have historically offered long-term incentives to each of our Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Mosing (whose long-term incentives are achieved through his ownership interests) through discretionary company contributions under our Deferred Compensation Plan. These contributions vest in full after five years and serve as a long-term retention tool. Historically, each April, our informal compensation committee recommends for approval by the CEO the amount of the discretionary company contribution to be made on behalf of each Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Mosing, and this amount is contributed to the applicable Named Executive Officer’s Deferred Compensation Plan account each May. Going forward, we expect that our supervisory board will make these determinations. While Mr. Mosing is eligible, under the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan, to receive a company contribution in our discretion, we have not historically credited him with any such contributions under this plan.

The Deferred Compensation Plan also allows each Named Executive Officer, including Mr. Mosing, to elect to defer a percentage of his compensation (defined as the Named Executive Officer’s base salary, bonus, commission, and any other cash or equity-based compensation approved by the plan’s administrative committee) until the executive’s termination of employment or until a future date specified by the executive at the time of his deferral election.

To create additional incentives for our executive officers to continue to grow our company, we are in the process of evaluating a formal long-term incentive plan and an employee stock purchase plan intended to satisfy the requirements of section 423 of the Code (“ESPP”), both of which we intend to adopt in connection with this offering. We expect that both the ESPP and the long-term incentive plan will be adopted by our existing board and approved by our stockholders prior to the completion of this offering. We believe that having an equity component to our compensation program is vital to align our executive officers’ interests with our equity holders’

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

interests through shared ownership, and the new employment agreements we intend to execute with each of our Named Executive Officers are expected to allow awards to be granted to each Named Executive Officer under the long-term incentive plan, as determined by our supervisory board (or a designated committee thereof), in its sole discretion.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Based on our discussions with Meridian, we expect to adopt an omnibus long-term incentive plan (the “LTIP”) that will provide for the grant of a variety of awards. We anticipate that in connection with or after the closing of this offering, the supervisory board will grant restricted stock unit awards to certain of our employees (including the Named Executive Officers) that are key to our operations, as well as to our supervisory board’s outside directors, pursuant to the LTIP described below. Concurrently with this offering, we expect to grant stock-settled Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) to our officers and employees valued at an aggregate of $75,000,000 under our LTIP. This will include RSUs granted to our Named Executive Officers in the following amounts: For our CEO, an RSU award valued at $25,000,000, with the number of RSUs subject to the award calculated based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, and for the remaining Named Executive Officers (as well as one other executive officer), RSU awards valued at a total of $12,500,000 for the entire group (with the total number of RSUs being granted to this group determined under the same formula as described above for the CEO, and with each executive officer’s individual RSU allocation being determined by our CEO). Based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the RSUs to be granted to our officers and employees will represent an aggregate of approximately          shares of common stock, including RSUs representing approximately          shares of common stock to be granted to our CEO and RSUs representing approximately          shares of common stock to be granted to the remaining Named Executive Officers (as well as one other executive officer). It is expected that the initial RSU awards to our CEO and the Named Executive Officers (as well as one other executive officer) will vest ratably over a five-year period, and the initial RSU awards granted to our other officers and employees will vest ratably over a three-year period. We anticipate that any such equity awards granted to our officers and outside directors in the future will be subject to time-based vesting; however, except as described above with respect to the initial grants made to our Named Executive Officers in connection with this offering, the board has not yet made final determinations as to the number of awards to be granted, when the awards will be granted, or the schedule on which the awards will become vested. A form of the award agreement that is expected to be used for these grants has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The description of the LTIP set forth below is a summary of the expected material features of the plan. This summary, however, does not purport to be a complete description of all the provisions of the LTIP that we intend to adopt. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the LTIP, a form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Because the LTIP has not yet been adopted, the description below merely reflects current expectations with respect to the terms and conditions of the LTIP. The terms and conditions described below should be read in that context and remain subject to change unless and until we adopt the LTIP.

Overview

The LTIP will provide us with the flexibility to make grants of stock options (both incentive stock options and options that do not constitute incentive stock options), restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, performance awards, annual incentive awards, bonus stock awards, or other stock-based awards. All officers and employees of FINV or its subsidiaries, as well as other individuals who provide services to us or our subsidiaries (including directors), will be eligible to receive awards under the LTIP. The LTIP will expire upon the earlier of (i) its termination by our supervisory board, (ii) the date common stock is no longer available under the LTIP for grants of awards, or (iii) the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the LTIP.

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Administration of LTIP

The LTIP will initially be administered by our supervisory board or a designated committee thereof (the “Committee”). Under the terms of the LTIP, the Committee will have the power to (1) adopt, amend, and rescind administrative and interpretative rules and regulations relating to the LTIP, (2) determine which eligible individuals will be granted awards under the LTIP and the time or times at which such awards will be granted, (3) determine the amount of cash and/or the number of shares of common stock that will be subject to each award under the LTIP, (4) determine the terms and provisions of each award agreement, (5) accelerate the time of vesting or exercisability of any award that has been granted under the LTIP, (6) construe the respective award agreements and the LTIP, (7) make determinations of the fair market value of the common stock pursuant to the LTIP, (8) delegate its duties under the LTIP (including, but not limited to, the authority to grant awards) to such agents as it may appoint from time to time and (9) make all other determinations, perform all other acts, and exercise all other powers and authority necessary or advisable for administering the LTIP, including the delegation of those ministerial acts and responsibilities as the Committee deems appropriate.

Shares Available for Awards Under the LTIP

Pursuant to the LTIP, we expect the aggregate maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the LTIP will not exceed 20,000,000. Shares of common stock cancelled, settled in cash, forfeited, or withheld to satisfy exercise prices or tax withholding obligations will be available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The common stock delivered pursuant to such awards may be common stock acquired in the open market or acquired from any affiliate or other person, or any combination of the foregoing, as determined in the discretion of the Committee. Further, we expect that the following limitations will apply with respect to awards granted under the LTIP to the extent the awards will be subject to the restrictions under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) that apply to compensation paid following the reliance period described in Treasury Regulation §1.162-27(f) and granted to a “covered employee” as defined under section 162(m) of the Code:

 

   

The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to awards denominated in shares of our common stock granted to any one individual during any one calendar year in the term of the LTIP (excluding awards granted in connection with this offering) may not exceed 2,500,000 shares; and

 

   

A maximum amount of $50,000,000 may be granted to any one individual during any calendar year with respect to awards either designated to be paid only in cash or for which the settlement is not based on a number of shares of our common stock (with such value determined on the date of grant).

The LTIP will provide that if we effect a subdivision or consolidation or an extraordinary cash dividend on the shares of our common stock, the number of shares of stock subject to the award, and the purchase price thereunder (if applicable) will be proportionately adjusted. If we recapitalize, reclassify, or otherwise change our capital structure, outstanding awards will be adjusted so that the award will thereafter cover the number and class of shares to which the holder would have been entitled if he had been the holder of record of the shares covered by such award immediately prior to the recapitalization, reclassification, or other change in our capital structure. Further, the aggregate number of shares available under the LTIP and the individual award limitations described above will also be appropriately adjusted.

Types of LTIP Awards

At the discretion of our Committee, we expect that awards under the LTIP may be granted in the forms described below. Each award will be evidenced by an award agreement setting forth the specific terms and conditions applicable to the award.

Options. The LTIP will provide for the granting of incentive stock options or options that do not constitute incentive stock options. The Committee will determine the terms of any stock options granted under the LTIP,

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

including the purchase price and when such options become vested and exercisable. The Committee will also determine the term of each option (up to a maximum term of 10 years), the time at which an option may be exercised, and the method by which payment of the purchase price may be made.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The Committee will determine the terms of any stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become vested and exercisable and whether to pay the appreciation in cash, in shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof. The term of each stock appreciation right may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock. Pursuant to a grant of restricted stock, shares of our common stock may be issued or delivered to participants, subject to certain restrictions on the disposition thereof and certain obligations to forfeit the shares to us as may be determined in the discretion of the Committee. The restrictions on disposition and the forfeiture restriction for restricted stock may lapse at such times and under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements) or in such installments as the Committee may determine. The recipient may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of the shares until the expiration of the restriction period. However, upon the issuance of shares of our common stock pursuant to a restricted stock award, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, the holder will have all the rights of a holder of our common stock with respect to the shares, including the right to vote the shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the shares. Dividends made on restricted stock may or may not be subjected to the same vesting provisions as the restricted stock, depending on the terms of the award agreement pursuant to which the restricted stock award is granted.

Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit is a notional share of our common stock that entitles the grantee to receive a share of our common stock upon the vesting of the restricted stock unit or, in the discretion of the Committee, the cash equivalent to the value of a share of our common stock. The Committee may determine to make grants of restricted stock units under the LTIP to participants containing such terms as it determines. The Committee will determine the period over which restricted stock units granted to participants will vest. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may vest over time, pursuant to performance criteria, or based on a combination of service and performance.

Dividend Equivalents. The Committee, in its discretion, may grant dividend equivalent rights (either in tandem to other awards or on a stand-alone basis) that entitle the holder to receive cash, shares of our common stock, or other awards equal to any dividends made on a specified number of shares of common stock.

Performance and Annual Incentive Awards. For awards granted under the LTIP that are based upon performance criteria specified by the Committee, the Committee will establish the maximum number of shares of common stock subject to, or the maximum value of, each performance award and the performance period over which the performance applicable to the award will be measured. The performance measures to which a performance award are subject will be determined by the Committee and will be based on one or more of the following performance measures: (1) earnings per share; (2) increase in revenues; (3) increase in cash flow; (4) increase in cash flow from operations; (5) increase in cash flow return; (6) return on net assets; (7) return on assets; (8) return on investment; (9) return on capital; (10) return on equity; (11) economic value added; (12) operating margin; (13) contribution margin; (14) net income; (15) net income per share; (16) pretax earnings; (17) pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization; (18) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, service fees, and extraordinary or special items; (19) total stockholder return; (20) debt reduction; (21) market share; (22) change in the fair market value of our common stock; (23) operating income; (24) objective safety measures such as the total recordable incident rate or the lost time incident rate; (25) other objective measures related to completion of projects; and (26) any of the above goals determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee, including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of comparable companies. Any of these metrics may be subject to adjustment as provided in the LTIP.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Payment of a performance award may be made in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. The Committee may establish a performance pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more criteria set forth above during the given performance period (which may be a single calendar year or multiple years). The Committee may specify the amount of a performance pool as a percentage of any of such criteria, a percentage in the excess of a threshold amount, or as another amount which need not bear a strictly mathematical relationship to such criteria.

Bonus Stock Awards. Bonus stock awards are unrestricted shares of our common stock that are subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. They need not be subject to performance criteria or objectives or to forfeiture.

Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee, in its discretion, may also grant to participants an award denominated or payable in, referenced to, or otherwise based on or related to the value of our common stock.

Change in Control

The LTIP will provide that, upon a “change in control” (as defined in the LTIP), the Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting and exercise date of options and stock appreciation rights, cancel options and stock appreciation rights and cause us to make payments in respect thereof in cash or adjust the outstanding options and stock appreciation rights as appropriate to reflect the change in control. In addition, under the LTIP, upon the occurrence of a change in control, the Committee will be permitted to fully vest any awards then outstanding (including restricted stock, restricted stock units, and performance awards) or make such other adjustments to awards as it deems appropriate.

Amendment and Termination of the LTIP

Our supervisory board, in its discretion, will be permitted to terminate the LTIP at any time with respect to any shares of our common stock for which awards have not been granted. Our supervisory board will also be permitted to alter or amend the LTIP or any part thereof or award thereunder from time to time; provided that no change to the LTIP or such award may be made that would materially impair the rights of a participant with respect to any previously granted and outstanding award without the consent of the applicable participant. To the extent any amendment to the LTIP requires stockholder approval pursuant to any applicable federal or state law or regulation or the rule of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our common stock may then be listed or quoted, including any increase in any share limitation, such amendment will be subject to the approval of our stockholders. No awards may be granted under the LTIP on or after the tenth anniversary of its effective date.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

As described above, we expect that our supervisory board will adopt an ESPP and that our existing shareholders will approve such plan prior to the completion of this offering, in order to enable eligible employees (including our Named Executive Officers) to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount following the date of this offering. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. This ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase under section 423 of the Code. We expect to reserve a maximum of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the ESPP, subject to appropriate adjustments to reflect changes in our common stock caused by certain events like stock splits or a change in control. The number of shares of stock that may be granted to any single participant in any single option period will be subject to certain limitations set forth in the plan.

Severance Benefits

We currently maintain employment agreements with all of our Named Executive Officers other than Messrs. Margavio and Walker. Mr. Mosing’s employment agreement includes an initial term of six years, with

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

automatic extensions for additional one-year periods unless either party provides at least 90 days advance written notice of its intent to terminate the employment relationship as of the end of the term. Under this automatic renewal feature, Mr. Mosing’s employment agreement has currently been extended through December 31, 2013. Mr. Gilbert and Mr. Webre have entered into an employment agreement with an initial term of three years, with automatic extensions on a month-to-month basis until either party provides at least 10 days advance written notice of its intent to terminate the Agreement. These two executives have concluded their initial terms and are currently under monthly renewal.

The employment agreements for these three Named Executive Officers contain certain severance protections that are described in more detail below in “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control.” Generally, the executives who are a part of these agreements are entitled to receive, upon a qualifying termination of employment, cash payments of up to three times the sum of the executive’s base salary and bonus and continued medical care coverage for a specific post-termination period. In addition, Mr. Mosing is entitled to accelerated vesting of any outstanding incentive compensation or stock option awards.

We believe that severance protection provisions create important retention tools for us, as post-termination payments allow employees to leave our employment with value in the event of certain terminations of employment that were beyond their control. Post-termination payments allow management to focus their attention and energy on making the best objective business decisions that are in our interest without allowing personal considerations to cloud the decision-making process. In addition, the employment agreements preclude the executives from soliciting employees or competing with us for a period of two years following termination of employment (one year in the case of Mr. Mosing). In connection with the review performed by Meridian, we have evaluated the employment agreements and severance provided to determine whether the agreements will meet our requirements as a public company. Based on this review, we intend that all of our Named Executive Officers will enter into new employment agreements meeting these requirements in connection with this offering. We anticipate that, under the new employment agreements, each Named Executive Officer will be entitled to certain severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment, as described in more detail below in “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control.” We anticipate that the new employment agreements will continue to preclude the executives, including Mr. Mosing, from soliciting employees or competing with us for a period of two years following termination of employment.

Perquisites and Other Compensation Elements

We offer participation in broad-based retirement, health and welfare plans to all of our employees. We currently maintain a plan intended to provide benefits under section 401(k) of the Code where employees are allowed to contribute portions of their base compensation into a retirement account (the “401(k) Plan”). We provide a matching contribution at the rate of 75% of the first $4,000 deferred by an employee (i.e., up to $3,000 in matching contributions). Our 401(k) Plan is designed to encourage all employees, including the participating Named Executive Officers, to save for the future.

We have historically provided limited perquisites for our Named Executive Officers. We believe that providing perquisites such as an automobile allowance, and in some cases, club dues, is an important component of compensation and necessary to compete for top management. However, our perquisite practice is also being re-evaluated as part of our compensation evaluation process with Meridian. Under the new employment agreements that we intend to adopt for each of our Named Executive Officers, we anticipate that each Named Executive Officer will receive the benefit of a life insurance policy providing an aggregate death benefit of not less than $1,000,000 and that Mr. Mosing will also be entitled, during the term of his employment, to personal use of corporate aircraft, subject to certain annual limitations and other restrictions, as well as to continued payment of monthly country club dues.

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

How Elements of Our Compensation Program Are Related to Each Other

The approximate allocation of compensation elements in the 2012 compensation packages for each Named Executive Officer is as follows:

 

    Donald Keith Mosing     Mark G. Margavio     W. John Walker     Robert R. Gilbert     C. Michael Webre  

Base Salary

    8     54     28     57     56

Bonus or Annual Cash Incentive Awards

    92     34     57     32     33

Deferred Compensation Plan Contributions

           9     13     8     8

Perquisites and other compensation

    *     3     2     3     3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100     100     100     100     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

* Represents less than 1%

Following our review of our compensation programs with Meridian, we expect that these allocations may change.

Accounting and Tax Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Code limits the deductibility of certain compensation expenses in excess of $1,000,000 to certain of our executive officers in any fiscal year. Compensation that is “performance based” is excluded from this limitation. For compensation to be “performance based,” it must meet certain criteria, including being payable only upon the attainment of predetermined, objective performance goals based upon performance criteria approved by our stockholders and having such goals be established and the attainment of which certified by a committee of our supervisory board that consists only of “outside directors.” While the tax impact of any compensation arrangement is one factor to be considered, such impact is evaluated in light of our overall compensation philosophy and objectives. We believe that maintaining the discretion to evaluate the performance of our executive officers is an important part of our responsibilities and benefits our public stockholders, and therefore, we may award compensation to our Named Executive Officers that is not fully deductible if we determine that such compensation is consistent with our compensation philosophy and benefits our stockholders. Regardless, section 162(m) of the Code provides that certain compensation of corporations which are privately held and which become publicly held in an initial public offering will not be subject to the deduction limitations of section 162(m) for a transition period following such initial public offering. We anticipate that our annual bonuses and certain awards of equity compensation may satisfy the requirements of this exception during the transition period.

Section 409A of the Code requires that “nonqualified deferred compensation” be deferred and paid under plans or arrangements that satisfy the requirements of the statute with respect to the timing of deferral elections, timing of payments, and certain other matters. Failure to satisfy these requirements can expose employees and other service providers to accelerated income tax liabilities and penalty taxes and interest on their vested compensation under such plans. Accordingly, as a general matter, it is our intention to design and administer our compensation and benefits plans and arrangements for all of our employees and other service providers, including our executive officers, so that they are either exempt from, or satisfy the requirements of, section 409A of the Code.

Any equity awards that may be granted to our employees, including our executive officers, pursuant to the long-term incentive plan we intend to adopt in connection with the offering will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements, based upon the applicable accounting guidance, at fair market value on the grant date in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718, “Compensation–Stock Compensation.”

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Risk Assessment

Our existing board of directors has reviewed our compensation policies as generally applicable to our employees and believes that our policies do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk-taking and that the level of risk that they do encourage is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, the following specific factors, in particular, reduce the likelihood of excessive risk-taking:

 

   

our overall compensation levels are competitive with the market; and

 

   

our compensation mix is balanced among (i) fixed components, like salary and benefits, and (ii) annual incentives that reward our overall financial and business performance, business unit financial performance, operational measures, and individual performance.

In summary, although a portion of the compensation provided to our Named Executive Officers may be based on our performance and on the individual successes of the employee, we believe our compensation programs do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk-taking by executive officers (or other employees) because these programs are designed to encourage employees to remain focused on both our short- and long-term operational and financial goals. Further, facets of compensation that incentivize our executives but mitigate risk-taking will be one of the many factors considered by our informal compensation committee and the FII Board during its review of our current compensation programs and during the design of new programs that may become effective in connection with this offering. In the future, the compensation committee or our supervisory board will seek to ensure that any changes made to our compensation programs following the completion of this offering do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk-taking and that any level of risk that they do encourage is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

Stock ownership guidelines have not currently been implemented for our Named Executive Officers or directors. We will continue to periodically review best practices and re-evaluate our position with respect to stock ownership guidelines.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The table below sets forth the annual compensation earned during 2012 by our “Named Executive Officers,” as of December 31, 2012:

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
    Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)(4)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(5)
    Total ($)  

Donald Keith Mosing

Chairman of the supervisory board, Director, Chief Executive Officer and President

    2012        746,782               9,050,000        547,069        30,825        10,374,676   

Mark G. Margavio

Chief Financial Officer

    2012        287,239        184,000               68,935        66,000        606,174   

W. John Walker

Vice President of International

Operations

    2012        223,730        450,000               91,881        113,000        878,611   

Robert R. Gilbert

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer – U.S. Services and Pipe and Products

    2012        382,354        212,100               62,247        72,662        728,363   

C. Michael Webre

Vice President of Engineering

    2012        361,340        213,000               32,367        66,000        672,707   

 

(1) The amounts reflected in this column include total annual salary for 2012, regardless of whether any of these amounts were deferred under our deferred compensation arrangements.

 

(2) The amounts reflected in this column are the discretionary cash bonuses that were paid in November 2012 with respect to 2012.

 

(3) The amount reflected in this column for Mr. Mosing reflects the performance-based bonus amount for 2012, which is based on a percentage of our EBITDA for the year. This amount was settled in December 2012 based on year-end EBITDA projections.

 

(4) The amounts reflected in this column reflect the portion of the earnings that accrued under the Deferred Compensation Plan in 2012 that were determined to be above-market or preferential under the SEC’s rules, using 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate as the reference rate.

 

(5) The amounts reflected in this column include the specific items reflected in the following table. The annual perquisite amounts include an automobile allowance for each named executive officer ($12,000), the expensing of gasoline purchases and tolls for the executive’s personal use of his car ($1,000), and for Messrs. Mosing and Gilbert, the payment of monthly country club dues (annualized at $14,825 and $5,662, respectively).

 

     Company
Contributions
Under Deferred

Compensation
Plan

($)
     Employer
Matching
Contributions
Under 401(k)
Plan

($)
     Perquisites
($)
     Total ($)  

Donald Keith Mosing

             3,000         27,825         30,825   

Mark G. Margavio

     50,000         3,000         13,000         66,000   

W. John Walker

     100,000                 13,000         113,000   

Robert R. Gilbert

     50,000         3,000         18,662         71,662   

Michael Webre

     50,000         3,000         13,000         66,000   

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2012

 

     Estimated Future  Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan Awards
 

Name

   Target  

Donald Keith Mosing (1)

   $   

Mark G. Margavio

       

W. John Walker

       

Robert R. Gilbert

       

C. Michael Webre

       

 

(1) Pursuant to the terms of his current employment agreement, Mr. Mosing was entitled in 2012 to an annual bonus award in an amount equal to 2% of our EBITDA for the year. This amount was not subject to any threshold or maximum levels, and since we did not establish an EBIDTA target for the year, there was accordingly, no targeted bonus amount for Mr. Mosing.

Narrative Description to the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for the 2012 Fiscal Year

Employment Agreements. As noted above, three of our Named Executive Officers are currently party to an employment agreement with us. Under these employment agreements, Messrs. Mosing, Gilbert, and Webre are entitled to certain base salary, annual bonus payment, and perquisite protections. For example, in each of these employment agreements, the Named Executive Officer’s base compensation can generally be increased but not decreased during the term of the employment agreements. For this purpose, “base compensation” is defined in the employment agreements of Messrs. Gilbert and Webre as including the executive officer’s salary, annual bonus, automobile allowance, and other accrued benefits as of the effective date of the agreement. In addition, Mr. Mosing’s Employment Agreement currently provides for an annual bonus that is equal to 2% of our EBITDA for the year, which annual bonus can never be less than the percentage of base salary awarded to any other executive officer as a bonus for the same year. Finally, each of these executive officers is also entitled to a monthly automobile allowance under their employment agreements. However, as discussed in the “Compensation Discussion & Analysis” section above, it is expected that these Named Executive Officers will enter into new employment agreements in connection with this offering that will supersede the existing arrangements.

Grants of Plan Based Awards. We previously have not maintained an equity compensation plan and accordingly did not grant any equity-based compensation awards to any Named Executive Officer for 2012. The only grant of any plan-based awards that was made for 2012 was for Mr. Mosing’s annual bonus award, which is described in more detail in the note to the Grants of Plan Based Awards table.

Pension Benefits

We maintain the 401(k) Plan for our employees, including our Named Executive Officers, as well as the Deferred Compensation Plan, but at this time, we do not sponsor or maintain a pension plan for any of our employees.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

   Executive
Contributions in
Last FY ($)(1)
     Registrant
Contributions in
Last FY ($)(2)
     Aggregate
Earnings in Last
FY ($)(3)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions ($)(4)
     Aggregate
Balance at Last
FYE ($)(5)
 

Donald Keith Mosing

     214,211         —           757,609                 7,882,581   

Mark G. Margavio

     10,000         50,000         85,357         9,890         653,938   

W. John Walker

     360,000         100,000         128,172                 1,596,267   

Robert R. Gilbert

     83,548         50,000         87,498                 1,009,260   

C. Michael Webre

     30,000         50,000         44,215                 486,171   

 

(1) The amounts reflected in this column are included in the Summary Compensation Table as part of the executive officer’s base salary and/or bonus. Participants may elect to defer up to 75% of their base salary and up to 100% of bonus, commissions, or any such other cash or equity-based compensation as may be approved for deferral by the plan’s administrative committee.

 

(2) The amounts reported in this column are included in the Summary Compensation Table (see the “All Other Compensation” table in Note 4 to the Summary Compensation Table). Company contributions are credited to participant accounts from year to year at the sole discretion of the employer and vest in full (along with related earnings on these contributions) after 5 years of credited service.

 

(3) This column represents the aggregate earnings for 2012 for each Named Executive Officer’s account under the plan and includes earnings on the executive’s elective deferrals (which earnings are 100% vested), as well as on the company’s discretionary contributions (which earnings are subject to a five-year vesting schedule). Earnings are calculated based on the executive’s elections from available deemed investment options offered under the plan. The deemed investment options are selected by the plan’s administrative committee, which can add or remove deemed investment options from the plan’s menu from time to time. Participants can select and change their deemed investment allocations at any time.

 

(4) This column reflects the aggregate withdrawals or distributions from the plan for each Named Executive Officer in 2012. Distributions are made in accordance with the Named Executive Officer’s distribution elections; participants can elect to receive distributions upon retirement or other termination of employment or upon a specified future date. Upon the officer’s death or disability, all amounts credited to the participant under the plan are accelerated and paid out. Amounts may also be distributed on an account of an unforeseeable emergency or to comply with the terms of a qualified domestic relations order. There are various forms of payment that apply to different types of contributions and different types of payment events under the plan; these range from single lump sum payments to equal annual installments over a period from two to ten years, to a combination of forms (i.e., a partial lump sum, with the balance paid in equal annual installments over a specified number of years).

 

(5) This column reflects the dollar amount of the total balance in each Named Executive Officer’s account under the plan as of the end of 2012. Some of these amounts are attributable to company contributions and therefore remain subject to the vesting requirements described in Note 2 to this table above.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control

Current Employment Agreements

Under the terms of Mr. Mosing’s current employment agreement, upon a termination by the company without “good cause” (as such term is defined below), the executive is entitled to continue to receive his full salary and benefits (including payment of any annual bonuses) for a period of three years following his termination date, and any outstanding incentive or stock option awards held by the executive will become immediately vested. If Mr. Mosing’s employment is terminated by us without good cause within the two-year period following a “change in control” (as such term is defined in the agreement), or if Mr. Mosing terminates employment following a change in control on account of certain events that constitute good reason under the employment agreement, then (a) he will be entitled to receive a cash lump sum payment equal to three times the

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

amount of his base salary for the year of the termination, plus three times the amount of his prior year bonus payment (which bonus amount shall be deemed to equal one-fourth of the executive’s base salary for the year in the event no bonus was awarded for the prior year), (b) he will receive continued medical care coverage (including for any covered spouse and/or dependents) for a period of three years following his termination of employment (or until the executive becomes employed by another employer sponsoring a medical plan, if earlier), along with a tax gross-up for any taxable medical benefits, and (c) any outstanding incentive compensation or stock option plan awards held by Mr. Mosing shall become immediately vested.

The employment agreements with Messrs. Gilbert and Webre provide a severance payment equal to three (3) times the sum of the executive’s base salary, automobile allowance, annual bonus, and benefits accrued on the effective date of the agreement upon a termination of employment by us without “cause” (as such term is defined below), plus payment of COBRA premiums for 12 months following the termination of employment. If the executive resigns for “good reason” (as such term is defined below) within three years following a “change of control” (as such term is defined below), he is entitled to continue receiving his base compensation in accordance with the company’s standard payroll practices until the earlier of 12 months following termination of employment or the date that the executive commences full-time employment with another employer (and to also receive payment of COBRA premiums during this same period). If the executive’s employment is terminated due to his death or “disability” (as such term is defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to his pro-rata portion of the annual bonus for the year of such termination, based on his length of service in such year.

The following terms are defined under the current employment agreements for Messrs. Mosing, Gilbert, and Webre, as described below:

 

   

“Good Cause” includes the following circumstances under Mr. Mosing’s employment agreement, if such circumstances (other than item (a) below) are not cured within 10 business days following written notice from the board that describes the failure in reasonable detail and indicates the steps the employer requires as part of its cure: (a) conviction of either a felony involving moral turpitude or any crime in connection with the executive’s employment with us that causes us a substantial detriment (does not include traffic offenses), (b) actions or inactions that clearly are contrary to our best interests; (c) the executive’s willful failure to take lawful actions that are necessary for implementation of any policies established by our board that have been communicated to the executive in writing or that are reflected in the meeting minutes of any board meeting that executive has attended; (d) executive’s continued failure to attend to his duties as an executive officer, following written notice from the board regarding this failure; or (e) any condition that resulted from the executive’s substantial dependence on alcohol, any narcotic drug, or any other controlled or illegal substance.

 

   

“Cause” includes the following circumstances under the employment agreements for each of Messrs. Gilbert’s and Webre: (a) misconduct; (b) misappropriation of our assets; (c) conviction of, or a plea of guilty or no contest to, any felony under any federal or state laws; (d) commission of the act of any fraud against or appropriation of any property belonging to us; (e) a material breach of any confidentiality or proprietary information agreement between the executive and our company; and (f) continued unsatisfactory performance after being provided a written warning and at least 30 days to improve performance.

 

   

“Good reason” shall exist under Mr. Mosing’s termination if, following a change in control, any of the following occur, as compared to such circumstances existing prior to the change in control: (a) a reduction of the executive’s base salary or potential bonus level or any incentive compensation or stock option plan benefit; (b) a relocation of the executive’s office (or of the principal executive office) to a location that is more than 35 miles from the prior location; (c) requiring the executive to travel to a substantially greater extent to perform the same duties; (d) failing to provide the executive with substantially equivalent benefits as those enjoyed by the executive under the company’s health and welfare programs, disability plans, and incentive compensation or stock option plans in which the executive was previously participating; (e) materially reducing any such benefits or depriving the

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

executive of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by the executive; (f) failing to provide the executive with at least the same number of paid vacation days to which the executive is entitled on the basis of years of service (giving credit for time served at prior employers); or (g) the executive’s voluntary termination of employment within two years following the change in control as a result of the executive’s good faith determination that as a result of the change in control, the executive can no longer adequately exercise the authorities, functions, or duties attached to the executive’s position as an executive officer of the company.

 

   

“Good reason” under the employment agreements of Messers. Gilbert and Webre include a resignation within 60 days of any of the following events (a) a reduction in salary or bonus; (b) a change in the executive’s position with our company or a successor company that substantially reduces the executive’s duties or responsibilities; (c) a change in title without the express written consent; or (d) a requirement that the executive relocate his place of employment outside of the United States.

 

   

“Disability” for purposes of the employment agreements for Messrs. Gilbert and Webre means the executive’s inability to carry out his material duties under the agreement for more than six months in any 12 consecutive month period as a result of his incapacity due to mental or physical illness or injury.

 

   

“Change in control” for purposes of Mr. Mosing’s employment agreement shall generally mean (a) the obtaining by any party or group of 50% or more of our voting shares pursuant to a “tender offer”; (b) members of our board fail to constitute a majority of the members of our board following a shareholder meeting that involves a contest for the election of directors; (c) we execute an agreement for the sale of all of our assets to an unrelated purchaser; (d) we adopt a plan of dissolution of liquidation; or (e) we enter into an agreement for a merger or consolidation in which we are not the surviving corporation or in which less than 50% of the surviving corporation’s outstanding voting stock is held by our prior shareholders.

 

   

“Change of control” for purposes of the employment agreements of Messrs. Gilbert and Webre shall mean (a) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of FCC, or (b) the public offering for sale of FCC’s stock.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Each of the Named Executive Officers is entitled to accelerated vesting of the amount of any unvested company discretionary contributions that have been credited to the officer’s account under the Deferred Compensation Plan upon the occurrence of the earliest of the death of the executive while actively employed, the disability of the executive, a change in control, or an involuntary termination of employment other than for cause. For purposes of this accelerated vesting provision, the following definitions apply:

 

   

“Disability” means that the participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months: (a) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, or (b) receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under one of our accident or health plans.

 

   

“Change in control” for purposes of the Deferred Compensation Plan means a change in the ownership of the employer, a change in the effective control of the employer, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the employer, all as defined under section 409A of the Code.

 

   

“Cause” means the participant’s conviction of a felony or other crime; the participant’s commission of any act against the company constituting willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud, theft, or embezzlement; the participant’s failure to perform any material services, duties, or responsibilities or to comply with the policies or procedures established by the company; the participant’s breach of any agreement entered into with the company prior to or within one year following a termination of employment; the participant’s dependence on any addictive substance; the destruction of or material change to the company’s property caused by willful or grossly negligent conduct; or the willful engaging by the participant in any other conduct that is demonstrably injurious to the company.

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following summaries and table describe and quantify the potential payments and benefits that we would provide to our Named Executive Officers in connection with a termination of employment and/or change in control, pursuant to the terms of the existing employment agreements that were in effect on December 31, 2012 for each of Messrs. Mosing, Gilbert, and Webre. Note, however, that we expect these existing Employment Agreements to be superseded by new employment agreements that are expected to be entered into in connection with this offering. Accordingly, the amounts that our Named Executive Officers may become entitled to in connection with a termination of employment and/or change in control following the offering may differ significantly from the amounts reflected in the table below:

 

Executive

   Termination of
Employment
by us Without
Cause

($)(1)
     Termination of
Employment for
Death

($)(2)
     Termination  of
Employment

by Executive for
Good Reason
following a
Change in
Control

($)(3)
     Change in
Control or
Liquidity Event
(Without a
Termination of
Employment)
($)(4)
 

Donald Keith Mosing(5)

     27,485,268         9,844,958         16,821,760         —     

Mark G. Margavio

     230,800         230,800         —           230,800   

W. John Walker

     363,840         363,840         —           363,840   

Robert R. Gilbert

     2,090,730         170,003         639,859         170,003   

C. Michael Webre

     2,010,976         179,709         610,714         179,709   

 

(1) Mr. Mosing’s termination payment includes a present value calculation on the 36-month payments. For purposes of calculating the present value, a discount rate of 5% and monthly compounding were applied, and all compensation and benefits were treated as being payable on the first of each month throughout the 36-month term beginning January 1, 2013. For Messrs. Gilbert and Webre, present value calculations (applying the same discount rate and compounding factors) were only applied to the value of the health premiums for the 12-month period because the other payments payable under their employment agreements are payable in a lump sum payment. For each of the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Mosing, the amounts in this column also include the amounts of unvested company discretionary contributions under the Deferred Compensation Plan that will become vested upon an involuntary termination without cause.

 

(2) Although the existing employment agreements for each of Messrs. Gilbert and Webre provide for a pro-rata annual bonus payment for the year of the executive officer’s termination of employment by reason of death or disability, because such termination date is assumed for purposes of this table to be December 31, 2012, and bonuses for such year were already paid in full prior to such date, no amount is included in this column for payments made under the existing employment agreements for these executive officers. Payments on account of Mr. Mosing’s death have been calculated in the form of a lump sum payment equal to the sum of his annual base salary (as in effect on December 31, 2012), his annual bonus (assuming the same annual bonus payment for 2013 as occurred for 2012), and annual car allowance; plus the present value of continued health coverage for 12 months following termination (assuming a 5% discount rate and monthly compounding). For each of the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Mosing, payments in this column also reflect the amount of their Deferred Compensation Plan contributions that will become vested upon the executive’s death or disability.

 

(3) The amount reflected in this column for Mr. Mosing is payable in a lump sum payment (except for the cost of continued health insurance coverage for a period of 36 months, which was calculated using the same present value factors described in note 1 above) and includes a tax gross-up on his medical insurance premium payments, which was calculated assuming a 35% marginal tax bracket. The amounts for Messrs. Gilbert and Webre represent the present value (using the same discount rate and compounding assumptions described in the notes above) of salary, annual bonus, automobile allowance, and health insurance coverage for a period of 12 months.

 

(4) The amounts in this column reflect the amount of company discretionary contributions to the Deferred Compensation Plan that will become vested upon a change in control.

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(5) For purposes of calculating the potential payments to Mr. Mosing upon a qualifying termination of employment, the annual bonus payment received by Mr. Mosing with respect to 2012 was used to calculate the severance amount for a termination by us without cause. In calculating the severance amount for a termination following a change in control, the annual bonus payment received by Mr. Mosing with respect to 2011 was used, as prescribed by the terms of his employment agreement, which require the prior year bonus amount to be included in the severance multiple for such circumstances.

New Employment Agreements

We intend to adopt new employment agreements for each of our Named Executive Officers that will provide for certain payments upon a qualifying termination of employment. The description of the new employment agreements set forth below is a summary of the expected material features of the agreements regarding potential payments upon termination or a change in control. This summary, however, does not purport to be a complete description of all the provisions of the agreements that we intend to enter into with the executives. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the employment agreements, forms of which for each of our CEO and our other Named Executive Officers have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Because the employment agreements have not yet been executed, the description below merely reflects current expectations with respect to the terms and conditions of the employment agreements. The terms and conditions described below should be read in that context and remain subject to change unless and until the parties execute new employment agreements.

Under the terms of the new employment agreements, we anticipate that each Named Executive Officer will be entitled to receive only the following amounts (the “Accrued Rights”) upon a termination by the company for “cause” (as such term is defined below), upon a termination of employment by reason of death, disability, or expiration of the term of the employment agreement, or upon the executive’s termination without “good reason” (as such term is defined below): (a) payment of all accrued and unpaid base salary to the date of termination, (b) reimbursement of all incurred but unreimbursed business expenses to which the executive would have been entitled to reimbursement, and (c) benefits to which the executive is entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program.

Under the terms of the new employment agreements, we anticipate that each Named Executive Officer will be entitled to receive the following amounts upon a termination by the executive for “good reason” (as such term is defined below) or by the company without “cause” (as such term is defined below): (a) the Accrued Rights; (b) any earned but unpaid annual bonus for the prior year; (c) a prorated annual bonus for the year of termination; and (d) a severance payment equal to two times (three times for Mr. Mosing, as well as for the other Named Executive Officers in the event of a termination within 12 months following a “change in control” as such term is defined below) the sum of the executive’s base salary on the date of termination and the average annual bonus for the three prior calendar years. We anticipate that Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Mosing will also be entitled to payment of COBRA premiums for 18 months for the executive and the executive’s spouse and eligible dependents.

We anticipate that the following terms will be defined under the new employment agreements for the Named Executive Officers, as described below:

 

   

“Cause” means a determination by the company that the executive (a) has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence, or misconduct in the performance of the executive’s duties to us, (b) has failed without proper legal reason to perform the executive’s duties and responsibilities to us, (c) has breached any material provision of the employment agreement or any written agreement or corporate policy or code of conduct established by us, (d) has engaged in conduct that is, or could reasonably expected to be, materially injurious to us, (e) has committed an act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, or breach of a fiduciary duty to us, or (f) has been convicted of, pleaded no contest to, or received adjudicated probation or deferred adjudication in connection with a crime involving fraud, dishonesty,

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

or moral turpitude or any felony (or a crime of similar import in a foreign jurisdiction). We anticipate that Mr. Mosing will be allowed a 30-day period to cure items (a) through (d), above.

 

   

“Good reason” means (a) a material diminution in the executive’s base salary (as defined in the employment agreements), other than as a part of one or more decreases that (i) shall not exceed, in the aggregate, more than 10% of the base salary as in effect on the date immediately prior to such decrease, and (ii) are applied similarly to all of our similarly situated executives; (b) a material diminution in the executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities, including, for Mr. Mosing only, due to our engagement of an outside management firm to provide management services or a removal of Mr. Mosing from service as Chairman of the Board (except if such removal occurs due to his resignation from the board or removal by the board for “cause”); (c) for Mr. Mosing only, a requirement that he report to any corporate officer or other employee instead of reporting directly to our board; (d) the involuntary relocation of the geographic location of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 75 miles from the location of the executive’s principal place of employment as of the effective date of the employment agreement; or (e) for Mr. Mosing only, any material breach by the Company or its affiliates of its obligations under his employment agreement.

 

   

“Change in control” generally means (a) a merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets if (i) our shareholders do not continue to own at least 50% of the voting power of the resulting entity in substantially the same proportions that they owned our equity securities prior to the transaction or event or (ii) the members of our board immediately prior to the transaction or event do not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the resulting entity immediately after the transaction or event; (b) the dissolution or liquidation of the company; (c) when any person, entity, or group (other than members of the Mosing family and/or related persons or entities) acquires or gains ownership or control of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the company, or (d) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were members of our board immediately before such election cease to constitute a majority of the board.

Director Compensation

During 2012, we did not pay fees to members of our board. Going forward, our existing board believes that attracting and retaining qualified non-employee directors will be critical to our future value, growth, and governance. Our supervisory board also believes that the compensation package for our non-employee directors should require a significant portion of the total compensation to be equity-based to align the interests of these directors with our stockholders. Following this offering, we expect that our supervisory board will share in that belief. We have reviewed with Meridian the non-employee director compensation paid by our peer group. Based on this review, following the consummation of this offering, we expect to implement an annual retainer compensation package for the non-employee directors valued at approximately $150,000, of which $50,000 would be paid in the form of an annual cash retainer, and the remaining $100,000 would be paid in a grant of restricted stock units under the LTIP. In addition, we expect to pay the audit committee chairman and each audit committee member an annual amount of $20,000 and $10,000, respectively. We currently expect to pay meeting fees in the amount of $1,500 for attendance at each board meeting.

Directors who are also our employees will not receive any additional compensation for their service on the supervisory board.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The descriptions set forth below are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable agreements.

Limited Partnership Agreement of FICV

As a result of the transactions described in “Organizational Structure,” FINV will act as a holding company whose sole material assets will consist of indirect general and limited partnership interests in FICV. As the indirect sole shareholder of the general partner of FICV, FINV will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to FICV’s business and will consolidate the financial results of FICV and its subsidiaries.

FICV is a newly formed limited partnership that was formed to act as a holding company of various U.S. and foreign operating companies engaged in our business. Prior to this offering, our foreign operating companies have been owned directly or indirectly by FINV, and our U.S. operating companies have been owned directly or indirectly by Mosing Holdings, which is owned by members of the Mosing family. In connection with this offering, FINV will contribute all of our foreign operating subsidiaries and a portion of the proceeds from this offering to FICV, and Mosing Holdings will contribute all of our U.S. operating subsidiaries (excluding certain assets that generate a de minimis amount of revenue, including aircraft, real estate and life insurance policies) to FICV. We intend to enter into real estate lease agreements and an aviation services agreement with customary terms for continued use of the real estate and aircraft. See “—Transactions with Our Directors, Executive Officers and Affiliates.”

In exchange for this contribution (and after giving effect to this offering assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is not exercised),

(i) FINV will (indirectly) hold a     % limited partnership interest and a         % general partnership interest in FICV; and

(ii) Mosing Holdings will hold a     % limited partnership interest in FICV.

In accordance with the limited partnership agreement, net profits and net losses of FICV will be allocated to its members on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective percentage of interest in FICV. Accordingly, net profits and net losses of FICV will initially be allocated,     % to FINV (of which     % relates to the limited partnership interest and     % relates to the general partnership interest held indirectly by FINV) and     % to Mosing Holdings (or     % and     %, respectively, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full).

FINV will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on its proportionate share of FICV’s taxable income attributable to U.S. operations. FINV may also incur U.S. branch profits tax on its proportionate share of FICV’s taxable income attributable to U.S. operations. The U.S. branch profits tax is imposed on a non-U.S. corporation’s “dividend equivalent amount,” which generally consists of the corporation’s after-tax earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) that are effectively connected with the corporation’s U.S. trade or business but are not reinvested in a U.S. business. The limited partnership agreement of FICV provides for distributions to be made at the discretion of the general partner on a pro rata basis to the holders of FICV interests for purposes of funding the holders’ tax obligations with respect to the income of FICV allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of FICV allocable to a holder of FICV interests multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual resident in Louisiana.

FINV’s articles of association and FICV’s limited partnership agreement will provide for customary mechanisms to ensure that (i) FINV’s percentage interest in FICV will always equal the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares of FINV Stock represented by our outstanding common stock and (ii) Mosing

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Holding’s (together with any permitted transferee’s) percentage interest in FICV will always equal the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares of FINV common stock represented by our outstanding Series A preferred stock. In this regard, the FICV limited partnership agreement will provide that at any time FINV issues a share of its common stock, the net proceeds received by FINV with respect to such share, if any, shall be concurrently transferred to FICV and FICV will issue to FINV an additional percentage interest in FICV such that FINV’s total interest in FICV will be equal to (i) the total number of shares of FINV common stock issued and outstanding divided by (ii) the total number of issued and outstanding FINV Stock, in each case taking into account the newly issued shares of common stock. Conversely, if at any time, any shares of common stock of FINV are redeemed, FICV shall, immediately prior to such redemption, redeem a proportionate percentage of interest in FICV held indirectly by FINV, upon the same terms and for the same price, as the shares of FINV common stock are redeemed.

Mosing Holdings (or any of its permitted transferees) will have the right to convert all or a portion of its Series A preferred stock into FINV common stock by delivery to FINV of an equivalent number of FICV Portions. In connection with such conversion, Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferees will also be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to the par value of each share of Series A preferred stock so converted plus any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon.

The above mechanism is subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.

The form of limited partnership agreement of FICV is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the limited partnership agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto.

Tax Receivable Agreement

As described in “—Limited Partnership Agreement of FICV,” in the future, Mosing Holdings and its permitted transferees may exchange their FICV Portions for cash accompanied by the conversion of such shares into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications and other similar transactions (the “Exchange”). FICV intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an Exchange occurs. Pursuant to the Section 754 election, each future Exchange is expected to result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of FICV, and these adjustments will be allocated to FINV. Certain of the adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of FICV described above would not have been available absent these future Exchanges. The anticipated basis adjustments are expected to reduce the amount of tax that FINV would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These basis adjustments may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.

FINV intends to enter into the tax receivable agreement with Mosing Holdings. This agreement generally will provide for the payment by FINV of 85% of actual reductions, if any, in payments of U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax (which reductions we refer to as “cash savings”) in periods after this offering as a result of (i) the basis increases resulting from the Exchanges and (ii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by FINV as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, payments under the tax receivable agreement. In addition, the tax receivable agreement will provide for payment by FINV of interest earned from the due date (without extensions) of the corresponding tax return to the date of payment specified by the tax receivable agreement.

The payment obligations under the tax receivable agreement are FINV’s obligations and are not obligations of FICV. The term of the tax receivable agreement will commence upon the completion of this offering and will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless FINV exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the relative value of FINV’s U.S. and international assets at the time of the exchange, the price of FINV’s common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income FINV realizes in the future and the tax rate then applicable, FINV’s use of loss carryovers and the portion of its payments under the tax receivable agreement constituting imputed interest or depreciable or amortizable basis. FINV expects that the payments that it will be required to make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a substantial negative impact on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (i) the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or (ii) distributions to us by FICV are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the tax receivable agreement subsequent to the payment of taxes and other obligations. The payments under the tax receivable agreement will not be conditioned upon a holder of rights under a tax receivable agreement having a continued ownership interest in either FICV or FINV.

The tax receivable agreement provides that we may terminate it early. If FINV elects to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, it would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits subject to the tax receivable agreement (based upon certain assumptions and deemed events set forth in the tax receivable agreement, including the assumption that it has sufficient taxable income to fully utilize such benefits and that any FICV interests that Mosing Holdings or its transferees own on the termination date are deemed to be exchanged on the termination date). Any early termination payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future benefits. In addition, payments due under the tax receivable agreement will be similarly accelerated following certain mergers or other changes of control. In these situations, FINV’s obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on FINV’s liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that FINV will determine. Although FINV is not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase or other benefits arising under the tax receivable agreement, the holders of rights under the tax receivable agreement will not reimburse FINV for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any such holder will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, to such holder after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, FINV could make payments that are greater than our actual cash tax savings, if any, and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could adversely affect FINV’s liquidity.

Decisions made by Mosing Holdings and certain members of the Mosing family in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferees under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase Mosing Holdings tax liability without giving rise to any rights of Mosing Holdings to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement, if any, will be made pro rata among all parties to the tax receivable agreement entitled to payments on an annual basis to the extent we have sufficient taxable income to utilize the increased tax benefits. The availability of sufficient taxable income to utilize the increased tax benefits will not be determined until such time as the financial results for the year in question are known and tax estimates prepared, which typically occurs within 90 days after the end of the applicable calendar year.

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Payments are generally due under the tax receivable agreement within five days following the determination of the applicable tax benefit, which generally is required to occur within 60 days of the filing of FINV’s tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of interest equal to LIBOR plus 5% from the due date. Except in cases where FINV elects to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, the tax receivable agreement is terminated early due to certain mergers or other changes of control or FINV has available cash but fails to make payments when due, generally FINV may elect to defer payments under the tax receivable agreement if it does not have available cash to satisfy its payment obligations under the tax receivable agreement or if FINV’s contractual obligations limit its ability to make these payments. Any such deferred payments would accrue interest at a rate of interest equal to LIBOR plus 5%. FINV has no present intention to defer payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Because FINV is a holding company with no operations of its own, its ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreement is dependent on the ability of FICV to make distributions to it in an amount sufficient to cover FINV’s obligations under such agreements; this ability, in turn, may depend on the ability of FICV’s subsidiaries to provide payments to it. The ability of FICV and its subsidiaries to make such distributions will be subject to, among other things, the applicable provisions of Dutch law that may limit the amount of funds available for distribution and restrictions in our debt instruments. To the extent that FINV is unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid, and FINV will be prohibited from paying dividends on its common stock.

The form of the tax receivable agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the tax receivable agreement is qualified by reference thereto.

FICV Management Agreement

We will enter into an FICV management agreement with Frank’s International LP B.V., Frank’s International Management B.V. and Mosing Holdings, which constitute the partners in FICV, with respect to the operation and management of FICV in order to facilitate the activities of FINV as a publicly traded company. The FICV management agreement provides for the consent of the FICV partners to facilitate (i) FINV’s percentage interest in FICV remaining equal to the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares of FINV Stock represented by our outstanding common stock and (ii) Mosing Holdings’ (together with any permitted transferee’s) percentage interest in FICV remaining equal to the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares of FINV Stock represented by our outstanding Series A preferred stock. Please see “—Limited Partnership Agreement of FICV.”

The form of FICV management agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the FICV management agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto.

Transactions with Our Directors, Executive Officers and Affiliates

In connection with the reorganization described in “Organizational Structure,” Mosing Holdings will cause our U.S. operating subsidiaries to distribute certain assets that generate a de minimis amount of revenue, including aircraft, real estate and life insurance policies. Accordingly, these assets will not be contributed to FICV in connection with the reorganization. As a result, we intend to enter into real estate lease agreements with customary terms for continued use of the real estate, under which we will incur additional rental expense of approximately $3.8 million per year. In addition, we will enter into an aviation services agreement with customary terms for continued use of the aircraft, under which we will incur additional charter service expense of approximately $1.1 million per year.

We have engaged in transactions with certain of our directors, executive officers and affiliates. In 2012, we made distributions of two promissory notes to Ginsoma C.V. (“Ginsoma”) and FWW, which are entities

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

controlled by the Mosing family, in an aggregate amount of $484.0 million. Subsequent to its issuance, the promissory note payable to Ginsoma was assigned to FWW. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, there was an aggregate of approximately $464.0 million and $443.7 million, respectively, outstanding under the notes payable to FWW. Interest is charged on the notes at the applicable short-term monthly applicable federal rate as published by the Internal Revenue Service. The notes payable to FWW bore interest at a rate of 0.24% per annum as of March 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, $320.0 million is included in current portion of notes payable to affiliates because it is due on demand and $144.0 million and $123.7 million, respectively, is included in notes payable to affiliates on the combined balance sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we made payments of approximately $58.0 million, which consisted of $57.4 million in principal and $0.6 million in interest. Subsequent to March 31, 2013, we made a payment of approximately $28.5 million to reduce the amount outstanding under the notes payable. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full these outstanding notes payable.

In addition, in 2012, we issued a note payable to our chief executive officer, in an amount of $2.88 million in connection with a deferred bonus payment. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, there was $2.88 million outstanding under the note payable. We made no payments of principal or interest under the note payable during the year ended December 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2013, the note payable bore interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum and matures in September 2013.

In 2011, we issued various notes payable to certain members of the Mosing family in connection with our purchase of aircraft. The table below presents information regarding these notes payable:

 

Related Party

   Note
Payable
Amount
     Amount
Outstanding
at December 31,
2012
     Amount
Outstanding
at March 31,
2013
     Payments Made During the Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
                          Principal      Interest      Total  

Donald Keith Mosing – chief executive officer

   $ 1,000,000       $ 772,881       $ 725,732       $ 182,822       $ 43,633       $ 226,455   

William B. Mosing – sibling of our chief executive officer

     1,000,000         772,881         725,732         182,822         43,633         226,455   

Gregory S. Mosing – sibling of our chief executive officer

     500,000         386,440         362,866         91,411         21,817         113,228   

Sharon M. Miller – cousin of our chief executive officer

     500,000         386,440         362,866         91,411         21,817         113,228   

Alice M. Mosing – spouse of our chief executive officer

     100,000         77,288         72,573         18,282         4,363         22,645   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,100,000       $ 2,395,930       $ 2,249,769       $ 566,748       $ 135,263       $ 702,011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013, each of the notes payable bore interest at a rate 5.0% per annum and each of the notes payable matures in 2016.

We have entered into various operating leases with Mosing Land & Cattle Company of Texas, LLC, Mosing Properties LP, and Western Airways, Inc., each of which are entities owned by our chief executive officer and certain other members of the Mosing family to lease office space and aircraft from such entities. Rent expense related to these leases was $2.8 million, $2.8 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively and $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The expiration date of the operating leases currently in place ranges from 2013 to 2017, unless otherwise extended.

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, subsidiaries of Mosing Holdings, which will be a significant shareholder following this offering, had receivables totaling $5.6 million and $5.8 million, respectively, due from our chief executive officer and certain members of the Mosing family relating to amounts owed to such subsidiaries for split-dollar life insurance policy premiums that they maintain. The table below presents additional information regarding the split-dollar life insurance policy premiums:

 

Related Party

   Amount Outstanding
at December 31, 2012
     Amount Outstanding
at March 31, 2013
 

Donald Keith Mosing – chief executive officer

   $ 1,054,866       $ 1,054,866   

William B. Mosing – sibling of our chief executive officer

     1,055,584         1,055,584   

Gregory S. Mosing – sibling of our chief executive officer

     418,200         418,200   

Alice M. Mosing – spouse of our chief executive officer

     504,681         504,681   

Kirkland D. Mosing – cousin of our chief executive officer and Supervisory Director Nominee

     377,647         440,588   

Steven B. Mosing – cousin of our chief executive officer and Supervisory Director Nominee

     600,000         600,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,010,978       $ 4,073,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The receivables will be collected either directly from the executive officer, if employment terminates other than by death, or from the executive officer’s beneficiary, if employment terminates due to death of the executive officer.

In 2012, we received a death benefit payment of $4.9 million related to the passing of Larry Mosing, our chief executive officer’s uncle. In connection with the reorganization described in “Organizational Structure,” Mosing Holdings will cause our U.S. operating subsidiaries to distribute these split-dollar life insurance policies and the associated accounts receivable, such that they will not be contributed to FICV. Accordingly, upon completion of this offering, we will no longer maintain or record receivables related to these split-dollar life insurance policies.

In June 2013, Mosing Holdings made a distribution in an aggregate amount of $46.5 million to its owners.

Registration Rights Agreement

Mosing Holdings and FWW and certain of their transferees will enter into a registration rights agreement with FINV. The registration rights agreement will cover all              shares of Series A preferred stock and              shares of common stock owned by Mosing Holdings and FWW, respectively. Pursuant to this agreement, the parties to the agreement may cause FINV to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act and to maintain a shelf registration statement effective with respect to such shares.

The form of registration rights agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the registration rights agreement is qualified by reference thereto.

Voting Agreement

Mosing Holdings, FWW and certain members of the Mosing family will enter into a voting agreement pursuant to which each shareholder will agree to vote all of their shares of common stock and Series A preferred stock for the election of directors in the manner specified by a designated shareholder representative, which will initially be Keith Mosing, our chief executive officer.

The form of voting agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the voting agreement is qualified by reference thereto.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions

A “Related Party Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:

 

   

any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors;

 

   

any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock; and

 

   

any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

Our supervisory board intends to adopt a written related party transactions policy prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee will review all material facts of all Related Party Transactions and either approve or disapprove entry into the Related Party Transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions. In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a Related Party Transaction, the audit committee expects to take into account, among other factors, the following: (1) whether the Related Party Transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and (2) the extent of the Related Person’s interest in the transaction. Further, the policy would require that all Related Party Transactions required to be disclosed in our filings with the SEC be so disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock and Series A preferred stock by:

 

   

each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock or our Series A preferred stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each member of our supervisory board and management board; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The number of shares of our common stock and Series A preferred stock outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership before and after the consummation of the offering set forth below is presented as of July 15, 2013, after giving effect to the reorganization as described in “Organizational Structure.”

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to such securities. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons or entities listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them, except to the extent this power may be shared with a spouse. All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by the respective directors, executive officers, or 5% or more stockholders, as the case may be.

Unless otherwise indicated by us, the address of each person or entity named in the table is 10260 Westheimer Rd., Houston, Texas 77042.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Common Stock to be
Beneficially Owned
     Series A Preferred
Stock to be
Beneficially Owned(1)
     Percentage of Total
FINV Stock to be
Beneficially
Owned(3)
 
   Number    %(2)      Number    %(2)     

5% shareholders:

              

FWW B.V. (4)

        %            %         %   

Mosing Holdings, Inc. (5)

        %            %         %   

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

              

Donald Keith Mosing

        %            %         %   

Frank’s International Management B.V.(6)

        %            %         %   

Mark G. Margavio

        %            %         %   

W. John Walker

        %            %         %   

Robert R. Gilbert

        %            %         %   

C. Michael Webre

        %            %         %   

All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons)

        %            %         %   

 

  * Represents less than 1%.
(1) Each share of Series A preferred stock will entitle its holder to vote together with the common stock as a single class on all matters presented to FINV’s shareholders for their vote.
(2) Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional             shares of common stock.
(3) Represents percentage of voting power of our common stock and Series A preferred stock voting together as a single class.
(4)

FWW B.V. is a Dutch company with limited liability. FWW B.V. is controlled by two managing directors, including Donald Keith Mosing. As a result, Mr. Mosing is entitled to vote on decisions to vote, or to direct to vote, and to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, the shares of common stock held by FWW B.V.

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  Mr. Mosing disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. The address of FWW B.V. is Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
(5) Mosing Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware corporation owned by the Mosing Family. Mosing Holdings, Inc. is controlled by three directors, including Donald Keith Mosing and two other members of the Mosing family. Donald Keith Mosing disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest.
(6) Frank’s International Management B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary and the sole member of our management board, is controlled by two managing directors, including Donald Keith Mosing. The address of Frank’s International Management B.V. is Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The material provisions of our articles of association to be amended and restated prior to the closing of this offering and particular provisions of Dutch law relevant to our statutory existence and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code are summarized below. This summary does not restate our articles of association or relevant Dutch law in their entirety. While we believe that this summary contains all of the information about the articles of association important to your decision to subscribe for the common shares, it does not include all of the provisions that you may feel are important. The articles of association, and not this summary, will define your rights as a holder of shares of our common stock.

Authorized Capital

Our articles of association will authorize up to two classes of shares of capital stock, consisting of our common stock and our Series A preferred stock. Following the completion of this offering (assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock is not exercised), our authorized capital stock will consist of         shares, divided into:

 

Series

   Nominal Value
per Share
     Number of Shares
Authorized
   Number of Shares
Outstanding

Common stock

   0.01         

Series A preferred stock

   0.01         

Following the completion of this offering, all of our shares of Series A preferred stock will be held by Mosing Holdings, Inc.

Under Dutch law, our authorized capital stock is the maximum capital that we may issue without amending our articles of association. An amendment of our articles of association would require a resolution from the general meeting of shareholders.

Our articles of association are registered at the Trade Register in Amsterdam, and an English translation has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our file number with the Trade Register is 34241787.

Issuance of Capital Stock

Under Dutch law, we may only issue capital stock pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, unless another corporate body has been designated to do so by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders or by our articles of association.

Our management board will be designated by the articles of association for a period of five years from the closing of this offering to issue shares and grant rights to subscribe for shares up to the amount of unissued shares in our authorized capital stock, subject to the approval of our supervisory board. The designation may be extended from time to time, with periods not exceeding five years, by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders adopted with a simple majority. If authority is not delegated to another corporate body, the general meeting of shareholders may only decide to issue shares and grant rights to subscribe for shares at the proposal of the supervisory board.

Pre-Emptive Rights

Under Dutch law, in the event of an issuance of shares of common stock, each holder of common stock will have a pro rata preemptive right based on the number of shares of common stock held by such shareholder. Preemptive rights do not apply with respect to the issuance of preferred stock, or to shares of common stock issued against contributions other than in cash or shares of common stock issued to our employees or the

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

employees of one of our group companies. Our management board will be authorized by the articles of association for a period of five years from the date of the offering to limit or exclude any pre-emptive rights to which shareholders may be entitled in connection with the issuance of shares, subject to the approval of our supervisory board. The above authority to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights can only be exercised if at that time the authority to issue shares is in full force and effect. The authority to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights may be extended from time to time, with periods not exceeding five years, by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders adopted with a simple majority. If authority is not delegated to another corporate body, the general meeting of shareholders may only decide to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights at the proposal of the management board, which proposal shall be approved by our supervisory board.

Repurchase of Shares of Capital Stock

Under Dutch law, a public company with limited liability ( naamloze vennootschap ) may acquire its own shares, subject to certain provisions of Dutch law and the articles of association. We may acquire our own shares either without paying any consideration, or in the event any consideration must be paid only if (i) our shareholders’ equity less the acquisition price is not less than the sum of paid-up and called-up capital and any reserve required to be maintained by law or our articles of association, (ii) we and our subsidiaries would not thereafter hold or hold shares as a pledgee with an aggregate par value exceeding 50% of our issued capital stock and (iii) the general meeting of shareholders has authorized the management board to effect such acquisitions, subject to the approval of our supervisory board. Our shareholders will authorize the acquisition of our own shares up to the maximum number allowed under Dutch law for a period of 18 months from the date of the offering for a price per share between $0.01 and 120% of the price on the NYSE at the close of the business day prior to the day of the repurchase for the shares of common stock and for a price per share between $0.01 and 120% of the amount paid up on such shares for the Series A preferred stock.

Conversion Right

For purposes of any transfer or conversion of Series A preferred stock and limited partnership interests in FICV, our articles of association and the partnership agreement of FICV contain provisions linking each share of Series A preferred stock to a proportionate portion of the holder’s limited partnership interest in FICV, which portion at any time will equal the holder’s total limited partnership interest in FICV divided by the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock of FINV (each such portion being referred to as an “FICV Portion”). Shares of Series A preferred stock cannot be transferred unless simultaneously with an equal number of FICV Portions and vice versa.

Holders of our Series A preferred stock will have the right to convert all or a portion of their Series A preferred stock into FINV common stock by delivery to FINV of an equivalent number of FICV Portions. In connection with such conversion, Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferees will also be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to the par value of each share of Series A preferred stock so converted plus any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon.

The above mechanism is subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.

Capital Reduction

Subject to Dutch law and our articles of association, pursuant to a proposal of the management board, which proposal shall be approved by our supervisory board, the general meeting of shareholders may resolve to reduce the outstanding capital stock by cancellation of shares or by reducing the nominal value of the shares by means of an amendment to our articles of association. Dutch law requires that this resolution be adopted by an absolute majority of votes cast, or by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, if less than half of the issued capital stock is present or represented at the meeting.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Dividends

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend on our common stock of $             per share, or an aggregate of approximately $             in the aggregate on an annual basis. However, our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our management board, with the approval of our supervisory board, and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and investment opportunities. No dividends on our common stock will accrue in arrears. In addition, each share of Series A preferred stock will have a liquidation preference equal to its par value of €0.01 per share and will be entitled to an annual dividend equal to 0.25% of its par value. Based upon the number of Series A preferred shares outstanding upon completion of this offering, this amount would be $             in the aggregate. We will only be able to pay dividends from our available cash on hand and funds received from FICV. FICV’s ability to make distributions to us will depend on many factors, including the performance of our business in the future. In order to make these distributions on our common stock and Series A preferred stock, we expect that FICV will be required to distribute approximately $             million pro rata to holders of FICV interests. This aggregate amount would have represented approximately         % of our pro forma net income and         % of our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012. See “Dividend Policy” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity.”

Subject to certain exceptions, Dutch law provides that dividends may only be paid out of profits as shown in our annual financial statements as adopted by the general meeting of shareholders. Moreover, dividends may be distributed only to the extent the shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of the amount of paid-up capital and any reserves that must be maintained under the law or our articles of association. Interim dividends may be declared as provided in the articles of association and may be distributed to the extent that the shareholders’ equity exceeds the amount of the paid-up capital plus any reserves that must be maintained under the law or the articles of association as apparent from a statement of assets and liabilities prepared on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles. Interim dividends should be regarded as advances on the final dividend that a company intends to declare with respect to the ongoing financial year or—if the annual accounts have not yet been adopted—the previous financial year.

Should it be determined that any distribution made was not permitted, the shareholders or any other person entitled to profits must repay the dividends declared to the extent such shareholder or person was or ought to have been aware that the distribution was not permitted.

Pursuant to our articles of association, the management board, subject to the approval of our supervisory board, will decide what portion of our profit is to be held as reserves. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to any dividends unless declared by our management board.

General Meeting of Shareholders

Procedures and Admissions

Pursuant to our articles of association, general meetings of shareholders will be held in Amsterdam, The Netherlands in the municipality in which the company has its statutory seat, or at Schiphol ( Municipality of Haarlemmermeer ). A general meeting of shareholders shall be held at least once a year within the period required by Dutch law, which is currently no later than six months after the end of our financial year, unless our articles of association provide for a shorter period.

Extraordinary general meetings of shareholders shall be held as frequently as needed; however they must be convened by the management board and/or the supervisory board. Our management board and/or the supervisory board must give public notice of a general meeting of shareholders or an extraordinary meeting of shareholders, by at least such number of days prior to the day of the meeting as required by Dutch law, which is currently fifteen days.

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The agenda for a meeting of shareholders must contain such items as the management board, supervisory board or the person or persons convening the meeting determine. The agenda shall also include any matter, the consideration of which has been requested by one or more shareholders, representing alone or jointly with others at least such percentage of the issued capital stock as determined by Dutch law, which is currently set at one percent, or a value of at least €50 million. The request to consider such matter should have been received by us no later than on the 60th day prior to the day of the meeting accompanied by a statement containing the reasons for the request.

The agenda for the annual general meeting of shareholders shall contain, among other items, items placed on the agenda in accordance with Dutch law and our articles of association, the consideration of the annual report, the discussion and adoption of our annual accounts, our policy regarding dividends and reserves and the proposal to pay a dividend (if applicable), proposals relating to the composition of the management board and supervisory board, including the filling of any vacancies on those boards, the proposals placed on the agenda by those boards, including but not limited to a proposal to grant discharge to the members of the management board for their management and the supervisory board for their supervision during the financial year, together with the items proposed by shareholders in accordance with provisions of Dutch law and our articles of association.

Shareholders are entitled to attend our general meeting of shareholders, to address the general meeting of shareholders and to vote, either in person or represented by a person holding a written proxy. The requirement that a proxy must be in written form is also fulfilled when it is recorded electronically.

The holder of a right of usufruct or a pledgee with voting rights is entitled to request an item to be placed on the agenda of the general meeting of shareholders, to attend the general meeting of shareholders, to address the general meeting of shareholders and to vote.

Under Dutch law, shareholders’ resolutions may be adopted in writing without holding a meeting of shareholders, provided that (i) the articles of association explicitly allow such practice, (ii) all shareholders agree on this practice for decision making and (ii) all shareholders are in favor of the resolution to be adopted. Our articles of association, however, will not provide for shareholder action by written consent as it is not practicable for a listed company.

Members of the management board and supervisory board are authorized to attend general meetings of shareholders. They have an advisory vote. The general meeting of shareholders is presided over by the chairman. In the absence of the chairman, one of the other supervisory directors presides over the meeting.

Voting Rights

Under Dutch law, each share of common stock confers the right to cast one vote at the general meeting of shareholders. Each shareholder may cast as many votes as it holds shares. Pursuant to our articles of association, each share (whether common or preferred) will confer the right to cast one vote. Following the completion of this offering, the holders of our common stock and our Series A preferred stock will vote together as a single class on matters presented to the shareholders. Resolutions by the general meeting of shareholders must be adopted by an absolute majority of votes cast, unless another standard of votes and / or a quorum is required by virtue of Dutch law or our articles of association. There is no required quorum under Dutch law for shareholder action at a properly convened shareholder meeting, except in specific instances prescribed by Dutch law or our articles of association.

Each shareholder has the right to participate in, address and exercise its right to vote at the general meeting of shareholders in person or by written proxy or by electronic means of communication, subject to certain conditions for the use of electronic means of voting set by or pursuant to the articles of association.

No votes may be cast at a general meeting of shareholders on the shares held by us or our subsidiaries. Nonetheless, the holders of a right of usufruct and the holders of a right of pledge in respect of the shares held by

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

us or our subsidiaries in our capital stock are not excluded from the right to vote on such shares, if the right of usufruct or the right of pledge was granted prior to the time such shares were acquired by us or any of our subsidiaries. Neither we nor our subsidiaries may cast votes in respect of a share on which we or such subsidiary holds a right of usufruct or a right of pledge.

Under Dutch law, our management board is not required to set a record date for a general meeting to determine those shareholders that are entitled to vote at the general meeting. If our management board determines in the future to include a record date in a notice for convening a general meeting, Dutch law requires that the record date be on the 28th day prior to the date of the general meeting. Shareholders as of the record date shall be deemed entitled to attend and to vote at the general meeting. There is no specific provision in Dutch law relating to adjournment of the general meeting of shareholders.

Nomination Right

Pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association, our supervisory board will consist of up to nine members. The Mosing family will have the right to recommend one director for nomination to the supervisory board for each 10% of our outstanding common stock they collectively beneficially own, up to a maximum of five directors. Our supervisory board will nominate the remaining directors.

Shareholder Vote on Certain Reorganizations

Under Dutch law, the approval of our general meeting of shareholders is required for any significant change in the identity of us or our business.

Appraisal Rights

Subject to certain exceptions, Dutch law does not recognize the concept of appraisal or dissenters’ rights.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Under Dutch law, protective measures against takeovers are possible and permissible, within the boundaries set by Dutch law and Dutch case law.

The following resolutions and provisions of our articles of association may have the effect of making a takeover of our company more difficult or less attractive, including:

 

   

our management board, subject to the approval of our supervisory board, will be designated to issue shares and grant rights to subscribe for shares in the form of common or preferred stock, up to the amount of our authorized capital stock and to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights on shares, both for a period of five years from the date of the offering; and

 

   

shareholder action by written consent will not be permitted, thereby requiring all shareholder actions to be taken at a general meeting of shareholders.

As described above, we have adopted an anti-takeover measure providing our management board, subject to the approval of our supervisory board, with the ability to issue, without shareholder approval, preferred stock or to grant a foundation to be established the right to subscribe to preferred stock, up to a maximum equal to 100% of issued capital, other than such preferred stock, at the time of issue of the preferred stock. Preferred stock is a separate class of our equity securities. The price that will be due by the foundation for these preferred shares should equal their nominal value. It is permitted that a maximum of to 75% of the nominal value of the shares shall be paid up upon our request. As voting rights in us relate to nominal value, and common stock tends to be issued or traded against an amount (potentially significantly) in excess of nominal value, preferred stock issued against nominal value or less will have significant relative voting power. The preferred stock can accordingly be used as a defensive measure. These shares would typically have both a liquidation and dividend preferred over

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the common stock and the Series A preferred stock and otherwise accrue cash dividends at a fixed rate. Our management board, subject to the approval of our supervisory board, is authorized by our shareholders to issue these shares in the future in order to protect us from influences that do not serve our best interests and that threaten to undermine our continuity, independence and identity. These influences may result from a third party acquiring a significant amount of our shares of common stock, the announcement of a public offer or other concentration of control or any other form of unreasonable pressure exercised on us to amend our strategic polices. If it is determined to issue the preferred stock to such a foundation, the foundation’s articles of association will provide that it shall endeavor to serve our best interests, our associated business and all parties connected to us, warding off as much as possible any influences that conflict with these interests and threaten to undermine our continuity, independence and identity. This foundation shall operate independently of us.

Subject to the limits of NYSE listing rules, the preferred stock described above would vote together with the shares of common stock and the Series A preferred stock on matters submitted to shareholders for approval and have the same number of votes per share as the number of shares of common stock and the Series A preferred stock with a nominal value which in the aggregate equals the nominal value of such a preferred share. By issuing the preferred stock in the appropriate number, this antitakeover measure may result in the holders of such preferred stock having voting power equal to all issued shares of common stock and Series A preferred stock. This anti-takeover measure can be used to provide time for our management board and supervisory board to negotiate the terms of a possible transaction that is in the best interest of all our stakeholders. In the event of a hostile takeover bid, in general, our management board and supervisory board still have the duty to act in the interest of our company and all its stakeholders.

Inspection of Books and Records

The management board provides all information required by Dutch law at the general meeting of shareholders and makes the information available to individual shareholders at the office of the company with copies available upon request. The part of our shareholders’ register kept in The Netherlands is available for inspection by the shareholders.

Amendment of the Articles of Association

The general meeting of shareholders will be able to effect an amendment of the articles of association only upon a proposal of our management board, which proposal shall be approved by our supervisory board. A proposal to amend the articles of association whereby any change would be made in the rights which vest in the holders of shares in a specific class in their capacity as such, shall require the prior approval of the meeting of the holders of the shares of that specific class.

Dissolution, Merger or Demerger

The general meeting of shareholders will only be able to effect a dissolution of the company. The liquidation of the company shall be carried out by the managing directors under the supervision of the supervisory board, if and to the extent the general meeting of shareholders has not appointed one or more other liquidators.

Under Dutch law, a resolution for a legal merger ( juridische fusie ) or legal demerger ( juridische splitsing ) is adopted in the same manner as a resolution to amend the articles of association. The general meeting of shareholders may, in accordance with the relevant merger proposal by the management board, adopt a resolution for a legal merger or legal demerger by an absolute majority of the votes cast, unless less than half of the issued capital stock is present or represented at the meeting, in which case a two-thirds majority is required.

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Shareholder Suits

If a third party is liable to a Dutch company, under Dutch law generally shareholders do not have the right to bring an action on behalf of the company or bring an action on their own behalf to recover damages sustained as a result of a decrease in value, or loss of an increase in value, of their stock. Only in the event that the cause for the liability of such third party to the company also constitutes a tortious act directly against such shareholder and the damages sustained are permanent may that shareholder have an individual right of action against such third party on its own behalf to recover such damages. The Dutch Civil Code provides for the possibility to initiate such actions collectively. A foundation or an association whose objective, as stated in its articles of association, is to protect the rights of a group of persons having similar interests may institute a collective action. The collective action cannot result in an order for payment of monetary damages but may result in a declaratory judgment ( verklaring voor recht ), for example, declaring that a party has acted wrongfully or has breached fiduciary duty. The foundation or association and the defendant are permitted to reach (often on the basis of such declaratory judgment) a settlement, which provides for monetary compensation of damages. A designated Dutch court may declare the settlement agreement binding upon all the injured parties whereby an individual injured party will have the choice to opt-out within the term set by the court (at least three months). Such individual injured party may also individually institute a civil claim for damages within the aforementioned term.

Squeeze-Out

Under Dutch law, a shareholder who holds at least 95% of our issued capital for its own account may institute proceedings against the other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to the shareholder. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Division ( Ondernemingskamer ) of the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam, which may award the claim for squeeze-out in relation to all minority shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will render an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value of the shares. The court shall disallow the proceedings against all other defendants if (i) notwithstanding compensation, a defendant would sustain serious tangible loss by the transfer; (ii) the defendant is the holder of a share in which a special right of control of the company is vested under the articles of association; or (iii) a claimant has, as against a defendant, renounced his power to institute such proceedings. Once the order for transfer has become final, the acquirer must give written notice of the price and the date on which and the place where the price is payable to the minority shareholders whose addresses are known to the acquirer. Unless all addresses are known to the acquirer, it must also publish the same in a daily newspaper with nationwide distribution.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We anticipate that the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “FI.”

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon the completion of this offering, there will be         shares of common stock outstanding,          of which will be owned by FWW and          shares of Series A preferred stock that are convertible into common stock, all of which are owned by Mosing Holdings. The sale of these shares could have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock or on any trading market that may develop.

The shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. However, any shares of common stock held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of ours to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of the class of securities outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of our common stock for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares for at least six months, would be entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144 without regard to the volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144 so long as we comply with the current public information requirement for the next six months after the six-month holding period expires.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers, FWW and Mosing Holdings, have agreed not to sell any common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and extensions. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Stock Issuable Under Employee Plans

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register          shares of common stock issuable under our long-term incentive plan. This registration statement is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares issued under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.

Registration Rights

Mosing Holdings and FWW and certain of their transferees will enter into a registration rights agreement with us. Pursuant to this agreement, the parties to the agreement may cause us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act and to maintain a shelf registration statement effective with respect to such shares. For a description of the registration rights agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN NETHERLANDS INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The information given below is neither intended as tax advice nor purports to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a prospective holder of common stock. All statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions, but not as to factual matters, contained in this discussion, unless otherwise noted, are the opinions of Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.) and are based on the accuracy of representations made by us. Prospective holders of common stock are advised to consult their tax counsel with respect to the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and/or disposing of common stock.

Introduction

This taxation summary solely addresses the principal Dutch tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of common stock. It does not consider every aspect of taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder of common stock under special circumstances or who is subject to special treatment under applicable law. Where in this summary English terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts under Dutch tax law.

This summary does not address the tax consequences of a holder of common stock who is an individual, either resident or non-resident in The Netherlands, and who has a substantial interest (in Dutch: “ aanmerkelijk belang ”) in us within the meaning of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (in Dutch: “ Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001 ”). Generally, if a person holds an interest in us, such interest forms part of a substantial interest, or a deemed substantial interest, in us if any or more of the following circumstances is present:

 

  1. If he/she, either alone or, in the case of an individual, together with his/her partner (in Dutch: “ partner ”) within the meaning article 5a of the Dutch General Tax Act (in Dutch: “ Algemene wet inzake rijksbelastingen ”) in combination with article 1.2 of the Dutch Income Tax Act, if any, or pursuant to article 2.14a of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 owns or is deemed to own, directly or indirectly, either a number of shares in us representing five per cent or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, shares, whether or not already issued, representing five per cent or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or profit participating certificates (in Dutch: “ winstbewijzen ”), relating to five per cent or more of our annual profit or to five per cent of our liquidation proceeds.

 

  2. If the shares, profit participating certificates or rights to acquire shares in us are held or deemed to be held as a deemed substantial interest following the application of a non-recognition provision.

 

  3. If the partner of the holder of common stock or any of the relatives by blood or by marriage in the direct line (including foster-children) or of those of the partner of the holder of common stock has a substantial interest (as described under 1 and 2 above) in us.

For purposes of Dutch personal income tax and corporate income tax, common stock legally owned by a third party, such as a trustee, foundation or similar entity or arrangement, may under certain circumstances have to be allocated to the (deemed) settler, grantor or similar organisor (“Settlor”) or, upon the death of the Settlor, his/her beneficiaries in proportion to their entitlement to the estate of the Settlor of such trust or similar arrangement.

This summary does not address the tax consequences of holders of common stock receiving income or realizing capital gains in their capacity as future, present or past employee (in Dutch: “ werknemer ”) or member of a management board (in Dutch: “ bestuurder ”), or supervisory director (in Dutch: “ commissaris ”).

This summary is based on the tax laws and principles (unpublished case law not included) in The Netherlands as in effect on the date of this Prospectus, which are subject to changes that could prospectively or retrospectively affect the stated tax consequences. Where in this summary the terms “The Netherlands” and “Dutch” are used, these refer solely to the European part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands.

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Dividend Withholding Tax

General

We are generally required to withhold Dutch dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15% from dividends distributed by us.

The concept dividends “distributed by us” as used in this section includes, but is not limited to, the following:

 

  (a) distributions is cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of paid-in capital which is not recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

  (b) liquidation proceeds, proceeds of redemption of common stock or, as a rule consideration for the repurchase of common stock by us in excess of the average paid-in capital recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

  (c) the par value of the common stock issued to a holder of common stock or an increase of the par value of common stock, to the extent that it does not appear that a contribution, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, has been made or will be made; and

 

  (d) partial repayment of capital, which is recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, if and to the extent that there are net profits (in Dutch: “ zuivere winst ”), unless (a) the general meeting of shareholders has resolved in advance to make such repayment and (b) the par value of the shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of an amendment to our articles of association.

Holders of Common Stock Resident in The Netherlands

A Dutch resident individual (other than a non-Dutch resident individual who has elected to be treated as a resident of The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes) or a Dutch resident corporate entity, can generally credit Dutch dividend withholding tax against his/her/its Dutch income tax or his/her/its Dutch corporate income tax liability, as applicable, and is generally entitled to a refund in the form of a negative assessment of Dutch income tax or Dutch corporate income tax, as applicable, insofar such dividend withholding tax, together with any other creditable domestic and/or foreign taxes, exceeds his/her/its aggregate Dutch income tax or Dutch corporate income tax liability, respectively.

If and to the extent that such holder of common stock is eligible for the application of the participation exemption with respect to the common stock, dividends distributed by us are in principle exempt from Dutch dividend withholding tax.

An exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax and/or the availability of a credit or refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax withheld shall only apply if the holder of common stock is the beneficial owner (in Dutch: “ uiteindelijk gerechtigde ”) of dividend distributed by us. A recipient is not considered the beneficial owner of the dividend if, as a consequence of a combination of transactions,

(i) a person (other than the holder of a dividend coupon), directly or indirectly, party or wholly benefits from the dividends;

(ii) such person directly or indirectly retains or acquires a comparable interest in the common stock; and

(iii) such person is entitled to a less favourable exemption, reduction, refund or credit of dividend withholding tax than the recipient of the dividend distribution.

The term “combination of transactions” includes transactions that have been entered into in anonymity of a regulated stock market, the sole acquisition of one or more dividend coupons and the establishment of short-term rights or the common stock (e.g. usufruct).

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

An individual who is not resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands, that has elected to be treated as a resident of The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes, may be eligible for relief from Dutch dividend withholding tax on the same conditions as an individual who is a non-resident holder of common stock, as discussed below.

Holders of Common Stock Resident Outside The Netherlands

A non-resident holder of common stock, which is resident in the non-European part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands or in a country that has concluded a tax treaty with The Netherlands, may be eligible for a full or partial relief from Dutch dividend withholding tax, provided such relief is timely and duly claimed. Pursuant to domestic rules to avoid dividend stripping, Dutch dividend withholding tax relief will only be available to the non-resident holder of common stock if he/she/it is the beneficial owner of the dividends distributed by us. The Dutch tax authorities have taken the position that this beneficial ownership test can also be applied to deny relief from Dutch dividend withholding tax under tax treaties and the Tax Arrangement for the Kingdom (in Dutch: “ Belastingregeling voor het Koninkrijk ”).

In addition, a non-resident holder of common stock that is not an individual, is entitled to an exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax, provided that each of the following tests are satisfied:

 

  1. the non-resident holder of common stock is, according to the tax law of a Member State of the European Union or a state designated by a ministerial decree, that is a party to the Agreement regarding the European Economic Area, resident there and it is not transparent for tax purposes according to the tax law of such state;

 

  2. anyone or more of the following threshold conditions are satisfied:

 

  a. at the time the dividend is distributed by us, the non-resident holder of common stock holds shares representing at least five per cent of our nominal paid-up capital; or

 

  b. the non-resident holder of common stock has held shares representing at least five per cent of our nominal paid-up capital for a continuous period of more than one year at any time during four years preceding the time the dividend is distributed by us; or

 

  c. the non-resident holder of common stock is connected with us within the meaning of article 10a, paragraph 4 of the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969 (in Dutch: “ Wet op de Vennootschapsbelasting 1969 ”); or

 

  d. an entity connected with the non-resident holder of common stock within the meaning of article 10a, paragraph 4 of the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969 holds at the time of the dividends distributed by us, shares representing at least five per cent of our nominal paid-up capital;

 

  3. the non-resident holder of common stock is not considered to be resident outside the Member States of the European Union or the states designated by ministerial decree, that are party to the Agreement regarding the European Economic Area, under the terms of a tax treaty concluded with a third state; and

 

  4. the non-resident holder of common stock does not perform a similar function as an investment institution (in Dutch: “ beleggingsinstelling ”) as meant by article 6a or article 28 of the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969.

The exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax is not available to a non-resident holder of common stock if pursuant to a provision for the prevention of fraud or abuse included in a tax treaty between The Netherlands and the country of residence of the non-resident holder of common stock, the non-resident holder of common stock is not entitled to the reduction of Dutch tax on dividends provided for by such treaty. Furthermore, the exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax will only be available if the non-resident holder of common stock is the beneficial owner (as described above) of dividends distributed by us. A non-resident holder of common stock which is resident in a Member State of the European Union with which The Netherlands has concluded a tax treaty that provides for a reduction of Dutch tax on dividends based on the

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ownership of the number of voting rights, the test under 2.a. above is also satisfied if the non-resident holder of common stock owns at least five per cent of the voting rights in us.

A non-resident holder of common stock which is subject to Dutch income tax or Dutch corporate income tax in respect of any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from common stock, including any capital gain realized on the disposal thereof, can generally credit Dutch dividend withholding tax against its Dutch income tax or its Dutch corporate income tax liability, as applicable, and is generally entitled to a refund pursuant to a negative tax assessment if and to the extent the Dutch dividend withholding tax, together with any other creditable domestic and/or foreign taxes, exceeds its aggregate Dutch income tax or its aggregate Dutch corporate income tax liability, respectively.

Taxes on Income and Capital Gains

Resident Holders of Common Stock

Individuals

A holder of common stock, who is an individual resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands, or who has elected to be taxed as a resident of The Netherlands for Dutch personal income tax purposes, will be subject to regular Dutch personal income tax at progressive rates (up to a maximum rate of 52%) under the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 on the income derived from the common stock and gains realized upon the redemption of the common stock if:

 

  (a) the individual is an entrepreneur (In Dutch: “ ondernemer” ) and has an enterprise to which the common stock are attributable or the individual is, other than as shareholder, co-entitled to the net worth of an enterprise (in Dutch: “ medegerechtigde ”), to which enterprise the common stock are attributable; or

 

  (b) such income or gain forms “a benefit from miscellaneous activities” (in Dutch: “ resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden ”), which, for instance, would be the case if the activities with respect to the common stock exceed “regular active portfolio management” (in Dutch: “normal actief vermogensbeheer”) or if the income and gains are derived from the holding, whether directly or indirectly, of (a combination of) shares, debt claims or other rights (together a lucrative interest, in Dutch “ lucratief belang ”) that the holder thereof has acquired under certain circumstances based on which such income and gains are intended to be a remuneration for work or services performed by such holder (or a related person) in The Netherlands, whether within or outside an employment relation, where such lucrative interest provided the holder thereof, economically speaking, with certain benefits that have a relation to the relevant work or services.

If neither condition (a) or (b) applies, and the individual that holds the common stock does not hold a substantial interest (as discussed above), he/she must determine his/her taxable income with regard to the common stock on the basis of a deemed return on income from savings and investments (in Dutch: “ sparen en beleggen ”), rather than on the basis of income actually received or gains actually realized. This deemed return on income from savings and investments has been fixed at a rate of 4% of the individual’s yield basis (in Dutch: “ rendementsgrondslag ”) at the beginning of the calendar year, insofar as the individual’s yield basis exceeds a certain threshold. The individual’s yield basis is determined as the fair market value of certain qualifying assets held by the individual less the fair market value of certain qualifying liabilities at the beginning of the calendar year.

Corporate Entities

A holder of shares that is resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands for Dutch corporate income tax purposes, and that is:

 

  (i) a corporation;

 

  (ii) another entity with a capital divided into shares;

 

  (iii) a cooperative (association); or

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  (iv) another legal entity that has an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise to which the common stock are attributable,

but which is not,

 

  (v) a qualifying pension fund;

 

  (vi) a qualifying investment fund (under article 6a or 28 of the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act); or

 

  (vii) another entity exempt from corporate income tax,

will, in general, be subject to regular Dutch corporate income tax, levied at a rate of 25% (20% over profits up to €200,000) over income derived from the common stock and gains realized upon acquisition, redemption and disposal of common stock.

If and to the extent that such holder of common stock is eligible for the application of the participation exemption with respect to the common stock, income derived from the common stock and gains and losses (with the exception of liquidation losses under strict conditions) realized on the common stock may be exempt from Dutch corporate income tax.

Non-resident Holders of Common Stock

Individuals

A holder of common stock, who is an individual not resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands, and who has not elected to be taxed as a resident of The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes, will not be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains in respect of dividends distributed by us or in respect of any gain realized on the disposal of common stock (other than dividend withholding tax as described above), unless:

 

  (a) such holder has an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise that is, in whole or in part, carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands and to which enterprise or part of an enterprise, as the case may be, the common stock are attributable; and/or

 

  (b) such income or gain forms “a benefit from miscellaneous activities” (in Dutch: “ resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden ”) which, for instance, would be the case if the activities with respect to the common stock exceed “regular active portfolio management” in The Netherlands or if the income and gains are derived from the holding, whether directly or indirectly, of (a combination of) shares, debt claims or other rights (together a lucrative interest, in Dutch “ lucratief belang ”) that the holder thereof has acquired under certain circumstances based on which such income and gains are intended to be a remuneration for work or services performed by such holder (or a related person) in The Netherlands, whether within or outside an employment relation, where such lucrative interest provided the holder thereof, economically speaking, with certain benefits that have a relation to the relevant work or services.

If either of the abovementioned conditions (a) or (b) applies, the income or gains in respect of dividends distributed by us or in respect of any capital gain realized on the disposal of common stock will in general be subject to Dutch personal income tax at the progressive rates up to 52%.

Corporate Entities

A holder of shares that is a legal entity, another entity with a capital divided into shares, an association, a foundation or a trust, not resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands for Dutch corporate income tax purposes, will not be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains in respect of dividends distributed by us or in respect of any gain realized on the disposal of common stock (other than dividend withholding tax as described above), except if:

 

  (1) such holder has an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise that is, in whole or in part, carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands and to which enterprise or part of an enterprise, as the case may be, the common stock are attributable;

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  (2) such holder has a substantial interest or a deemed substantial interest in us within the meaning of Chapter 4 of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001, that (i) is held with the avoidance of income tax or dividend withholding tax as (one of) the main purpose(s) and (ii) does not form part of the assets of an enterprise; or

 

  (3) such holder is an entity resident of Aruba, Curaçao or Saint Martin with a permanent establishment or permanent representative in Bonaire, Saint Eustatius or Saba to which such income or gain is attributable, and the permanent establishment or permanent representative would be deemed to be resident of the Netherlands for Dutch corporate income tax purposes (i) had the permanent establishment been a corporate entity (in Dutch: “lichaam” ), or (ii) had the activities of the permanent representative been conducted by a corporate entity, respectively.

If one of the abovementioned conditions applies, income derived from the common stock and gains realized on the common stock will, in general, be subject to regular corporate income tax levied at a rate of 25% (20% over profits up to €200,000), except that a holder referred to under (2) above will generally be subject to an effective corporate income tax rate of 15% on dividend income only if it holds the substantial interest in us only with the purpose of avoiding dividend withholding tax and not with (one of) the main purposes to avoid income tax.

Gift or Inheritance Taxes

If you dispose of common stock by way of gift, in form or in substance, or if you die, no Dutch gift or Dutch inheritance tax, as applicable, will be due, unless:

 

  (i) you are, or you were, resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands for purposes of Dutch gift tax or Dutch inheritance tax, as applicable; or

 

  (ii) in the case of a gift of common stock by an individual who at the date of the gift was neither resident nor deemed to be resident in The Netherlands (i) such individual dies within 180 days after the date of the gift, while being resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands; or (ii) the gift of common stock is made under a condition precedent and the holder of these shares is resident, or is deemed to be resident, in The Netherlands at the time the condition is fulfilled.

For purposes of the above, a gift of common stock made under a condition precedent (In Dutch: “ opschortende voorwaarde ”) is deemed to be made at the time the condition precedent is satisfied.

For purposes of Dutch gift, or inheritance taxes, an individual not holding the Dutch nationality will be deemed to be resident in The Netherlands, inter alia, if he or she has been resident in The Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or his or her death. Additionally, for purposes of Dutch gift tax, an individual not holding the Dutch nationality will be deemed to be resident in The Netherlands if he or she has been resident in The Netherlands at any time during the twelve months preceding the date of the gift. Applicable tax treaties may override deemed residency in The Netherlands.

Value Added Tax

In general, no Dutch value added tax will arise in respect of payments in consideration for the issue of the common stock or in respect of a cash payment made under the common stock, or in respect of the transfer of the common stock.

Other Taxes and Duties

No Dutch registration tax, capital tax, custom duty, transfer tax, stamp duty or any other similar tax or duty, other than court fees, will be payable in The Netherlands in respect of or in connection with the subscription, issue, placement, allotment, delivery or transfer of common stock.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common stock by U.S. Holders (as defined below) (i) who are residents of the United States for purposes of the U.S.-Netherlands Income Tax Convention (the “U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty”), (ii) whose common stock is not, for purposes of the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty, effectively connected with a permanent establishment in The Netherlands and (iii) who otherwise qualify for the full benefits of the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty. No rulings have been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax issues discussed in this summary, however, and as a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not successfully challenge the conclusions reached in this summary. All statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions, but not as to factual matters, contained in this discussion, unless otherwise noted, are the opinions of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of representations made by us. This summary is not exhaustive of all possible U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to ownership of the common stock.

This summary is based on the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, IRS rulings and official pronouncements, judicial decisions and the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations, which could affect the accuracy of the statements and conclusions set forth below. FINV undertakes no obligation to update or otherwise revise this summary.

This summary applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold the common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not address any U.S. federal estate and gift or alternative minimum tax consequences, U.S. state or local, or non-U.S. tax consequences to any particular investor, or the tax consequences to persons subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

   

banks and certain other financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

 

   

brokers;

 

   

traders that elect to mark-to-market their investments;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans, individual retirement accounts and other tax-deferred accounts;

 

   

persons holding common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion, constructive sale or other “synthetic security” or integrated transaction;

 

   

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

persons who own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common stock; or

 

   

persons who are former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States (U.S. expatriates).

As used in this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States (as determined under U.S. federal income tax rules);

 

   

a corporation (including an entity classified as an association subject to tax as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of a political subdivision thereof (or the District of Columbia);

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

any trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding common stock should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partner of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common stock by the partnership.

Taxation of Distributions from FINV

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount (i.e., before Dutch withholding tax) of distributions paid by FINV to a U.S. Holder with respect to common stock generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent paid out of the FINV’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividend generally will be includible in a U.S. Holder’s gross income in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s method of accounting. U.S. Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to dividends they receive from FINV because FINV is not a U.S. corporation. Dividends received with respect to common stock generally will be treated as foreign-source “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, as described below in “—Foreign Tax Credit Limitations,” all or a portion of such dividends could be treated as U.S.-source income.

Dividends to a U.S. Holder in excess of the FINV’s earnings and profits will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in common stock and will reduce (but not below zero) such basis (thereby increasing the amount of gain or decreasing the amount of loss that a U.S. Holder would recognize on a subsequent disposition of common stock). A distribution in excess of earnings and profits and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in common stock will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock, the consequences of which are described below under “—Taxation of Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.” FINV intends to calculate its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, so that U.S. Holders can determine the portion of dividends on common stock that will be treated as a dividend.

Dividends received from FINV by a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (a “U.S. Individual Holder”) generally will continue to be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is currently taxable to such U.S. Individual Holder at preferential capital gain tax rates, provided that (i) FINV is a “qualified foreign corporation”; (ii) FINV is not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which management of FINV does not believe FINV is, has been or will be, as discussed below under “—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences”); (iii) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such common stock); and (iv) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. U.S. Treasury Department guidance indicates that our common stock, which we intend to list on the NYSE, will be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States as a result of such listing. There can be no assurance that our common stock will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in later years.

There is no assurance that any dividends paid on common stock will be eligible for taxation at preferential capital gains tax rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder, and any dividends paid on common stock that are

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder. U.S. Individual Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the preferential rates applicable to qualified dividend income for any dividends FINV pays with respect to the common stock.

Taxation of Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share of common stock, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the share. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the share of common stock will generally equal the cost of such share, reduced by any dividends treated as a tax-free return of capital as discussed above under “—Taxation of Dividends from FINV”. Such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the share of common stock exceeds one year on the date of the sale or disposition. Certain U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for any taxable year in which either:

 

   

at least 75% of its gross income (including its proportionate share of the gross income of any other corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of such corporation’s stock) for such taxable year consists of certain types of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains, royalties and, the excess of gains over losses from sales of commodities); or

 

   

at least 50% of the average value of its assets (including its proportionate share of the assets of any other corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of such corporation’s stock) is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

If FINV were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally would be subject to adverse rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any dividends received by the U.S. Holder on its common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual dividends received by the U.S. Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for its common stock), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of its common stock. In addition, the U.S. Holder would be required to file an annual report with the IRS.

Under the special rules applicable to PFICs:

 

   

any excess distribution (as described above) or gain would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s aggregate holding period for common stock;

 

   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year FINV was first treated as a PFIC with respect to the U.S. Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

 

   

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayers for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year. Certain elections may be available to mitigate the tax consequences of PFIC status.

Based on estimates of FINV’s gross income, the nature and value of its assets, the manner in which it conducts its business, and the expectation for the manner in which such business will be conducted in the future, FINV does not believe it is a PFIC, and it does not expect to become a PFIC in the future. However, there is no

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

definitive guidance regarding the treatment of FINV’s income or assets, or the characterization of power generation activities more generally, for purposes of the applicable PFIC tests. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that FINV’s manner of operation, or the composition of its income or assets, will not change in the future. Consequently, no assurance can be given that FINV is not and will not be a PFIC in the future.

If FINV were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules if the U.S. Holder were to make an election to treat FINV as a “Qualified Electing Fund” or were to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to the common stock.

The PFIC rules are very complex and are not described completely herein. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the PFIC rules.

Foreign Tax Credit Limitations

U.S. Holders may be subject to Dutch withholding tax on distributions paid with respect to common stock. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, including any applicable foreign tax credit limitations, such withholding taxes may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. If it is determined that U.S. persons own 50% or more of the common stock, then for purposes of computing a U.S. Holder’s foreign tax credit limitation, at least a portion of the dividends paid with respect to the common stock may be U.S.-source income if more than a de minimis amount of FINV’s earnings and profits out of which the dividends are paid is from sources within the United States. A U.S. Holder may be unable to determine what portion of a dividend from FINV is treated as foreign-source income for foreign tax credit purposes. To the extent that a U.S. Holder is unable to establish that all or any portion of a dividend from FINV is foreign-source income, the value of any potential foreign tax credit attributable to foreign withholding taxes on FINV’s dividends could be limited. In addition, foreign taxes may not be eligible for credit to the extent they could have been reduced pursuant to the U.S.-Netherlands Tax Treaty.

To the extent that distributions paid with respect to common stock are in excess of FINV’s current and accumulated earnings and profits and in excess of adjusted basis, such distributions are treated as gain from the sale or disposition of the common stock. Consequently, such distributions would generally not give rise to foreign source income. Any Dutch withholding tax imposed on such distributions would generally not qualify for the foreign tax credit unless such credit could be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against U.S. federal income tax due on other foreign source income in the appropriate category for foreign tax credit purposes.

The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and are not described completely herein. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances.

3.8% Medicare Tax on Unearned Income

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, trusts or estates will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on unearned income, which generally will include dividends received and gain recognized with respect to common stock. For U.S. Individual Holders, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (i) “net investment income,” or (ii) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals a holder’s gross investment income reduced by the deductions that are allocable to such income. Investment income generally includes passive income such as interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, rents and capital gains. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of this additional Medicare tax to their particular circumstances.

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Distributions paid with respect to common stock and proceeds from a sale, exchange or redemption of common stock made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on IRS Form W-9 or that is a corporation or entity that is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are exempt from backup withholding should still complete IRS Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. U.S. Holders of common stock should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules. A substitute IRS Form W-9 is attached hereto as Exhibit III.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and such holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information in a timely manner.

A U.S. Holder that purchases common stock from FINV pursuant to this offering generally will be required to file Form 926 with the IRS with respect to such purchase if the amount of cash paid by the holder to FINV pursuant to this offering exceeds $100,000. For purposes of determining the total dollar value of common stock purchased by a U.S. Holder in this offering, common stock purchased by certain related parties (including family members) are included. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder who fails to comply with this reporting obligation. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

In addition, under U.S. federal income tax law and temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, individual citizens or residents of the United States who hold certain “specified foreign financial assets” that exceed certain thresholds (the lowest being holding specified foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of: (1) $50,000 on the last day of the tax year, or (2) $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are required to report information relating to such assets. The definition of “specified foreign financial assets” generally includes not only financial accounts maintained in foreign financial institutions, but also, unless held in accounts maintained by a financial institution, any stock or security issued by a non-U.S. person, any financial instrument or contract held for investment that has an issuer or counterparty other than a U.S. person, and any interest in a foreign entity. U.S. Individual Holders may be subject to these reporting requirements unless their common stock is held in an account at a U.S. financial institution. Significant penalties may apply for failure to satisfy the reporting obligations described above. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations, if any, as a result of their purchase, ownership or disposition of common stock.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE IMPORTANT TO YOU. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK.

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Simmons & Company International are acting as representatives of the underwriters and as joint book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement relating to this prospectus, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Simmons & Company International

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby (other than those shares covered by their option to purchase additional shares of common stock as described below), if any of the shares of common stock are purchased. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase the shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the shares.

 

     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Per share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $ per share. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be $         (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions).

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of          shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

more than          shares of common stock in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter’s underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting section.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers and certain of our principal shareholders, including FWW and Mosing Holdings, have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., we and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of common stock (including, without limitation, shares of common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common stock or any of our other securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up agreements will not restrict the transfer of common stock as bona fide gifts, so long as, among other things, the transferee agrees to be bound by the restrictions in the lock-up agreements. Subject to certain restrictions, the lock-up agreements also will not restrict the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our common stock.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of a material event, unless such extension is waived in writing by Barclays Capital Inc.

Barclays Capital Inc., in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

As described below under “—Directed Share Program,” any participants in the Directed Share Program shall be subject to a 180-day lock up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision as the lock-up agreement described above. Any shares sold in the Directed Share Program to our directors or officers shall be subject to the lock-up agreement described above.

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated among the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives considered:

 

   

the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

   

the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.

Indemnification

We and certain of our affiliates have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain customary liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities incurred in connection with the directed share program referred to below, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to          shares offered hereby for officers, directors, employees and certain other persons associated with us. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. Any participants in this program shall be prohibited from selling, pledging or assigning any shares sold to them pursuant to this program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. This 180-day lock up period shall be extended with respect to our issuance of an earnings release or if a material news or a material event relating to us occurs, in the same manner as described above under “—Lock-Up Agreements.”

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares of common stock. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of common stock and/or purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares of common stock. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

New York Stock Exchange

We have applied to list our shares of common stock for quotation on the NYSE under the symbol “FI.” In connection with that listing, the underwriters will undertake to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the NYSE listing requirements.

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in investment banking transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business. They have received, and expect to receive, customary compensation and expense reimbursement for these investment banking transactions.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), including each Relevant Member State that has implemented the 2010 PD Amending Directive with regard to persons to whom an offer of securities is addressed and the denomination per unit of the offer of securities (each, an “Early Implementing Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of shares will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State (other than offers (the “Permitted Public Offers”) where a prospectus will be published in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in a Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive), except that with effect from and including that Relevant Implementation Date, offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, including:

 

  (i) (in the case of Relevant Member States other than Early Implementing Member States), legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities, or any legal entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43.0 million and (iii) an annual turnover of more than €50.0 million as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

  (ii) (in the case of Early Implementing Member States), persons or entities that are described in points (1) to (4) of Section I of Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, and those who are treated on request as professional clients in accordance with Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, or recognized as eligible counterparties in accordance with Article 24 of Directive 2004/39/EC unless they have requested that they be treated as non-professional clients;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 (or, in the case of Early Implementing Member States, 150) natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted in the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or of a supplement to a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor,” and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (x) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale, or (y) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer of any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71 EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, in the case of Early Implementing Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (“Qualified Investors”) that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Australia

No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia (“Corporations Act”)) in relation to the shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities &

Investments Commission (“ASIC”). This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

 

  (a) you confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

  (i) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

  (ii) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

 

  (iii) a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

 

  (iv) a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

 

  (b) you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the shares for resale in Australia within 12 months of those shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of the issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares which are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) or any rules made under that Ordinance.

India

This prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in India or with the Securities and Exchange Board of India. This prospectus or any other material relating to these securities is for information purposes only and may not be circulated or distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public or any members of the public in India and in any event to not more than 50 persons in India. Further, persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are required to inform themselves about and to observe any such restrictions. Each prospective investor is advised to consult its advisors about the particular consequences to it of an investment in these securities. Each prospective investor is also advised that any investment in these securities by it is subject to the regulations prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India and the Foreign Exchange Management Act and any regulations framed thereunder.

Japan

No securities registration statement (“SRS”) has been filed under Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (“FIEL”) in relation to the shares. The shares are being offered in a private placement to “qualified institutional investors” (tekikaku-kikan-toshika) under Article 10 of the Cabinet Office Ordinance concerning Definitions provided in Article 2 of the FIEL (the Ministry of Finance Ordinance No. 14, as amended) (“QIIs”), under Article 2, Paragraph 3, Item 2 i of the FIEL. Any QII acquiring the shares in this offer may not transfer or resell those shares except to other QIIs.

Korea

The shares may not be offered, sold and delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the Korea Securities and Exchange Act and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The shares have not been registered with the Financial Services Commission of Korea for public offering in Korea. Furthermore, the shares may not be resold to Korean residents unless the purchaser of the shares complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government approval requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of the shares.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Future Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a “relevant person” as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275 (1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Where the shares are subscribed and purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole whole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  (ii) (in the case of a corporation) where the transfer arises from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) of the SFA, or (in the case of a trust) where the transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interests are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets;

 

  (iii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

  (iv) where the transfer is by operation of law.

By accepting this prospectus, the recipient hereof represents and warrants that he is entitled to receive it in accordance with the restrictions set forth above and agrees to be bound by limitations contained herein. Any failure to comply with these limitations may constitute a violation of law.

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with this offering relating to United States law and certain matters relating to United States federal income taxation will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. The validity of the common stock being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters concerning this offering relating to Dutch law will be passed upon for us by Van Campen Liem, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

The audited combined financial statements of Frank’s International N.V. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of this contract, agreement or other document. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved. A copy of the registration statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facility. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov .

After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

  

Introduction

     F-2   

Pro Forma for Reorganization and Offering

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Balance Sheet at March 31, 2013

     F-3   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2012

     F-4   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Income for the Three Months Ended March 31,  2013

     F-5   

Pro Forma for Reorganization, Offering and Exchange

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Balance Sheet at March 31, 2013

     F-6   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2012

     F-7   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Income for the Three Months Ended March 31,  2013

     F-8   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Statements

     F-9   

Audited Combined Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-12   

Combined Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2012

     F-13   

Combined Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-14   

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and  2012

     F-15   

Combined Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and  2012

     F-16   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-17   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-18   

Unaudited Combined Financial Statements

  

Combined Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013

     F-37   

Combined Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

     F-38   

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and  2013

     F-39   

Combined Statement of Stockholders’ Equity at March 31, 2013

     F-40   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

     F-41   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-42   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Introduction

The following unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements of Frank’s International (the “Company”) reflect the historical combined financial statements of Frank’s International on a pro forma basis. Under the combined method of accounting, the historical consolidated financial statements of Frank’s International N.V., Frank’s International, Inc., Frank’s Casing Crew and Rental Tools, Inc. and Frank’s Tong Service, Inc. and their wholly owned subsidiaries are combined as if Frank’s International operated as a single entity.

The pro forma adjustments give effect to (i) the carve-out distribution of certain assets and liabilities from the Company’s U.S. operating subsidiaries to Mosing Holdings, Inc., (ii) the corporate reorganization described in “Organizational Structure” and (iii) the issuance and sale of sale of shares of the Company’s common stock to the public for $             and the application by the Company of the net proceeds from such issuance as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet is based on Frank’s International’s unaudited historical combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2013 and includes the pro forma adjustments summarized above as if they had occurred on March 31, 2013.

The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2012 is based on Frank’s International’s audited historical combined statement of income and the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 is based on Frank’s International unaudited historical combined statement of income. The pro forma adjustments summarized above are included as if they had occurred on January 1, 2012.

In addition, an additional set of pro forma condensed financial statements has also been prepared reflecting an alternative scenario under which, in addition to the adjustments discussed above, additional adjustments were made to reflect the full conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock into FINV common stock (the “Conversion Right”).

The unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the notes accompanying these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements and with Frank’s International’s historical combined financial statements and related notes found elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments to the audited financial statements are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. The actual effect of the pro forma adjustments discussed in the accompanying notes ultimately may differ from the unaudited pro forma adjustments included herein. However, management believes that the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects as currently contemplated and that the unaudited pro forma adjustments are factually supportable, give appropriate effect to the expected impact of events that are directly attributable to the pro forma adjustments, and reflect those items expected to have a continuing impact on the Company.

The unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the Company had completed the transactions on the dates indicated or that could be achieved in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, the Company anticipates that general and administrative expenses will increase as a result of being a publicly traded company, including: expenses associated with annual and quarterly reporting; tax return preparation expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses; expenses associated with listing on the New York Stock Exchange; independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations expenses; and registrar and transfer agent fees. The unaudited pro forma financial statements do not reflect these additional public company costs.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

March 31, 2013

(in thousands)

 

    FINV
Historical
    Distribution of
Assets and
Liabilities
    Reorganization
Transactions
    FINV
Pro Forma
    Offering
Related
Adjustments
    FINV
As Adjusted
for Offering
 

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 123,392      $ —        $                            $                      $                    (f)    $                      
                     (g)   

Accounts receivable, net

    319,057        (6,769 )(a)         

Inventories

    128,471                    —             

Other current assets

    15,556        (2,750 )(a)         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    586,476        (9,519        

Property, plant and equipment, net

    449,789        (24,702 )(a)         

Goodwill

    15,239        —             

Intangible assets

    1,595        —             

Deferred tax asset

    —          —                   (e)       

Other assets, net

    76,219        (29,367 )(a)         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $   1,129,318      $ (63,588   $        $        $        $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

           

Current liabilities:

           

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 4,815      $ (799 )(a)    $        $        $        $     

Current portion of notes payable— affiliates

    323,476        (595 )(a)                   (g)   

Accounts payable

    26,134        (2 )(a)         

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    115,797             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    470,222        (1,396        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

           

Long-term debt

    1,043        —             

Notes payable—affiliates

    125,362        (1,654 )(a)                   (g)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

    126,405        (1,654        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability, net

    6,029        —             

Other non-current liabilities

    33,011        —                   (e)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    635,667        (3,050        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

           

Series A preferred stock

    —          —                   (d)       

Common stock

    803        —                       (f)   

Additional paid-in capital

    1,409        —                   (d)                 (f)   

Retained earnings

    491,145        (60,538 )(a)               (c)(e)       

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    294        —             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    493,651        (60,538        

Non-controlling interest

    —          —                   (c)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    493,651        (60,538        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 1,129,318      $ (63,588   $        $        $               $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    FINV
Historical
    Distribution of
Assets and
Liabilities
    Reorganization
Transactions
    FINV
Pro Forma
    Offering
Related
Adjustments
    FINV
As Adjusted
for Offering
 

Revenues

           

Equipment rentals and services

  $ 880,084      $ (1,146 )(a)    $                           $                     $                       $                    

Products

    175,841                      —             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,055,925        (1,146        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

           

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

           

Equipment rentals and services

    314,950        —             

Products

    119,527        —             

General and administrative

    187,033        (3,580 )(a)         
      4,956 (b)         

Depreciation and amortization

    66,215        (2,067 )(a)         

Gain on sale of assets

    (2,608     —             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    370,808        (455        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

           

Other income

    12,189        —             

Interest income (expense), net

    264        204 (a)                   (g)   

Foreign currency loss

    (450     —             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    12,003        204           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    382,811        (251        

Income tax expense

    31,877        —                   (e)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before non-controlling interest

    350,934        (251        

Non-controlling interest

    —          —                   (c)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    350,934        (251        

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —                   (d)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

  $ 350,934      $ (251   $        $        $        $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

            $     
           

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares common stock outstanding

           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    FINV
Historical
    Distribution of
Assets and
Liabilities
    Reorganization
Transactions
    FINV
Pro Forma
    Offering
Related
Adjustments
    FINV
As Adjusted
for Offering
 

Revenues

           

Equipment rentals and services

  $ 205,878      $ (235 )(a)    $                       $                       $                       $                    

Products

    30,882        —             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    236,760        (235        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

           

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

           

Equipment rentals and services

    75,781        —             

Products

    18,019        —             

General and administrative

    44,145        50 (a)         
      1,239 (b)         

Depreciation and amortization

    17,783        (419 )(a)         

Loss on sale of assets

    23        —             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    81,009        (1,105        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

           

Other income

    2,127        —             

Interest income (expense), net

    (201     34 (a)          (g  

Foreign currency loss

    (3,587     —             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (1,661     34           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    79,348        (1,071        

Income tax expense

    6,303        —             (e)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before non-controlling interest

    73,045        (1,071        

Non-controlling interest

    —          —             (c)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    73,045        (1,071        

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —             (d)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 73,045      $ (1,071   $         $         $         $      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diulted earnings per share

            $     
           

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares common stock outstanding

           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

March 31, 2013

(in thousands)

 

     FINV
As Adjusted
for Offering
     Exercise of
Conversion
Rights
    FINV
As Adjusted
for Conversion
 

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $                        $                       $                    

Accounts receivable, net

       

Inventories

       

Other current assets

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

       

Property, plant and equipment, net

       

Goodwill

       

Intangible assets

       

Deferred tax asset

           (i)   

Other assets, net

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $         $        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Current portion of long-term debt

   $         $        $     

Current portion of notes payable—affiliates

       

Accounts payable

       

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

           (i)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

       

Long-term debt

       

Notes payable—affiliates

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability, net

       

Other non-current liabilities

           (i)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

       

Series A preferred stock

           (h)   

Common stock

           (h)   

Additional paid-in capital

           (h)   

Retained earnings

       

Accumulated other comprehensive income

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

       

Non-controlling interest

           (h)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $         $        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     FINV
As Adjusted
for Offering
     Exercise of
Conversion
Rights
    FINV
As Adjusted
for Conversion
 

Revenues

       

Equipment rentals and services

   $                    $                       $                    

Products

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

       

Equipment rentals and services

       

Products

       

General and administrative

       

Depreciation and amortization

       

Gain on sale of assets

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

       

Other income

       

Interest income (expense), net

       

Foreign currency loss

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

       

Income tax expense

           (i)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before non-controlling interest

       

Non-controlling interest

           (h)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

       

Preferred stock dividends

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $         $        $      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diulted earnings per share

        $      
       

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares common stock outstanding

       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     FINV
As Adjusted
for Offering
     Exercise of
Conversion
Rights
    FINV
As Adjusted
for Conversion
 

Revenues

       

Equipment rentals and services

   $                        $                       $                    

Products

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

       

Equipment rentals and services

       

Products

       

General and administrative

       

Depreciation and amortization

       

Loss on sale of assets

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

       

Other income

       

Interest income (expense), net

       

Foreign currency loss

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

       

Income tax expense

           (i)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before non-controlling interest

       

Non-controlling interest

           (h)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

       

Preferred stock dividends

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $         $        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diulted earnings per share

        $     
       

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares common stock outstanding

       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Basis of Presentation

Under the combined method of accounting, the historical consolidated financial statements of Frank’s International N.V., Frank’s International, Inc., Frank’s Casing Crew and Rental Tools, Inc. and Frank’s Tong Service, Inc. and their wholly owned subsidiaries are combined as if Frank’s International operated as a single entity.

The unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet of Frank’s International (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2013 is based on Frank’s International’s unaudited historical combined balance sheet and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the transactions as described below as if they had occurred on March 31, 2013.

The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2012 is based on Frank’s International’s audited historical combined statement of income and the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 is based on Frank’s International unaudited historical combined statement of income. The pro forma adjustments are included to give effect to the transactions as described below as if they had occurred on January 1, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma financial statements give effect to the following transactions:

 

   

the carve-out distribution of certain assets and liabilities from the Company’s U.S. operating subsidiaries to Mosing Holdings, Inc.;

 

   

the corporate reorganization (the “Reorganization”) described in “Organizational Structure”; and

 

   

the issuance and sale by the Company of         shares of common stock to the public, representing     % of the voting interest in the Company, at an assumed initial offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the application by the Company of the net proceeds from such issuance (the “Offering”) as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

Note 2—Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions

Distribution of Assets and Liabilities to Mosing Holdings, Inc.

 

  (a) Adjustments to reflect the assets and liabilities that will be distributed to Mosing Holdings, Inc. These assets and liabilities relate to (i) Frank’s International’s aviation ownership and operations, (ii) split-dollar life insurance policies and associated accounts receivable held for the Company’s chief executive officer and other members of the Mosing family and (iii) certain real estate. Revenues and expenses associated with the assets and liabilities to be distributed are also being eliminated from the Company’s pro forma statement of income.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The primary components of this adjustment include (in thousands):

 

Balance Sheet Item

  

Description

   Amount  

Accounts receivable, net

   Miscellaneous accounts receivable with Mosing Holdings, Inc.    $ 6,769   

Other current assets

   Note receivable related to life insurance      2,750   

Property, plant & equipment

   Aircraft, net      2,538   

Property, plant & equipment

   Buildings, net      16,897   

Property, plant & equipment

   Land      4,754   

Property, plant & equipment

   Leasehold improvements      513   
     

 

 

 

Property, plant & equipment total

        24,702   
     

 

 

 

Other assets, net

   Investment in KM Partners      2,549   

Other assets, net

   Split dollar life insurance      20,546   

Other assets, net

   Receivable with Mosing Properties      500   

Other assets, net

   Notes receivable related to life insurance      5,772   
     

 

 

 

Other assets, net total

        29,367   
     

 

 

 

 

  (b) As a result of the distribution of the real estate and aviation assets to Mosing Holdings, Inc., the Company will enter into real estate lease agreements pursuant to which the Company will incur additional rental expense of approximately $3.8 million per year for continued use of the real estate. In addition, the Company will enter into an aviation services agreement pursuant to which the Company will incur additional charter service expense of approximately $1.1 million per year for continued use of the aircraft.

Reorganization

 

  (c) Reflects the pro forma adjustments to non-controlling interest, retained earnings and income attributable to non-controlling interest to reflect the ownership interest of Frank’s International C.V. (“FICV”) that will not be owned by the Company.

 

       Following the Reorganization and the Offering, the Company will be a holding company, with its sole material assets being its indirect ownership of     % of the limited partnership interests of FICV. Mosing Holdings, Inc. will own the remaining     % of the limited partnership interests.

 

       In addition, the Company will also indirectly own the general partnership interests of FICV. As the owner of the general partner of FICV, the Company will control the business and affairs of FICV and its subsidiaries. The Company will consolidate all financial results of FICV and its subsidiaries, and it will recognize as non-controlling interest the     % limited partnership interest that Mosing Holdings, Inc. will hold in FICV.

 

  (d) Reflects the issuance to Mosing Holdings, Inc. of             shares of FINV Series A preferred stock for $         per share. The annual aggregate dividend requirement on the shares of Series A preferred stock of approximately $         is based on the stated dividend rate on the Series A preferred stock of 0.25%.

 

  (e) Reflects incremental income taxes based on the tax consequences of the Reorganization.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Offering

 

  (f) Reflects the proceeds to the Company of $         from the issuance and sale of common stock in the Offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), net of aggregate offering costs of $            .

 

  (g) Reflects the repayment of the notes payable to FWW B.V., which is controlled by the Mosing family.

Exercise of Conversion Rights

 

  (h) Reflects the exercise of all of the Conversion Rights held by the Series A preferred stockholders into shares of FINV common stock. The Company intends to effect the conversion of Series A preferred stock into FINV common stock as provided by the terms of the FICV limited partnership agreement.

 

  (i) Future conversions of our Series A preferred stock by our existing stockholders could result in changes to our deferred tax asset, deferred tax liabilities and amounts owed under our tax receivable agreement. These adjustments give effect to the tax receivable agreement (as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”) assuming all of the Series A preferred stock is converted into FINV common stock concurrent with the offering. These adjustments are based on the following assumptions:

 

   

we will record an increase of $         million in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effect of the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests, based on an effective income tax rate of         % (which includes a provision for U.S. federal, state and local income taxes);

 

   

we will record $         million, representing 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above, as an increase to the liability under the tax receivable agreement;

 

   

we will record an increase of $         million in deferred tax reflecting the expected future tax consequences of the differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The deferred assets arise from taxable temporary differences primarily related to additional tax over book basis in intangible assets and property, plant and equipment;

 

   

we will record a decrease of $         million to additional paid-in capital which is an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in the liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement; and

 

   

there are no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize the full tax benefit of the amortization of our assets.

Note 3—Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

Pro forma earnings per share is determined by dividing the pro forma net income attributable to common shareholders by the number of common shares expected to be outstanding following the offering. For purposes of this calculation, management assumed the aggregate number of common shares outstanding was         . All shares were assumed to have been outstanding since January 1, 2012. The following is a reconciliation between basic and diluted shares:

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

  

Dilutive effect of potential common shares

  
  

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

  
  

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Frank’s International N.V.

In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheets and the related combined results of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Frank’s International N.V. (the “Company”) at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

May 10, 2013

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 98,649       $ 152,945   

Accounts receivable, net

     233,945         313,657   

Inventories

     92,073         108,543   

Other current assets

     17,187         16,632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     441,854         591,777   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     324,881         426,500   

Goodwill

     15,239         15,239   

Intangible assets, net

     3,261         1,832   

Other assets

     62,265         72,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 847,500       $ 1,107,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 5,264       $ 6,317   

Current portion of notes payable—affiliated

     567         323,476   

Accounts payable

     20,065         19,377   

Accrued and other current liabilities

     116,343         127,799   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     142,239         476,969   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

     

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     3,940         1,051   

Notes payable—affiliated

     3,051         145,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     6,991         146,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     5,178         6,575   

Other non-current liabilities

     25,964         30,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     180,372         660,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     —           —     

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Common stock

     803         803   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,409         1,409   

Retained earnings

     660,474         440,399   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     4,442         4,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     667,128         446,988   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $    847,500       $ 1,107,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Revenues:

      

Equipment rentals and services

   $    490,902      $    613,541      $ 880,084   

Products

     117,306        125,534        175,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     608,208        739,075        1,055,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization Equipment rentals and services

     222,345        256,515        314,950   

Products

     70,697        76,368        119,527   

General and administrative expenses

     134,449        160,506        187,033   

Depreciation and amortization

     48,197        54,581        66,215   

Gain on sale of assets

     (164     (47     (2,608
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     132,684        191,152        370,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Other income

     3,906        3,786        12,189   

Interest income (expense), net

     (1,658     (655     264   

Foreign currency loss

     (1,930     (3,209     (450
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     318        (78     12,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     133,002        191,074        382,811   

Income tax expense

     14,601        20,287        31,877   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 118,401      $ 170,787      $ 350,934   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
   2010      2011     2012  

Net income

   $ 118,401       $ 170,787      $ 350,934   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

     236         (2,734     (178

Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax

     271         301        113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     507         (2,433     (65
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 118,908       $ 168,354      $ 350,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

    Common
Stock
    Treasury
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balances at December 31, 2009

  $ 803      $ (1,317   $ —        $ 478,453      $ 6,368      $ 484,307   

Net income

    —          —          —          118,401        —          118,401   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          236        236   

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          271        271   

Distributions to stockholders

    —          —          —          (67,202     —          (67,202
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

    803        (1,317     —          529,652        6,875        536,013   

Net income

    —          —          —          170,787        —          170,787   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          (2,734     (2,734

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          301        301   

Reissuance of stock

    —            1,317        1,409        —          —          2,726   

Distributions to stockholders

    —          —          —          (39,965     —          (39,965
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

    803        —          1,409        660,474        4,442        667,128   

Net income

    —          —          —          350,934        —          350,934   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          (178     (178

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

    —          —          —          —          113        113   

Distributions to stockholders

    —          —          —          (571,009     —          (571,009
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

  $      803      $ —        $     1,409      $ 440,399      $            4,377      $     446,988   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2011     2012  

Cash flows from operating activities

     

Net income

  $ 118,401      $ 170,787      $ 350,934   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities

     

Depreciation and amortization

    48,197        54,581        66,215   

Deferred tax provision

    236        (412     1,449   

Provision for (recovery of) bad debts

    585        2,486        (389

Gain on sale of assets

    (164     (47     (2,608

Changes in fair value of marketable securities

    (1,180     688        (2,058

Gain on exchange of investment

    —          —          (3,997

Decrease (increase) in value of life insurance policies

    (420     731        254   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     

Accounts receivable

    (27,799     (72,266     (76,729

Inventories

    7,640        (4,606     (15,351

Other current assets

    (4,889     (2,681     845   

Other assets

    (1,270     403        (173

Accounts payable

    2,581        5,274        (533

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    11,594        24,167        22,255   

Other noncurrent liabilities

    9,922        1,445        4,662   

Other

    (20     160        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    163,414        180,710        344,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

     

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

    (57,263     (117,883     (180,187

Proceeds from sale of equipment

    545        391        5,259   

Purchase of marketable securities

    (4,385     (4,518     (2,757

Premiums on life insurance policies

    (2,989     (3,698     (3,088

Investment in affiliates

    (1,635     —          —     

Other

    (3,403     (947     (1,760
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (69,130     (126,655     (182,533
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

     

Repayments of borrowings

    (12,659     (39,735     (36,191

Proceeds from borrowings

    600        5,100        15,996   

Proceeds from reissuance of stock

    —          2,726        —     

Distributions to stockholders

    (67,202     (39,965     (87,015
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (79,261     (71,874     (107,210

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    285        2,305        (737
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    15,308        (15,514     54,296   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    98,855        114,163        98,649   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 114,163      $ 98,649      $ 152,945   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for interest

  $ 2,332      $ 710      $ 1,434   

Cash paid for income tax

    6,141        6,624        8,292   

Non-cash transactions:

     

Change in accounts payable related to capital expenditures

  $ (2,258   $ 10,997      $ (10,943

Insurance premium financed by note payable

    2,015        1,777        —     

Notes issued as payment of distribution to owners

    —          —          483,994   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Summary of Business and Basis of Presentation

Frank’s International is a global provider of highly engineered tubular services to the oil and gas industry. Frank’s International provides services to leading exploration and production companies in both offshore and onshore environments, with a focus on complex and technically demanding wells.

The combined financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2012 include the activities of Frank’s International N.V. (“FINV”), a Netherlands corporation, Frank’s International, Inc. (“FII”), Frank’s Casing Crew and Rental Tools, Inc. (“FCC”), Frank’s Tong Service, Inc. (“FTS”) and their wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Under this combined method of accounting, the historical combined financial statements of FINV are combined with FII, FCC and FTS. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated for purposes of preparing these combined financial statements.

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). The policies that materially affect the determination of financial position, results of operations and cash flows are summarized below.

The combined financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis and in accordance with US GAAP, using the United States dollar as the reporting currency.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Accounts Receivable

The Company extends credit to customers in the normal course of business. The Company estimates its bad debt exposure each period and records a bad debt provision for accounts receivable it believes it may not collect in full.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid financial instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Throughout the year, the Company has cash balances in excess of federally insured limits deposited with various financial institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Comprehensive Income

Accounting standards on reporting comprehensive income require that certain items, including foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities be presented as components of comprehensive income. The cumulative amounts recognized by the Company under these standards are reflected in the combined balance sheet as accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders’ equity.

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   $ 4,367       $ 4,189   

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

     75         188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ 4,442       $ 4,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the Company’s combined financial statements are issued that may result in a loss to the Company, but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management, with input from legal counsel, assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise in judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in proceedings, the Company’s management, with input from legal counsel, evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.

If the assessment of a contingency indicates it is probable a material loss has been incurred and the amount of liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s combined financial statements. If the assessment indicates a potentially material loss contingency is not probable but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, is disclosed.

Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the guarantees would be disclosed.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, available-for-sale securities, obligations under trade accounts payable and short and long-term debt. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying values for cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable approximate fair value. Refer to Note 10 for the fair values of the Company’s available-for-sale securities and other obligations.

Foreign Currency Translations and Transactions

Results of operations for foreign subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated using average exchange rates during the period. Assets and liabilities of these foreign subsidiaries are translated using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates. Gains and losses resulting from these translations are included in accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For those foreign subsidiaries that have designated the U.S. dollar as the functional currency, gains and losses resulting from balance sheet remeasurement of foreign operations are included in the combined statements of income as incurred. Gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in a foreign currency are also included in the combined statements of income as incurred.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not subject to amortization and is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. A qualitative assessment is allowed to determine if goodwill is potentially impaired. The qualitative assessment determines whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If it is more likely that not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, then the two step impairment test is performed. First, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value to determine whether an indication of impairment exists. If impairment is indicated, then the fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the unit’s fair value to its assets and liabilities (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The amount of impairment for goodwill is measured as the excess of its carrying value over its fair value. The Company completes its assessment of goodwill impairment as of December 31 each year. No impairment was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The Company’s goodwill is allocated to its segments as follows: U.S. Services – approximately $11.3 million; Pipe and Products – approximately $3.9 million. The inputs used in the determination of fair value are generally level 3 inputs. See Note 10 for a discussion of fair value measures.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, which include property, plant and equipment, and certain other assets to be held and used by the Company, are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable based on estimated future cash flows. If this assessment indicates that the carrying values will not be recoverable, as determined based on undiscounted cash flows over the remaining useful lives, an impairment loss is recognized based on fair value of the asset.

Income Taxes

The Company operates under many legal forms in approximately 60 countries. As a result, the Company is subject to many U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions and many tax agreements and treaties among the various taxing authorities. The Company’s operations in these different jurisdictions are taxed on various bases such as income before taxes, deemed profits (which is generally determined using a percentage of revenues rather than profits), and withholding taxes based on revenues. Determination of taxable income in any jurisdiction requires the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and the use of estimates and assumptions regarding significant future events. Changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties, foreign currency exchange restrictions, or the Company’s level of operations or profitability in each taxing jurisdiction could have an impact upon the amount of income taxes that the Company provides during any given year.

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company elected Subchapter S status for its U.S. entities, which has been approved by the Internal Revenue Service. A Subchapter S corporation is a flow through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and generally is not subject to a corporate level U.S. federal income tax.

The Company provides for income tax expense based on the liability method of accounting for income taxes based on the authoritative accounting guidance. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based upon temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying values for financial

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

reporting purposes, and are measured using the enacted marginal rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax expense or benefit is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the period. The impact of an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken on an income tax return is recognized in the financial statements at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are comprised of licenses, customer relationships and tradenames. Identifiable intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The Company evaluates impairment of its intangible assets on an individual basis whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Intangible assets deemed to be impaired are written down to their fair value discounted cash flows and, if available, comparable market values.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (primarily average cost) or market value. Work in progress and finished goods include the cost of materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead. Inventory placed in service is either capitalized and included in equipment or expensed based upon the Company’s capitalization policies.

Marketable Securities

The Company’s marketable securities in certificates of deposit, debt securities and publicly traded equity securities as an indirect result of strategic investments are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value. See Note 7—Other Assets.

The marketable securities are held within a Rabbi Trust for the purpose of paying future Executive Deferred Compensation benefit obligations. Unrealized gains and losses are reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on marketable securities are included in other income on the Company’s combined statements of income, net when realized. Any impairment loss to reduce an investment’s carrying amount to its fair market value is recognized in income when a decline in the fair market value of an individual security below its cost or carrying value is determined to be other than temporary. Realized gains on investments were $1.2 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2012, respectively. Realized losses on investments were $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for significant improvements and betterments are capitalized when they extend the useful life of the asset. Expenditures for minor improvements and routine repairs and maintenance, which do not improve or extend the life of the related assets, are expensed when incurred. When properties or equipment are sold, retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the books and the resulting gain or loss is recognized on the combined statements of income.

Depreciation on fixed assets is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the individual assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the lease term. The depreciation of fixed assets recorded under capital lease agreements is included in depreciation expense.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standards update which adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The update requires entities to disclose additional information about reclassification adjustments, including changes in accumulated other comprehensive income balances by component and significant items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The update will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2013, but early adoption is permitted. The update will impact the Company’s disclosures and will not have a material impact on its combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which provides, subject to certain conditions, the option to perform a qualitative, rather than quantitative, assessment of goodwill to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. This update was effective and adopted by the Company in the first quarter of 2012 and did not have a material impact on its combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The new guidance requires entities to report components of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) a separate but consecutive statement. Under the two-statement approach, the first statement would include components of net income, which is consistent with the income statement format previously used by the Company, and the second statement would include components of other comprehensive income (“OCI”). The update does not change the items that must be reported in OCI and must be applied retrospectively for all periods presented in the financial statements. This update was effective and adopted by the Company in the first quarter of 2012 and impacted the Company’s financial statement presentation, but otherwise did not impact its combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which amends the definition of fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements to eliminate differences between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The update requires new quantitative and qualitative disclosures about the sensitivity of recurring Level 3 measurement disclosures, as well as disclosures of transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. This update was effective and adopted by the Company in the first quarter of 2012 and impacted the Company’s disclosures, but otherwise did not impact the Company’s combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Revenue Recognition

All revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria have been met: (1) evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery to and acceptance by the customer has occurred; (3) the price of the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured, as follows:

Services Revenue. The Company provides tubular services to clients in the oil and gas industry. The Company performs services either under direct service purchase orders or master service agreements. Service revenue is recognized when services have been performed or rendered.

Rental Revenue. The Company designs and manufactures a suite of highly technical equipment and products that it rents to its customers in connection with providing its services, including high-end, proprietary tubular handling equipment. The Company rents its products either under direct rental agreements or with customers with rental agreements in place. Revenue from rental agreements is recognized as earned over the rental period.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For customers contracted under direct service purchase orders and direct rental agreements, an accrual is recorded in unbilled accounts receivable for revenue earned but not yet invoiced.

Pipe and Products Revenue. Revenue on pipe and products sales is recognized when the product has shipped and significant risks of ownership have passed to the customer. The sales arrangements typically do not include right of return or other similar provisions or other post-delivery obligations. In some regions, customers have a right of return due to purchasing of excess products and deliverability limitations of products in remote locations. When the likelihood of a return exists on a sale, a determination of this portion of revenue is reclassified to unearned revenue until such time when the product is returned or no return occurs.

Risks and Uncertainties

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of trade accounts receivable. No one individual customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue in 2010 and 2011, while one customer accounted for approximately 11% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012. No customers accounted for more than 10% of receivables as of December 31, 2011 and 2012. The Company’s customers operate in the oil and gas industry. The Company’s business depends on the level of activity in oil and gas exploration, development and production in market sectors worldwide. Oil and gas prices and market expectations of potential changes in these prices significantly affect this level of activity. Demand for the Company’s offshore services substantially depends on the level of activity in offshore oil and gas exploration, development and production. The level of offshore activity is historically cyclical and characterized by large fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in a variety of factors, including oil and gas prices, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company mitigates its exposure to credit risk by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customer base.

The Company’s international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent in any business operating in foreign countries, including, but not limited to, political, social and economic instability, potential expropriation, seizure or nationalization of assets, deprivation of contract rights, civil unrest and protests, strikes, acts of terrorism, war or other armed conflict, import/export quotas, confiscatory taxation or other adverse tax policies and other forms of government regulation which are beyond the Company’s control. Instability and disruptions in the political, regulatory, economic and social conditions of the foreign countries in which the Company conducts business, including economically and politically volatile areas such as Africa, the Middle East, Latin America and the Asia Pacific region, could cause or contribute to factors that could have an adverse effect on the demand for the products and services the Company provides. Worldwide political, economic, and military events have contributed to oil and gas price volatility and are likely to continue to do so in the future. Depending on the market prices of oil and gas, oil and gas exploration and development companies may cancel or curtail their drilling programs, thereby reducing demand for the Company’s services. While the impact of these factors is difficult to predict, any one or more of these factors could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 3—Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable at December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance of $4,655 and $1,697, respectively

   $ 169,139       $ 188,095   

Unbilled receivables

     54,225         108,713   

Affiliated (1)

     1,169         4,551   

Other receivables

     9,412         12,298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable

   $ 233,945       $ 313,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts represent expenditures on behalf of non-consolidated affiliates.

Note 4—Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  

Pipe and connectors

   $ 74,613       $ 87,083   

Finished goods

     7,118         6,985   

Work in progress

     772         2,411   

Raw materials, components and supplies

     9,570         12,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 92,073       $ 108,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 5—Property, Plant and Equipment

The following is a summary of property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Estimated
Useful Lives
in Years
     December 31,  
        2011     2012  

Land

     —         $ 19,319      $ 21,344   

Buildings and improvements

     39         53,292        82,005   

Rental machinery and equipment

     7         471,318        563,368   

Machinery and equipment-other

     7         46,368        43,086   

Furniture, fixtures and computers

     5         13,827        16,707   

Automobiles and other vehicles

     5         53,551        55,481   

Leasehold improvements

     7         3,861        4,843   

Construction in progress - machinery and equipment

     —           38,545        62,122   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        700,081        848,956   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

        (375,200     (422,456
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

      $ 324,881      $ 426,500   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was approximately $46.4 million, $52.9 million and $64.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 6—Intangible Assets

Intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and 2012 consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Trade name

   $ 2,730      $ 2,725   

Accumulated amortization

     (2,707     (2,725
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

     23        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Customer relationships

     8,498        8,498   

Accumulated amortization

     (7,059     (8,006
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

     1,439        492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

License agreement

     4,957        4,957   

Accumulated amortization

     (3,158     (3,617
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

     1,799        1,340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 3,261      $ 1,832   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense was approximately $1.8 million, $1.7 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Expected aggregate amortization of intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 857   

2014

     554   

2015

     421   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,832   
  

 

 

 

Note 7—Other Assets

Other assets at December 31, 2011 and 2012 consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
   2011      2012  

Split-dollar life insurance

   $ 15,966       $ 18,799   

Marketable securities—deferred compensation plan (1)

     31,686         36,479   

Notes receivable—affiliates

     6,045         6,939   

Other

     8,568         10,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 62,265       $ 72,613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 15—Employee Benefit Plans.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 8—Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2012 consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  

Accrued compensation

   $ 15,671       $ 23,978   

Accrued property and other taxes

     19,059         23,847   

Deferred revenue

     34,771         23,172   

Accrued inventory

     4,440         17,273   

Other accrued purchases

     42,402         39,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued and other current liabilities

   $ 116,343       $ 127,799   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 9—Long-Term Debt

The following is a summary of long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Lines of credit

   $ 4,000      $ 2,000   

Notes payable

     4,162        4,464   

Equipment financing

     1,042        818   

Other

     —          86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     9,204        7,368   

Less: current portion

     (5,264     (6,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

     3,940        1,051   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes payable—affiliated

     3,618        469,268   

Less: current portion

     (567     (323,476
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

     3,051        145,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $      6,991      $ 146,843   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lines of Credit

The Company has two revolving lines of credit of $40.0 million and $5.0 million, which mature on August 31, 2014 and February 19, 2016, respectively. Interest is paid monthly on the unpaid balance of the $40.0 million line of credit at the London Interbank Offering Rate plus approximately 2.5% per annum. Interest is paid on the unpaid balance of the $5.0 million line of credit at the prime rate, which equates to 4.5% with the applicable margin included. The aggregate outstanding balance for the credit agreements was $4.0 million and $2.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. In addition, the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $5.2 million as of December 31, 2012. The lines of credit have certain financial covenants. As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants.

Notes Payable

The Company has various notes payable totaling $2.5 million and $3.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. These notes mature in 2013 with interest rates of 3.0% per annum.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company has financed certain business acquisitions. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, the aggregate outstanding balance of the finance agreements was $1.7 million and $1.3 million, with interest rates ranging from 5% and 6% per annum. The finance agreements are due on demand and have maturity dates ranging from September 2016 to October 2018.

Equipment Financing

The Company has financed certain aircraft through credit agreements. The aggregate outstanding balance of these credit agreements was $1.0 million and $0.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, with a fixed interest rate 5.0% per annum payable monthly. The credit agreements mature in August 2013. The notes are secured by the aircraft.

Notes Payable—Affiliated

In 2012, the Company made a non-cash distribution of $484.0 million to the owners of the Company in the form of two unsecured promissory notes payable to FWW B.V. Interest is charged on the notes at the applicable short-term monthly applicable federal rate (commonly known as the AFR Rate) as published by the Internal Revenue Service. The average interest rate was 0.22% during 2012. As of December 31, 2012, $320.0 million is included in current portion of notes payable—affiliates because it is due on demand and $144.0 million is included in notes payable—affiliated on the combined balance sheets. The Company also has various notes payable—affiliated of $3.6 million and $5.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The following table presents the scheduled maturities of principal amounts of the Company’s debt obligations for the next five years and in total thereafter (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 329,793   

2014

     1,661   

2015

     674   

2016

     516   

Thereafter

     143,992   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 476,636   
  

 

 

 

Note 10—Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows fair value measurement authoritative accounting guidance for measuring fair values of assets and liabilities in financial statements. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants who are independent, knowledgeable and willing and able to transact would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. The Company is able to classify fair value balances based on the observability of these inputs. The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy, defined as follows:

 

   

Level 1: Unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

   

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

   

Level 3: Significant, unobservable inputs for use when little or no market data exists, requiring a significant degree of judgment.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 measurements and the lowest priority to Level 3 measurements. Depending on the particular asset or liability, input availability can vary depending on factors such as product type, longevity of a product in the market and other particular transaction conditions. In some cases, certain inputs used to measure fair value may be categorized into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. For disclosure purposes under the accounting guidance, the lowest level that contains significant inputs used in valuation should be chosen.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

A summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

 

    Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
    Total  
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)    

December 31, 2011

       

Assets:

       

Investments available-for-sale:

       

Marketable securities—deferred compensation plan

  $ 31,686      $ —        $ —        $ 31,686   

Marketable securities—other

    227        —          —          227   

Liabilities:

       

Marketable securities—deferred compensation plan

    25,740        —          —            25,740   

December 31, 2012

       

Assets:

       

Investments available-for-sale:

       

Marketable securities—deferred compensation plan

  $ 36,479      $ —        $ —        $ 36,479   

Marketable securities—other

    3,717        —          —          3,717   

Liabilities:

       

Marketable securities—deferred compensation plan

    30,143        —          —          30,143   

The Company’s investments associated with its deferred compensation plan consist of marketable securities and mutual funds that are publicly traded and for which market prices are readily available. Other marketable securities are included in other assets on the combined balance sheets.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

The Company applies the provisions of the fair value measurement standard to its non-recurring, non-financial measurements including business combinations as well as impairment related to goodwill and other long-lived assets. For business combinations, the purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assume based on a discounted cash flow model for most intangibles as well as market assumptions for the valuation of equipment and other fixed assets. The Company utilizes a discounted cash flow model in evaluating impairment considerations related to goodwill and long-lived assets. Given the unobservable nature of the inputs, the discounted cash flow models are deemed to use Level 3 inputs.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Fair Value of Long-Term Debt

The carrying values and fair values of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2012  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
 

Lines of credit

   $ 3,000       $ 3,000       $ 1,000       $ 1,000   

Notes payable

     940         940         —           —     

Capital lease obligations

     —           —           51         51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,940       $ 3,940       $ 1,051       $ 1,051   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying values on the Company’s combined balance sheet of its cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable and accrued and other current liabilities approximates fair values due to their short maturities; therefore, they are excluded from the foregoing table.

The carrying value of the Company’s lines of credit approximates fair value because of its variable rate structure. The fair value of the capital lease and business acquisition financing were estimated to not be materially different from the carrying amount.

Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm’s-length basis, as the requisite conditions of competitive, free-market dealings may not exist. Representations about transactions with related parties, if made, shall not imply that the related party transactions were consummated on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s-length transactions unless such representations can be substantiated. It is not practical to determine the fair value of the long-term portion of the notes payable to FWW B.V. due to its related party nature.

Note 11—Common Stock

At December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company’s common stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except per share information):

 

     Par Value
Per Share
     Shares      Common
Stock
 
        Authorized      Issued     

FINV

   0.0100         240,000         48,096       $ 617   

FII

   $ 1.0000         100         10         10   

FCC

   $ 0.0380         10,000         2,000         76   

FTS

   $ 1.0000         100         100         100   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
          250,200              50,206       $         803   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 12—Related Party Transactions

The Company has engaged in certain transactions with other companies related to the Company by common ownership. The Company has entered into various operating leases with an affiliated partnership to lease office space from the partnership. Rent expense related to these leases was $2.8 million, $2.8 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company had receivables totaling $4.9 million and $5.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, due from our chief executive officer and certain members of the Mosing family, relating to amounts owed to the Company for split-dollar life insurance policy premiums that the Company maintains. The Company will collect the receivable either directly from the executive officer, if employment terminates other than by death, or from the executive officer’s beneficiary, if employment terminates due to death of the executive officer. The receivables are recorded in other assets on the combined balance sheets. The cash surrender value of $16.0 million and $18.8 million related to such policies is recorded in other assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The Company recorded an unrealized gain of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and unrealized losses of $0.7 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, in general and administrative expenses on the combined statements of income. In 2012, the Company received a death benefit payment of $4.9 million related to the passing of a related party which is included in other income on the combined statements of income.

In addition, the Company has two outstanding notes payable to FWW B.V. See Note 9—Long-Term Debt.

Note 13—Income Taxes

Income before income tax expense was comprised of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  

United States

   $ 33,745       $ 64,252       $ 192,545   

Foreign

     99,257         126,822         190,266   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

   $ 133,002       $ 191,074       $ 382,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes have been provided for based upon the tax laws and rates in the countries in which operations are conducted and income is earned. Components of income tax expense consist of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Current

      

U.S. federal

   $ 119      $ 68      $ 63   

U.S. state and local

     45        92        —     

Foreign

     14,201        20,539        30,365   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     14,365        20,699        30,428   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred

      

U.S. federal

     (119     (62     (63

Foreign

     355        (350     1,512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     236        (412     1,449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 14,601      $ 20,287      $ 31,877   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Foreign taxes were incurred in the following regions for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  

Latin America

   $ 1,625       $ 5,992       $ 11,996   

West Africa

     5,686         5,978         9,104   

Middle East

     976         1,665         3,751   

Europe

     992         1,677         1,707   

Far East

     982         1,630         2,172   

Other

     4,295         3,247         3,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total foreign income tax expense

   $ 14,556       $ 20,189       $ 31,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the differences between the income tax provision computed at the U.S. statutory rate and the reported provision for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Income tax expense at U.S. statutory rate

   $   46,551      $   66,876      $ 133,984   

Benefit of pass through entity status

     (11,766     (22,353     (66,593

Taxes on foreign earnings at less than the U.S. statutory rate

     (20,184     (24,236     (35,514
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 14,601      $ 20,287      $ 31,877   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the anticipated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities using the applicable tax rates in effect at year-end. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is not more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will be realized. Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Deferred tax assets

    

Current

    

Other

   $ —        $ 94   

Noncurrent

    

Property and equipment

     144        324   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     144        418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Current

    

Property and equipment

     —          (21

Noncurrent

    

Property and equipment

     (5,322     (6,899
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred liabilities

     (5,322     (6,920
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (5,178   $ (6,502
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

It is the Company’s intention to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings and profits from the subsidiaries of the combined companies’ operations that have been generated through December 31, 2012 and future plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate the foreign amounts to fund U.S. operations. In the event of distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would not be subject to either U.S. income taxes nor foreign withholding taxes payable to certain foreign entities.

A tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of uncertain tax positions at the beginning and end of the period is as follows: (in thousands):

 

     Gross
Unrecognized
Tax Benefits,
Excluding
Interest and
Penalties
     Interest and
Penalties
     Total Gross
Unrecognized
Tax Benefits
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $       1,796       $       —         $       1,796   

Increase in prior year tax positions

     1,553         564         2,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 3,349       $ 564       $ 3,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Substantially all of the uncertain tax positions, if recognized in the future, would impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company has elected to classify interest and penalties incurred on income taxes as income tax expense. The Company had no changes to its uncertain tax positions in 2010 and 2011 and no interest or penalties on income taxes were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011.

The Company files income tax returns in various international tax jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2012, the tax years 2006 through 2012 remain open to examination in the major foreign taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject. There are currently no U.S. Federal or state audits or examinations underway.

Note 14—Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

The Company is committed under various noncancelable operating lease agreements primarily related to facilities and equipment that expire at various dates throughout the next several years. Future minimum lease commitments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more at December 31, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 4,955   

2014

     4,060   

2015

     3,241   

2016

     2,775   

2017

     2,748   

Thereafter

     8,917   
  

 

 

 

Total future lease commitments

   $ 26,696   
  

 

 

 

Total rent expense incurred under operating leases was $5.2 million, $5.8 million and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Contingencies

The Company is the subject of other lawsuits and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of such lawsuits and claims. While the lawsuits and claims are asserted for amounts that may be material should an unfavorable outcome be the result, management does not expect that these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Note 15—Employee Benefit Plans

U.S. Benefit Plans

401(k) Savings and Investment Plan . FII, FCC and FTS administer separate 401(k) savings and investment plans (the “Plans”) as part of the employee benefits package. Employees are required to complete six months of service before becoming eligible to participate in the Plans. Under the terms of the Plans, the Company matches 75% of employee contributions up to $3,000 annually. The Company’s matching contributions to the Plans totaled $2.5 million, $2.6 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan . The Company and certain affiliates adopted the Frank’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (“EDC Plan”) effective December 20, 2004. The purpose of the EDC Plan is to provide participants with an opportunity to defer receipt of a portion of their salary, bonus, and other specified cash compensation. Participant contributions are immediately vested. Company contributions vest after five years of service. All participant benefits under this EDC Plan shall be paid directly from the general funds of the applicable participating subsidiary or a grantor trust, commonly referred to as a Rabbi Trust, created for the purpose of informally funding the EDC Plan, and other than such Rabbi Trust, no special or separate fund shall be established and no other segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment. The assets of the Company EDC Plan’s trust is invested in a corporate owned split-dollar life insurance policy and an amalgamation of mutual funds (Note 7).

The Company recorded compensation expense related to the vesting of the Company’s contribution of $2.5 million, $2.6 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The total liability recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2012, related to the EDC Plan was $25.7 million and $30.1 million, respectively, and was included in other noncurrent liabilities on the combined balance sheets.

Foreign Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors certain benefit plans as dictated by host country law. The Company recorded expense related to foreign benefit plans of $1.6 million, $1.7 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Note 16—Segment Information

Reporting Segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company is comprised of three reportable segments: International Services, U.S. Services and Pipe and Products.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The International Services segment provides tubular services in international offshore markets and in several onshore international regions. The Company’s customers in these international markets are primarily large exploration and production companies, including blue-chip integrated oil and gas companies and national oil and gas companies.

The U.S. Services segment provides tubular running services in almost all of the active onshore oil and gas drilling regions in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, Bakken Shale, Barnett Shale, Eagleford Shale, Haynesville Shale, Marcellus Shale and Utica Shale, as well as in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

The Pipe and Products segment designs and manufactures certain products that the Company sells or rents directly to external customers, including large OD pipe connectors and casing attachments. Finally, the Company distributes large OD pipe manufactured by third parties that the Company has equipped with weld-on end connections.

Adjusted EBITDA

The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA as net income before net interest income or expense, depreciation and amortization, income tax benefit or expense, asset impairments, gain or loss on sale of assets, foreign currency gain or loss and other non-cash adjustments. The Company’s CODM uses Adjusted EBITDA as the primary measure of segment reporting performance.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

      

International Services

   $ 118,487      $ 153,064      $ 219,199   

U.S. Services

     36,417        72,141        199,397   

Pipe and Products

     29,731        24,267        28,038   

Corporate and other

     (12     —          (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Total

     184,623        249,472        446,604   

Interest income (expense), net

     (1,658     (655     264   

Income tax expense

     (14,601     (20,287     (31,877

Depreciation and amortization

     (48,197     (54,581     (66,215

Gain on sale of assets

     164        47        2,608   

Foreign currency loss

     (1,930     (3,209     (450
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 118,401      $ 170,787      $ 350,934   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables set forth certain financial information with respect to the Company’s reportable segments. Included in “Corporate and Other” are intersegment eliminations and amounts not directly associated with an operating segment (in thousands):

 

     International
Services
     U.S.
Services
     Pipe and
Products
     Corporate
and Other
    Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2010

             

Revenue from external customers

   $ 289,183       $ 214,360       $ 104,665       $ —        $ 608,208   

Inter-segment revenues

     414         17,553         21,531         (39,498     —     

Adjusted EBITDA

     118,487         36,417         29,731         (12     184,623   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,540         26,457         3,200         —          48,197   

Property, plant and equipment

     116,879         115,983         19,729         —          252,591   

Capital expenditures

     34,313         21,605         1,345         —          57,263   

Year Ended December 31, 2011

             

Revenue from external customers

   $ 365,278       $ 259,396       $ 114,401       $ —        $ 739,075   

Inter-segment revenues

     828         17,890         32,934         (51,652     —     

Adjusted EBITDA

     153,064         72,141         24,267         —          249,472   

Depreciation and amortization

     23,702         27,378         3,501         —          54,581   

Property, plant and equipment

     164,709         138,339         21,833         —          324,881   

Capital expenditures

     63,285         49,097         5,501         —          117,883   

Year Ended December 31, 2012

             

Revenue from external customers

   $ 467,126       $ 422,522       $ 166,277       $ —        $ 1,055,925   

Inter-segment revenues

     2,338         22,046         48,409         (72,793     —     

Adjusted EBITDA

     219,199         199,397         28,038         (30     446,604   

Depreciation and amortization

     31,931         30,230         4,054         —          66,215   

Property, plant and equipment

     222,197         181,830         22,473         —          426,500   

Capital expenditures

     98,781         75,342         6,064         —          180,187   

The CODM does not review total assets by segment as part of the financial information provided; therefore, no asset information is provided in the above table.

Geographic Areas

Revenue and property, plant and equipment by geographic area were as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  

Revenue:

        

United States

   $    301,002       $    361,408       $ 560,559   

Europe/Middle East/Africa

     182,812         215,110         287,433   

Latin America

     63,166         90,409         107,112   

Other countries

     61,228         72,148         100,821   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 608,208       $ 739,075       $ 1,055,925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The revenue generated in The Netherlands was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. Other than the United States, no individual country represented more than 10% of the Company’s revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  

Long-Lived Assets (PP&E)

     

United States

   $ 160,172       $ 204,303   

International

     164,709         222,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 324,881       $ 426,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Based on the unique nature of the operating structure of the Company, revenue generating assets are interchangeable between international countries and are not separately identifiable. Revenues from customers and long-lived assets in the Netherlands were insignificant in each of the years presented.

Note 17—Subsequent Events

The Venezuelan government has devalued the Bolivar a number of times, including a recent devaluation on February 8, 2013. As a result of the 2013 valuation, the Company estimates a non-deductible foreign exchange loss of approximately $2.0 million in the first quarter of 2013.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     December 31,
2012
     March 31,
2013
 

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 152,945       $ 123,392   

Accounts receivables, net

     313,657         319,057   

Inventories

     108,543         128,471   

Other current assets

     16,632         15,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     591,777         586,476   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     426,500         449,789   

Goodwill

     15,239         15,239   

Intangible assets, net

     1,832         1,595   

Other assets

     72,613         76,219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,107,961       $ 1,129,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligation

   $ 6,317       $ 4,815   

Current portion of notes payable—affiliated

     323,476         323,476   

Accounts payable

     19,377         26,134   

Accrued and other current liabilities

     127,799         115,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     476,969         470,222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

     

Long-term debt and capital lease obligation

     1,051         1,043   

Notes payable—affiliated

     145,792         125,362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     146,843         126,405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     6,575         6,029   

Other non-current liabilities

     30,586         33,011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     660,973         635,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     —            —      

Stockholders’ equity

     

Common stock

     803         803   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,409         1,409   

Retained earnings

     440,399         491,145   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     4,377         294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     446,988         493,651   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,107,961       $ 1,129,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2013  

Revenues:

     

Equipment rentals and services

   $ 203,755       $ 205,878   

Products

     36,773         30,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     240,528         236,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

     

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     

Equipment rentals and services

     72,731         75,781   

Products

     24,184         18,019   

General and administrative expenses

     41,608         44,145   

Depreciation and amortization

     15,424         17,783   

Loss on sale of assets

     195         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     86,386         81,009   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

     

Other income

     670         2,127   

Interest income (expense), net

     260         (201

Foreign currency gain (loss)

     2,626         (3,587
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     3,556         (1,661
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     89,942         79,348   

Income tax expense

     7,687         6,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 82,255       $ 73,045   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2013  

Net income

   $ 82,255       $ 73,045   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

     660         (4,276

Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax

     38         193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     698         (4,083
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 82,953       $ 68,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balances at December 31, 2012

   $         803       $         1,409       $ 440,399      $             4,377      $         446,988   

Net income

     —           —           73,045        —           73,045   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     —           —           —           (4,276     (4,276

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

     —           —           —           193        193   

Distributions to stockholders

     —           —           (22,299     —           (22,299
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2013

   $ 803       $ 1,409       $ 491,145      $ 294      $ 493,651   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 82,255      $ 73,045   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     15,424        17,783   

Venezuelan currency devaluation charge

     —          1,755   

Deferred tax provision

     (90     (167

Provision for (recovery of) bad debts

     (164     1,343   

Loss on sale of assets

     195        23   

Changes in fair value of marketable securities

     (1,457     (1,314

Increase in value of life insurance policies

     —          (847

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (23,885     (19,715

Inventories

     (11,191     (20,097

Other current assets

     2,053        1,112   

Other assets

     (316     119   

Accounts payable

     5,252        7,075   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     7,864        (11,876

Other noncurrent liabilities

     2,729        2,425   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     78,669        50,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (43,919     (40,511

Proceeds from sale of equipment

     27        49   

Purchase of marketable securities

     (566     (330

Premiums on life insurance policies

     (1,648     (1,222

Other

     (1,435       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (47,541     (42,014
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Repayments of borrowings

     (1,723     (21,936

Proceeds from borrowings

     10,000        —      

Distributions to stockholders

     (23,019     (22,299
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (14,742     (44,235

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash due to Venezuelan devaluation

     —           575   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (1,933     5,457   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     14,453        (29,553

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     98,649        152,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 113,102      $ 123,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

Frank’s International is a global provider of highly engineered tubular services to the oil and gas industry. Frank’s International provides services to leading exploration and production companies in both offshore and onshore environments with a focus on complex and technically demanding wells.

Basis of Presentation

The combined financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 include the activities of Frank’s International N.V. (“FINV”), a Netherlands corporation, Frank’s International, Inc. (“FII”), Frank’s Casing Crew and Rental Tools, Inc. (“FCC”), Frank’s Tong Service, Inc. (“FTS”) and their wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Under this combined method of accounting, the historical combined financial statements of FINV are combined with FII, FCC and FTS. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated for purposes of preparing these combined financial statements.

Certain information and footnote disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for complete annual financial statements have been omitted and, therefore, it is suggested that these interim financial statements be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 located elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, these financial statements, which have been prepared pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and GAAP for interim financial reporting, reflect all adjustments, which consisted only of normal recurring adjustments which were necessary for a fair statement of the interim periods presented. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of those for a full year.

The combined financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis using the United States dollar as the reporting currency.

Venezuelan Currency Devaluation

In February 2013, the Venezuelan government announced a devaluation of the Bolivar Fuerte (“Bolivar”), resulting in the exchange rate declining from 4.3 to 6.3 Bolivars per U.S. Dollar. As a result of the devaluation, the Company recorded a foreign currency loss of $1.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013, related to the remeasurement of the Bolivar-denominated net monetary assets of the Company’s Venezuelan operations as of the date of the devaluation. In future periods, foreign exchange gains (losses) arising due to the appreciation (depreciation) of the Bolivar versus the U.S. Dollar will result in benefits (charges) to the statements of income based on the value of the Bolivar-denominated net monetary assets at the time when such exchange rate changes become effective.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”). This ASU requires entities to present separately, among other items, the amount of the change that is due to reclassifications, and the amount that is due to current period other comprehensive income. The Company adopted this guidance during the first quarter of 2013 which did not have a material impact on its combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows as there are currently no items reclassified from AOCI.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

Note 2—Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
     March 31,
2013
 

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,697 and $2,953, respectively

   $     188,095       $     207,515   

Unbilled receivables

     108,713         96,509   

Affiliated (1)

     4,551         5,464   

Other receivables

     12,298         9,569   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable

   $ 313,657       $ 319,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts represent expenditures on behalf of non-consolidated affiliates.

Note 3—Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
     March 31,
2013
 

Pipe and connectors

   $     87,083       $     108,075   

Finished goods

     6,985         7,368   

Work in progress

     2,411         697   

Raw materials, components and supplies

     12,064         12,331   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 108,543       $ 128,471   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 4—Property, Plant and Equipment

The following is a summary of property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Estimated
Useful Lives
in Years
     December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
 

Land

     —         $         21,344      $         21,177   

Buildings and improvements

     39         82,005        81,028   

Rental machinery and equipment

     7         563,368        583,201   

Machinery and equipment—other

     7         43,086        48,001   

Furniture, fixtures and computers

     5         16,707        17,528   

Automobiles and other vehicles

     5         55,481        55,650   

Leasehold improvements

     7         4,843        4,893   

Construction in progress—machinery and equipment

     —           62,122        75,077   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        848,956        886,555   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

        (422,456     (436,766
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

      $ 426,500      $ 449,789   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

Note 5—Other Assets

Other assets at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
     March 31,
2013
 

Split-dollar life insurance

   $     18,799       $     20,546   

Marketable securities held in Rabbi Trust (1)

     36,479         38,124   

Notes receivable—affiliates (2)

     6,939         7,099   

Other

     10,396         10,450   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 72,613       $ 76,219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 8—Fair Value Measurements.
(2) Represents amounts due from family members related to split-dollar life insurance policy premiums that the Company maintains.

Note 6—Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
     March 31,
2013
 

Accrued compensation

   $     23,978       $     17,541   

Accrued property and other taxes

     23,847         22,960   

Deferred revenue

     23,172         37,865   

Accrued inventory

     17,273         4,076   

Other accrued purchases

     39,529         33,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued and other current liabilities

   $ 127,799       $ 115,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 7—Long-term Debt

The following is summary of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
 

Lines of credit

   $     2,000      $     2,000   

Notes payable

     4,464        2,981   

Equipment financing

     818        799   

Other

     86        78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     7,368        5,858   

Less: current portion

     (6,317     (4,815
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

     1,051        1,043   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes payable—affiliated

     469,268        448,838   

Less: current portion

     (323,476     (323,476
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

     145,792        125,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 146,843      $ 126,405   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

Lines of Credit

The Company has two revolving credit facilities, with available borrowing capacities of $40.0 million and $5.0 million, which mature on August 31, 2014 and February 19, 2016, respectively. Interest is paid monthly on the unpaid balance of the $40.0 million line of credit at the London Interbank Offering Rate plus approximately 2.5% per annum. Interest is paid on the unpaid balance of the $5.0 million line of credit at the prime rate, which equates to 4.5% with the applicable margin included. The aggregate outstanding balance under the credit facilities was $2.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013. The revolving credit facilities have certain financial covenants. As of March 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants. In addition, we had outstanding letters of credit of $5.9 million as of March 31, 2013.

Notes Payable

The Company has various notes payable totaling $3.2 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. These notes mature in 2013 with interest rates of 3.0% per annum.

The Company has financed certain business acquisitions. At December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the aggregate outstanding balance of the finance agreements was $1.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively, with interest rates ranging from 5% to 6% per annum. The finance agreements are due on demand and have maturity dates ranging from September 2016 to October 2018.

Equipment Financing

The Company has financed certain aircraft through credit agreements. The aggregate outstanding balance of these credit agreements was $0.8 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, with a fixed interest rate of 5.0% per annum payable monthly. The credit agreements mature in August 2013. The notes are secured by the aircraft.

Notes Payable—Affiliated

In 2012, the Company made a non-cash distribution of $484.0 million to the owners of the Company in the form of two unsecured promissory notes payable to FWW.B.V. Interest is charged on the notes at the applicable short-term monthly applicable federal rate (commonly known as the AFR Rate) as published by the Internal Revenue Service. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, $320.0 million is included in current portion of notes payable—affiliates because it is due on demand and $144.0 million and $123.7 million, respectively, is included in notes payable—affiliated on the combined balance sheets. The Company also has various notes payable —affiliated of $5.3 million and $5.1 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively.

Note 8—Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows fair value measurement authoritative accounting guidance for measuring fair values of assets and liabilities in financial statements. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants who are independent, knowledgeable and willing and able to transact would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. The Company is able to classify fair

 

F-45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

value balances based on the observability of these inputs. The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy, defined as follows:

 

   

Level 1: Unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

   

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

   

Level 3: Significant, unobservable inputs for use when little or no market data exists, requiring a significant degree of judgment.

The hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 measurements and the lowest priority to Level 3 measurements. Depending on the particular asset or liability, input availability can vary depending on factors such as product type, longevity of a product in the market and other particular transaction conditions. In some cases, certain inputs used to measure fair value may be categorized into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. For disclosure purposes under the accounting guidance, the lowest level that contains significant inputs used in valuation should be chosen.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

A summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  

December 31, 2012

           

Assets:

           

Investments available-for-sale:

           

Marketable securities—deferred compensation plan

   $     36,479       $         —         $         —         $     36,479   

Marketable securities—other

     3,717         —           —           3,717   

Liabilities:

           

Marketable securities—deferred compensation plan

     30,143         —           —           30,143   

March 31, 2013

           

Assets:

           

Investments available-for-sale:

           

Marketable securities—deferred compensation plan

   $ 38,124       $ —         $ —         $ 38,124   

Marketable securities—other

     3,910         —           —           3,910   

Liabilities:

           

Marketable securities—deferred compensation plan

     32,649         —           —           32,649   

The Company’s investments associated with its deferred compensation plan consist of marketable securities and mutual funds that are publicly traded and for which market prices are readily available. Other marketable securities are included in other assets on the combined balance sheets.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

The Company applies the provisions of the fair value measurement standard to its non-recurring, non-financial measurements including business combinations as well as impairment related to goodwill and other long-lived assets. For business combinations, the purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on a discounted cash flow model for most intangibles as well as market assumptions for the valuation of equipment and other fixed assets. The Company utilizes a discounted cash flow model in evaluating impairment considerations related to goodwill and long-lived assets. Given the unobservable nature of the inputs, the discounted cash flow models are deemed to use Level 3 inputs. There were no non-recurring measurements during the interim periods presented.

Fair Value of Long-Term Debt

The carrying values and fair values of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2012      March 31, 2013  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
 

Lines of credit

   $ 1,000       $ 1,000       $ 1,000       $ 1,000   

Capital lease obligations

     51         51         43         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,051       $ 1,051       $ 1,043       $ 1,043   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying values on the Company’s combined balance sheet of its cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable and accrued and other current liabilities approximates fair values due to their short maturities; therefore, they are excluded from the foregoing table.

The carrying value of the Company’s lines of credit approximates fair value because of its variable rate structure. The fair value of the capital lease was estimated to not be materially different from the carrying amount.

Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm’s-length basis, as the requisite conditions of competitive, free-market dealings may not exist. It is not practical to determine the fair value of the long-term portion of the notes payable to FWW B.V. due to its related party nature.

Note 9—Common Stock

At December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the Company’s common stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except per share information):

 

     Par Value
Per Share
     Shares      Common
Stock
 
        Authorized      Issued     

FINV

   0.0100         240,000         48,096       $       617   

FII

   $ 1.0000         100         10         10   

FCC

   $ 0.0380         10,000         2,000         76   

FTS

   $ 1.0000         100         100         100   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        250,200         50,206       $ 803   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

Note 10—Related Party Transactions

The Company has engaged in certain transactions with other companies related to the Company by common ownership. The Company has entered into various operating leases with an affiliated partnership to lease office space from the partnership. Rent expense related to these leases was $0.7 million $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

The Company had receivables totaling $5.6 million and $5.8 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively, due from our chief executive officer and certain members of the Mosing family, relating to amounts owed to the Company for split-dollar life insurance policy premiums that the Company maintains. The Company will collect the receivable either directly from the executive officer, if employment terminates other than by death, or from the executive officer’s beneficiary, if employment terminates due to death of the executive officer. The receivables are recorded in other assets on the combined balance sheets. The cash surrender value of $18.8 million and $20.5 million related to such policies is recorded in other assets as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. The Company recorded an unrealized gain of $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 in general and administrative expenses on the combined statements of income.

In addition, the Company has two outstanding notes payable to FWW B.V. See Note 7—Long-Term Debt.

Note 11—Income Taxes

As of March 31, 2013, there were no significant changes to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as reported in its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Company’s effective tax rate on income before income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 was 8.5% and 7.9%, respectively. The tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 is lower than the U.S. statutory income tax rate of 35% due to the Company’s Subchapter S status for its U.S. entities as well as lower statutory tax rates in certain foreign jurisdictions where the Company operates. A Subchapter S corporation is a flow through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and generally is not subject to a corporate level U.S. federal income tax.

Note 12—Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is the subject of lawsuits and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management cannot predict the ultimate outcome of such lawsuits and claims. While the lawsuits and claims are asserted for amounts that may be material should an unfavorable outcome be the result, management does not expect that these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Note 13—Segment Information

Adjusted EBITDA

The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA as net income before net interest income or expense, depreciation and amortization, income tax benefit or expense, asset impairments, gain or loss on sale of assets, foreign currency gain or loss and other non-cash adjustments. The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) uses Adjusted EBITDA as the primary measure of segment reporting performance.

 

F-48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013  

Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

    

International Services

   $ 51,815      $ 49,959   

U.S. Services

     44,610        42,794   

Pipe and Products

     6,259        8,337   

Corporate and other

     (9     (148
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Total

     102,675        100,942   

Interest income (expense), net

     260        (201

Income tax expense

     (7,687     (6,303

Depreciation and amortization

     (15,424     (17,783

Loss on sale of assets

     (195     (23

Foreign currency gain (loss)

     2,626        (3,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 82,255      $ 73,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables set forth certain financial information with respect to the Company’s reportable segments. Included in “Corporate and Other” are intersegment eliminations and costs associated with activities of a general nature (in thousands):

 

     International
Services
     U.S.
Services
     Pipe and
Products
     Corporate
and Other
    Total  

Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

             

Revenue from external customers

   $ 109,035       $ 96,820       $ 34,673       $ —         $ 240,528   

Inter-segment revenues

     503         4,549         10,626         (15,678     —      

Adjusted EBITDA

     51,815         44,610         6,259         (9     102,675   

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

             

Revenue from external customers

   $ 110,488       $ 97,557       $ 28,715       $ —         $ 236,760   

Inter-segment revenues

     815         5,165         16,289         (22,269     —      

Adjusted EBITDA

     49,959         42,794         8,337         (148     100,942   

Note 14—Subsequent Event

In June 2013, the Company sold a component of its Pipe and Products segment, which is expected to result in an estimated gain of approximately $41.0 million in the second quarter ended June 30, 2013. Revenues associated with the component were $16.9 million and $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively.

 

F-49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

GLOSSARY

Selected Industry Terms

The following industry terms defined in this section are used throughout this prospectus:

Blowout Preventer (BOP) . A large valve at the top of a well that may be closed to regain control of a reservoir if the drilling crew or other wellsite personnel lose control of formation fluids.

Bottomhole assembly . Lower portion of the drill string, consisting of the drill bit, drill collars, heavy-weight drill pipe and stroking tools. Also includes various tools to enable directional drilling if required.

Casing . Large-diameter pipe lowered into an openhole wellbore and cemented in place.

Cementing . The process of pumping cement between the outside of an installed string of casing and wellbore.

Completion . A generic term used to describe the assembly of downhole tubulars and equipment required to enable safe and efficient production from an oil or gas well.

Control line . A small-diameter hydraulic line used to operate downhole completion equipment.

Connector . A small joint of pipe used to connect two tubular components.

Drilling Rig . The machine used to drill a wellbore.

Drill Bit . Tool attached to the bottom of a drill string that serves as the cutting or boring element used to drill the wellbore.

Drill Floor . The elevated platform where the majority of activity by a drilling rig crew occurs during drilling and casing operations, including make-up and breakout of tubulars and supervision and monitoring of the drilling process.

Drill Pipe . Heavy tubular steel conduit fitted with special threaded ends called tool joints. The drill pipe connects the surface equipment with the bottomhole assembly, both to pump drilling fluid to the drill bit and to raise, lower and rotate the bottomhole assembly.

Drill String . The combination of the drillpipe and the bottomhole assembly.

Elevator . A set of clamps that grip tubulars so that the tubulars can be raised or lowered into the wellbore.

Hook Load . The total force pulling down on the hook, including the weight of the drill string and any ancillary equipment, reduced by any force that tends to reduce that weight such as friction along the wellbore wall (especially in deviated wells) and buoyant forces on the drill string caused by its immersion in drilling fluid.

Hydrocarbon . A naturally occurring organic compound comprising hydrogen and carbon. Hydrocarbons can be as simple as methane, but many are highly complex molecules, and can occur as gases, liquids or solids. Petroleum is a complex mixture of hydrocarbons. The most common hydrocarbons are natural gas, oil and coal.

Landing String . A long string of drill pipe used to lower blowout preventer stacks and casing strings to the ocean floor from an offshore drilling rig.

Make-Up and Breakout . Process of spinning and torquing when connecting and disconnecting tubulars.

Pipe Handling . Equipment used to move and connect tubulars.

Rotary Table . Machine embedded into drill floor used to rotate the drill string.

Slips . Wedge-shaped pieces of metal with gripping elements that are used to hold tubulars in place or to prevent tubulars from slipping down into the wellbore.

 

A-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Spider . A circular steel device that holds slips supporting a suspended string of drill pipe, casing, or tubing from the drill floor.

Tongs . Large wrenches used for torquing when making-up or breaking-out tubulars.

Top Drive . Machine used to rotate the drill string by attaching to the top of the drillpipe without the use of the rotary table.

Tubing . String of pipe set inside the well casing, through which a reservoir’s oil or natural gas is produced.

Tubulars . Drill pipe, casing, tubing, or other piping placed in the wellbore.

Wellbore . The physical hole drilled from surface into the hydrocarbon reservoir.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

            Shares

 

LOGO

Frank’s International N.V.

Common Stock

 

 

 

Prospectus

                , 2013

 

 

 

Barclays

Credit Suisse

Simmons & Company

International

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus Frank’s International may authorize to be delivered to you. Until                             , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in the trust units, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth an itemized statement of the amounts of all expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) payable by us in connection with the registration of the common stock offered hereby. With the exception of the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 68,200   

FINRA filing fee

     75,500   

NYSE listing fee

     *   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our directors and executive officers will enter into indemnification agreements with us. The agreements provide, to the fullest extent permitted by our amended and restated articles of association and the law of The Netherlands, that we will indemnify the directors and executive officers against any and all liabilities, claims, judgments, fines, penalties, interest and expenses, including attorneys fees, incurred in connection with any expected, threatened, pending or completed action, investigation or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative, involving a director or an executive officer by reason of his position as director or officer.

The articles of association provide that we will, to the full extent permitted by the law of The Netherlands, as amended from time to time, indemnify, and advance expenses to, each of its now acting and former management board and supervisory board members, officers, employees and agents, whenever any such person is made a party, or threatened to be made a party, in any action, suit or proceeding by reason of his service with us. The articles of association also provide that we may purchase and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us, within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

There have been no sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit

number

    

Description

  1.1        

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1        

Articles of Association of Frank’s International N.V.

  3.2        

Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Frank’s International N.V.

  5.1         Form of Opinion of Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.)
  8.1         Form of Opinion of Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.) regarding certain Netherlands tax matters
  8.2         Form of Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. regarding certain U.S. tax matters
  *10.1         Form of 5-Year Credit Agreement, among Frank’s International C.V., Amegy Bank National Association, as Administration Agent, and certain other lenders party thereto
  *10.2         Form of 364-Day Credit Agreement, among Frank’s International C.V., Amegy Bank National Association, as Administration Agent, and certain other lenders party thereto
  †10.3         Form of Indemnification Agreement
  †10.4         Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan
  †10.5         Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for non-employee directors)
  †10.6         Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for employees)
  †10.7         Form of Employment Agreement for D. Keith Mosing
  †10.8         Form of Employment Agreement for each of Robert R. Gilbert, C. Michael Webre, Mark G. Margavio, Brian D. Baird and W. John Walker
  10.9         Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  10.10       Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
  10.11       Form of Global Transaction Agreement
  10.12       Form of Voting Agreement
  10.13       Form of FICV Management Agreement
  10.14      

Form of Limited Partnership Agreement of Frank’s International C.V.

  **21.1         List of Subsidiaries of Frank’s International N.V.
  23.1         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2         Consent of Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.) (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
  23.3         Consent of Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.) (included as part of Exhibit 8.1 hereto)
  23.4         Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included as part of Exhibit 8.2 hereto)
  **99.1         Consent of Spears and Associates, Inc.
  99.2         Consent of Sheldon Erikson, as Director Nominee
  99.3         Consent of Kirkland D. Mosing, as Director Nominee
  99.4         Consent of Steven B. Mosing, as Director Nominee

 

* To be filed by amendment
** Previously filed
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on July 15, 2013.

 

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

By:

  /s/ Donald Keith Mosing
 

Donald Keith Mosing

  Chairman of the Board, Director,
Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

  Date

 

/s/ Donald Keith Mosing

Donald Keith Mosing

  

Chairman of the Board, Director, Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 15, 2013

/s/ Mark G. Margavio

Mark G. Margavio

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer

and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 15, 2013

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

number

    

Description

  1.1         Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1         Articles of Association of Frank’s International N.V.
  3.2         Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Frank’s International N.V.
  5.1         Form of Opinion of Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.)
  8.1         Form of Opinion of Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.) regarding certain Netherlands tax matters
  8.2         Form of Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. regarding certain U.S. tax matters
  *10.1         Form of 5-Year Credit Agreement, among Frank’s International C.V., Amegy Bank National Association, as Administration Agent, and certain other lenders party thereto
  *10.2         Form of 364-Day Credit Agreement, among Frank’s International C.V., Amegy Bank National Association, as Administration Agent, and certain other lenders party thereto
  †10.3         Form of Indemnification Agreement
  †10.4         Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan
  †10.5         Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for non-employee directors)
  †10.6         Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for employees)
  †10.7         Form of Employment Agreement for D. Keith Mosing
  †10.8         Form of Employment Agreement for each of Robert R. Gilbert, C. Michael Webre, Mark G. Margavio, Brian D. Baird and W. John Walker
  10.9         Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  10.10       Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
  10.11       Form of Global Transaction Agreement
  10.12       Form of Voting Agreement
  10.13       Form of FICV Management Agreement
  10.14       Form of Limited Partnership Agreement of Frank’s International C.V.
  **21.1         List of Subsidiaries of Frank’s International N.V.
  23.1         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2         Consent of Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.) (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
  23.3         Consent of Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.) (included as part of Exhibit 8.1 hereto)
  23.4         Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included as part of Exhibit 8.2 hereto)
  **99.1         Consent of Spears and Associates, Inc.
  99.2         Consent of Sheldon Erikson, as Director Nominee
  99.3         Consent of Kirkland D. Mosing, as Director Nominee
  99.4         Consent of Steven B. Mosing, as Director Nominee

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-5

Exhibit 1.1

[ ]

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

Common Stock

FORM OF

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

August [ ], 2013

B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .

C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC,

S IMMONS  & C OMPANY I NTERNATIONAL

As Representatives of the several

 Underwriters named in Schedule I attached hereto,

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Frank’s International N.V., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands ( naamloze vennootschap ) (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell [ ] shares (the “ Firm Stock ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value €0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). In addition, the Company proposes to grant to the underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) named in Schedule I attached to this agreement (this “ Agreement ”) an option to purchase up to [ ] additional shares of the Common Stock on the terms set forth in Section 2 (the “ Option Stock ”). The Firm Stock and the Option Stock, if purchased, are hereinafter collectively called the “ Stock .” This Agreement is to confirm the agreement concerning the purchase of the Stock from the Company by the Underwriters.

In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, the Company and Mosing Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Mosing Holdings ”), have entered into a Global Transaction Agreement establishing the economic terms of certain restructuring transactions that have been or will be undertaken (as defined therein, the “ Restructuring ”). As used in this Agreement:

(i) “ Applicable Time ” means [ ] [a.m.][p.m.] (New York City time) on [ ], 2013;

(ii) “ Effective Date ” means the date and time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, was declared effective by the Commission;


(iii) “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means each “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the offering of the Stock;

(iv) “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Stock included in such registration statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act;

(v) “ Pricing Disclosure Package ” means, as of the Applicable Time, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, together with the information included in Schedule III hereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus filed or used by the Company on or before the Applicable Time, other than a road show that is an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus under Rule 433 under the Securities Act;

(vi) “ Prospectus ” means the final prospectus relating to the Stock, as filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; and

(vii) “ Registration Statement ” means such registration statement, as amended as of the Effective Date, including any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, all exhibits to such registration statement and including the information deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of such registration statement as of the Effective Date.

1. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Company and FICV . Each of the Company and Frank’s International C.V., a limited partnership established under the laws of The Netherlands (“ FICV ”), represents, warrants and agrees that:

(a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-188536) relating to the Stock (i) has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”); (ii) has been filed with the Commission under the Securities Act and (iii) has been declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act. Copies of such registration statement and any amendment thereto have been delivered by the Company to you as the representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the Underwriters. The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and no proceeding or examination for such purpose has been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

(b) The Company was not at the time of initial filing of the Registration Statement and at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Stock, is not on the date hereof and will not be on the applicable Delivery Date, an “ineligible issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act).

(c) The Registration Statement conformed and will conform in all material respects on the Effective Date and on the applicable Delivery Date, and any amendment to the Registration Statement filed after the date hereof will conform in all material

 

2


respects when filed, to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The most recent Preliminary Prospectus conformed, and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects when filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act and on the applicable Delivery Date to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(d) The Registration Statement did not, as of the Effective Date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 8(e).

(e) The Prospectus will not, as of its date or as of the applicable Delivery Date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 8(e).

(f) The Pricing Disclosure Package did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 8(e).

(g) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed in Schedule IV hereto, when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed in Schedule IV hereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is specified in Section 8(e).

(h) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder on the date of first use, and the Company has complied with any filing requirements applicable to such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus pursuant to the Securities Act and rules and regulations thereunder. The Company has not made any offer relating

 

3


to the Stock that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representatives, except as set forth on Schedule V hereto. The Company has retained in accordance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses that were not required to be filed pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Company has taken all actions necessary so that any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) in connection with the offering of the Stock will not be required to be filed pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(i) The Company and each of its “significant subsidiaries” as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (each, a “ Significant Subsidiary ”), has been duly organized, is validly existing and in good standing (where such concept is legally relevant) as a company with limited liability, corporation or other business entity, as applicable, under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is duly qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation or other business entity in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its businesses requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, properties, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have, or after giving effect to the Restructuring will have, all corporate, limited liability or limited partnership, as the case may be, power and authority necessary to own or hold its properties and to conduct its businesses as described in the Registration Statement. The subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement are the only “significant subsidiaries” as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

(j) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in each of the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus), and all of the outstanding equity interests of the Company have, or after giving effect to the Restructuring will have, been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, conform to the description thereof contained in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and are not subject to any preemptive right, resale right, right of first refusal or similar right. All of the outstanding equity interests of FICV and shares of capital stock and other equity interests of each other Significant Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable. Except as described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and after giving effect to the Restructuring, the Company will own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the general partner interest in FICV, [ ]% of the limited partner interest in FICV, and all other shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary are owned directly or indirectly by the Company (except as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus), free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens, encumbrances, equities or claims as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4


(k) The shares of the Stock to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder have been duly authorized and, upon payment and delivery in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, will conform to the description thereof contained in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and will be free of statutory and contractual preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and similar rights.

(l) Each of the Company and FICV has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(m) The issue and sale of the Stock, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Stock as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the charter amendments, contribution agreements and related documents described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus under the caption “Organizational Structure” entered into in connection with the Restructuring will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, impose any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any judgment, order, decree, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets, except with respect to clauses (i) and (iii), conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(n) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets is required for the issue and sale of the Stock, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Stock, as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, and the Restructuring, except for (i) the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings, registrations or qualifications as may be required under the Exchange Act, and applicable foreign securities, state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and sale of the Stock by the Underwriters, (ii) consents required under the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”), (iii) consents that have been, or prior to the Delivery Date will be, obtained and (iv) such consents that, if not obtained, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5


(o) The historical financial statements (including the related notes and supporting schedules) included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the entities purported to be shown thereby at the dates and for the periods indicated and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.

(p) The unaudited pro forma financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the unaudited pro forma financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus. The unaudited pro forma financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of Regulation S-X under the Act.

(q) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified the audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, whose report appears in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and who have delivered the initial letter referred to in Section 7(g) hereof, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(r) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and to maintain accountability for its assets, (iii) access to the Company’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for the Company’s assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(s) (i) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act), (ii) such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company and its subsidiaries in the reports they file or will file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management of the Company and its subsidiaries, including their respective principal executive officers and principal financial officers, as appropriate and (iii) such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established.

 

6


(t) Since the date of the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries reviewed or audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company, (i) the Company has not been advised of or become aware of (A) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls that could adversely affect the ability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to record, process, summarize and report financial data, or any material weaknesses in internal controls, and (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of the Company and each of its subsidiaries; and (ii) there have been no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

(u) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith.

(v) Other than as disclosed in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) sustained any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, other than as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, other than liabilities and obligations that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iii) entered into any transaction not in the ordinary course of business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (iv) declared or paid any dividend on its capital stock, and since such date, there has not been any material change in the capital stock (other than issuance of Common Stock under benefit plans, as described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus), partnership or limited liability interests, as applicable, or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any adverse change, or any development involving a prospective adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, shareholders’ equity, properties, management, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case except as could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(w) After giving effect to the Restructuring, the Company and each of its subsidiaries will have good and marketable title to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real property and personal property that are material to the conduct of the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects, except such liens, encumbrances and defects as (i) are described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, (ii) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries and (iii) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7


(x) After giving effect to the Restructuring, the Company and each of its subsidiaries have such permits, licenses, patents, franchises, certificates of need and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“ Permits ”) as are necessary under applicable law to own their properties and conduct their businesses in the manner described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, except for any of the foregoing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have fulfilled and performed all of its obligations with respect to the Permits, and no event has occurred that allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other impairment of the rights of the holder or any such Permits, except for any of the foregoing that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such Permits, which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(y) After giving effect to the Restructuring, the Company and each of its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, know-how, software, systems and technology (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses, except where the failure to own, possess, have a license or other right to use would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of any claim of infringement or conflict with any such rights of others which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(z) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others.

(aa) There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement or the most recent Preliminary Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that are not described or filed as required. The statements made in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of the contracts and other documents described and filed, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such contracts and documents in all material respects.

(bb) The statements made in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus under the captions “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Regulation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Third Party Transactions,” insofar as they purport to constitute

 

8


summaries of the terms of statutes, rules or regulations, legal or governmental proceedings or contracts and other documents, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such statutes, rules and regulations, legal and governmental proceedings and contracts and other documents in all material respects.

(cc) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain insurance covering their properties, operations, personnel and businesses against such losses and risks and in such amounts as is commercially reasonable for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties. All policies of insurance of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries are in full force and effect; the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies in all material respects; neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that substantial capital improvements or other expenditures will have to be made in order to continue such insurance; there are no claims by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have been notified in writing that they will be denied renewal of their existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue their businesses at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(dd) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or FICV, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, shareholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or FICV, on the other hand, that is required to be described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus which is not so described.

(ee) No labor disturbance by or dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ff) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries (i) is in violation of its charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents), (ii) is in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant, condition or other obligation contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, license or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject, or (iii) is in violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over it or its property or assets or has failed to obtain any license, permit, certificate, franchise or other governmental authorization or permit necessary to the ownership of its property or to the conduct of its business, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent any such conflict, breach, violation or default would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9


(gg) Except as disclosed in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, the Company and each of its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with all laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, orders, judgments, decrees, permits or other legal requirements of any governmental authority, including without limitation any international, foreign, national, state, provincial, regional, or local authority, relating to pollution, the protection of human health or safety, the environment, or natural resources, or to use, handling, storage, manufacturing, transportation, treatment, discharge, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”) applicable to such entity, which compliance includes, without limitation, obtaining, maintaining and complying with all permits and authorizations and approvals required by Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses as they are currently being conducted, and (ii) have not received notice or otherwise have knowledge of any actual or alleged violation of Environmental Laws, or of any actual or potential liability for or other obligation concerning the presence, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, except in the case of clause (i) or (ii) where such non-compliance, violation, liability, or other obligation could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, (x) there are no proceedings that are pending, or known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under Environmental Laws in which a governmental authority is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (y) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, including any pending or proposed Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (z) none of the Company and its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to Environmental Laws.

(hh) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof, subject to permitted extensions, and have paid all taxes due, other than those (i) that are being contested in good faith or for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or (ii) which, if not paid, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) (i) Each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)) for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) would have any material liability (each a “ Plan ”) has been maintained in all material respects in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations including ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that

 

10


could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) with respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (A) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries, (B) no “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, (C) the fair market value of the assets under each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan), and (D) neither the Company nor any member of its Controlled Group has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any material liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan,” within the meaning of Section 4001(c)(3) of ERISA); and (iv) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and, to the Company’s knowledge, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

(jj) The statistical and market-related data included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable in all material respects.

(kk) The Company is not, and as of the applicable Delivery Date and, after giving effect to the offer and sale of the Stock, the application of the proceeds therefrom, as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, and the Restructuring, will not be an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(ll) The statements set forth in each of the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the captions “Description of Capital Stock,” “Certain Netherlands Federal Income Tax Considerations,” “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to summarize the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate summaries in all material respects.

(mm) No person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act.

(nn) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or the Underwriters for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Stock.

 

11


(oo) The Company has not sold or issued any securities that would be integrated with the offering of the Stock contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the Securities Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or the interpretations thereof by the Commission.

(pp) The Company and its affiliates have not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company in connection with the offering of the shares of the Stock.

(qq) The Stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution on, The New York Stock Exchange.

(rr) The Company has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of any Delivery Date and completion of the distribution of the Stock, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Stock other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to which the Representatives have consented in accordance with Section 1(h) or 5(a)(vi) and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus set forth on Schedule V hereto and, in connection with the Directed Share Program described in Section 4, the enrollment materials prepared by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Company.

(ss) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

(tt) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

12


(uu) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(vv) Each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus comply, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which such Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus or such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any court or governmental agency or body, other than such as have been obtained, is required under the securities laws and regulations of any foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered or sold outside the United States.

(ww) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC to offer, Stock to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company, its business or its products.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or FICV and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Stock shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company and FICV, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

2. Purchase of the Stock by the Underwriters. On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants contained in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell [ ] shares of the Firm Stock to the several Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase the number of shares of the Firm Stock set forth opposite that Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto. The respective purchase obligations of the Underwriters with respect to the Firm Stock shall be rounded among the Underwriters to avoid fractional shares, as the Representatives may determine.

In addition, the Company grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [ ] additional shares of Option Stock. Such option is exercisable in the event that the

 

13


Underwriters sell more shares of Common Stock than the number of Firm Stock in the offering and as set forth in Section 4 hereof. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of shares of Option Stock (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of shares of Option Stock to be sold on such Delivery Date as the number of shares of Firm Stock set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of shares of Firm Stock.

The purchase price payable by the Underwriters for the Firm Stock is $ [ ] per share and any Option Stock is $ [ ] per share, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Stock but not payable on the Option Stock.

The Company is not obligated to deliver any of the Firm Stock or Option Stock to be delivered on the applicable Delivery Date, except upon payment for all such Stock to be purchased on such Delivery Date as provided herein.

3. Offering of Stock by the Underwriters . Upon authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Firm Stock, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Stock for sale upon the terms and conditions to be set forth in the Prospectus.

It is understood that approximately [ ] shares of the Firm Stock (the “ Directed Shares ”) will initially be reserved by the several Underwriters for offer and sale upon the terms and conditions to be set forth in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and persons having business relationships with the Company and its subsidiaries who have heretofore delivered to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC offers or indications of interest to purchase shares of Firm Stock in form satisfactory to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (such program, the “ Directed Share Program ”) and that any allocation of such Firm Stock among such persons will be made in accordance with timely directions received by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC from the Company; provided that under no circumstances will Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC or any Underwriter be liable to the Company or to any such person for any action taken or omitted in good faith in connection with such Directed Share Program. It is further understood that any Directed Shares not affirmatively reconfirmed for purchase by any participant in the Directed Share Program by [ ]:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date hereof, or otherwise are not purchased by such persons will be offered by the Underwriters to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

The Company agrees to pay all reasonable fees and disbursements incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and any stamp duties or other taxes incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.

4. Delivery of and Payment for the Stock . Delivery of and payment for the Firm Stock shall be made at [10:00] A.M., New York City time, at the offices of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., 1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500, Houston, Texas 77002, on the third full business day following the date of this Agreement or at such other date or place as shall be determined by agreement between the Representatives and the Company. This date and time are sometimes referred to as the “ Initial Delivery Date .” Delivery of the Firm Stock shall be made to the Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment by the several Underwriters

 

14


through the Representatives to or upon the order of the Company of the respective aggregate purchase prices of the Firm Stock being sold by the Company of the purchase price by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Company. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Underwriter hereunder. The Company shall deliver the Firm Stock through the facilities of DTC unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

The option granted in Section 2 will expire 30 days after the date of this Agreement and may be exercised in whole or from time to time in part by written notice being given to the Company by the Representatives; provided that if such date falls on a day that is not a business day, the option granted in Section 2 will expire on the next succeeding business day. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of shares of Option Stock as to which the option is being exercised, the names in which the shares of Option Stock are to be registered, the denominations in which the shares of Option Stock are to be issued and the date and time, as determined by the Representatives, when the shares of Option Stock are to be delivered; provided, however , that this date and time shall not be earlier than the Initial Delivery Date nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the fifth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. Each date and time the shares of Option Stock are delivered is sometimes referred to as an “ Option Stock Delivery Date ,” and the Initial Delivery Date and any Option Stock Delivery Date are sometimes each referred to as a “ Delivery Date .”

Delivery of the Option Stock by the Company and payment for the Option Stock by the several Underwriters through the Representatives shall be made at [10:00] A.M., New York City time, at the offices of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., 1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500, Houston, Texas 77002, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in the preceding paragraph or at such other date or place as shall be determined by agreement between the Representatives and the Company. On the Option Stock Delivery Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered the Option Stock to the Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives and of the respective aggregate purchase prices of the Option Stock being sold by the Company to or upon the order of the Company of the purchase price by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Company. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Underwriter hereunder. The Company shall deliver the Option Stock through the facilities of DTC unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

5. Further Agreements of the Company and the Underwriters . (a) The Company agrees:

(i) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Delivery Date except as provided herein; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the

 

15


Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Stock for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding or examination for any such purpose or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to use promptly its best efforts to obtain its withdrawal.

(ii) To deliver promptly to the Representatives: (A) three signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith, (B) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits), (C) as many copies of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amended or supplemented Prospectus as the Representatives may reasonably request, and (D) as many copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as the Representatives may reasonably request; and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time after the date hereof in connection with the offering or sale of the Stock or any other securities relating thereto and if at such time any events shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act, to notify the Representatives and, upon their request, to file such document and to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.

(iii) To file promptly with the Commission any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that may, in the judgment of the Company or the Representatives, be required by the Securities Act or requested by the Commission.

(iv) Prior to filing with the Commission any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, to furnish a copy thereof to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters and obtain the consent of the Representatives to the filing.

(v) Not to make any offer relating to the Stock that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

(vi) To comply with all applicable requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act with respect to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. If at any time after the

 

16


date hereof any events shall have occurred as a result of which any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to notify the Representatives and, upon its request, to file such document and to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that will correct such conflict, statement or omission or effect such compliance.

(vii) As soon as practicable after the Effective Date (it being understood that the Company shall have until at least 410 days or, if the fourth quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the Effective Date is the last fiscal quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, 455 days after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter), to make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to deliver to the Representatives an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158); provided, however, that (i) such requirements to the Company’s security holders shall be deemed met by the Company’s compliance with its reporting requirements pursuant to the Exchange Act if such compliance satisfies the conditions of Rule 158 and (ii) such requirements to the Representatives shall be deemed met by the Company if the related reports are available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System.

(viii) Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Stock for offering and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of Canada and such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Stock; provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be subject.

(ix) For a period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the 180th day after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), not to, directly or indirectly, (A) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (other than the Stock and shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans existing on the date hereof), or sell or grant options, rights or warrants with respect to any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or

 

17


exchangeable for Common Stock, other than (i) the Stock to be sold hereunder, (ii) the grant of stock options, restricted stock awards, phantom stock awards and other equity-based incentive awards to the Company’s directors, officers, employees or consultants pursuant to the Company’s stock incentive plans existing on the date hereof and in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange (as defined below) and (iii) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise of options or other awards or the vesting or other equity-based incentive awards granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans existing on the date hereof, (B) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of such shares of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (C) file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Stock or any other securities of the Company, or (D) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters, and to cause each officer, director and shareholder of the Company set forth on Schedule II hereto to furnish to the Representatives, prior to the Initial Delivery Date, a letter or letters, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Lock-Up Agreements ”); notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (y) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then the restrictions imposed in this paragraph shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event, unless Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the Underwriters, agree to not require such extension in writing.

(x) If Barclays Capital Inc., in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a Lock-Up Agreement for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, and containing such other information as Barclays Capital Inc. may require with respect to the circumstances of the release or waiver and/or the identity of the officer(s) and/or director(s) with respect to which the release or waiver applies, through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(xi) To apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock being sold by the Company substantially in accordance with the description as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

(xii) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

18


(xiii) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing pay the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.

(xiv) In connection with the Directed Share Program, to ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation to the same extent as sales and dispositions of Common Stock by the Company are restricted pursuant to Section 5(a)(x), and Barclays Capital Inc. will notify the Company as to which Directed Share Participants will need to be so restricted. At the request of Barclays Capital Inc., the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such securities for such period of time as is consistent with Section 5(a)(x).

(xv) To comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(xvi) The Company and its affiliates will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that reasonably would be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company in connection with the offering of the Stock.

(xvii) The Company will do and perform all things required or necessary to be done and performed under this Agreement by it prior to each Delivery Date, and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder to purchase the Stock.

(b) Each Underwriter severally agrees that such Underwriter shall not include any “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) in any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) used or referred to by such Underwriter without the prior consent of the Company (any such issuer information with respect to whose use the Company has given its consent, “ Permitted Issuer Information ”); provided that (i) no such consent shall be required with respect to any such issuer information contained in any document filed by the Company with the Commission prior to the use of such free writing prospectus, and (ii) “issuer information,” as used in this Section 5(b), shall not be deemed to include information prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter on the basis of or derived from issuer information.

6. Expenses. The Company agrees, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay all expenses, costs, fees and taxes incident to and in connection with (a) the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Stock and any stamp duties or other taxes payable in that connection, and the preparation and printing of certificates for the Stock; (b) the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement (including any exhibits thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment

 

19


or supplement thereto; (c) the distribution of the Registration Statement (including any exhibits thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, all as provided in this Agreement; (d) the production and distribution of this Agreement, any supplemental agreement among Underwriters, and any other related documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Stock; (e) any required review by the FINRA of the terms of sale of the Stock; (f) the listing of the Stock on the New York Stock Exchange and/or any other exchange; (g) the qualification of the Stock under the securities laws of the several jurisdictions as provided in Section 5(a)(ix) and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including reasonable related fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters); (h) the preparation, printing and distribution of one or more versions of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus for distribution in Canada, including in the form of Canadian “wrapper”; (i) the offer and sale of shares of the Stock by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters related thereto, the costs and expenses of preparation, printing and distribution of the Directed Share Program material and all stamp duties or other taxes incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program; (j) the investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Stock, including, without limitation, expenses associated with any electronic road show, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show; and (k) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement; provided that, except as provided in this Section 6 and in Section 11, the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including the costs and expenses of their counsel, any transfer taxes on the Stock which they may sell and the expenses of advertising any offering of the Stock made by the Underwriters.

7. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The respective obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, when made and on each Delivery Date, of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission in accordance with Section 5(a)(i). The Company shall have complied with all filing requirements applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus used or referred to after the date hereof; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceeding or examination for such purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and any request of the Commission for inclusion of additional information in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise shall have been complied with. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement.

(b) No Underwriter shall have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to such Delivery Date that the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Pricing

 

20


Disclosure Package, or any amendment or supplement thereto, contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, is material or omits to state a fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(c) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of this Agreement, the Stock, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to counsel for the Underwriters, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(d) Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. shall have furnished to the Representatives its written opinion, as counsel to the Company, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-1.

(e) Brian D. Baird, Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives his written opinion, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-2.

(f) Van Campen & Partners N.V. shall have furnished to the Representatives its written opinion, as special counsel to the Company, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-3.

(g) Orion Law, special British Virgin Islands counsel to the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives its written opinion, as counsel to the Company, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-4.

(h) The Representatives shall have received from Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Delivery Date, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Stock, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Pricing Disclosure Package and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(i) At the time of execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the date hereof (i)

 

21


confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and (ii) stating, as of the date hereof (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, as of a date not more than three days prior to the date hereof), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters ordinarily covered by accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters in connection with registered public offerings.

(j) With respect to the letter of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP referred to in the preceding paragraph and delivered to the Representatives concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ initial letter ”), the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter (the “ bring-down letter ”) of such accountants, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, (ii) stating, as of the date of the bring-down letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Prospectus, as of a date not more than three days prior to the date of the bring-down letter), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by the initial letter, and (iii) confirming in all material respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the initial letter.

(k) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated such Delivery Date, of its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer as to the following:

(i) The representations, warranties and agreements of the Company in Section 1 are true and correct on and as of such Delivery Date, and the Company has complied with all its agreements contained herein and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Delivery Date;

(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued; and no proceedings or examination for that purpose have been instituted or, to the knowledge of such officers, threatened;

(iii) They have examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, in their opinion, (A) (1) the Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date, (2) the Prospectus, as of its date and on the applicable Delivery Date, and (3) the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and did not and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (except in the case of the Registration Statement, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and (B) since the Effective Date, no event has occurred that should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that has not been so set forth; and

(iv) To the effect of Section 7(l) ( provided that no representation with respect to the judgment of the Representatives need be made).

(l) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, or (ii) since such date there shall not have been any

 

22


material change in the capital stock (other than issuance of Common Stock under benefit plans, as described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, shareholders’ equity, properties, management, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is, individually or in the aggregate, in the judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Stock being delivered on such Delivery Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(m) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities or preferred stock by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act), and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities or preferred stock.

(n) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in securities generally on any securities exchange that has registered with the Commission under Section 6 of the Exchange Act (including the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market, The NASDAQ Global Market, The NASDAQ Capital Market, or in the over-the-counter market, or trading in any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market), shall have been suspended or materially limited or the settlement of such trading generally shall have been materially disrupted or minimum prices shall have been established on any such exchange or such market by the Commission, by such exchange or by any other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, (ii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, (iii) the United States shall have become engaged in hostilities, there shall have been an escalation in hostilities involving the United States or there shall have been a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States, or (iv) there shall have occurred such a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions, including, without limitation, as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof (or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such), as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or delivery of the Stock being delivered on such Delivery Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(o) The New York Stock Exchange shall have approved the Stock for listing, subject only to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution.

(p) The Lock-Up Agreements between the Representatives and the officers, directors and shareholders of the Company set forth on Schedule II, delivered to the Representatives on or before the date of this Agreement, shall be in full force and effect on such Delivery Date.

 

23


(q) The Restructuring shall have been consummated as described in the most recent Preliminary Prospectus.

(r) On or prior to each Delivery Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

8. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) The Company and FICV, jointly and severally, hereby agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Stock), to which that Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, (B) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, (C) any Permitted Issuer Information used or referred to in any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) used or referred to by any Underwriter or (D) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Stock, including any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) not constituting an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (“ Marketing Materials ”), or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Permitted Issuer Information, any Marketing Materials, any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse each Underwriter and each such affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Underwriter, affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company and FICV shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free

 

24


Writing Prospectus or in any such amendment or supplement thereto or in any Permitted Issuer Information, any Marketing Materials, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Underwriter furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information consists solely of the information specified in Section 8(e). The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability which the Company and FICV may otherwise have to any Underwriter or to any affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person of that Underwriter.

(b) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, FICV, the Company’s directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company, FICV or any such director, officer, employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Marketing Materials, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Marketing Materials, any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Underwriter furnished to the Company by or on behalf of that Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information is limited to the information set forth in Section 8(e). The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability that any Underwriter may otherwise have to the Company, FICV or any such director, officer, employee or controlling person.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 8 except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights and defenses) by such failure and, provided , further , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or

 

25


action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however , that the indemnified party shall have the right to employ counsel to represent jointly the indemnified party and those other indemnified parties and their respective directors, officers, employees and controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Section 8 if: (i) the indemnified party and the indemnifying party shall have so mutually agreed; (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party and its directors, officers, employees and controlling persons shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to them that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnified parties or their respective directors, officers, employees or controlling persons, on the one hand, and the indemnifying party, on the other hand, and representation of both sets of parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, and in any such event the fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be paid by the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall (x) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party, or (y) be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with the consent of the indemnifying party or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 8(a), 8(b), or 8(f) in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and FICV, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the offering of the Stock, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and FICV, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect

 

26


thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and FICV, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Stock purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and FICV, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the shares of the Stock purchased under this Agreement, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the other hand. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, FICV or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, FICV and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 8(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 8(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(d), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Stock exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e) The Underwriters severally confirm and each of the Company and FICV acknowledges and agrees that (i) the statements regarding delivery of shares by the Underwriters set forth on the cover page of, and (ii) the 4 th , 14 th through 18 th and 20 th paragraphs appearing under the caption “Underwriting” in, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are correct and constitute the only information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters specifically for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Marketing Materials.

(f) The Company and FICV shall indemnify and hold harmless Barclays Capital Inc. (including its affiliates, directors, officers and employees) and each person, if any, who controls Barclays Capital Inc. within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (“ Barclays Entities ”), from and against

 

27


any loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect thereof to which any of the Barclays Entities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action (i) arises out of, or is based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the approval of the Company for distribution to Directed Share Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) arises out of, or is based upon, the failure of the Directed Share Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Directed Share Participant agreed to purchase, or (iii) is otherwise related to the Directed Share Program; provided that the Company and FICV shall not be liable under this clause (iii) for any loss, claim, damage, liability or action that is determined in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Barclays Entities. The Company and FICV shall reimburse the Barclays Entities promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

9. Defaulting Underwriters .

(a) If, on any Delivery Date, any Underwriter defaults in its obligations to purchase the Stock that it has agreed to purchase under this Agreement, the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Stock by the non-defaulting Underwriters or other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Stock, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Stock on such terms. In the event that within the respective prescribed periods, the non-defaulting Underwriters notify the Company that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Stock, or the Company notifies the non-defaulting Underwriters that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Stock, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone such Delivery Date for up to seven full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any such other document or arrangement that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise, any party not listed in Schedule I hereto that, pursuant to this Section 9, purchases Stock that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Stock of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the total number of shares of the Stock that remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the total number of shares of all

 

28


the Stock, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the total number of shares of Stock that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the total number of shares of Stock that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Stock of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; provided that the non-defaulting Underwriters shall not be obligated to purchase more than 110% of the total number of shares of Stock that it agreed to purchase on such Delivery Date pursuant to the terms of Section 2.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Stock of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the total number of shares of Stock that remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the total number of shares of all the Stock, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Sections 6 and 11 and except that the provisions of Section 8 shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

10. Termination. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be terminated by the Representatives by notice given to and received by the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Firm Stock if, prior to that time, the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason permitted under Section 7 this Agreement.

11. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses. If (a) the Company shall fail to tender the Stock for delivery to the Underwriters for any reason, or (b) the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company and FICV will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the proposed purchase of the Stock, and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representatives. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 10 as a result of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 7(n) or pursuant to Section 9 by reason of the default of one or more Underwriters, the Company shall not be obligated to reimburse any defaulting Underwriter on account of those expenses.

12. Research Analyst Independence. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters’ research analysts and research departments are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Underwriters’ research analysts may hold views and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Company and/or the offering that differ from the views of their respective investment banking divisions. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the

 

29


Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to the Company by such Underwriters’ investment banking divisions. The Company acknowledges that each of the Underwriters is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies that may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

13. No Fiduciary Duty . Each of the Company and FICV acknowledges and agrees that in connection with this offering, sale of the Stock or any other services the Underwriters may be deemed to be providing hereunder, notwithstanding any preexisting relationship, advisory or otherwise, between the parties or any oral representations or assurances previously or subsequently made by the Underwriters: (a) no fiduciary or agency relationship between the Company, FICV and any other person, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, exists; (b) the Underwriters are not acting as advisors, expert or otherwise, to either the Company or FICV, including, without limitation, with respect to the determination of the public offering price of the Stock, and such relationship between the Company and FICV, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, is entirely and solely commercial, based on arms-length negotiations; (c) any duties and obligations that the Underwriters may have to the Company or FICV shall be limited to those duties and obligations specifically stated herein; and (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may have interests that differ from those of the Company and FICV. Each of the Company and FICV hereby waives any claims that the Company or FICV may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach of fiduciary duty in connection with this offering.

14. Notices, etc. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:

(a) if to the Underwriters, shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Registration (Fax: 646-834-8133), with a copy, in the case of any notice pursuant to Section 8(c), to the Director of Litigation, Office of the General Counsel, Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019; and

(b) if to the Company or FICV, shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Brian Baird, Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary (Fax: (281) 558-2980).

Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof. The Company and FICV shall be entitled to act and rely upon any request, consent, notice or agreement given or made on behalf of the Underwriters by Barclays Capital Inc. on behalf of the Representatives.

 

30


15. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company, FICV and their respective successors. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof are for the sole benefit of only those persons, except that (a) the representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements of the Company and FICV contained in this Agreement shall also be deemed to be for the benefit of the directors, officers and employees of the Underwriters and each person or persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and (b) the indemnity agreement of the Underwriters contained in Section 8(b) of this Agreement shall be deemed to be for the benefit of the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who have signed the Registration Statement and any person controlling the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the persons referred to in this Section 15, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

16. Survival. The respective indemnities, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, FICV and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Stock and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any of them or any person controlling any of them.

17. Definition of the Terms “Business Day,” “Affiliate” and “Subsidiary.” For purposes of this Agreement, (a) “ business day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close, and (b) “ affiliate ” and “ subsidiary ” have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

19. Waiver of Jury Trial . The Company, FICV and the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

21. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

31


If the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company, FICV and the Underwriters, please indicate your acceptance in the space provided for that purpose below.

 

Very truly yours,
F RANK S I NTERNATIONAL N.V.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

F RANK S I NTERNATIONAL C.V.
By: Frank’s International Management B.V., its general partner
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

32


Accepted:

 

B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .

C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC

S IMMONS  & C OMPANY I NTERNATIONAL

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

By B ARCLAYS C APITAL I NC .
By:  

 

  Authorized Representative

 

By C REDIT S UISSE S ECURITIES (USA) LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Representative

 

By S IMMONS & C OMPANY I NTERNATIONAL
By:  

 

  Authorized Representative

 

33

Exhibit 3.1

 

LOGO

UNOFFICIAL ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF

THE DEED OF AMENDMENT OF:

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

The attached document is an unofficial English translation of the deed of amendment to the articles of association of Frank’s International N.V., having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, executed on May 10, 2013.

In this translation an attempt has been made to be as literal as possible without jeopardizing the overall continuity. Inevitably, differences may occur in the translation, and if so, the Netherlands text will by law govern.


Exhibit 3.1

 

LOGO

INDEX

 

CHAPTER I: Definitions

   2

Article 1

   2

CHAPTER II: Name. Corporate seat. Objects

   3

Article 2. Name and corporate seat

   3

Article 3. Objects

   3

CHAPTER III: Capital and shares. Register of shareholders

   3

Article 4. Authorized capital

   3

Article 5. Register of shareholders

   4

CHAPTER IV: Issue of shares. Repurchase of shares

   5

Article 6. Issue of shares. Authorized corporate body.

   5

Article 7. Terms and conditions of issue. Pre-emptive rights

   5

Article 8. Payment for shares. Payment in cash. Non-cash Contribution

   6

Article 9. Repurchase of shares

   7

CHAPTER V: Transfer of shares. Usufruct. Pledge

   9

Article 10. Transfer of shares

   9

Article 11. Usufruct

   9

Article 12. Pledge

   9

Article 13. Acknowledgement of pledge

   10

CHAPTER VI: Board of managing directors

   10

Article 14. Board of managing directors

   10

Article 15. Appointment

   10

Article 16. Suspension and dismissal

   10

Article 17. Remuneration

   10

Article 18. Decision-making. Division of duties

   10

Article 19. Representative authority

   10

Article 20. Approval of board resolutions

   12

Article 21. Absence or inability to act

   14

CHAPTER VII: Annual accounts. Profits

   14

Article 22. Financial year. Drawing up the annual accounts

   14

Article 23. Auditor

   14

Article 24. Presentation to the shareholders. Availability. Adoption

   14

Article 25. Publication

   15

Article 26. Profits. Distributions

   16

CHAPTER VIII: General meetings

   16

Article 27. Annual general meeting

   16

Article 28. Other general meetings

   17

Article 29. Convocation. Agenda

   17

Article 30. Place of the meetings

   19

Article 31. Imperfect convocation general meeting

   19

Article 32. Chairman

   19

Article 33. Minutes

   19

Article 34. Rights exercisable during a meeting. Admission

   19

Article 35. Decision making General Meeting

   20

Article 36. Resolutions passed outside a meeting

   21

CHAPTER IX: Amendment to the articles of association. Liquidation

   21

Article 37. Amendment to the articles of association and dissolution

   21

Article 38. Liquidation

   21


 

LOGO

AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

This day, the tenth day of May two thousand and thirteen appeared before me, Tjien Hauw Liem, Esq., civil law notary officiating in Amsterdam:

Pauline Francisca Maria van Leeuwen, Esq., born in Nieuwkoop, The Netherlands, on the twenty-fifth day of April, nineteen hundred and seventy-nine, for these purposes electing as her place of residence the office of the aforementioned notary, J.J. Viottastraat 52, 1071 JT Amsterdam, The Netherlands, holder of the Netherlands passport with number NU36985R7.

The appearing person declared as follows:

I. PRESENT ARTICLES

The articles of association of Frank’s International N.V. , a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, with Ministry of Justice number NV 1355801, having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, with address Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the trade register under number 34241787 (the “Company”), have most recently been amended by the deed executed before Tjien Hauw Liem, Esq., civil law notary officiating in Amsterdam, on the twenty-third day of September two thousand and nine. The requisite ministerial statement of no-objection was obtained on the seventeenth day of June, two thousand and nine.

II. RESOLUTION TO AMEND THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

According to the attached written resolution (the “Resolution”), the Company’s general meeting of shareholders has resolved to amend the Company’s articles of association and to authorize the appearing person to have this deed executed and to sign it.

III. AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Pursuant to the Resolution, the Company’s articles of association are amended in such a manner that the articles 15 paragraph 1 and article 19 paragraphs 1 and 2 shall henceforth read as follows:

Article 15. Appointment

 

15.1 The board of managing directors shall consist of one or more managing directors. The general meeting shall determine the number of managing directors.”.

 

1


LOGO

 

Article 19. Representative authority

 

19.1 The board of managing directors shall represent the company. The authority to represent the company shall also be vested in each managing director individually.

 

19.2 The board of managing directors may appoint officers and grant them a general or special power of attorney. Their title shall be determined by the board of managing directors. Titles may include Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. Each officer shall represent the company within the bounds of his authorization.”.

IV. COMPLETE TEXT

In accordance with the above-mentioned amendments, the complete text of the articles of association of the Company shall be as follows:

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

CHAPTER I

Definitions

Article 1.

In these articles of association, the following terms shall mean:

 

a. general meeting: the general meeting of shareholders;

 

b. shares: registered shares and bearer shares, unless the opposite is explicitly mentioned;

 

c. shareholders: holders of registered shares and holders of bearer shares, unless the opposite is explicitly mentioned;

 

d. depositary receipts: depositary receipts for shares in the company. Unless the context proves otherwise, such receipts include depositary receipts issued without the company’s cooperation;

 

e. depositary receipt holders: holders of depositary receipts issued with the company’s cooperation. Unless otherwise shown such holders include persons who, as a result of any right of usufruct or right of pledge created on any share, have the rights conferred by law upon the holders of depositary receipts issued with the company’s cooperation;

 

f. annual accounts: the balance sheet and profit and loss account plus explanatory notes;

 

g. subsidiary:

 

   

a legal entity in respect whereof the company or any of its subsidiaries have, whether or not pursuant to an agreement with other persons entitled to vote, can exercise either individually or collectively, more than one-half of the voting rights at the general meeting;

 

   

a legal entity of which the company or any of its subsidiaries are members or shareholders, and in respect of which the company or any of its subsidiaries have, either individually or collectively, the right to appoint or dismiss more than half of such legal entity’s managing directors or supervisory directors, whether or not pursuant to any agreement with other persons having voting rights, and even if all persons having voting rights in fact cast their vote;

 

2


LOGO

 

h. auditor: a registered accountant or any such other accountant as referred to in article 2:393 of the Netherlands Civil Code, or any organization in which such accountants co-operate.

CHAPTER II

Name. Corporate seat. Objects

Article 2. Name and corporate seat

 

2.1 The name of the company is Frank’s International N.V.

 

2.2 The company has its corporate seat in Amsterdam.

Article 3. Objects

The objects of the company are:

 

a. to incorporate, participate in, conduct the management of and take any other financial interest in other companies and enterprises;

 

b. to render administrative, technical, financial, economic or managerial services to other companies, persons or enterprises;

 

c. to acquire, dispose of, manage and exploit real and personal property, including patents, marks, licenses, permits and other industrial property rights;

 

d. to borrow and/or lend monies, act as surety or guarantor in any other manner, and bind itself jointly and severally or otherwise in addition to or on behalf of others,

the foregoing whether or not in collaboration with third parties and inclusive of the performance and promotion of all activities which directly and indirectly relate to those objects, all this in the broadest sense.

CHAPTER III

Capital and shares. Register of shareholders

Article 4. Authorized capital

 

4.1 The authorized capital amounts to two million and four hundred thousand euro (EUR 2,400,000.—) and is divided into two hundred forty million (240,000,000) ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of one eurocent (EUR 0.01).

 

4.2 At least one share in the capital of the company must be held by a person other than the company or one of its subsidiaries and other than for the account of the company or one of its subsidiaries.

 

4.3 The shares shall be in registered form or in bearer form as preferred by the shareholder. The company shall, at the request of the shareholder, convert a fully paid registered share into a bearer share or vice versa, at no more than cost.

 

4.4 The shares shall be numbered consecutively from 1 onwards.

 

4.5 The company shall issue share certificates for bearer shares if at least the full amount due on such shares has been paid, except for the provisions of article 8.2. No share certificates shall be issued for registered shares.

 

3


LOGO

 

4.6 The shares are non-divisible.

 

4.7 A dividend sheet shall be attached to each share certificate, consisting of dividend coupons and a talon, all bearing the same number as the share certificate.

The share certificates must be signed by a managing director. Signing of the share certificates may take place by stamped facsimile.

 

4.8 At the written request of a shareholder, the board of managing directors may issue duplicates for share certificates, and/or parts thereof, that have been lost, stolen or destroyed, provided that the applicant can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the board of managing directors, his title to the shares and, if applicable, the lost of the share certificates.

All costs connected with the issue of duplicates shall be borne by the applicant. The issue of duplicates shall furthermore be subject to all such requirements as to be determined by the board of managing directors.

The issue of duplicates shall render the original documents null and void.

Article 5. Register of shareholders

 

5.1 The board of managing directors shall keep a register in which the names and addresses of all holders of registered shares shall be recorded, specifying the date on which they acquired their shares, the date of acknowledgment by or service upon the company, as well as the amount paid up on each share. The register shall also contain the names and addresses of all owners of a right of usufruct or pledge on such shares, specifying the date on which they acquired such right, the date of acknowledgment by or service upon the company and what rights they have been granted attached to the shares under articles 11 and 12.

 

5.2 The board of managing directors shall also keep a register recording the names and addresses of the holders of depositary receipts of registered shares.

 

5.3 Each holder of registered shares, each usufructuary, each pledgee and each holder of depositary receipts of registered shares shall be obliged to notify the company of his address in writing.

 

5.4 Each discharge from liability for payments for shares shall also be recorded in the register.

 

5.5 The register shall be regularly updated. All entries in the register shall be signed by a managing director.

 

5.6 The board of managing directors shall, upon request, provide a shareholder, a usufructuary or a pledgee at no costs with an excerpt from the register relating to his right to a share.

If the shares are encumbered with a right of usufruct or a right of pledge, the excerpt shall indicate in whom the rights referred to in article 11.2, 11.3 and 11.4, and article 12.2, 12.3 and 12.4 respectively are vested.

 

4


LOGO

 

5.7 The board of managing directors shall deposit the register at the offices of the company for inspection by the shareholders, as well as the usufructuaries and pledgees in whom the rights are vested in accordance with article 11.4 and article 12.4 respectively. The information on partly-paid shares contained in the register shall be open for inspection by any person; copies of or excerpts from this information shall be supplied at no more than at cost.

CHAPTER IV

Issue of shares. Repurchase of shares

Article 6. Issue of shares. Authorized corporate body

 

6.1 The company can only issue shares pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting or of another corporate body designated to do so by a resolution of the general meeting for a fixed period not exceeding five years. The designation must be accompanied by a stipulation as to the number of shares that may be issued.

The designation may each time be extended for a period of up to five years. The designation may not be cancelled, unless the designation provides otherwise.

 

6.2 Within eight days after the resolution of the general meeting to issue shares or to designate a corporate body, the company shall deposit a full text thereof at the trade register where the company is registered.

 

6.3 Within eight days after the end of each calendar quarter, the company shall notify the trade register of each issue of shares in the past calendar quarter, specifying the number and class in case different classes of shares were issued.

 

6.4 The provisions of paragraph 1 up to and including paragraph 3 of this article shall apply accordingly to the granting of rights to subscribe to shares, but does not apply to the issue of shares to someone who exercises a previously acquired right to subscribe to shares.

 

6.5 The issue of a registered share, not being a share as mentioned in article 2:86c Netherlands Civil Code, shall require a notarial deed, executed before a civil law notary officiating in a municipality in the Netherlands, and to which those involved are party.

Article 7. Terms and conditions of issue. Pre-emptive rights

 

7.1 If a resolution to issue shares is adopted, the issue price of the shares and the other conditions of the issue shall also be determined.

 

7.2 Each shareholder shall have a pre-emptive right with respect to any further share issue in proportion to the aggregate amount of his shares, except if shares are issued for a non-cash consideration or is shares are issued to employees of the company or/of a group company.

 

7.3 The company shall announce the issue of shares which are subject to pre-emptive rights and the period of time during which such rights may be exercised, in the “Staatscourant” (Official Gazette) and in a daily newspaper which is nationally distributed in The Netherlands, unless all shares are registered shares and all shareholders are notified in writing at the address indicated by each of them.

 

5


LOGO

 

7.4 Pre-emptive rights may be exercised within at least two weeks after the day when the announcement in the “Staatscourant” (Official Gazette) was published or after the notification was sent to the shareholders.

 

7.5 Pre-emptive rights may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the general meeting. The reasons for such proposal and the issue price of the shares must be given in writing in the proposal thereto. Pre-emptive rights may also be excluded or restricted by the authorized corporate body referred to in article 6.1 if such corporate body is authorized by the resolution of the general meeting for a fixed period, not exceeding five years, to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive rights. The designation may each time be extended for a period of up to five years. Unless determined otherwise, the designation can not be cancelled.

Upon termination of the authority of the corporate body to issue shares, its authority to restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights shall also terminate.

 

7.6 A resolution of the general meeting to restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights or to authorize a corporate body for that purpose shall require a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast if less than one-half of the issued capital is represented at the general meeting.

Within eight days after the resolution, the company shall deposit the full text thereof at the trade register.

 

7.7 If, on the issue of shares, an announcement is made as to the amount to be issued and only a lesser amount can be placed, such lower amount shall be placed only if the conditions of issue explicitly provide therefore.

 

7.8 At the granting of rights to subscribe to shares, the shareholders shall have a pre-emptive right. The provisions of the previous paragraphs of this article shall apply accordingly at the granting of rights to subscribe to shares.

Shareholders shall have no pre-emptive rights in respect to shares issued to a person who exercises right to acquire shares granted to him at an earlier date.

Article 8. Payment for shares. Payment in cash. Non-cash Contribution

 

8.1 Upon the issue of a share, the nominal value must be fully paid up, and, in addition, if the share is subscribed at a higher amount, the difference between such amounts. It may be stipulated that a part, not exceeding three quarters of the nominal value needs only be paid after such part is called up by the company.

 

8.2 Persons who are professionally engaged in the placing of shares for their own account may be permitted, by agreement, to pay less than the nominal value for the shares subscribed by them, provided that no less than ninety-four percent of such amount is paid in cash not later than on the subscription for the shares.

 

6


LOGO

 

8.3 Payment for shares shall be made in cash unless a non-cash contribution has been agreed. Payment in foreign currency may only be made with the company’s approval. If payment is made in foreign currency, the payment obligation shall be considered fulfilled up to the euro amount into which the foreign currency can be freely converted. The basis for determination shall be the rate of exchange on the day of payment. If payment is made in foreign currency, a banker’s statement as referred to in article 2:93a paragraph 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall be deposited at the trade register within two weeks.

 

8.4 In case payment for shares shall be made other than in cash, the prior approval of the general meeting of shareholders shall be required.

A non-cash contribution shall occur without delay after acceptance of the share or following the day on which an additional payment is called up or agreed upon. In accordance with article 2:94b paragraph 1 of the Netherlands Civil Code, a description shall be drawn up of the contribution to be made. The description shall relate to the situation on a day no less than five months prior to the day the shares are subscribed for or the additional payment is called up or agreed upon. The managing directors shall sign the description; if the signature of any of them is lacking, this fact shall be recorded and the reasons therefor so noted.

 

8.5 An auditor as mentioned in article 2:393 paragraph 1 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall issue a statement on the description of the contribution to be made.

 

8.6 The provisions set out in this article relating to the description and auditor’s report shall not apply to the cases referred to in article 2:94b paragraphs 3, 6 and 8 of the Netherlands Civil Code.

Article 9. Repurchase of shares

 

9.1 The company may not subscribe for its own shares upon the issue thereof.

 

9.2 Any acquisition by the company of shares in its capital which are not fully paid up shall be null and void.

Any acquisition by the company of fully paid up registered shares in its capital, in violation of paragraph 3 of this article is null and void.

Fully paid up bearer shares which the company acquired in violation of paragraph 3 shall devolve on the joint managing directors, immediately upon the acquisition.

The term shares in this paragraph and paragraphs 3 up and including 5 of this article shall include depositary receipts.

 

9.3 The company may only acquire its own fully paid up shares without consideration, or if the equity decreased by the acquisition price is not less than the paid and called up part of the capital increased with the reserves which must be maintained by law or the articles of association.

 

7


LOGO

 

Acquisition with consideration can only occur if and insofar the general meeting has authorized the board in that respect. This authorization shall be valid for a period of no longer than five years. In the authorization, the general meeting shall state the number of shares that may be acquired, how the shares may be acquired and the limits within which the price of the shares must be set.

 

9.4 Decisive for the validity of the acquisition shall be the value of the company’s equity according to the most recently adopted balance sheet decreased with the acquisition price of shares in the company’s capital, the amount of the loans as meant in article 2:98c paragraph 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and any distributions to others out of profits or reserves which became payable by the company and its subsidiaries after the date of the balance sheet.

If more than six months have lapsed since the expiration of a financial year without adoption of the annual accounts, an acquisition in accordance with the provisions in paragraph 3 shall not be permitted.

 

9.5 The provisions of paragraphs 2 up to and including 4 do not apply to shares acquired by the company under universal succession of title (‘onder algemene titel’) without prejudice of the provisions in article 2:98a paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 of the Netherlands Civil Code.

 

9.6 The company may not provide security or any price guarantee, act as surety in any other manner, or bind itself jointly and severally or otherwise in addition to or on behalf of others, with a view to any other party subscribing to or acquiring the company’s shares or depositary receipts. This prohibition shall also apply to its subsidiaries.

 

9.7 The company and its subsidiaries may not grant loans with a view to subscribing for its own shares or any other party acquiring shares in the capital of the company or depositary receipts, unless the Board of managing directors passes a resolution and the conditions of article 2:98c paragraphs 2 up and including 7 of the Netherlands Civil Code are fulfilled.

This prohibition shall not apply if shares or depositary receipts are subscribed for or acquired by employees of the company or a group company.

 

9.8 Shares in the company’s capital may, upon issue, not be subscribed for by or on behalf of any of its subsidiaries. The subsidiaries may acquire such shares or depositary receipts and for their own account only insofar as the company is permitted to acquire own shares or depositary receipts pursuant to paragraphs 2 up to and including 5.

 

9.9 Disposal of any own shares or depositary receipts held by the company shall require a resolution of the general meeting provided that the general meeting has not granted this authority to another corporate body.

 

9.10 The company may not cast votes in respect of own shares held by the company or own shares on which the company has a right of usufruct or pledge. Nor may any votes be cast by the pledgee or usufructuary of own shares held by the company if the right has been created by the company. No votes may be cast in respect of the shares whereof depositary receipts are held by the company. The provisions of this paragraph shall also apply to shares or depositary receipts held by any subsidiary or in respect of which any subsidiary owns a right of usufruct or pledge.

 

8


LOGO

 

9.11 When determining to what extent the company’s capital is represented, or whether a majority represents a certain part of the capital, the capital shall be reduced by the amount of the shares for which no votes can be cast.

CHAPTER V

Transfer of shares. Usufruct. Pledge

Article 10. Transfer of shares

 

10.1 The transfer of registered shares or any restricted rights thereon shall require a notarial deed, executed before a civil law notary officiating in a municipality in the Netherlands, to which those involved are party.

 

10.2 The transfer of registered shares or any restricted rights thereon as referred to in paragraph 1 of this article - including the creation and relinquishment of restricted rights - shall, by operation of law, also be valid vis-à-vis the company.

The rights attached to shares cannot be exercised until the company either acknowledges the juristic act or is officially served with the notarial deed in accordance with the relevant statutory provisions, except in case the company is party to the juristic act.

 

10.3 The provisions of the paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article shall also apply to the allotment of registered shares or any restricted rights thereon in case of any division of any joint interest.

Article 11. Usufruct

 

11.1 A shareholder may freely create a right of usufruct on one or more of his shares.

 

11.2 The shareholder shall have the voting rights attached to the shares on which the usufruct has been established.

 

11.3 In deviation of the previous paragraph, the voting rights shall be vested in the usufructuary if such is determined upon the creation of the right of usufruct.

 

11.4 The shareholder without voting rights and the usufructuary with voting rights shall have the rights conferred by law upon depositary receipt holders. The usufructuary without voting rights shall also have such rights unless these are withheld from him upon the creation or transfer of the usufruct.

 

11.5 Any rights arising from the share to acquire other shares, shall vest in the shareholder on the understanding that he must compensate the usufructuary for the value thereof to the extent the usufructuary is entitled thereto pursuant to his right of usufruct.

Article 12. Pledge

 

12.1 A shareholder may create a right of pledge on one or more of his shares.

 

12.2 The shareholder shall have the voting rights attached to the shares on which the pledge has been established.

 

9


LOGO

 

12.3 In deviation of the previous paragraph, the voting rights shall be vested in the pledgee if such is provided upon the creation of the pledge.

 

12.4 The shareholder without voting rights and the pledgee with voting rights shall have the rights conferred by law upon depositary receipt holders. Pledgees without voting rights shall also have such rights unless these are withheld from him upon the creation or transfer of the pledge.

Article 13. Acknowledgement pledge

 

13.1 A pledge may also be created without acknowledgement by or service on the company. In that case article 3:239 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall apply accordingly, whereby the acknowledgement by or service on the company shall take the place of the notification referred to in paragraph 3 of that article.

 

13.2 If a pledge is created without acknowledgement by or service on the company, the rights pursuant to the provisions of article 12 shall vest in the pledgee only after the pledge has been acknowledged by or has been served on the company.

CHAPTER VI

Board of managing directors

Article 14. Board of managing directors

The board of managing directors shall be in charge of managing the company, subject to the restrictions set forth in these articles of association.

Article 15. Appointment

 

15.1 The board of managing directors shall consist of one or more managing directors. The general meeting shall determine the number of managing directors.

 

15.2 The managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting.

Article 16. Suspension and dismissal

 

16.1 The general meeting shall at all times have the power to suspend or dismiss each managing director.

 

16.2 Any such suspension may be extended several times but the total term of the suspension may not exceed three months. The suspension shall expire on lapse of this period if no resolution has been adopted either to lift the suspension or to dismiss the managing director.

Article 17. Remuneration

 

17.1 The company has a policy with regard to the remuneration of the board of managing directors. The policy shall be adopted by the general meeting upon the proposal of the board of managing directors. The policy will at least contain the items as set forth in the articles 2:383c up to and including e of the Netherlands Civil Code, to the extent that these concern the board of managing directors.

 

10


LOGO

 

17.2 In case the company has installed a works council pursuant to any legal provisions, the remuneration policy in written form shall be presented to the works council for information purposes, simultaneously with the presentation to the general meeting.

For the application of this paragraph, the works council shall mean the works council of the enterprise of the company or of the enterprise of a subsidiary. If there is more than one works council, the presentation for information purposes shall be made to both works councils. If a central works council has been established for the enterprise or enterprises concerned, the presentation for information purposes shall be made to the central works council.

 

17.3 The general meeting shall determine the remuneration of each managing director, as well as his other terms and conditions of employment, taking into consideration the policy as meant in paragraph 1 of this article.

Article 18. Decision-making. Division of duties

 

18.1 The board of managing directors shall meet as often as a managing director requests a meeting.

 

18.2 In the meeting of the board of managing directors, each managing director has a right to cast one vote. All resolutions by the board of managing directors shall be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

18.3 A managing director may grant another managing director a written proxy to represent him at the meeting.

 

18.4 The board of managing directors may adopt resolutions without holding a meeting, provided that the resolution is adopted in writing and all managing directors have expressed themselves in favor of the proposal.

 

18.5 The board of managing directors may adopt rules and regulations governing its decision-making process.

 

18.6 The board of managing directors may make a division of duties, specifying the individual duties of every managing director. Such division of duties shall require the approval of the general meeting.

Article 19. Representative authority

 

19.1 The board of managing directors shall represent the company. The authority to represent the company shall also be vested in each managing director individually.

 

19.2 The board of managing directors may appoint officers and grant them a general or special power of attorney. Their title shall be determined by the board of managing directors. Titles may include Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. Each officer shall represent the company within the bounds of his authorization.

 

11


LOGO

 

19.3 In the event that the company has a conflict of interest with a managing director, in the sense that the managing director in private enters into an agreement with, or is party in a legal proceeding between him and the company, the company shall be represented by one of the other managing directors. If there are no such other managing directors, the general meeting shall appoint a person to that effect. Such person may be the managing director in relation to whom the conflict of interest exists.

In all other cases of a conflict of interest between the company and a managing director, the company can also be represented by that managing director.

The general meeting shall at all times be authorized to appoint one or more other persons to that effect.

 

19.4 Without prejudice to the provisions in paragraph 3, any juristic act of the company towards the holder of all shares or a participant in any matrimonial community of property or in a community of property of a non-matrimonial registered partnership to which all of the shares in the capital of the company belong, at which occasion the company is represented by such shareholder or by one of the participants, shall be recorded in writing. For the application of the previous sentence, shares held by the company or its subsidiaries shall be disregarded.

The provisions of the previous sentences do not apply to juristic acts which under stipulated terms belong to the ordinary course of business of the company.

Article 20. Approval of board resolutions

 

20.1 The board of managing directors shall require the approval of the general meeting for resolutions regarding an important change in the identity or character of the company or its business, including in any case:

 

  a. the transfer of the business of the company or almost the entire business of the company to a third party;

 

  b. the entering into or termination of any long-term co-operation of the company or any subsidiary of the company with another legal entity or company or as a fully liable partner in a limited or general partnership, if such co-operation or termination is of far-reaching significance for the company;

 

  c. the acquisition or disposal by the company or by a subsidiary of the company of a participation in the capital of another company with a value of at least one third of the amount of the assets according to the balance sheet with explanatory notes, or in case the company prepares a consolidated balance sheet, according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes, forming part of the most recently adopted annual accounts of the company.

 

20.2 Furthermore, the board of managing directors shall require the approval of the general meeting for resolutions to:

 

  a. acquire, dispose of, encumber, rent, let or otherwise acquire or grant any right to use or enjoy registered property;

 

12


LOGO

 

  b. enter into agreements whereby the company is granted a bank credit;

 

  c. borrow or lend moneys, except for bank credits already granted to the company;

 

  d. make investments which require an amount at least equal to one/fourth of the issued capital increased with reserves of the company according to the balance and explanatory notes;

 

  e. provide security in personam or in rem;

 

  f. appoint any such officers as referred to in article 19.2, and determine their powers and title;

 

  g. enter into settlement agreements;

 

  h. act in legal proceedings, including arbitration cases, with the exception of commencing legal actions that brook no delay;

 

  i. conclude or amend employment contracts involving an annual remuneration in excess of an amount of forty thousand euro (EUR 40,000) per year or in excess of a higher amount determined by the general meeting and reported to the board of managing directors;

 

  j. set up pension schemes and grant pension rights in excess of existing schemes;

 

  k. exercise the voting rights attached to shares in the capital of subsidiaries and to shares which form a participation;

 

  l. co-operate in issuing depositary receipts for shares;

 

  m. apply for listing or withdraw of the official listing of shares or depositary receipts on any exchange.

 

20.3 The general meeting may decide that a resolution as referred to in paragraph 2 sub a up to and including m shall not be subject to its approval if the transaction involved remains below a certain value, which shall be determined by the general meeting and reported to the board of managing directors in writing.

 

20.4 For application of the paragraphs 1 and 2, a resolution by the board of managing directors to undertake any act shall include any resolution by the board of managing directors to approve a decision taken by a corporate body of any company in which the company owns any interest, provided that such decision is subject to the approval of the board of managing directors.

 

20.5 The general meeting shall also be authorized to make subject to its approval board of managing directors resolutions other than those set out in the paragraphs 1 and 2. Any such other resolution shall be clearly described and reported to the board of managing directors in writing.

 

20.6 The board of managing directors must comply with any such instructions outlining the company’s general financial, social, economic and staffing policy as may be given by the general meeting.

 

13


LOGO

 

20.7 The absence of approval as meant in this article does not affect the representative authority of the board of managing directors or the managing directors.

Article 21. Absence or inability to act

If a managing director is absent or unable to act, the remaining managing director(s) shall be temporarily charged with the management of the company. If the sole managing director is or all managing directors are absent or unable to act, a person appointed by the general meeting shall be temporarily charged with the management of the company.

CHAPTER VII

Annual accounts. Profits

Article 22. Financial year. Drawing up the annual accounts

 

22.1 The company’s financial year shall correspond with the calendar year.

 

22.2 Within five months of the end of the company’s financial year, the board of managing directors shall draw up the annual accounts unless, in special circumstances, an extension of this term by not more than six months is approved by the general meeting.

 

22.3 The annual accounts shall be signed by all the managing directors; if the signature of any of them is missing, this fact and the reason for such omission shall be stated.

Article 23. Auditor

 

23.1 The company shall commission an auditor to examine the annual accounts.

 

23.2 The general meeting shall be authorized to grant such commission. If the general meeting fails to do so, the board of managing directors shall be authorized to act instead. The commission may at any time be withdrawn by the general meeting or by the board of managing directors if it commissioned the auditor.

 

23.3 The auditor shall report his findings to the board of managing directors.

 

23.4 The auditor shall record his findings in a report commenting on the true and fair nature of the annual accounts.

 

23.5 The previous provision and the one set out in article 24.3, second sentence, shall not apply if the company has obtained an exemption under article 2:396 paragraph 6 of the Netherlands Civil Code on the grounds of the size of its business, or under article 2:403 of the Netherlands Civil Code on the basis that the company is a member of a group.

Article 24. Presentation to the shareholders. Availability. Adoption

 

24.1 The annual accounts shall be deposited at the company’s office for inspection by the shareholders and depositary receipt holders within the period of time specified in article 22.2. The board of managing directors shall also submit the annual report within the same term.

 

14


LOGO

 

24.2 The company shall ensure that the annual accounts, the annual report and the additional data to be added pursuant to article 2:392 paragraph 1 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall be available at its office from the day notice is sent out for the general meeting at which these documents will be handled. Shareholders and depositary receipt holders may inspect these documents at the company’s office and may obtain a complimentary copy thereof.

 

24.3 In case of bearer shares or bearer depositary receipts or if the company has bearer debt instruments outstanding, the documents, insofar as the same must be published after adoption, may also be inspected by any third party who may obtain a copy thereof at no more than cost. This right shall lapse as soon as the said documents have been deposited with the trade register.

 

24.4 The general meeting shall adopt the annual accounts. The annual accounts cannot be adopted if the general meeting has not been able to examine the auditor’s report referred to in article 23.4, unless under the additional data as mentioned in paragraph 2, a lawful ground has been stated for the absence of the auditor’s report.

 

24.5 The provisions set out in these articles of association regarding the annual report and the additional data to be added under article 2:392 paragraph 1 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall not apply if the company is a member of a group and article 2:396 paragraph 6, first sentence or article 2:403 of the Netherlands Civil Code applies to the company.

Article 25. Publication

 

25.1 The company shall be required to publish its annual accounts within eight days of their adoption. Publication shall be accomplished by depositing the Netherlands text of the accounts, or if no Netherlands text has been drawn up, a French, German or an English version, at the trade register. The date of adoption must be indicated on the accounts so deposited.

 

25.2 If the annual accounts are not adopted within two months after the end of the requisite term in conformity with the statutory requirements, the board of managing directors shall immediately publish the annual accounts in the manner prescribed in paragraph 1; the annual accounts must state that they have not yet been adopted.

 

25.3 A copy of the annual report and the additional data required to be added under article 2:392 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall also be published, along with and in the same manner and language as the annual accounts. This shall, except for the information referred to in article 2:392 paragraph 1 under (a), (c), (f) and (g) of the Netherlands Civil Code, not apply if the documents are deposited at the company’s registered office for public inspection and full or partial copies shall be supplied upon request at cost; the company shall file this fact with the trade register.

 

15


LOGO

 

25.4 If, on the basis of the size of the company’s business, the exemption under article 2:396 paragraph 3 up to and including 8 or article 2:397 paragraph 3 up to and including 6 of the Netherlands Civil Code applies to the company, publication shall take place with due observance of the exemptions applicable. The previous provisions of this article shall not apply if the company is a member of a group and the exemption under article 2:403 of the Netherlands Civil Code applies to the company.

Article 26. Profits

 

26.1 The profits shall be at the disposal of the general meeting.

 

26.2 The company can only make distributions to the extent its equity exceeds the paid and called up part of the capital increased with the reserves which must be maintained pursuant to the law.

 

26.3 Dividends shall be paid after the adoption of the annual accounts evidencing that the payment of dividends is lawful.

 

26.4 The general meeting may resolve to pay interim dividends, if the requirement of paragraph 2 of this article has been met as evidenced by an interim statement of assets and liabilities.

Such interim statement shall relate to the condition of such assets and liabilities on a date no earlier than the first day of the third month preceding the month in which the resolution to distribute is published.

It shall be prepared on the basis of generally acceptable valuation methods. The amounts to be reserved under law shall be included in such statement of assets and liabilities. The interim statement of assets and liabilities shall be signed by the managing directors, if the signature of one of them is missing, this fact and the reason for such omission shall be stated.

The company shall deposit the statement of assets and liabilities with the trade register within eight days after the day on which the resolution to distribute is published.

 

26.5 The general meeting may, with due observance of paragraph 2, resolve to make distributions out of a reserve which need not be kept by law.

 

26.6 A claim of a shareholder to receive a distribution expires after five years.

 

26.7 For the calculation of the amount of the profit distribution, the shares held by the company in its own capital shall be excluded.

CHAPTER VIII

General meetings

Article 27. Annual general meeting

 

27.1 Within six months of the end of the company’s financial year the annual general meeting shall be held.

 

27.2 The agenda of that meeting shall, among other matters, contain the following items:

 

  a. the annual report;

 

  b. adoption of the annual accounts;

 

  c. discharge of the managing directors for their management over the past financial year;

 

16


LOGO

 

  d. adoption of the profit appropriation;

 

  e. filling of any vacancies;

 

  f. any such other motions as the board of managing directors, or the shareholders or any other persons having voting rights, may file and notify with due observance of the provisions of article 29.

Article 28. Extraordinary general meetings

 

28.1 Within three months after the board of managing directors has considered it plausible that the equity of the company has decreased to an amount equal to or less than half of the paid and called up part of the capital, a general meeting shall be held to discuss the measures to be taken, if necessary.

 

28.2 Without prejudice of the provisions of article 27.1 and 28.1 general meetings shall be held as often as the board of managing directors, or shareholders and depositary receipt holders together representing at least one-tenth of the issued capital, hereinafter referred to as the “requesting shareholders”, deem necessary.

Article 29. Convocation. Agenda

 

29.1 General meetings shall be called by the board of managing directors or by the requesting shareholders.

The requesting shareholders are only authorized to call the general meeting themselves if it is evidenced that the requesting shareholders have requested the board of managing directors to call a general meeting in writing, exactly stating the matters to be discussed, and the board of managing directors has not taken the necessary steps so that the general meeting could be held within six weeks after the request. The requirement of a written request is also met if the request is recorded electronically.

If the requesting shareholders represent more than half of the issued capital, however, they shall be authorized to call the general meeting themselves without first having to request the board of managing directors to call the general meeting.

 

29.2 Convocation shall take place not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the day of the meeting.

 

29.3 The convening notice shall specify the items to be discussed. Items which have not been specified in the convening notice may be announced with due observance of the requirements of this article.

An item of which the discussion has been requested by one or more holders of shares who individually or together represent at least one hundredth part of the issued capital shall be included in the convocation or shall be announced in the same manner provided that the company receives the request no later than on the thirtieth day before the meeting and provided that such a request does not conflict with a substantial interest of the company. The requirement of a written request is also met if the request is recorded electronically.

 

17


LOGO

 

29.4 In case only registered shares have been issued and, if any, depositary receipts issued with the cooperation of the company, all convocations for the general meetings and all notifications to shareholders and depositary receipt holders shall be given:

by letters to the addresses according to the register of shareholders and the register of depository receipt holders.

In case the holder of registered shares, as well as the holder of a depositary receipts issued with the cooperation of the company, consents herewith, the convocation may also occur through an electronically transmitted readable and reproducible message at the address that has been provided by him to the company for this purpose.

 

29.5 In case only bearer shares have been issued and, if any, depositary receipts issued with the cooperation of the company, all convocations for the general meetings and all notifications to shareholders and depositary receipt holders shall be given by an announcement published through an electronic communication method that is directly and permanently accessible until the general meeting.

 

29.6 In case both registered shares as well as bearer shares have been issued and, if any, depositary receipts issued with the cooperation of the company, all convocations for the general meetings and all notifications shall be given:

 

  a. to holders of registered shares and, if any, to holders of registered depositary receipts issued with the cooperation of the company by letters to the addresses according to the register of shareholders and the register of depository receipt holders; and

 

  b. to holders of bearer shares and, if any, to holders of bearer depositary receipts issued with the cooperation of the company by an announcement published through an electronic communication method that is directly and permanently accessible until the general meeting.

In case the holder of registered shares, as well as the holder of a depositary receipts issued with the cooperation of the company, consents herewith, the convocation may also occur through an electronically transmitted readable and reproducible message at the address that has been provided by him to the company for this purpose.

 

29.7 It may be determined in the convocation that holders of bearer shares must deposit their share certificates prior to the general meeting, specifying the place where and the day on which this must take place at the latest. Such day may not be set any earlier than the seventh day prior to the day of the meeting. The provisions of the previous sentences shall apply accordingly to holders of bearer depositary receipts issued with the cooperation of the company.

 

18


LOGO

 

Article 30. Place of the meetings

General meetings shall be held in the Netherlands, in the municipality in which the company has its corporate seat. In a meeting held elsewhere, valid resolutions can only be taken if the entire issued capital is represented.

Article 31. Imperfect convocation general meeting

 

31.1 Valid resolutions in respect of matters which were not mentioned on the agenda in the convocation letter or which have not been published in the same manner and with due observance of the period set for convocation, can only be taken by unanimous votes in a meeting where the entire issued capital is represented.

 

31.2 If the period for convocation mentioned in article 29.2 was shorter or if no convocation has taken place, valid resolutions can only be taken by unanimous votes in a meeting where the entire issued capital is represented.

Article 32. Chairman

The general meeting appoints its chairman.

Article 33. Minutes

 

33.1 Minutes shall be taken of the matters discussed at every general meeting by a secretary to be appointed by the chairman. The minutes shall be adopted by the chairman and the secretary and signed by them to that effect.

 

33.2 The chairman, or the person who requested the meeting, may decide that an official notarial report should be drawn up of the matters discussed at the general meeting. This report must be co-signed by the chairman.

Article 34. Rights exercisable during a meeting. Admission

 

34.1 Every person entitled to vote and every usufructuary and pledgee having voting rights shall be authorized to attend the general meeting, address the meeting and exercise their voting rights.

 

34.2 If the voting rights attached to a share are vested in the usufructuary or pledgee instead of the shareholder, also the shareholder shall be authorized to attend the general meeting and to address the meeting.

 

34.3 Furthermore, depositary receipt holders shall be authorized to attend and address the general meeting.

 

34.4 Every share shall give the right to cast one vote.

 

34.5 Every person entitled to vote or his representative must sign the attendance list.

 

34.6 The rights referred to in the previous paragraphs may be exercised by a person acting upon a written power of attorney. A power of attorney shall mean any power of attorney transmitted via standard means of communication and received in written form. The requirement of a written power of attorney is also met in case the power of attorney has been recorded electronically.

 

19


LOGO

 

34.7 The managing directors shall have an advisory vote at the general meeting.

 

34.8 The auditor as meant in article 23.1 shall be authorized to attend the general meeting held to adopt the annual accounts and to address the meeting.

 

34.9 Admission to the general meeting of persons other than those referred to in this article shall require a resolution by the general meeting.

 

34.10 The board of managing directors is authorized to determine that participation in the general meeting may also occur through an electronic communication method, under the conditions as may be announced in the convocation. Through the electronic communication method, the relevant participants must be able to be identified, to directly take note of the discussions at the meeting and to exercise the voting rights.

 

34.11 The board of managing directors is authorized to determine at the convocation of a general meeting that, for the purposes of paragraphs 1, 2 and 10 of this article, the persons entitled to attend and to vote at the general meeting shall be those, who at a time to be set at the convocation, have such rights and are recorded as such in a register designated by the board of managing directors, irrespective of who may be entitled to the shares or depositary receipts at the time of the general meeting.

The ultimate date of registration may not be set earlier than the thirtieth day before the day of the meeting.

The convocation shall mention the date of registration as well as the manner in which the persons entitled to attend or to vote at a general meeting may procure their registration and the way they may exercise their rights.

 

34.12 Votes that have been cast through an electronic communication method prior to the general meeting, but not earlier than the ultimate date of registration, will be treated equally to votes cast at the time of the meeting.

Article 35. Decision making. General Meeting

 

35.1 Resolutions shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast, unless the law or the articles of association prescribe a greater majority.

 

35.2 If no absolute majority is reached by a vote taken with respect to the election of persons, a second vote shall be taken whereby the voters are not required to vote for the previous candidates.

If, again, no one has gained an absolute majority of the votes, new votes shall be held until either one person has gained an absolute majority or, if the vote was between two persons, the votes are equally divided.

Such new votes (except for the second vote) shall only take place between the candidates who were voted for in the previous vote, except for the person who received the least number of votes.

 

20


LOGO

 

If two or more persons have the least number of votes, it shall be decided by lot who cannot be voted for at the new vote.

If, in the event of an election between two candidates, the votes are equally divided, it shall be decided by lot who has been elected.

 

35.3 If a vote is taken in respect of matters other than in relation to election of persons and the votes are equally divided, the relevant motion shall be considered rejected.

 

35.4 All votings shall take place orally unless the chairman decides or any person entitled to vote requests a voting in writing.

 

35.5 Abstentions and invalid votes shall be deemed not to have been cast.

 

35.6 Votes by acclamation shall be allowed unless one of the persons present and entitled to vote objects.

 

35.7 The chairman’s view at the meeting expressing that the general meeting has passed a resolution shall be decisive. The same shall apply to the contents of the resolution so passed, provided that the relevant motion was not put down in writing. However, if the chairman’s view is challenged immediately after it is expressed, a new vote shall be taken when the majority of the persons present and entitled to vote so require or, if the original vote was not by call or by ballot, when one person present and entitled to vote so requires. The new vote shall nullify the legal consequences of the original vote.

Article 36. Resolutions passed outside a meeting

 

36.1 Subject to the provision set out in the following paragraph, rather than at a general meeting, the shareholders may also pass resolutions in writing, provided that such resolutions are adopted by a unanimous vote of all shareholders entitled to vote. The votes may also be cast electronically.

 

36.2 This manner of decision-making shall not be possible if bearer shares or depositary receipts with the cooperation of the company have been issued.

CHAPTER IX

Amendment to the articles of association. Liquidation

Article 37. Amendment to the articles of association and dissolution

If a motion to amend the articles of association or to dissolve the company is to be submitted to the general meeting, the convening notice must state this fact. At the same time, if the motion is for an amendment to the articles of association, a copy of the motion containing a verbatim text of the proposed amendment must be deposited at the company’s office for inspection by the shareholders and depositary receipt holders until the meeting has been held.

Article 38. Liquidation

 

38.1 If the company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution by the general meeting, the managing directors shall be the liquidators of the dissolved company, unless the general meeting appoints other persons to that effect.

 

21


LOGO

 

38.2 The provisions of these articles of association shall, to the fullest extent possible, continue to be in force during the liquidation.

 

38.3 The surplus remaining after payment of the debts shall be paid to the shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the individual shareholdings.

 

38.4 After the company has ceased to exist the books, records and other carriers of data shall be kept by the person designated thereto by the liquidators for seven years.

The appearing person is known to me, civil law notary.

The identity of the appearing person was established by me, civil law notary, on the basis of the above-mentioned document intended for identification purposes.

WITNESSED THIS DEED, the original of which was drawn up and executed in Amsterdam on the date first written above.

Prior to the execution of this deed, I, civil law notary, informed the appearing person of the substance of the deed and gave the appearing person an explanation thereon, and furthermore pointed out the consequences which will result for the party from the contents of this deed.

Subsequently, the appearing person declared to have taken note of the contents of this deed after timely being given the opportunity thereto and waived a full reading of this deed.

Immediately after a limited reading, this deed was signed by the appearing person and me, civil law notary.

 

22

Exhibit 3.2

 

LOGO

 

FORM OF

UNOFFICIAL ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF

THE DEED OF AMENDMENT OF:

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

The attached document is an unofficial English translation of the deed of amendment to the articles of association of Frank’s International N.V., having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, executed on             , 2013.

In this translation an attempt has been made to be as literal as possible without jeopardizing the overall continuity. Inevitably, differences may occur in the translation, and if so, the Netherlands text will by law govern.


LOGO

 

INDEX

 

CHAPTER I

Definitions

Article 1

CHAPTER II

Name. Corporate seat. Objects

Article 2. Name and corporate seat

Article 3. Objects

CHAPTER III

Capital and shares. Register of shareholders

Article 4. Authorized capital

Article 5. Quality Requirement. Conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares

Article 6. Register of shareholders

CHAPTER IV

Issue of shares. Repurchase of shares. Capital reduction

Article 7. Issue of shares. Authorized corporate body. Terms and conditions of issue. Pre-emptive rights

Article 8. Payment for shares. Payment in cash. Non-cash Contribution

Article 9. Repurchase of shares

Article 10. Capital reduction

CHAPTER V

Transfer of shares. Usufruct. Pledge

Article 11. Transfer of shares

Article 12. Usufruct

Article 13. Pledge

Article 14. Acknowledgement pledge

CHAPTER VI

Board of managing directors

Article 15. Board of managing directors

Article 16. Suspension and dismissal

Article 17. Board compensation

Article 18. Decision-making. Division of duties

Article 19. Representative authority

Article 20. Approval of board resolutions

Article 21. Absence or inability to act

CHAPTER VII

Board of supervisory directors

Article 22. Establishment. Number of members

Article 23. Appointment

Article 24. Suspension and dismissal.

Article 25. Remuneration

Article 26. Duties and powers

Article 27. Decision-making

CHAPTER VIII

Annual accounts. Profits

Article 28. Financial year. Drawing up the annual accounts

Article 29. Auditor

Article 30. Presentation to the shareholders. Availability. Adoption

Article 31. Publication

Article 32. Profits

CHAPTER IX

General meetings

Article 33. Annual general meeting

Article 34. Extraordinary general meetings


LOGO

 

Article 35. Convocation. Agenda

Article 36. Place of the meetings

Article 37. Imperfect convocation general meeting

Article 38. General meeting chairman

Article 39. Minutes

Article 40. Rights exercisable during a meeting. Admission

Article 41. Decision making. General meeting

Article 42. Resolutions passed outside a meeting

CHAPTER X

Amendment to the articles of association. Liquidation

Article 43. Amendment to the articles of association and dissolution

Article 44. Liquidation

CHAPTER XI

Indemnification and hold harmless clause

Article 45. Indemnification and hold harmless clause

CHAPTER XII

Transitional provision

Article 46. Transitional provision


LOGO

 

AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

This day, the      day of              two thousand and thirteen appeared before me, Tjien Hauw Liem, Esq., civil law notary officiating in Amsterdam:

The appearing person declared as follows:

 

I. PRESENT ARTICLES

The articles of association of Frank’s International N.V. , a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, with address Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the trade register under number 34241787 (the “Company”), have most recently been amended by the deed executed before Tjien Hauw Liem, Esq., civil law notary officiating in Amsterdam, on the      day of              two thousand and thirteen.

 

II. RESOLUTION TO AMEND THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

According to the attached written resolution (the “Resolution”), the Company’s general meeting of shareholders has resolved to amend the Company’s articles of association and to authorize the appearing person to have this deed executed and to sign it.


LOGO

 

III. AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Pursuant to the Resolution, the Company’s articles of association are amended in such a manner that the articles of association shall henceforth read as follows:

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

CHAPTER I

Definitions

Article 1

In these articles of association, the following terms shall mean:

 

a. Affiliate: of any specified person, any other person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person (control of a person means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing);

 

b. annual accounts: the balance sheet and profit and loss account plus explanatory notes of the company;

 

c. auditor: a registered accountant or any such other accountant as referred to in article 2:393 of the Netherlands Civil Code, or any organization in which such accountants co-operate.

 

d. beneficially owns: the ability, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, to (i) vote, or to direct the voting of, such security or (ii) the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, a security

 

e. depositary receipts: depositary receipts for shares in the company. Unless the context proves otherwise, such receipts include depositary receipts issued both with and without the company’s cooperation;

 

f. Family Member: a spouse, lineal ancestor, lineal descendant, legally adopted child, brother or sister of a person, or a lineal descendant or legally adopted child of a brother or sister of a person;

 

g. FICV: Frank’s International C.V., a limited partnership established under the laws of the Netherlands;

 

h. general meeting: the general meeting of shareholders;

 

i. MH: Mosing Holdings, Inc., a company established under the laws of the state of Delaware, United States of America, with its registered office at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of Newcastle, Delaware 19801, United States of America;

 

j. MH CV Portion: a proportionate part of the limited partner interest which shall be held by MH in FICV, equal to the total limited partner interest in FICV held by MH divided by the total number of issued and outstanding Convertible Preferred Shares;

 

k.

Mosing Family: collectively, MH, FWW B.V., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, Ginsoma Family C.V., a limited partnership established under the laws of the Netherlands and each of the persons


LOGO

 

  listed on Exhibit A hereto and each of their Affiliates, Family Members or trusts set up for the benefit of any of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto ( provided that such Affiliates, Family Members or trusts are identified to the company in writing at its principal executive office as a person included in the definition of the Mosing Family; provided further that any person may, by written notice to the company, irrevocably waive its rights to be included as a member of the Mosing Family), for the purpose of these articles of association represented by (a) Donald Keith Mosing or (b) such other person as shall be agreed upon in writing by the members of the Mosing Family that own an aggregate of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the entire interest of the Mosing Family in the company, whereby prior to exercising any rights awarded to the Mosing Family under these articles of association such representative shall deliver to the company a certificate stating the members of the Mosing Family and the number of shares held by them;

 

l. subsidiary:

 

   

a legal entity in respect whereof the company or any of its subsidiaries have, whether or not pursuant to an agreement with other persons entitled to vote, can exercise either individually or collectively, more than one-half of the voting rights at the general meeting;

 

   

a legal entity of which the company or any of its subsidiaries are members or shareholders, and in respect of which the company or any of its subsidiaries have, either individually or collectively, the right to appoint or dismiss more than half of such legal entity’s managing directors or supervisory directors, whether or not pursuant to any agreement with other persons having voting rights, and even if all persons having voting rights in fact cast their vote;

 

   

a partnership acting in its own name, for the liabilities of which the company or one or more subsidiaries is, as a partner, fully liable to creditors, shall be treated as a subsidiary;

 

m. stock market: regulated market or multilateral trading facility, as referred to in article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act ( Wet Financieel Toezicht ) or a system comparable to a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in a state not being a member state of the European Economic Area.

CHAPTER II

Name. Corporate seat. Objects

Article 2. Name and corporate seat

 

2.1 The name of the company is Frank’s International N.V.

 

2.2 The company has its corporate seat in Amsterdam.


LOGO

 

Article 3. Objects

The objects of the company are:

 

a. to incorporate, participate in, conduct the management of and take any other financial interest in other companies and enterprises;

 

b. to render administrative, technical, financial, economic or managerial services to other companies, persons or enterprises;

 

c. to acquire, dispose of, manage and exploit real and personal property, including patents, marks, licenses, permits and other industrial property rights;

 

d. to borrow and/or lend monies, act as surety or guarantor in any other manner, and bind itself jointly and severally or otherwise in addition to or on behalf of others (including through the issuance of bonds, promissory notes or other securities in the widest sense of the word);

 

e. to grant security over the assets of the company and its subsidiaries;

 

f. to carry out all sorts of industrial, financial and commercial activities, including the manufacturing, import, export, purchase, sale, distribution and marketing of products and raw materials;

 

g to act as a holding company;

the foregoing whether or not in collaboration with third parties and inclusive of the performance and promotion of all activities which directly and indirectly relate to those objects, all this in the broadest sense.

CHAPTER III

Capital and shares. Register of shareholders

Article 4. Authorized capital

 

4.1 The authorized capital amounts to ## euro (EUR ##) and is divided into ## (##) shares of common stock (“Common Shares”), each with a nominal value of one eurocent (EUR 0.01), and ## (##) shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (the “Convertible Preferred Shares”), each with a nominal value of one eurocent (EUR 0.01).

Upon a conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares into Common Shares in accordance with article 5, the number of Convertible Preferred Shares of the authorized capital will be decreased and the number of Common Shares of the authorized capital will be increased, equal to the number of Convertible Preferred Shares that are converted into Common Shares.

 

4.2 Wherever the term “shares” or “shareholders” is used in these articles of association, this shall be construed to mean both Common Shares and Convertible Preferred Shares or the holders of Common Shares and the holders of Convertible Preferred Shares respectively, unless the contrary has been stipulated in so many words.

 

4.3 The company shall not cooperate to the issue of depositary receipts.

 

4.4 All shares shall be in registered form. No share certificates shall be issued. The shares are non-divisible.


LOGO

 

4.5 The Common Shares shall be numbered consecutively from 1 onwards and the Convertible Preferred Shares shall be numbered consecutively from A-1 onwards.

 

4.6 For each class of shares a share premium reserve can be maintained to the extent that share premium has been paid to the class of shares concerned. Each reserve shall mention the amount that has been paid as share premium on the relevant class of shares.

The general meeting shall be able to decide to discontinue and distribute a share premium reserve for the benefit of the holders of a particular class of shares, in whole or in part, provided that this is proposed by the meeting of holders of the relevant class of shares. Such a distribution shall be made to the shareholders of the relevant class of shares in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of their shares of that class.

Article 5. Quality Requirement. Conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares

 

5.1 A holder of Convertible Preferred Shares must, for each such share he holds, simultaneously hold one MH CV Portion (this requirement hereinafter referred to as the “Quality Requirement”).

Any purported transfer in violation of the provisions of this article 5 paragraph 1 shall be null and void and any purported transferee shall accordingly have no rights in respect of these articles of association or the Convertible Preferred Shares.

 

5.2 Each holder of Convertible Preferred Shares shall be entitled at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to convert (a “Conversion”) Convertible Preferred Shares into Common Shares; provided that any such conversion is for a minimum of the lesser of one thousand (1,000) Convertible Preferred Shares or all of the Convertible Preferred Shares held by such holder, or such lesser amount as the company determines to be acceptable in its sole discretion. Upon the written election of a holder of Convertible Preferred Shares to effect a Conversion, the relevant number of Convertible Preferred Shares shall be converted into an equal number of Common Shares; provided, however, that the Conversion shall only be effective upon the transfer of a MH CV Portion for each such Convertible Preferred Share by the holder to the company. Upon Conversion, the holder shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the nominal value of each Convertible Preferred Share, increased by any accrued but unpaid dividend.

The board of managing directors shall register any Conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares into Common Shares in the register of shareholders, stating the effective date. Furthermore, the board of managing directors shall without delay report any conversion, in any case within eight (8) days after the Conversion Date, to the office of the Trade Register.

Upon Conversion of a Convertible Preferred Share into a Common Share, a pro rata part of the share premium reserve maintained for the Convertible Preferred Shares shall be transferred to the share premium reserve maintained for the Common Shares.


LOGO

 

5.3 The Conversion right of a holder of Convertible Preferred Shares shall be exercised by the holder (the “Converting Holder”) by written notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Conversion Notice”), to the company at its principal executive office that the Converting Holder elects to convert all or a portion of its Convertible Preferred Shares. Such Conversion Notice shall be duly executed by such Converting Holder or such Converting Holder’s duly authorized representative. As promptly as practicable following any Conversion, the company shall deliver or cause to be delivered at the offices of the then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Common Shares or, if there is no then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Common Shares, at the principal executive office of the company, a notice confirming the number of Common Shares registered in the name of the Converting Holder pursuant to the relevant Conversion. To the extent the Common Shares are settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the company will, upon the written instruction of the Converting Holder, use its reasonable best efforts to cause the registration of the Common Shares deliverable to such Converting Holder through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, in the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such Converting Holder.

 

5.4 If MH (or its successor or permitted transferee) shall retire as a partner of FICV, including pursuant to Article 8 of the limited partnership agreement of FICV, then all Convertible Preferred Shares held by MH (or its successor or permitted transferee) shall automatically convert (without the need to deliver a Conversion Notice) into Common Shares in the manner provided in this article, and MH (or its successor or permitted transferee) shall be required to deliver the requisite number of MH CV Portions to the company to effectuate such Conversion.

 

5.5 If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Common Shares are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent conversion of Convertible Preferred Shares, each Converting Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such Converting Holder would have received if such conversion had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Common Shares are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, of this article 5 paragraph 4 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such security or other property.


LOGO

 

5.6 The company and each Converting Holder shall bear their own expenses in connection with any Conversion.

 

5.7 For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a holder of Convertible Preferred Shares shall not be entitled an effect a Conversion to the extent the company determines that such Conversion (i) would be prohibited by law or regulation (including, without limitation, the unavailability of any requisite registration statement filed under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) or (ii) would not be permitted under any other agreements with the company or its subsidiaries, to which such holder may be party or any written policies of the company related to unlawful or improper trading (including, without limitation, the policies of the company relating to insider trading).

 

5.8 The company shall, to the extent that a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective and available for Common Shares to be delivered with respect to any Conversion, shares that have been registered under the Securities Act shall be delivered in respect of such Conversion. In the event that any Conversion in accordance with this article 5 is to be effected at a time when any required registration has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable, upon the request and with the reasonable cooperation of the Converting Holder, the company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly facilitate such Conversion pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements. The company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to list the Common Shares required to be delivered upon Conversion prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Common Shares may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery.

Article 6. Register of shareholders

A shareholders register will be kept at the office of the company in accordance with applicable law; provided that the preceding shall not apply to the part of the register kept outside The Netherlands in order to comply with the laws applicable there or by virtue of any stock exchange requirements.

CHAPTER IV

Issue of shares. Repurchase of shares. Capital reduction

Article 7. Issue of shares. Authorized corporate body. Terms and conditions of issue. Pre-emptive rights

 

7.1 The Company may issue shares up to the entire authorized share capital pursuant to a resolution of the board of managing directors, which resolution shall require the prior approval from the board of supervisory directors.


LOGO

 

7.2 The designation as set out in paragraph 1 of this article 7 shall be valid for a period of five years starting on [ ], 2013 and ending on [ ], 2018 (unless such period is extended in accordance with this article 7 paragraph 3). This designation also includes the authority to restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights upon an issue of shares.

 

7.3 The designation as set out in this article 7 paragraph 1, with or without the authority to restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights, may be extended by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, each time for a period not exceeding five years. If the designation is extended, the number of shares which may be issued shall be determined at the same time. Unless laid down otherwise in the designation, it may not be withdrawn.

 

7.4 If the designation as set out in this article 7 paragraph 1 ends, the general meeting shall be competent to issue shares unless another body is designated for this purpose by the general meeting. The resolution of the general meeting to issue shares or to designate another body, including or excluding the assignment of the authority to exclude or limit the pre-emptive rights, other than as set out in this article 7 paragraph 1, will only be taken on the proposal of the board of managing directors, which proposal will have been approved by the board of supervisory directors. Any designation shall also determine the number of shares which may be issued and will have a duration of no more than five years.

 

7.5 The provisions of paragraph 1 up to and including paragraph 4 of this article shall apply accordingly to the granting of rights to subscribe to shares, but does not apply to the issue of shares to someone who exercises a previously acquired right to subscribe to shares.

 

7.6 If a resolution to issue shares is adopted, the issue price of the shares and the other conditions of the issue shall also be determined.

 

7.7 Subject to this article 7 paragraph 9, each holder of Common Shares shall, with respect to an issue of Common Shares, have a pre-emptive right with respect to any further share issue in proportion to the aggregate amount of his Common Shares, except if shares are issued for a non-cash consideration, shares are issued as a result of a legal merger or legal split-off or if shares are issued to employees of the company or of a group company.

 

7.8 Pre-emptive rights, if applicable, may be exercised within at least two weeks after the notification was sent to the shareholders.

 

7.9 If the general meeting is competent to issue shares, it may also restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights. If pre-emptive rights are restricted or excluded by a resolution of the general meeting, the reasons for such proposal and the issue price of the shares must be given in writing in the proposal thereto. Pre-emptive rights may also be excluded or restricted by the body authorized to issue shares if such corporate body is also authorized by the relevant resolution of the general meeting for a fixed period, not exceeding five years, to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive rights. Upon termination of the authority of the corporate body to issue shares, its authority to restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights shall also terminate.


LOGO

 

7.10 A resolution of the general meeting to restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights or to authorize another corporate body for that purpose shall require a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast if less than one-half of the issued capital is represented at the general meeting.

 

7.11 If, on the issue of shares, an announcement is made as to the amount to be issued and only a lesser amount can be placed, such lower amount shall be placed only if the conditions of issue explicitly provide therefore.

 

7.12 At the granting of rights to subscribe to shares, the shareholders shall have a pre-emptive right. The provisions of the previous paragraphs of this article shall apply accordingly at the granting of rights to subscribe to shares.

Shareholders shall have no pre-emptive rights in respect to shares issued to a person who exercises a right to acquire shares granted to him at an earlier date.

Article 8. Payment for shares. Payment in cash. Non-cash Contribution

 

8.1 Upon the issue of a share, the nominal value must be fully paid up, and, in addition, if the share is subscribed at a higher amount, the difference between such amounts. It may be stipulated that a part, not exceeding three quarters of the nominal value needs only be paid after such part is called up by the company.

 

8.2 Persons who are professionally engaged in the placing of shares for their own account may be permitted, by agreement, to pay less than the nominal value for the shares subscribed by them, provided that no less than ninety-four percent of such amount is paid in cash not later than on the subscription for the shares.

 

8.3 Payment for shares shall be made in cash unless a non-cash contribution has been agreed. Payment in foreign currency may only be made with the company’s approval, and furthermore in accordance with the relevant statutory provisions.

 

8.4 The board of managing directors, with the approval from the board of supervisory directors, may agree to a payment for shares other than in cash.

A non-cash contribution shall occur without delay after acceptance of the share or following the day on which an additional payment is called up or agreed upon. In accordance with article 2:94b paragraph 1 of the Netherlands Civil Code, a description shall be drawn up of the contribution to be made. The description shall relate to the situation on a day no less than six months prior to the day the shares are subscribed for or the additional payment is called up or agreed upon. The managing directors shall sign the description; if the signature of any of them is lacking, this fact shall be recorded and the reasons therefor so noted.

 

8.5 An auditor as mentioned in article 2:393 paragraph 1 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall issue a statement on the description of the contribution to be made.

 

8.6 The provisions set out in this article relating to the description and auditor’s report shall not apply to the cases referred to in article 2:94b paragraphs 3, 6 and 8 of the Netherlands Civil Code.


LOGO

 

Article 9. Repurchase of shares

 

9.1 The company may not subscribe for its own shares upon the issue thereof.

 

9.2 Any acquisition by the company of shares in its capital which are not fully paid up in its capital, is null and void.

Any acquisition by the company of fully paid up shares in its capital, in violation of paragraph 3 of this article is null and void.

The term shares in this paragraph and paragraphs 3 up and including 5 of this article shall include depositary receipts.

 

9.3 The company may only acquire its own fully paid-up shares without consideration, or if:

 

  a. the equity decreased by the acquisition price is not less than the paid and called up part of the capital increased with the reserves which must be maintained by law or the articles of association;

 

  b. the nominal amount of the shares or depositary receipts for shares in the company’s capital to be acquired, and all such shares or depositary receipts in its capital already held by the company and its subsidiaries collectively does not exceed half of the company’s issued capital; and

The company may only acquire its own fully paid-up shares with consideration if and insofar the general meeting has authorized the board of managing directors in that respect. Such authorization shall be valid for a period of no longer than eighteen months. In the authorization, the general meeting shall state the number of shares that may be acquired, how the shares may be acquired and the limits within which the price of the shares must be set. No authorization shall be required in case the company acquires shares in its capital, which are officially listed on a stock market, for the purpose of transferring such shares to employees of the company or of a group company, under a scheme applicable to such employees.

 

9.4 Decisive for the validity of the acquisition shall be the value of the company’s equity according to the most recently adopted balance sheet decreased with the acquisition price of shares in the company’s capital, the amount of the loans as meant in article 2:98c paragraph 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code and any distributions to others out of profits or reserves which became payable by the company and its subsidiaries after the date of the balance sheet.

If more than six months have lapsed since the expiration of a financial year without adoption of the annual accounts, an acquisition in accordance with the provisions in paragraph 3 shall not be permitted.

 

9.5

The provisions of paragraphs 2 up to and including 4 of this article do not apply to shares


LOGO

 

  acquired by the company under universal succession of title ( ‘onder algemene titel ’), without prejudice of the provisions in article 2:98a paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 of the Netherlands Civil Code.

 

9.6 The company may not with a view to any other party subscribing to or acquiring the company’s shares or depositary receipts, grant loans, provide security or any price guarantee, act as surety in any other manner, or bind itself jointly and severally or otherwise in addition to or on behalf of others. This prohibition shall also apply to its subsidiaries.

This prohibition shall not apply if shares or depositary receipts are subscribed for or acquired by employees of the company or a group company.

 

9.7 The company and its subsidiaries may not grant loans with a view to subscribing for its own shares or any other party acquiring shares in the capital of the company or depositary receipts, unless the board of managing directors passes a resolution and the conditions of article 2:98c paragraphs 2 up and including 7 of the Netherlands Civil Code are fulfilled.

 

9.8 Shares or depositary receipts in the company’s capital may, upon issue, not be subscribed for by or on behalf of any of its subsidiaries. The subsidiaries may acquire such shares or depositary receipts for their own account only insofar as the company is permitted to acquire its own shares or depositary receipts pursuant to paragraphs 2 up to and including 5 of this article.

 

9.9 Disposal of any shares in its own capital or depositary receipts held by the company shall require a resolution of the general meeting provided that the general meeting has not granted this authority to another corporate body.

 

9.10 The company may not cast votes in respect of shares in its own capital held by the company or such shares on which the company has a right of usufruct or pledge. Nor may any votes be cast by the pledgee or usufructuary of shares in its own capital held by the company if the right has been created by the company. No votes may be cast in respect of the shares whereof depositary receipts are held by the company. The provisions of this paragraph shall also apply to shares or depositary receipts held by any subsidiary or in respect of which any subsidiary owns a right of usufruct or pledge.

 

9.11 When determining to what extent the company’s capital is represented, or whether a majority represents a certain part of the capital, the capital shall be reduced by the amount of the shares for which no votes can be cast.

Article 10. Capital reduction

 

10.1 Upon a proposal of the board of managing directors, which proposal shall be approved by the board of supervisory directors, the general meeting may resolve to reduce the issued capital of the company by a cancellation of its shares or by a reduction of the nominal value of the shares by amendment of the articles of association.


LOGO

 

10.2 The relevant statutory provisions shall apply to the above mentioned resolution and the execution thereof.

CHAPTER V

Transfer of shares. Usufruct. Pledge

Article 11. Transfer of shares

The transfer of a share or any restricted rights thereon must be effected in accordance with applicable law.

Article 12. Usufruct

 

12.1 A shareholder may freely create a right of usufruct on one or more of his shares.

 

12.2 The shareholder shall have the voting rights attached to the shares on which the usufruct has been established.

 

12.3 In deviation of the previous paragraph, the voting rights shall be vested in the usufructuary if such is determined upon the creation of the right of usufruct.

 

12.4 The shareholder without voting rights and the usufructuary with voting rights shall have the rights conferred by law upon holders of depositary receipt issued with the cooperation of the company. The usufructuary without voting rights shall also have such rights unless these are withheld from him upon the creation or transfer of the usufruct.

 

12.5 Any rights arising from the share to acquire other shares, shall vest in the shareholder on the understanding that he must compensate the usufructuary for the value thereof to the extent the usufructuary is entitled thereto pursuant to his right of usufruct.

Article 13. Pledge

 

13.1 A shareholder may create a right of pledge on one or more of his shares.

 

13.2 The shareholder shall have the voting rights attached to the shares on which the pledge has been established.

 

13.3 In deviation of the previous paragraph, the voting rights shall be vested in the pledgee if such is provided upon the creation of the pledge.

 

13.4 The shareholder without voting rights and the pledgee with voting rights shall have the rights conferred by law upon holders of depositary receipt issued with the cooperation of the company. Pledgees without voting rights shall also have such rights unless these are withheld from him upon the creation or transfer of the pledge.

Article 14. Acknowledgement pledge

 

14.1 A pledge may also be created without acknowledgement by or service on the company. In that case article 3:239 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall apply accordingly, whereby the acknowledgement by or service on the company shall take the place of the notification referred to in paragraph 3 of that article.

 

14.2 If a pledge is created without acknowledgement by or service on the company, the rights pursuant to the provisions of article 13 shall vest in the pledgee only after the pledge has been acknowledged by or has been served on the company.


LOGO

 

CHAPTER VI

Board of managing directors

Article 15. Board of managing directors

 

15.1 The board of managing directors shall be in charge of managing the company, subject to the restrictions set forth in these articles of association. When performing their duties, the managing directors shall be guided by the interests of the company and its affiliated business.

 

15.2 The board of managing directors shall consist of one or more managing directors. The general meeting shall determine the number of managing directors, upon the proposal of the board of supervisory directors.

 

15.3 The managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting, on a recommendation made by the board of supervisory directors. A resolution by the general meeting to appoint a managing director may be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast.

 

15.4 The general meeting shall be free to appoint a managing director if the board of supervisory directors fails to make a recommendation within three months of the position becoming vacant.

 

15.5 A recommendation submitted on time shall be binding. However, the general meeting may disregard the recommendation if it adopts a resolution to that effect by a majority of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast, representing over one-half of the issued capital.

 

15.6 The legal relationship between a managing director and the company does not constitute an employment contract.

Article 16. Suspension and dismissal

 

16.1 The general meeting shall at all times have the power to suspend or dismiss each managing director. A resolution to suspend or dismiss a managing director may be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast.

 

16.2 Each managing director may at all times be suspended by the board of supervisory directors. The suspension may at all times be canceled by the general meeting.

 

16.3 Any such suspension may be extended several times but the total term of the suspension may not exceed three months. The suspension shall expire on lapse of this period if no resolution has been adopted either to lift the suspension or to dismiss the managing director.

 

16.4 If the general meeting has suspended a director in conformity with paragraph 1, the general meeting shall within three months of the date on which suspension has taken effect resolve either to dismiss such managing director, or to terminate or continue the suspension, failing which the suspension shall lapse.


LOGO

 

A resolution to continue the suspension may be adopted only once and in such event the suspension may be continued for a maximum period of three months commencing on the day the general meeting has adopted the resolution to continue the suspension.

If within the period of continued suspension the general meeting has not resolved either to dismiss the managing director concerned or to terminate the suspension, the suspension shall lapse.

A managing director who has been suspended shall be given the opportunity to account for his actions at the general meeting.

Article 17. Board compensation

 

17.1 The general policy with regard to the compensation of the board of managing directors shall be determined by the general meeting, upon a proposal of the board of supervisory directors. The compensation policy shall, at a minimum, address the items set out in articles 2:383c up to and including 2:383e of the Netherlands Civil Code, to the extent that these relate to the board of managing directors. The compensation policy shall be presented in writing to the works council, if any, for information purposes at the same time as it is submitted to the general meeting.

 

17.2 The compensation of managing directors shall be set, with due regard for the compensation policy, by the board of supervisory directors. With regard to arrangements concerning compensation in the form of shares or share options, the board of supervisory directors shall submit a proposal to the general meeting for its approval. This proposal must, at a minimum, state the number of shares or share options that may be granted to the board of managing directors and the criteria that apply to the granting of such shares or share options or the alteration of such arrangements.

Article 18. Decision-making. Division of duties

 

18.1 The board of managing directors shall meet as often as a managing director may deem necessary.

 

18.2 In the meeting of the board of managing directors, each managing director has a right to cast one vote. All resolutions by the board of managing directors shall be adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast. In the event the votes are equally divided, none of the managing directors has a decisive vote.

 

18.3 A managing director may grant another managing director a written proxy to represent him at the meeting.

 

18.4 The board of managing directors may adopt resolutions without holding a meeting, provided that the resolution is adopted in writing and all managing directors have expressed themselves in favor of the proposal.

 

18.5 The board of managing directors may adopt rules and regulations governing its decision-making process.


LOGO

 

18.6 The board of managing directors may make a division of duties, specifying the individual duties of every managing director. Such division of duties shall require the approval of the board of supervisory directors.

 

18.7 A managing director shall not participate in the deliberations and the decision making process if he has a direct or indirect personal interest which is in conflict with the interest as meant in article 15. If as a result hereof no resolution of the board of managing directors can be adopted, the resolution shall be adopted by the board of supervisory directors.

Article 19. Representative authority

 

19.1 The board of managing directors shall represent the company. The authority to represent the company shall also be vested in every managing director individually.

 

19.2 The board of managing directors may appoint officers and grant them a general or special power of attorney. Their title shall be determined by the board of managing directors. Titles may include Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. Each officer shall represent the company within the bounds of his authorization. The appointment of officers shall require the prior approval of the board of supervisory directors.

Article 20. Approval of board resolutions

 

20.1 The board of managing directors shall require the approval of the general meeting for resolutions of the board of managing directors with regard to an important change in the identity or character of the company or its business, including in any case:

 

  a. the transfer of the business of the company or almost the entire business of the company to a third party;

 

  b. the entering into or termination of any long-term co-operation of the company or any subsidiary of the company with another legal entity or company or as a fully liable partner in a limited or general partnership, if such co-operation or termination is of far-reaching significance for the company;

 

  c. the acquisition or disposal by the company or by a subsidiary of the company of a participation in the capital of another company with a value of at least one third of the amount of the assets according to the balance sheet with explanatory notes, or in case the company prepares a consolidated balance sheet, according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes, forming part of the most recently adopted annual accounts of the company.

 

20.2 The absence of approval as meant in this article does not affect the representative authority of the board of managing directors or the managing directors.


LOGO

 

Article 21. Absence or inability to act

If a managing director is absent or unable to act, the remaining managing director(s) shall be temporarily charged with the management of the company. If the sole managing director is or all managing directors are absent or unable to act, a person appointed by the board of supervisory directors shall be temporarily charged with the management of the company. Such person appointed by the board of supervisory directors shall duly observe these articles of association and the rules of the board of managing directors.

CHAPTER VII

Board of supervisory directors

Article 22. Number of members

The company shall have a board of supervisory directors, consisting of a minimum of one (1) supervisory director and a maximum of nine (9) supervisory directors. The general meeting shall determine the number of managing directors, upon the proposal of the board of supervisory directors.

Article 23. Appointment

 

23.1 The supervisory directors shall be appointed by the general meeting. Until such time as the Mosing Family no longer beneficially owns at least the percentage of all issued and outstanding shares in the company set forth below, it will have the right to make a binding recommendation for the appointment of up to the number of supervisory directors as set forth below:

 

   

if the Mosing Family holds at least fifty percent, it shall have the right to bindingly recommend five (5) supervisory directors;

 

   

if the Mosing Family holds at least forty percent, it shall have the right to bindingly recommend four (4) supervisory directors;

 

   

if the Mosing Family holds at least thirty percent, it shall have the right to bindingly recommend three (3) supervisory directors;

 

   

if the Mosing Family holds at least twenty percent, it shall have the right to bindingly recommend two (2) supervisory directors; and

 

   

if the Mosing Family holds at least ten percent, it shall have the right to bindingly recommend one (1) supervisory directors.

The remaining supervisory directors, if any (including any supervisory directors for which the Mosing Family does not exercise its recommendation right), shall be appointed on a recommendation made by the board of supervisory directors. A resolution by the general meeting to appoint a supervisory director may be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast.

 

23.2 The general meeting shall be free to appoint a supervisory director if no recommendation in accordance with paragraph 1 of this article is made within three months of the position becoming vacant.


LOGO

 

23.3 A recommendation submitted on time shall be binding. However, the general meeting may disregard the recommendation if it adopts a resolution to that effect by a majority of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast, representing over one-half of the issued capital.

 

23.4 The supervisory directors shall be appointed for an indefinite period of time unless the general meeting has expressly appointed the supervisory director for a defined period of time.

 

23.5 The board of supervisory directors shall appoint a supervisory director from their midst as chairman of the board of supervisory directors.

Article 24. Suspension and dismissal.

A supervisory director can at any time be suspended and dismissed by the general meeting.

Article 25. Remuneration

The general meeting may grant a remuneration to the supervisory directors.

Article 26. Duties and powers

 

26.1 The duty of the board of supervisory directors shall be to supervise the policies of the board of managing directors and the general course of affairs of the company and its affiliated business.

It shall give advice to the board of managing directors. When performing their duties, the supervisory directors shall be guided by the interests of the company and its affiliated business.

 

26.2 The board of supervisory directors may make a division of duties, specifying the individual duties of every supervisory director.

 

26.3 The board of supervisory directors has an audit committee. The board of supervisory directors may establish any other committee as the board of supervisory directors shall decide. The board of supervisory directors shall draw up charters governing a committee’s internal affairs.

 

26.4 The board of managing directors shall timely provide the board of supervisory directors with any such information as may be necessary for the board of supervisory directors to perform its duties. At least once a year the board of managing directors shall inform the board of supervisory directors in writing of the main lines of the company’s strategic policy, the general and financial risks and the management and control system.

 

26.5 The board of supervisory directors shall have access to the buildings and grounds of the company and be authorized to inspect the books, records and other carriers of data of the company.

The board of supervisory directors may appoint one or more persons from their midst or any expert to exercise such powers. The board of supervisory directors may also seek assistance of experts in other cases.


LOGO

 

Article 27. Decision-making

 

27.1 The board of supervisory directors shall meet as often as a supervisory director or the board of managing directors may deem necessary.

 

27.2 In the meeting of the board of supervisory directors each supervisory director has a right to cast one vote. All resolutions by the board of supervisory directors shall be adopted by an simple majority of the votes cast. In the event the votes are equally divided, the chairman shall have a decisive vote.

 

27.3 A supervisory director may grant another supervisory director a written proxy to represent him at the meeting.

 

27.4 The board of supervisory directors may pass resolutions outside a meeting, provided that the resolution is adopted in writing and all supervisory directors have expressed themselves in favor of the proposal.

 

27.5 The board of supervisory directors may adopt rules and regulations governing its decision-making process.

 

27.6 The board of supervisory directors shall have a meeting with the board of managing directors as often as the board of supervisory directors or the board of managing directors deems necessary.

 

27.7 A supervisory director shall not participate in the deliberations and the decision making process if he has a direct or indirect personal interest which is in conflict with the interest as meant in article 26 paragraph 1. If as a result hereof no resolution of the board of supervisory directors can be adopted, the resolution shall be adopted by the general meeting.

CHAPTER VIII

Annual accounts. Profits

Article 28. Financial year. Drawing up the annual accounts

 

28.1 The company’s financial year shall correspond with the calendar year.

 

28.2 Within five months of the end of the company’s financial year, the board of managing directors shall draw up the annual accounts unless, in special circumstances, an extension of this term by not more than six months is approved by the general meeting.

 

28.3 The annual accounts shall be signed by all the managing and supervisory directors; if the signature of any of them is missing, this fact and the reason for such omission shall be stated.

 

28.4 The board of supervisory directors may submit to the general meeting a preliminary advice on the annual accounts.

Article 29. Auditor

 

29.1 The company shall commission an auditor to examine the annual accounts.

 

29.2

The general meeting shall be authorized to grant such commission. If the general meeting


LOGO

 

  fails to do so, the board of supervisory directors shall be authorized to act instead, or if the board of supervisory directors fails to do so, the board of managing directors. The commission may at any time be withdrawn by the general meeting and the one who granted the commission; the commission granted by the board of managing directors may also be withdrawn by the board of supervisory directors.

 

29.3 The auditor shall report its findings to the board of managing directors and the board of supervisory directors.

 

29.4 The auditor shall record its findings in a report commenting on the true and fair nature of the annual accounts.

 

29.5 The auditor may be questioned by the general meeting in relation to his statement on the fairness of the annual accounts. The auditor shall therefore attend and be entitled to address this meeting.

Article 30. Presentation to the shareholders. Availability. Adoption

 

30.1 The annual accounts shall be deposited at the company’s office for inspection by the shareholders and holders of depositary receipt issued with the cooperation of the company, within the period of time specified in article 28 paragraph 2. The board of managing directors shall also submit the annual report within the same term.

 

30.2 The company shall ensure that the annual accounts, the annual report, the preliminary advice of the board of supervisory directors, if any, and the additional data to be added pursuant to article 2:392 paragraph 1 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall be available at its office from the day notice is sent out for the general meeting at which these documents will be handled. Shareholders and holders of depositary receipt issued with the cooperation of the company may inspect these documents at the company’s office and may obtain a complimentary copy thereof.

 

30.3 If the company has bearer debt instruments outstanding, the documents, insofar as the same must be published after adoption, may also be inspected by any third party who may obtain a copy thereof at no more than cost. This right shall lapse as soon as the said documents have been deposited with the trade register.

 

30.4 The general meeting shall adopt the annual accounts. The annual accounts cannot be adopted if the general meeting has not been able to examine the auditor’s report referred to in article 29 paragraph 4, unless under the additional data as mentioned in paragraph 2 of this article, a lawful ground has been stated for the absence of the auditor’s report.

 

30.5 The provisions set out in these articles of association regarding the annual report and the additional data to be added under article 2:392 paragraph 1 of the Netherlands Civil Code shall not apply if the company is a member of a group and article 2:396 paragraph 6, first sentence or article 2:403 of the Netherlands Civil Code applies to the company.


LOGO

 

Article 31. Publication

The company shall publish its annual accounts, if required, in accordance with applicable law.

Article 32. Profits

 

32.1 Out of the profits earned in the past financial year, first, if possible, an amount shall be paid to the holders of the Convertible Preference Shares at a rate of twenty-five hundredth per cent (0.25%) of the nominal value of those shares. If the Convertible Preference Shares were not issued throughout the year on the basis of which the dividend is calculated, then the dividend shall be calculated on the basis of that period of the year during which the Convertible Preference Shares were issued. If the profits do not permit a dividend payment as contemplated in this paragraph, the unpaid portion of the dividend shall be paid out of the profits of the next financial year(s).

 

32.2 The board of managing directors, subject to the approval of the board of supervisory directors, shall determine which portion of the profits remaining after application of paragraph 1, shall be reserved. The profit remaining after application of the previous sentence, if any, shall be at the disposal of the general meeting, albeit that no further dividends shall be paid on the Convertible Preference Shares. The general meeting may only resolve to partially or totally reserve such remaining profit, upon a proposal of the board of managing directors, which proposal shall be approved by the board of supervisory directors.

 

32.3 The company can only make distributions to the extent its equity exceeds the paid and called up part of the capital increased with the reserves, which must be maintained pursuant to the law.

 

32.4 Dividends shall be paid after the adoption of the annual accounts evidencing that the payment of dividends is lawful.

 

32.5 Upon a proposal of the board of managing directors, which proposal shall be approved by the board of supervisory directors, the general meeting may resolve to pay interim dividends, if the requirement of paragraph 3 of this article has been met as evidenced by an interim statement of assets and liabilities.

Such interim statement shall relate to the condition of such assets and liabilities on a date no earlier than the first day of the third month preceding the month in which the resolution to distribute is published.

It shall be prepared on the basis of generally acceptable valuation methods. The amounts to be reserved by law shall be included in such statement of assets and liabilities. The interim statement of assets and liabilities shall be signed by the managing directors, if the signature of one of them is missing, this fact and the reason for such omission shall be stated.

The company shall deposit the statement of assets and liabilities with the trade register within eight days after the day on which the resolution to distribute is published.


LOGO

 

32.6 Upon a proposal of the board of managing directors, the general meeting may, with due observance of the provisions of paragraph 3 and 5, resolve to make distributions out of a reserve which need not be kept by law.

 

32.7 Upon a proposal of the board of managing directors, the general meeting may, with due observance of the provisions of paragraph 3 and 5, resolve to pay, wholly or partly, dividends other than in cash.

 

32.8 For the calculation of the amount to be distributed on the shares, the shares held by the company in its own capital shall not be taken into account. For the calculation of the amount to be distributed on each share, only the amount of the mandatory payments on the nominal value of the shares shall be taken into account. The foregoing may be deviated from with the consent of all shareholders.

 

32.9 A claim of a shareholder to receive a distribution expires after five years.

CHAPTER IX

General meetings

Article 33. Annual general meeting

 

33.1 Within six months of the end of the company’s financial year, the annual general meeting shall be held.

 

33.2 The agenda of that meeting shall, among other matters, contain the items required by applicable law and such other proposals raised for consideration by the board of supervisory directors or the board of managing directors.

Article 34. Extraordinary general meetings

Without prejudice to the provisions of article 33 paragraph 1 and the law, general meetings shall be held as often as the board of managing directors, the board of supervisory directors, or shareholders and holders of depositary receipt issued with the cooperation of the company together representing at least one-tenth of the issued capital, hereinafter referred to as the “requesting shareholders”, deem necessary, and as required by applicable law.

Article 35. Convocation. Agenda

 

35.1 General meetings shall be called by the board of managing directors, the board of supervisory directors or by the requesting shareholders. The requesting shareholders are only authorized to call the general meeting themselves if it is evidenced that the requesting shareholders have requested the board of managing directors to call a general meeting in writing, exactly stating the matters to be discussed, and the board of managing directors has not taken the necessary steps so that the general meeting could be held within six weeks after the request. The requirement of a written request is also met if the request is recorded electronically.


LOGO

 

If the requesting shareholders represent more than half of the issued capital, however, they shall be authorized to call the general meeting themselves without first having to request the board of managing directors to call the general meeting.

 

35.2 Convocation shall take place not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the day of the meeting.

 

35.3 The convening notice shall specify the items to be discussed. Items which have not been specified in the convening notice may be announced with due observance of the requirements of this article.

 

35.4 The agenda shall contain such business as may be placed thereon by the board of managing directors. Furthermore, the agenda shall contain such items as requested in writing by one or more persons entitled to attend the general meeting, representing solely or jointly at least three-hundredth of the issued capital or holding shares of the company which according to the official price list of the stock market where the company’s shares have been admitted to an official listing represent a value of at least fifty million euro (EUR 50,000,000), at least sixty days before the date of the meeting. The general meeting shall not adopt resolutions on matters other than those that have been placed on the agenda.

 

35.5 All convocations for the general meetings and all notifications to shareholders and holders of depositary receipt issued with the cooperation of the company shall be given in the manner required by applicable law

Article 36. Place of the meetings

General meetings shall be held in the Netherlands, in the municipality of Amsterdam, or in the municipality of Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol). In a meeting held elsewhere, valid resolutions can only be taken if the entire issued capital is represented. The convening notice shall state the place where the general meeting shall be held.

Article 37. Imperfect convocation general meeting

 

37.1 Valid resolutions in respect of matters which were not mentioned on the agenda in the convocation letter or which have not been published in the same manner and with due observance of the period set for convocation, can only be taken by unanimous votes in a meeting where the entire issued capital is represented.

 

37.2 If the period for convocation mentioned in article 35 paragraph 2 was shorter or if no convocation has taken place, valid resolutions can only be taken by unanimous votes in a meeting where the entire issued capital is represented.

Article 38. General meeting chairman

 

38.1 The general meetings shall be chaired by the chairman of the board of supervisory directors or by another supervisory director appointed for that purpose by the board of supervisory directors.


LOGO

 

38.2 If no chairman for a meeting has been appointed in accordance with paragraph 1, the meeting shall appoint its chairman itself.

Article 39. Minutes

 

39.1 Minutes shall be taken of the matters discussed at every general meeting by a secretary to be appointed by the chairman. The minutes shall be adopted by the chairman and the secretary and signed by them to that effect.

 

39.2 The chairman, or the person who requested the meeting, may decide that an official notarial report should be drawn up of the matters discussed at the general meeting. This report must be co-signed by the chairman.

Article 40. Rights exercisable during a meeting. Admission

 

40.1 Every person entitled to vote and every usufructuary and pledgee having voting rights shall be authorized to attend the general meeting, address the meeting and exercise their voting rights.

 

40.2 If the voting rights attached to a share are vested in the usufructuary or pledgee instead of the shareholder, also the shareholder shall be authorized to attend the general meeting and to address the meeting.

 

40.3 Furthermore, holders of depositary receipt issued with the cooperation of the company shall be authorized to attend and address the general meeting.

 

40.4 Every share shall give the right to cast one vote.

 

40.5 Every person entitled to vote or his representative must sign the attendance list.

 

40.6 The rights referred to in the previous paragraphs may be exercised by a person acting upon a written power of attorney. A power of attorney shall mean any power of attorney transmitted via standard means of communication and received in written form. The requirement of a written power of attorney is also met in case the power of attorney has been recorded electronically.

 

40.7 The supervisory directors and the managing directors shall have an advisory vote at the general meeting.

 

40.8 The auditor as meant in article 29 paragraph 1 shall be authorized to attend the general meeting held to adopt the annual accounts and to address the meeting.

 

40.9 Admission to the general meeting of persons other than those referred to in this article shall be decided upon by the chairman of the general meeting.

 

40.10 The board of managing directors is authorized to determine that participation in the general meeting may also occur through an electronic communication method, under the conditions as may be announced in the convocation. Through the electronic communication method, the relevant participants must be able to be identified, to directly take note of the discussions at the meeting and to exercise the voting rights.


LOGO

 

40.11 Votes that have been cast through an electronic communication method prior to the general meeting, but not earlier than the ultimate date of registration, will be treated equally to votes cast at the time of the meeting.

Article 41. Decision making. General meeting

 

41.1 Resolutions shall be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast, unless the law or the articles of association prescribe a greater majority.

 

41.2 If no simple majority is reached by a vote taken with respect to the election of persons, a second vote shall be taken whereby the voters are not required to vote for the previous candidates.

If, again, no one has gained a simple majority of the votes, new votes shall be held until either one person has gained a simple majority or, if the vote was between two persons, the votes are equally divided.

Such new votes (except for the second vote) shall only take place between the candidates who were voted for in the previous vote, except for the person who received the least number of votes.

If two or more persons have the least number of votes, it shall be decided by lot who cannot be voted for at the new vote.

If, in the event of an election between two candidates, the votes are equally divided, it shall be decided by lot who has been elected.

 

41.3 If a vote is taken in respect of matters other than in relation to election of persons and the votes are equally divided, the relevant motion shall be considered rejected.

 

41.4 All votings shall take place orally unless the chairman decides or any person entitled to vote requests a voting in writing.

 

41.5 Abstentions and invalid votes shall be deemed not to have been cast.

 

41.6 Votes by acclamation shall be allowed unless one of the persons present and entitled to vote objects.

 

41.7 The chairman’s view at the meeting expressing that the general meeting has passed a resolution shall be decisive. The same shall apply to the contents of the resolution so passed, provided that the relevant motion was not put down in writing. However, if the chairman’s view is challenged immediately after it is expressed, a new vote shall be taken when the majority of the persons present and entitled to vote so require or, if the original vote was not by call or by ballot, when one person present and entitled to vote so requires. The new vote shall nullify the legal consequences of the original vote.

Article 42. Resolutions passed outside a meeting

The shareholders may not pass resolutions in writing, rather than at a general meeting.


LOGO

 

CHAPTER X

Amendment to the articles of association. Liquidation

Article 43. Amendment to the articles of association and dissolution

Upon the proposal of the board of managing directors, which proposal shall be approved by the board of supervisory directors, the general meeting may resolve to amend the articles of association or to dissolve the company.

If a proposal to amend the articles of association or to dissolve the company is to be submitted to the general meeting, the convening notice must state this fact. At the same time, if the motion is for an amendment to the articles of association, a copy of the motion containing a verbatim text of the proposed amendment must be deposited at the company’s office for inspection by the shareholders and holders of depositary receipt issued with the cooperation of the company until the meeting has been held

Article 44. Liquidation

 

44.1 If the company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution by the general meeting, the managing directors shall be the liquidators of the dissolved company, unless the general meeting appoints other persons to that effect. The board of supervisory directors shall supervise the liquidation.

 

44.2 The provisions of these articles of association shall, to the fullest extent possible, continue to be in force during the liquidation.

 

44.3 The surplus remaining after payment of the debts shall be paid to the shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the individual shareholdings.

 

44.4 After the company has ceased to exist, the books, records and other carriers of data shall be kept by the person designated thereto by the liquidators for seven years.

CHAPTER XI

Indemnification and hold harmless clause

Article 45. Indemnification and hold harmless clause

 

45.1 To the fullest extent permissible by law, the company shall indemnify and reimburse for, and hold harmless against, each officer and former officer, managing director and former managing director and supervisory director and former supervisory director (and, in the case of an officer or managing director that is not a natural person, its affiliates, shareholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners, employees and agents) collectively, the “Indemnified Persons”):

 

  a. any and all liabilities, claims, judgments, fines and penalties (collectively, the “Claims”) incurred by an Indemnified Person as a result of any expected, threatened, pending or completed action, investigation or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative (each a “Legal Action”) in relation to any act or omission in or related to his or her capacity as Indemnified Person; and


LOGO

 

  b. any expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and litigation costs) (collectively, “Expenses”) incurred by an Indemnified Person in connection with any Legal Action.

 

45.2 An Indemnified Person will not be held harmless, indemnified and reimbursed as referred to above in paragraph 1, if and to the extent:

 

  a. a Dutch court has made a final and binding judgment that the act or omission of the Indemnified Person can be characterized as willful misconduct ( opzet ), willful recklessness ( bewuste roekeloosheid ) or serious culpability ( ernstig verwijt ); and/or

 

  b. the costs or the loss of the Indemnified Person is covered by insurance and the insurer has compensated him or her for the costs or loss.

 

45.3 When a Dutch court has made a final and binding judgment that an Indemnified Person has no claim to the indemnification as referred to above in paragraph 1, the Indemnified Person shall immediately repay to the company any amount of indemnification it received from the company. The company can demand surety for the repayment obligation of the concerned party.

 

45.4 The company shall use all its reasonable endeavors to provide for, and shall bear the cost of, insurance covering Claims against, and Expenses incurred by, the Indemnified Persons in connection with any Legal Action.

 

45.5 The company may enter into agreements with an Indemnified Person to provide for indemnification consistent with the terms and conditions set forth in this article 45. Unless otherwise agreed by the Indemnified Persons, the company may maintain insurance, at its expense, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Indemnified Persons against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this article 45.

 

45.6 Expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a Legal Action shall be paid by the company in advance of such Legal Action’s final disposition upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the company Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the company deems appropriate. The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this article 45 shall continue as to an Indemnified Person who has ceased to be a named Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of such a person.

 

45.7

Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this article 45 and who are or


LOGO

 

  were partners, employees or agents of the company, or who are or were serving at the request of the company as employees or agents of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the company.

 

45.8 The provisions of this article 45 shall be deemed to be a contract right between the company and each person who serves in such capacity at any time while this article 45 and the relevant provisions of applicable law are in effect, and any repeal or modification of this article 45 or any such law shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or Legal Action then existing. The indemnification and other rights provided for in this article 45 shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any Indemnified Person. Except as provided in this article 45, the company shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a Legal Action initiated by such person only if such Legal Action was authorized by the the board of supervisory directors.

 

45.9 For purposes of this article 45, references to “the company” shall include, in addition to the resulting company, any constituent company (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its managers, managing directors, supervisory directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any Person who is or was a manager, managing director, supervisory director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent company, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent company as a managing director, supervisory director, officer, employee or agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this article 45 with respect to the resulting or surviving company as he or she would have with respect to such constituent company if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this article 45, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the company” shall include any service as a manager, officer, employee or agent of the company that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such manager, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the company” as referred to in this article 45.

 

45.10

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any indemnity by the company relating


LOGO

 

  to the matters covered in this article 45 shall be provided out of and to the extent of company assets only and no shareholder shall have personal liability on account thereof or shall be required to make additional contributions to help satisfy such indemnity of the company

CHAPTER XII

Transitional provision

Article 46. Transitional provision

It is intended that as soon as possible after the amendment of the articles of association becoming into force, a transaction will be effected pursuant to which, among others, MH will become limited partner in FICV and will acquire Convertible Preferred Shares. Article 5 will only come into force at such time.

The appearing person is known to me, civil law notary.

The identity of the appearing person was established by me, civil law notary, on the basis of the above-mentioned document intended for identification purposes.

WITNESSED THIS DEED, the original of which was drawn up and executed in Amsterdam on the date first written above.

Prior to the execution of this deed, I, civil law notary, informed the appearing person of the substance of the deed and gave the appearing person an explanation thereon, and furthermore pointed out the consequences which will result for the party from the contents of this deed.

Subsequently, the appearing person declared to have taken note of the contents of this deed after timely being given the opportunity thereto and waived a full reading of this deed.

Immediately after a limited reading, this deed was signed by the appearing person and me, civil law notary.


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

Donald Keith Mosing

William Bradford Mosing

Lindsey R. Mosing

Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Lindsey R. Mosing

Victoria R. Mosing

Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Victoria R. Mosing

By-Pass Corporate Stock Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Donald Keith Mosing

By-Pass Corporate Stock Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Gregory Stanton Mosing

By-Pass Corporate Stock Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o William B. Mosing

Melanie Christine Mosing

Derek A. Veverica

Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Derek A. Veverica

Christine M. Veverica

Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Christine M. Veverica

Melanie C. Mosing

By-Pass Corporate Stock Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Melanie C. Mosing

The 2009 Mosing Family Delaware Dynasty Trust FBO William Bradford Mosing

The 2009 Mosing Family Delaware Dynasty Trust FBO Donald Keith Mosing

The 2009 Mosing Family Delaware Dynasty Trust FBO Gregory Stanton Mosing

The 2009 Mosing Family Delaware Dynasty Trust FBO Melanie Christine Mosing

Gregory Stanton Mosing

Michael Frank Mosing

Succession of Clara L. Mosing

The CLM 2009 IDG Trust

Steven Brent Mosing

The Erich & Stephanie Mosing 1994 Trust, Share “A” f/b/o Erich Lloyd Mosing

The Erich & Stephanie Mosing 1994 Trust, Share “B” f/b/o Stephanie Marie Mosing

Erich Lloyd Mosing

Stephanie Marie Mosing

Sharon Mosing Miller

Succession of Timothy Dupre Mosing

Jeffrey Louis Mosing

Kirkland David Mosing

Kendall Garrett Mosing

The DBM 2009 QSST – IDG Trust u/t/a/ December 17, 2009


LOGO

 

The LKM 2009 QSST – IDG Trust u/t/a/ December 17, 2009

Succession of Larry Kirkland Mosing

Lori Mosing Thomas

Donald K. Mosing Family Partnership, Ltd.


LOGO

 

EXHIBIT B

Frank’s International N.V.

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands

+31 (0)20 52 14 777

Reference is hereby made to the Articles of Association of Frank’s International N.V. (the “Articles”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Articles.

The undersigned Converting Holder hereby transfers to the company the number of Convertible Preferred Shares, together with an equal number of MH CV Portions, set forth below to be converted into Common Shares, as set forth in the Articles.

Legal Name of Converting Holder:

Address:

Number of Convertible Preferred Shares to be converted:

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full legal capacity to execute and deliver this Conversion Notice and to perform the undersigned’s obligations hereunder; (ii) this Conversion Notice has been duly executed and delivered by the undersigned and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, as the case may be, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies; (iii) the MH CV Portions subject to this Conversion Notice are being transferred to the company free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, equities or claim; and (iv) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the undersigned or the MH CV Portions subject to this Conversion Notice is required to be obtained by the undersigned for the transfer of such MH CV Portions to the company.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer or supervisory or management board member of the company as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions


LOGO

 

that may be necessary to transfer to the company the MH CV Portions subject to this Conversion Notice and to deliver to the undersigned the Common Shares into which the Convertible Preferred Shares are so converted.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Conversion Notice to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.

 

 

Name:

Date:

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO   

J.J. Viottastraat 52

1071 JT Amsterdam

The Netherlands

 

T +31 20 760 16 00

info@vancampenliem.com

www.vancampenliem.com

To:

Frank’s International N.V.

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB, Amsterdam

The Netherlands

[***] 2013

 

Re: Frank’s International N.V. – SEC registration of common shares (exhibit 5.1)

Dear Sirs,

You have requested us to render an opinion on matters of Dutch law in relation to the registration of [•] common shares (the “ Shares ” and each a “Share”) each with a nominal value of one eurocent (EUR 0,01) in the capital of Frank’s International N.V. (the “ Issuer” ) in connection with the offering as set forth in the underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) between the Issuer and the underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”), substantially in the form filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) as exhibit 1.1 to the registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-188536), in relation to the registration (the “ Registration ”) of the issuance and sale of the Shares with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

1. Scope of Opinion

This opinion is given only with respect to Dutch law in force at the date of this opinion letter as applied by the Dutch courts. No opinion is expressed or implied as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

2. Documents Examined

For the purposes of rendering this opinion, we have examined copies of the following documents:

 

  a. the Underwriting Agreement;

 

  b. the Registration Statement, as amended to date;

 

LOGO

Van Campen Liem is the joint trade name of Liem & Partners N.V. and Van Campen & Partners N.V.

Liem & Partners N.V. has its statutory seat at Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and is registered with the Trade Register under number 54787882.

Van Campen & Partners N.V. has its statutory seat at Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and is registered with the Trade Register under number 54033500.


LOGO

 

  c. the notarial deed of incorporation of the Issuer, executed on 1 February 2006, before Tjien Hauw Liem Esq., civil law notary practicing in Amsterdam (the “ Incorporation Deed ”);

 

  d. the notarial deed of amendment of the articles of association of the Issuer, executed on             , 2013 before Tjien Hauw Liem Esq., civil law notary practicing in Amsterdam, which includes the articles of association of the Issuer as currently in force;

 

  e. the draft notarial deed of amendment of the articles of association of the Issuer, as will be in force at the time of the issue of the Shares;

 

  f. the excerpt dated [***] 2013 in relation to the registration of the Issuer at the trade register in Amsterdam (the “ Trade Register ”) under file number 34241787 (the “ Excerpt ”);

 

  g. the resolution in writing by the board of managing directors of the Issuer, dated [on or around the date of this opinion][***], of which a copy is attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “ MB Resolution ”);

 

  h. the resolution in writing by the general meeting of the Issuer, dated [on or around the date of this opinion][***], of which a copy is attached hereto as Schedule 2 (the “ SB Resolution ”, and jointly with the MB Resolution, the “ Resolutions ”);

 

  i. certificate of the board of managing directors of the Issuer, [dated on or around the date of this opinion] [***], attached as Schedule [3] to this opinion (the “ Directors Certificate ”);

 

  j. a [draft] notardeed of share issuance to be executed by the Issuer pursuant to which the Shares shall be issued (the “ Deed of Issuance ”); and

 

  k. the shareholders register of the Issuer (the “ Shareholders Register ”).

 

3. Assumptions

For the purpose of rendering this opinion we have assumed:

 

  a. Each copy conforms to the original and each original is genuine and complete;

 

  b. Each signature is the genuine signature of the individual concerned;

 

  c. The Registration Statement has been or will have been filed with the SEC in the form referred to in this opinion; and


LOGO

 

  d. The Shares will be subscribed for and will have been validly accepted by the Underwriters for them.

 

4. Opinion

Based upon the foregoing (including the assumptions set forth above) and subject to the qualifications listed herein and subject to any facts, circumstances, events or documents not disclosed to us in the course of our examination referred to above, we are, at the date hereof, of the opinion that:

Once the Shares are issued pursuant to the Deed of Issuance in the form reviewed by us and upon payment in full of the Shares in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

5. Qualification

In this opinion, the term “non-assessable” – which term has no equivalent in Dutch – means , in relation to a Share, that the Issuer has no right to require the holder of the Share to pay the Issuer any amount (in addition to the amount required for the Shares to be fully paid) solely as a result of his shareholder ownership.

 

6. Miscellaneous

This opinion expresses and describes Dutch legal concepts in English and not in their original Dutch terms; these concepts may not be identical to the concepts described by the English translations; this opinion may therefore be relied upon only on the express condition that it shall be governed by and that all words and expressions used herein shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

This opinion is an exhibit to the Registration Statement and may be relied upon only for the purpose of the Registration.

This opinion is solely rendered by Liem & Partners N.V., with the exclusion of any of its officers, employees, legal professionals and affiliates, is the sole entity responsible for this opinion. Any liability of Liem & Partners N.V. pursuant to this opinion shall be limited to the amount covered by its liability insurance.

In issuing this opinion we do not assume any obligations to notify or to inform you of any developments subsequent to its date might render its contents untrue or inaccurate in whole or in part of such time.


LOGO

 

This opinion is strictly limited to the matters stated herein and may not read as extending by implication to any matters not specifically referred to. Nothing in this opinion should be taken as expressing an opinion in respect of any document examined in connection with this opinion except as expressly confirmed herein.

We hereby consent the Issuer (the “ Consents ”) to:

 

  a. file this opinion with the SEC as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement; and

 

  b. refer to Van Campen Liem giving this under the heading “Legal Matters”, and to Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.) giving this opinion under the headings “Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules”, in the Registration Statement.

However, the Consents are not an admittance that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or any rules or regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Yours sincerely,

***DRAFT***

Van Campen Liem / Liem & Partners N.V.

Exhibit 8.1

 

LOGO   

J.J. Viottastraat 52

1071 JT Amsterdam

The Netherlands

 

T +31 20 760 16 00

info@vancampenliem.com

www.vancampenliem.com

To:

Frank’s International N.V.

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB, Amsterdam

The Netherlands

[***] 2013

 

Re: Frank’s International N.V. – SEC registration of common shares (EXHIBIT 8.1)

Dear Sirs,

You have requested us to render an opinion on matters of Dutch law in relation to the registration of [•] common shares (the “ Shares ” and each a “ Share ”) each with a nominal value of one eurocent (EUR 0,01) in the capital of Frank’s International N.V. (the “ Issuer” ) in connection with the offering as set forth in the underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) between the Issuer and the underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”), substantially in the form filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) as exhibit 1.1 to the registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-188536), in relation to the registration (the “ Registration ”) of the issuance and sale of the Shares with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

1. Scope of Opinion

This opinion is given only with respect to Dutch law in force at the date of this opinion letter. It (including all terms used in it) it to be construed in accordance with Dutch law. No opinion is expressed or implied as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

2. Documents Examined

For the purposes of rendering this opinion, we have examined copies of the following documents:

 

  a. the notarial deed of incorporation of the Issuer, executed on 1 February 2006 before Tjien Hauw Liem Esq., civil law notary practicing in Amsterdam (the “ Incorporation Deed ”);

 

LOGO

Van Campen Liem is the joint trade name of Liem & Partners N.V. and Van Campen & Partners N.V.

Liem & Partners N.V. has its statutory seat at Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and is registered with the Trade Register under number 54787882.

Van Campen & Partners N.V. has its statutory seat at Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and is registered with the Trade Register under number 54033500.


LOGO

 

  b. the Registration Statement, as amended to date;

 

  c. the notarial deed of amendment of the articles of association of the Issuer, executed on             , 2013 before Tjien Hauw Liem Esq., civil law notary practicing in Amsterdam, which includes the articles of association of the Issuer as currently in force; and

 

  d. the draft notarial deed of amendment of the articles of association of the Issuer, as will be in force at the time of the issue of the Shares.

 

3. Assumptions

For the purpose of rendering this opinion we have assumed:

 

  a. Each copy conforms to the original and each original is genuine and complete;

 

  b. Each signature is the genuine signature of the individual concerned; and

 

  c. The Registration Statement has been or will have been filed with the SEC in the form referred to in this opinion.

 

4. Opinion

Based upon the foregoing (including the assumptions set forth above) and subject to the qualifications listed herein and subject to any facts, circumstances, events or documents not disclosed to us in the course of our examination referred to above, we are, at the date hereof, of the opinion that:

The statements in the Registration Statement under the heading “ Certain Netherlands Income and Estate Tax Considerations ”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of Dutch tax law, are correct.

 

5. Miscellaneous

This opinion expresses and describes Dutch legal concepts in English and not in their original Dutch terms; these concepts may not be identical to the concepts described by the English translations; this opinion may therefore be relied upon only on the express condition that it shall be governed by and that all words and expressions used herein shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

This opinion is an exhibit to the Registration Statement and may be relied upon only for the purpose of the Registration.


LOGO

 

This opinion is solely rendered by Liem & Partners N.V., with the exclusion of any of its officers, employees, legal professionals and affiliates, is the sole entity responsible for this opinion. Any liability of Liem & Partners N.V. pursuant to this opinion shall be limited to the amount covered by its liability insurance.

In issuing this opinion we do not assume any obligations to notify or to inform you of any developments subsequent to its date might render its contents untrue or inaccurate in whole or in part of such time.

This opinion is strictly limited to the matters stated herein and may not read as extending by implication to any matters not specifically referred to. Nothing in this opinion should be taken as expressing an opinion in respect of any document examined in connection with this opinion except as expressly confirmed herein.

We hereby consent (the “ Consents ”) the Issuer to:

 

  a. file this opinion with the SEC as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement; and

 

  b. refer to Van Campen Liem (Liem & Partners N.V.) giving this opinion under the heading “Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” in the Registration Statement.

However, the Consents are not an admittance that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or any rules or regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Yours sincerely,

Van Campen Liem / Liem & Partners N.V.

**Draft**

Exhibit 8.2

 

LOGO

[    ], 2013

Frank’s International N.V.

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands

 

RE: Frank’s International N.V. Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for Frank’s International N.V. (the Company ”), a company organized under the laws of The Netherlands, with respect to certain legal matters in connection with the offer and sale of its common stock. We have also participated in the preparation of a Prospectus dated [            ] (the Prospectus ”), forming part of the Registration Statement on Form S-l, No. 333-188536 (as amended, the Registration Statement ”). This opinion is based on the facts and assumptions disclosed in the Registration Statement.

In our capacity as counsel to the Company, we have made such legal and factual examinations and inquiries, including an examination of originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records and other instruments, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures thereon, the legal capacity of natural persons executing such documents and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. For the purpose of our opinion, we have not made an independent investigation or audit of the facts set forth in the above-referenced document. In addition, in rendering this opinion we have assumed the truth and accuracy of all statements made to us which are qualified as to knowledge or belief, without regard to such qualification.

We hereby confirm that all statements of legal conclusions contained in the discussion in the Prospectus under the caption “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” constitute the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters set forth therein as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, subject to the assumptions, qualifications, and limitations set forth therein.

This opinion is based on various statutory provisions, regulations promulgated thereunder and interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts having jurisdiction over such matters, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Also, any variation or difference in the facts from those set forth in the Registration Statement may affect the conclusions stated herein.

No opinion is expressed as to any matter not discussed in the Prospectus under the caption “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” We are opining herein only as to the federal income tax matters described above, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability to, or the effect on, any transaction of other federal laws, foreign laws, the laws of any state or any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state.

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP Attorneys at Law

Abu Dhabi Austin Beijing Dallas Dubai Hong Kong Houston London

Moscow New York Palo Alto Riyadh Shanghai Tokyo Washington

  

First City Tower, 1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002-6760

Tel +1.713.758.2222 Fax +1.713.758.2346 www.velaw.com


LOGO

This opinion is rendered to you as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, and we undertake no obligation to update this opinion subsequent to the date hereof. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or furnished to, assigned to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or other entity, for any purpose, without our prior written consent. However, this opinion may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities law, including persons purchasing common shares pursuant to the Registration Statement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion of counsel as Exhibit 8.2 to, and the incorporation by reference of this opinion of counsel into, the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  Very truly yours,
    **Draft**

Exhibit 10.3

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) dated the [•] day of [•], 2013, by and between Frank’s International N.V., a public limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands (the “ Company ”), and [•], an individual (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Competent and experienced persons may be reluctant to serve or to continue to serve as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification (or both) against claims against them arising out of their service and activities on behalf of the corporation.

B. The current uncertainties relating to the availability of adequate insurance have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining competent and experienced persons to serve in such capacity.

C. The supervisory board of the Company (the “ Supervisory Board ”) has determined that the continuation of present trends in litigation will make it more difficult to attract and retain competent and experienced persons to serve as directors of the Company, that this situation is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of adequate protection in the future.

D. As a supplement to and in the furtherance of the Company’s Articles of Association, as amended (the “ Articles ”), it is reasonable, prudent, desirable and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay in advance expenses on behalf of, directors to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, consistent with the Company’s Liability Insurance, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from concern that they will not be so indemnified and that their expenses will not be so paid in advance;

E. This Agreement is not a substitute for, nor is it intended to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee under, Liability Insurance, the Articles, any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto (including any contractual rights of Indemnitee that may exist) or otherwise;

F. Indemnitee is a director of the Company and his or her willingness to continue to serve in such capacity is predicated, in substantial part, upon the Company’s willingness to indemnify him or her to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, consistent with the Company’s Liability Insurance, and upon the other undertakings set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below:

Applicable Law ” means the laws of The Netherlands.

Claims ” means any and all liabilities, claims, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties assessed with respect to employee benefit plans), penalties and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing.

Corporate Status ” means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, partner, member, manager, trustee, fiduciary or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company. In addition to any service at the actual request of the Company, Indemnitee will be deemed, for purposes of this Agreement, to be serving or to have served at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, partner, member, manager, trustee, fiduciary or agent of another Enterprise if Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, officer, employee, partner, member, manager, fiduciary, trustee or agent of such Enterprise and (i) such Enterprise is or at the time of such service was a Controlled Affiliate, (ii) such Enterprise is or at the time of such service was an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a Controlled Affiliate or (iii) the Company or a Controlled Affiliate caused Indemnitee to be nominated, elected, appointed, designated, employed, engaged or selected to serve in such capacity on its behalf.

Controlled Affiliate ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise, whether or not for profit, that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of an Enterprise, whether through the ownership of voting securities, through other voting rights, by contract or otherwise; provided , however , that direct or indirect beneficial ownership of capital stock or other interests in an Enterprise entitling the holder to cast 10% or more of the total number of votes generally entitled to be cast in the election of directors (or persons performing comparable functions) of such Enterprise will be deemed to constitute “control” for purposes of this definition.

Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Legal Action, decision or Enterprise action in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other entity or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company in a Corporate Status.

 

2


Expenses ” means all reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees and litigation costs, paid or incurred in connection with a Legal Action, or in connection with seeking indemnification under this Agreement. Expenses will also include Expenses reasonably paid or incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Legal Action. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligation to pay “Expenses” is limited to Expenses incurred after written notice is given to the Company of a Legal Action. When a Legal Action subject to the indemnity obligation in this Agreement presents both matters that are covered by the indemnity obligation and matters that are not, Expenses shall refer solely to Expenses incurred for the defense of those parts of the Legal Action that are covered by the indemnity obligation in this Agreement

Independent Counsel ” means an attorney or firm of attorneys that is experienced in matters of corporation law in the appropriate jurisdictions and neither currently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement and/or the indemnification provisions of the Articles, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Legal Action giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” does not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Legal Action ” means any expected, threatened, pending or completed action, investigation, or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative, and in each case commenced after the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of or relating to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and by reason of or relating to either (i) any action or alleged action taken by Indemnitee (or failure or alleged failure to act) or of any action or alleged action (or failure or alleged failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part, while acting in his or her Corporate Status or (ii) the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as director, officer, employee, partner, member, manager, trustee, fiduciary or agent of another Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any Loss or Expense is paid or incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement, except one initiated by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.

Liability Insurance ” means such director and officer liability insurance (or the equivalent), which the Company purchases for the benefit of its directors and officers.

Management Board ” means the management board of the Company.

Person ” shall be construed broadly and shall include, without limitation, an individual, a partnership, stichting , commanditaire vennootschap , besloten vennootschap , a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

3


References to “serving at the request of the Company” include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan will be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to under applicable law or in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

SERVICES TO THE COMPANY

2.1 Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director on the Company’s Supervisory Board. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company will have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement will not be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained as a director on the Company’s Supervisory Board or in any other position with the Company (or any other Enterprise).

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNIFICATION

3.1 Company Indemnification . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 3, if Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to, or was or is threatened to be made a party to, or was or is otherwise involved in, any Legal Action, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Articles and Applicable Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, interpreted or replaced, against any and all Expenses, Claims or amounts paid in settlement, and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, that are paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Legal Action.

3.2 Mandatory Indemnification if Indemnitee is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6.9), to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Legal Action or any part thereof, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Legal Action, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but fewer than all Claims, issues or matters in such Legal Action, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved Claim, issue or matter on which Indemnitee was successful. For purposes of this Section 3.2, the termination of any Legal Action, or any Claim, issue or matter in such Legal Action, by dismissal with or without prejudice will be deemed to be a successful result as to such Legal Action, Claim, issue or matter.

3.3 Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Legal Action to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company will advance all reasonable expenses and indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

4


3.4 Exclusions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company will not be obligated under this Agreement to provide indemnification in connection with the following:

(a) Any Legal Action (or part of any Legal Action) initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnities, unless the Management Board has authorized or consented to the initiation of the Legal Action (or such part of any Legal Action) with approval of the Supervisory Board.

(b) An accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute or for any Claims to the extent that they represent the gain in fact of any profit or advantage to which the Indemnitee is not legally entitled.

(c) If a court of competent jurisdiction has made a final and binding judgment that the act or omission of the Indemnitee can be characterized as a result of willful misconduct ( opzet ), willful recklessness ( bewuste roekeloosheid ) or serious culpability ( ernstig verwijt ) under Applicable Law.

(d) For any Legal Action arising out of, based upon or attributable to the committing in fact by the Indemnitee of any deliberate criminal or deliberate fraudulent act.

ARTICLE 4

ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

4.1 Expense Advances . Except as set forth in Section 4.2, the Company will, if requested by Indemnitee, advance, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, to Indemnitee (hereinafter an “ Expense Advance ”) any and all Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Legal Action (whether prior to or after its final disposition). Indemnitee’s right to each Expense Advance will be subject to the requirements of the next sentence but not otherwise subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct and will be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, or under provisions of the Articles or otherwise. Each Expense Advance will be unsecured and interest free and will be made by the Company upon a resolution of the Supervisory Board; provided , however , that an Expense Advance will be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ Undertaking ”), in a form satisfactory to the Company, by or on behalf of Indemnitee, to immediately repay such Expense Advance if it is ultimately determined, by final and binding judgment by a court or arbitrator, as applicable, from which there is no further right to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses under the Articles or Applicable Law. An Expense eligible for an Expense Advance will include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce the right of advancement provided for in this Article 4.

 

5


4.2 Exclusions . Indemnitee will not be entitled to any Expense Advance in connection with any of the matters for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 3.4.

4.3 Timing . An Expense Advance pursuant to Section 4.1 will be made within fifteen business days after the resolution of the Management Board is approved by the Supervisory Board with respect to such Expense Advance; provided , however , that no such Expense Advance will be made by the Company prior to receipt by the Company of the Undertaking.

ARTICLE 5

CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

5.1 Contribution by Company . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, will contribute to the amount of Expenses and Claims incurred or paid by Indemnitee in connection with any Legal Action in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors and employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee, on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such Legal Action arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors and employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee, on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses and Claims, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors and employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee, on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, will be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary, and the degree to which their conduct was active or passive.

5.2 Indemnification for Contribution Claims by Others . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the indemnification herein will include claims of contribution which may be brought by other officers, directors or employees of the Company who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee for any Loss or Expense arising from a Legal Action.

ARTICLE 6

PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR THE

DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Notification of Claims; Request for Indemnification . Indemnitee agrees to notify promptly the Company in writing of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement; provided , however , that a delay in giving such notice will not deprive Indemnitee of any right to be indemnified under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of the

 

6


Legal Action and such delay is materially prejudicial to the Company’s ability to defend or to obtain coverage under the Company’s Liability Insurance for such Legal Action; and, provided , further , that notice will be deemed to have been given without any action on the part of Indemnitee in the event the Company is a party to the same Legal Action. The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. Indemnitee may deliver to the Company a written request to have the Company indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee in accordance with this Agreement. Subject to Section 6.9, such request may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Following such a written request for indemnification, Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 6.2. The Secretary of the Company will, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Management Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. The Company will be entitled to participate in any Legal Action at its own expense.

6.2 Determination of Right to Indemnification . Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof with respect to any Legal Action, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto will be made by one of the following, at the election of the Company: (1) so long as there are Disinterested Directors with respect to such Legal Action, a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Supervisory Board, (2) so long as there are Disinterested Directors with respect to such Legal Action, a committee of such Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of such Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Supervisory Board or (3) Independent Counsel in a written opinion delivered to the Supervisory Board, a copy of which will also be delivered to Indemnitee. The election by the Company to use a particular person, persons or entity to make such determination is to be included in a written notification to Indemnitee. The person, persons or entity chosen to make a determination under this Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall act reasonably and in good faith in making such determination.

6.3 Selection of Independent Counsel . If the determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 6.2 will be made by an Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel will be selected as provided in this Section 6.3. The Independent Counsel will be selected by the Company (unless the Company requests that such selection be made by the Indemnitee, in which event the immediately following sentence will apply), and the Company will give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If the Independent Counsel is selected by the Indemnitee, Indemnitee will give written notice to the Company advising of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection is given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement, and the objection will set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected will act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is

 

7


without merit. If, within 30 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.1, no Independent Counsel is selected, or an Independent Counsel for which an objection thereto has been properly made remains unresolved, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which has been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court may designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed will act as Independent Counsel under Section 6.2. The Company will pay any and all reasonable and necessary fees and expenses incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof, and the Company will pay all fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6.3, regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

6.4 Burden of Proof . In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination will presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption will have the burden of proof. Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action with respect to a particular Enterprise is based on the records or books of account of such Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise; provided , however this sentence will not be deemed to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the appropriate standard of conduct and provided further that this sentence shall not excuse fraudulent or other knowing improper actions taken by Indemnitee. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, agent or employee of such Enterprise will not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

6.5 No Presumption in Absence of a Determination or As Result of an Adverse Determination; Presumption Regarding Success . Neither the failure of any person, persons or entity chosen to make a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief to make such determination, nor an actual determination by such person, persons or entity that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to or after the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under this Agreement under Applicable Law, will be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief. In addition, the termination of any Legal Action by settlement approved by the Management Board and Supervisory Board (whether with or without court approval) or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by this Agreement or Applicable Law.

 

8


6.6 Timing of Determination . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause any determination required to be made pursuant to Section 6.2 to be made as promptly as practicable after Indemnitee has submitted a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.1.

6.7 Timing of Payments . All payments of Expenses, including any Expense Advance, and other amounts by the Company to the Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement will be made as soon as practicable after a written request or demand therefor by Indemnitee is presented to the Company, but in no event later than 30 days after (i) such demand is presented or (ii) such later date as a determination of entitlement to indemnification is made in accordance with Section 6.6, if applicable; provided , however , that an Expense Advance will be made within the time provided in Section 4.3 hereof.

6.8 Cooperation . Indemnitee will cooperate with the person, persons or entity making a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination will be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification).

6.9 Time for Submission of Request . Indemnitee will be required to submit any request for Indemnification pursuant to this Article 6 within a reasonable time, not to exceed two years, after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal, arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere (or its equivalent) or other full or partial final determination or disposition of the Legal Action (with the latest date of the occurrence of any such event to be considered the commencement of the two year period).

ARTICLE 7

LIABILITY INSURANCE

7.1 Liability Insurance . The Company will use its reasonable endeavors to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of Liability Insurance with one or more reputable insurance companies providing Indemnitee with coverage in such amount as will be determined by the Supervisory Board for Claims and Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee as a result of acts or omissions of Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status, and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement, to the extent that a policy covering the indemnification obligations under this Agreement is reasonably attainable; provided , however , in all policies of director and officer liability insurance obtained by the Company, Indemnitee will be named as an Insured in such manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are afforded to the other directors or officers, as applicable, of the Company under such policies. Any reductions to the amount of director and officer liability insurance coverage maintained by the Company as of the date hereof will be subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board.

 

9


7.2 Notice to Insurers . If, at the time of receipt by the Company of a notice from any source of a Legal Action as to which Indemnitee is a party or participant, the Company will give prompt notice of such Legal Action to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies, the Company will provide Indemnitee with a copy of such notice. The Company will thereafter take all necessary or desirable actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Legal Action in accordance with the terms of such policies.

7.3 Cooperation with Company . The Indemnitee will cooperate in all ways with the Company and its counsel and, if required by the Company, with the insurers issuing the Company’s Liability Insurance, to the extent the Company deems such cooperation reasonably necessary in connection with the tender, evaluation, investigation, and pursuant of insurance coverage for any Legal Action.

ARTICLE 8

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

8.1 Action by Indemnitee . In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Article 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) an Expense Advance is not timely made pursuant to Section 4.3 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made within the applicable time periods specified in Section 6.6 or (iv) payment of indemnified amounts is not made within the applicable time periods specified in Section 6.7, Indemnitee will be entitled to seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association; such award to be made within 60 days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The provisions of the laws of the State of Texas (without regard to its conflict of laws rules that would cause the application of the laws of another jurisdiction) will apply to any such arbitration. The Company will not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

8.2 Company Bound by Favorable Determination by Reviewing Party . If a determination is made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Article 6, the Company will be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 8, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements in connection with the request for indemnification not materially misleading or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under Applicable Law.

8.3 Company Bound by Provisions of this Agreement . The Company and Indemnitee will each be precluded from asserting in any judicial or arbitration proceeding commenced pursuant to this Article 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and will stipulate in any such judicial or arbitration proceeding that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10


ARTICLE 9

NON-EXCLUSIVITY, SUBROGATION; NO DUPLICATIVE PAYMENTS

9.1 Non-Exclusivity . The rights of indemnification and to receive Expense Advances as provided by this Agreement are not exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under Applicable Law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of the directors or otherwise. To the extent Indemnitee otherwise would have any greater right to indemnification or payment of any advancement of Expenses under any other provisions under Applicable Law, the Articles, any agreement, vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, Indemnitee will be entitled under this Agreement to such greater right. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof limits or restricts any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Applicable Law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy will be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

9.2 Subrogation . In the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect thereto, including rights under any policy of insurance or other indemnity agreement or obligation, and Indemnitee will execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights (it being understood that all of Indemnitee’s reasonable Expenses related thereto will be borne by the Company).

9.3 No Duplicative Payments . The Company will not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or any Expense for which advancement is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee is otherwise entitled to receive such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise. The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee in respect of Legal Actions relating to Indemnitee’s service at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, partner, member, manager, trustee, fiduciary or agent of any other Enterprise will be reduced by any amount Indemnitee is actually entitled to receive as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other Enterprise. Subject to Section 4.1, the indemnity obligations of this Agreement shall apply in excess of the Company’s Liability Insurance and to any other insurance or indemnities available to the Indemnitee.

 

11


ARTICLE 10

DEFENSE OF PROCEEDINGS

10.1 Company Assuming the Defense . In the event the Company is obligated to pay in advance the Expenses of any Legal Action pursuant to Article 4, the Company will be entitled, by written notice to Indemnitee, to assume the defense of such Legal Action, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company will identify the counsel it proposes to employ in connection with such defense as part of the written notice sent to Indemnitee notifying Indemnitee of the Company’s election to assume such defense, and Indemnitee will be required, within ten days following Indemnitee’s receipt of such notice, to inform the Company of its approval of such counsel or, if it has objections, the reasons therefor. If such objections cannot be resolved by the parties, the Company will identify alternative counsel, which counsel will also be subject to approval by Indemnitee in accordance with the procedure described in the prior sentence. In the absence of an actual conflict of interest that would prevent defense counsel from representing both the Indemnitee and other defendants in the Legal Action, the Indemnitee agrees that the Company may assign defense counsel to represent Indemnitee and other defendants in that Legal Action.

10.2 Right of Indemnitee to Employ Counsel . Following approval of counsel by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10.1 and retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Legal Action; provided , however , that (a) Indemnitee has the right to employ counsel in any such Legal Action at Indemnitee’s expense and (b) the Company will be required to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel if (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) an actual conflict of interest arises between the Company (or any other person or persons included in a joint defense) and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense or representation by such counsel retained by the Company and the Company has not appointed new counsel without such conflict of interest to represent the Indemnitee or (iii) the Company does not continue to retain such counsel approved by the Indemnitee and the Company has not appointed new counsel to represent the Indemnitee in accordance with Section 10.1.

ARTICLE 11

SETTLEMENT

11.1 Company Bound by Provisions of this Agreement . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company will have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Legal Action effected without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

11.2 When Indemnitee’s Prior Consent Required . The Company will not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) contains any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or a Loss for which Indemnitee is not wholly indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Legal Action with respect to which Indemnitee is made a party or a participant or is otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Legal Action. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement; provided , however , Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a full and unconditional release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Legal Action.

 

12


ARTICLE 12

DURATION OF AGREEMENT; PERIOD OF LIMITATIONS

12.1 Duration of Agreement . This Agreement will continue until and terminate upon the latest of (a) the statute of limitations applicable to any claim that could be asserted against an Indemnitee with respect to which Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification and/or an Expense Advance under this Agreement, (b) ten years after the date that Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, partner, member, manager, fiduciary or agent of any other Enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company, or (c) if, at the later of the dates referred to in (a) and (b) above, there is pending a Legal Action in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or the right to an Expense Advance under this Agreement or a Legal Action commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Article 8 of this Agreement, one year after the final termination of such Legal Action, including any and all appeals.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , it is agreed that the provisions contained in this Agreement are a supplement to, and not a substitute for, any provisions regarding the same subject matter contained in the Articles and any employment or similar agreement between the parties.

13.2 Assignment; Binding Effect; Third Party Beneficiaries . No party may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party and any such assignment by a party without prior written approval of the other parties will be deemed invalid and not binding on such other parties. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. There are no third party beneficiaries having rights under or with respect to this Agreement.

13.3 Notices . All notices, requests and other communications provided for or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and be given by personal delivery, by certified or registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery, or by facsimile transmission, as follows (or to such other address as any party may give in a notice given in accordance with the provisions hereof):

 

13


If to the Company:

Frank’s International N.V.

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Attention: [•]

Facsimile: [•]

with a copy to:

Frank’s International N.V.

10260 Westheimer Rd.

Houston, Texas 77042

Attention: Brian D. Baird

Facsimile: [•]

If to                                          :

 

 

           

Attention:

Facsimile:

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

 

           

Attention:

Facsimile:

All notices, requests or other communications will be effective and deemed given only as follows: (i) if given by personal delivery, upon such personal delivery, (ii) if sent by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after being deposited in the United States mail, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by overnight delivery service, on the date of delivery as confirmed by written confirmation of delivery, (iv) if sent by facsimile, upon the transmitter’s confirmation of receipt of such facsimile transmission, except that if such confirmation is received after 5:00 p.m. (in the recipient’s time zone) on a business day, or is received on a day that is not a business day, then such notice, request or communication will not be deemed effective or given until the next succeeding business day. Notices, requests and other communications sent in any other manner, including by electronic mail, will not be effective.

13.4 Specific Performance; Remedies . Each party acknowledges and agrees that the other party would be damaged irreparably if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly, the parties will be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and its provisions in any action or proceeding instituted in any court having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity. Except as expressly provided for herein, the rights, obligations and remedies created by this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to any other rights, obligations or remedies otherwise available at law or in equity. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing herein will be considered an election of remedies.

 

14


13.5 Submission to Jurisdiction . Any Legal Action seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may only be brought in any courts in the State of Texas, which will be the exclusive and only proper forums for adjudicating such Legal Action, and each party consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Legal Action and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Legal Action in any such court or that any such Legal Action brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such action, suit or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court.

13.6 Headings . The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

13.7 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to any choice of law principles.

13.8 Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by all of the parties.

13.9 Extensions; Waivers . Any party may, for itself only, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations of any other party under this Agreement, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of any other party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. Any such extension or waiver will be valid only if set forth in a writing signed by the party to be bound thereby. No waiver by any party of any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any prior or subsequent such occurrence. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any party to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right or remedy.

13.10 Severability . The provisions of this Agreement will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof; provided that if any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party or to any circumstance, is judicially determined not to be enforceable in accordance with its terms, the parties agree that the court judicially making such determination may modify the provision in a manner consistent with its objectives such that it is enforceable, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its modified form, such provision will then be enforceable and will be enforced.

 

15


13.11 Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement will become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, which delivery may be made by exchange of copies of the signature page by facsimile or other electronic transmission.

13.12 Construction . This Agreement has been freely and fairly negotiated among the parties. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any law will be deemed also to refer to such law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the party has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.
By:                                                                                                  
Name:
Title:
Indemnitee

 

Signature

 

Print Name

Exhibit 10.4

FORM OF

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1. Purpose

     1   

2. Definitions

     1   

3. Administration

     5   

(a) Authority of the Committee

     5   

(b) Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority

     6   

(c) Limitation of Liability

     7   

4. Stock Subject to Plan

     7   

(a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery

     7   

(b) Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards

     7   

(c) Availability of Shares Not Issued under Awards

     7   

(d) Stock Offered

     7   

5. Eligibility; Per Person Award Limitations

     8   

6. Specific Terms of Awards

     8   

(a) General

     8   

(b) Options

     8   

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights

     9   

(d) Restricted Stock

     10   

(e) Restricted Stock Units

     11   

(f) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations

     12   

(g) Dividend Equivalents

     12   

(h) Other Awards

     12   

7. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards

     13   

(a) Termination of Employment

     13   

(b) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards

     13   

(c) Term of Awards

     13   

(d) Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals

     13   

(e) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability

     14   

(f) Non-Competition Agreement

     14   

8. Performance and Annual Incentive Awards

     14   

(a) Performance Conditions

     14   

(b) Status of Section 8(c) and Section 8(d) Awards under Section 162(m) of the Code

     14   

(c) Performance Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees

     15   

(d) Annual Incentive Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees

     17   

(e) Written Determinations

     18   

 

i


9. Subdivision or Consolidation; Recapitalization; Change in Control; Reorganization

     18   

(a) Existence of Plans and Awards

     18   

(b) Subdivision or Consolidation of Shares

     19   

(c) Corporate Recapitalization

     20   

(d) Additional Issuances

     20   

(e) Change in Control

     20   

(f) Change in Control Price

     21   

(g) Impact of Corporate Events on Awards Generally

     21   

10. General Provisions

     21   

(a) Transferability

     21   

(b) Taxes

     23   

(c) Changes to this Plan and Awards

     23   

(d) Limitation on Rights Conferred under Plan

     23   

(e) Unfunded Status of Awards

     24   

(f) Nonexclusivity of this Plan

     24   

(g) Fractional Shares

     24   

(h) Severability

     24   

(i) Governing Law

     24   

(j) Conditions to Delivery of Stock

     24   

(k) Section 409A of the Code

     25   

(l) Clawback

     25   

(m) Plan Effective Date and Term

     25   

 

ii


FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Frank’s International N.V. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is (a) to provide a means through which Frank’s International, N.V., a limited liability company organized in the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), and its Subsidiaries may attract and retain able persons as employees, directors, and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (b) to provide a means whereby those persons upon whom the responsibilities for the successful administration and management of the Company and its Subsidiaries rest, and whose present and potential contributions to the welfare of the Company and its Subsidiaries are of importance, can acquire and maintain stock ownership, or awards the value of which is tied to the performance of the Company, thereby strengthening such persons’ concern for the welfare of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their desire to remain employed. A further purpose of this Plan is to provide such employees, directors, and consultants with additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to enhance the profitable growth of the Company. Accordingly, this Plan primarily provides for the granting of Incentive Stock Options, options which do not constitute Incentive Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents, Bonus Stock, Other Stock-Based Awards, Annual Incentive Awards, Performance Awards, or any combination of the foregoing, as is best suited to the circumstances of the particular individual as provided herein.

2. Definitions . For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined in Section 1 hereof:

(a) “ Annual Incentive Award ” means a conditional right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 8(d) hereof to receive a cash payment, Stock, or other Award, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, after the end of a specified year.

(b) “ Award ” means any Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Bonus Stock, Dividend Equivalent, Other Stock-Based Award, Performance Award, or Annual Incentive Award, together with any other right or interest granted to a Participant under this Plan.

(c) “ Beneficiary ” means one or more persons, trusts, or other entities which have been designated by a Participant, in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee, to receive the benefits specified under this Plan upon such Participant’s death or to which Awards or other rights are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 10(a) hereof. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term “Beneficiary” means the persons, trusts, or other entities entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(d) “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(e) “ Bonus Stock ” means Stock granted as a bonus pursuant to Section 6(f).

 

1


(f) “ Change in Control ” means, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) The consummation of an agreement to acquire, or a tender offer for beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) by any Person of, 50% or more of either (x) the then outstanding shares of Stock (the “ Outstanding Stock ”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company, (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, (D) any acquisition by any entity pursuant to a transaction that complies with clauses (A), (B), and (C) of paragraph (iii) below, or (E) any acquisition by one or more Permitted Holders;

(ii) Individuals who constitute the Incumbent Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;

(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or an acquisition of assets of another entity (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) the Outstanding Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination represent or are converted into or exchanged for securities which represent or are convertible into more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or other governing body, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company, or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries), (B) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or the entity resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or other governing body of such entity except to the extent that such ownership results solely from ownership of the Company that existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or similar governing body of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of any Award that provides for a deferral of compensation under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, to the extent the impact of a Change in Control on such an Award would subject a Participant to additional taxes under the

 

2


Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, a Change in Control for purposes of such Award will mean a Change in Control that is also a “change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation” within the meaning of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of two or more directors designated by the Board to administer this Plan; provided , however , that, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more directors, each of whom shall be a Qualified Member (except to the extent administration of this Plan by “outside directors” is not then required in order to qualify for tax deductibility under section 162(m) of the Code, but only applying this exception for purposes of an Award’s compliance with section 162(m) of the Code).

(i) “ Covered Employee ” means an Eligible Person who is a Covered Employee as specified in Section 8(b) of this Plan.

(j) “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(g), to receive cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock, or other periodic payments.

(k) “ Effective Date ” means [July             , 2013].

(l) “ Eligible Person ” means all officers and employees of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries, and other persons who provide services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including directors of the Company. An employee on a leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of eligibility for participation in this Plan.

(m) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(n) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any specified date, (i) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Stock, as reported on the stock exchange composite tape on the immediately preceding date (or if no sales occur on that date, on the last preceding date on which such sales of the Stock are so reported); (ii) if the Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange but is traded over the counter at the time a determination of its fair market value is required to be made under the Plan, the average between the reported high and low bid and asked prices of Stock on the most recently preceding date on which Stock was publicly traded; (iii) in the event Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its value is required to be made under the Plan, the amount determined by the Committee in its discretion in such manner as it deems appropriate, taking into account all factors the Committee deems appropriate, including, without limitation, the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules; or (iv) on the date of a Qualifying Public Offering of Stock, the offering price under such Qualifying Public Offering.

 

3


(o) “ Incentive Stock Option ” or “ ISO ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

(p) “ Incumbent Board ” means the portion of the Board constituted of the individuals who are members of the Board as of the Effective Date and any other individual who becomes a director of the Company after the Effective Date and whose election or appointment by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Incumbent Board.

(q) “ Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules ” means the limitations or requirements of section 409A of the Code and the guidance and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “ Option ” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(b) hereof, to purchase Stock or other Awards at a specified price during specified time periods.

(s) “ Other Stock-Based Awards ” means Awards granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(h) hereof.

(t) “ Participant ” means a person who has been granted an Award under this Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.

(u) “ Performance Award ” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 8 hereof, to receive Awards based upon performance criteria specified by the Committee.

(v) “ Performance Based Compensation ” means compensation that is intended by the Committee to constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder.

(w) “ Permitted Holder ” means (1) Donald Keith Mosing, any other members of the Mosing family that are the owners of Mosing Holdings, Inc. as of the Effective Date, any existing spouse of any of the foregoing individuals and/or their descendants by blood or adoption; (2) spouses or surviving spouses of the individuals listed in clause (1) of this Section 2(w); (3) trusts for the benefit of one or more members of the individuals listed in clause (1) of this Section 2(w); (4) entities controlled by one or more of the individuals listed in clause (1) of this Section 2(w); and (5) foundations established by one or more of the individuals listed in clause (1) of this Section 2(w).

(x) “ Person ” means any person or entity of any nature whatsoever, specifically including an individual, a firm, a company, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust, or other entity; a Person, together with that Person’s Affiliates and Associates (as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, provided that “registrant” as used in Rule 12b-2 shall mean the Company), and any Persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, or other group (whether or not formally organized), or otherwise acting jointly or in concert or in a coordinated or consciously parallel manner (whether or not pursuant to any express agreement), for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of securities of the Company with such Person, shall be deemed a single “Person.”

 

4


(y) “ Qualifying Public Offering ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Stock for cash, where the shares of Stock registered under the Securities Act are listed on a national securities exchange.

(z) “ Qualified Member ” means a member of the Committee who is a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) and an “outside director” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.162-27 under section 162(m) of the Code.

(aa) “ Restricted Stock ” means Stock granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(d) hereof, that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(bb) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(e) hereof, to receive Stock, cash, or a combination thereof at the end of a specified deferral period.

(cc) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under section 16 of the Exchange Act, as from time to time in effect and applicable to this Plan and Participants.

(dd) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor law, as it may be amended from time to time.

(ee) “ Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value €0.01 per share, and such other securities as may be substituted (or resubstituted) for Stock pursuant to Section 9.

(ff) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(c) hereof.

(gg) “ Subsidiary ” means with respect to the Company, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

3. Administration .

(a) Authority of the Committee . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee except to the extent the Board elects to administer this Plan, in which case references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to include references to the “Board.” Subject to the express provisions of the Plan and Rule 16b-3, the Committee shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to (i) adopt, amend, and rescind administrative and interpretive rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (ii) determine the Eligible Persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted; (iii) determine the amount of cash and/or the number of shares of Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock, Dividend Equivalents, Bonus Stock, Other Stock-Based Awards, Annual Incentive Awards, Performance Awards, as applicable, or any combination thereof, that shall be the subject of each Award; (iv) determine the terms and provisions of each Award agreement (which need not be identical), including provisions defining or otherwise relating to (A) the term and the period or periods and extent of exercisability of any Options, (B) the extent to which the transferability of shares of

 

5


Stock issued or transferred pursuant to any Award is restricted, (C) except as otherwise provided herein, the effect on the Award of a Participant’s termination of employment or service relationship with the Company, and (D) the effect of approved leaves of absence (consistent with any applicable regulations of the Internal Revenue Service); (v) accelerate the time of vesting or exercisability of any Award that has been granted; (vi) construe the respective Award agreements and the Plan; (vii) make determinations of the Fair Market Value of the Stock pursuant to the Plan; (viii) delegate its duties under the Plan (including, but not limited to, the authority to grant Awards) to such agents as it may appoint from time to time, provided that the Committee may not delegate its duties where such delegation would violate state corporate law, or with respect to making Awards to, or otherwise with respect to Awards granted to, Eligible Persons who are subject to section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or who are Covered Employees receiving Awards that are intended to constitute Performance Based Compensation; (ix) subject to Section 10(f), terminate, modify, or amend the Plan; and (x) make all other determinations, perform all other acts, and exercise all other powers and authority necessary or advisable for administering the Plan, including the delegation of those ministerial acts and responsibilities as the Committee deems appropriate. Subject to Rule 16b-3 and section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, in any Award, or in any Award agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary or desirable to carry the Plan into effect, and the Committee shall be the sole and final judge of that necessity or desirability. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in this Section 3(a) shall be final and conclusive.

(b) Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority . At any time that a member of the Committee is not a Qualified Member, any action of the Committee relating to an Award (i) granted or to be granted to an Eligible Person who is then subject to section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company or (ii) relating to an Award intended intended by the Committee to qualify as Performance Based Compensation, may be taken either (a) by the full Board but only for purposes of actions relating to Awards described in clause (i) of this Section 3(b) but not relating to Awards described in clause (ii), (b) by a subcommittee, designated by the Committee, composed solely of two or more Qualified Members, or (c) by the Committee but with each such member who is not a Qualified Member abstaining or recusing himself or herself from such action; provided , however , that, upon such abstention or recusal, the Committee remains composed solely of two or more Qualified Members. Such action, authorized by such a subcommittee, by the full Board, or by the Committee upon the abstention or recusal of such non-Qualified Member(s), as applicable, shall be the action of the Committee for purposes of this Plan. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all Persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries, stockholders, Participants, Beneficiaries, and transferees under Section 10(a) hereof or other persons claiming rights from or through a Participant. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. The Committee may delegate to officers or managers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions, including administrative functions, as the Committee may determine, to the extent that such delegation will not result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for Awards granted to Participants subject to section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company and will not cause Awards intended to qualify as Performance Based Compensation to fail to so qualify. The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan.

 

6


(c) Limitation of Liability . The Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Company’s legal counsel, independent auditors, consultants, or any other agents assisting in the administration of this Plan. Members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acting at the direction of or on behalf of the Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Plan and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

4. Stock Subject to Plan .

(a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery . Subject to adjustment in a manner consistent with any adjustment made pursuant to Section 9, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance in connection with Awards under this Plan shall not exceed 20,000,000 shares, and such total will be available for the issuance of Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards . No Award may be granted if the number of shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with such Award exceeds the number of shares of Stock remaining available under this Plan, minus the number of shares of Stock issuable in settlement of or relating to then-outstanding Awards. The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double-counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards), and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award.

(c) Availability of Shares Not Issued under Awards . Shares of Stock subject to an Award under this Plan that expire or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash, or otherwise terminated, including (i) shares forfeited with respect to Restricted Stock, (ii) the number of shares withheld in payment of any exercise or purchase price of an Award or taxes relating to Awards, and (iii) the number of shares surrendered in payment of any exercise or purchase price of an Award or taxes relating to any Award, will again be available for Awards under this Plan, except that if any such shares could not again be available for Awards to a particular Participant under any applicable law or regulation, such shares shall be available exclusively for Awards to Participants who are not subject to such limitation.

(d) Stock Offered . The shares to be delivered under the Plan shall be made available from (i) authorized but unissued shares of Stock, (ii) Stock held in the treasury of the Company, or (iii) previously issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company, including shares purchased on the open market.

 

7


5. Eligibility; Per Person Award Limitations . Awards may be granted under this Plan only to Persons who are Eligible Persons at the time of grant thereof. In each calendar year, during any part of which this Plan is in effect, a Covered Employee may not be granted, to the extent the Awards will be subject to the limitations under section 162(m) of the Code that apply to compensation paid following the reliance period described in Treas. Reg. § 1.162-27(f), (a) Awards (other than Awards designated to be paid only in cash or the settlement of which is not based on a number of shares of Stock) relating to more than 2,500,000 shares of Stock, subject to adjustment in a manner consistent with any adjustment made pursuant to Section 9 and (b) Awards designated to be paid only in cash, or the settlement of which is not based on a number of shares of Stock, having a value determined on the date of grant in excess of $50,000,000.

6. Specific Terms of Awards .

(a) General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6. In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 10(c)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment by the Participant, or termination of the Participant’s service relationship with the Company, and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. The Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive, or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under this Plan; provided , however , that the Committee shall not have any discretion (i) to accelerate, waive, or modify any term or condition of an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance Based Compensation if such discretion would cause the Award to not so qualify or (ii) to accelerate the terms of payment of any Award that provides for a deferral of compensation under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules if such acceleration would subject a Participant to additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, in each case, unless the Committee makes an informed decision based on consultation with legal counsel to take such action and disqualify the Award from meeting such requirements of either section 162(m) of the Code or the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules due to other considerations.

(b) Options . The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Exercise Price . Each Option agreement shall state the exercise price per share of Stock (the “ Exercise Price ”); provided , however , that the Exercise Price per share of Stock subject to an Option shall not be less than the greater of (A) the par value per share of the Stock or (B) 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant of the Option (or in the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or any subsidiary, 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the date of grant).

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which, or the circumstances under which, an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the methods by which such Exercise Price may be paid or deemed to be paid, the form of such payment, including without limitation cash, Stock, other Awards or awards granted

 

8


under other plans of the Company or any Subsidiary, or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of Participants to make payment on a deferred basis), and the methods by, or forms in which, Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, including, but not limited to, the delivery of Restricted Stock subject to Section 6(d). In the case of an exercise whereby the Exercise Price is paid with Stock, such Stock shall be valued as of the date of exercise.

(iii) ISOs . The terms of any ISO granted under this Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of section 422 of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9, no provision of this Plan relating to ISOs (including any SAR in tandem therewith) shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify either this Plan or any ISO under section 422 of the Code, unless the Participant has first requested the change that will result in such disqualification. ISOs shall not be granted more than ten years after the earlier of the adoption of this Plan or the approval of this Plan by the Company’s stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock subject to an ISO and the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of stock of any parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) subject to any other ISO (within the meaning of section 422 of the Code) of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) that first becomes purchasable by a Participant in any calendar year may not (with respect to that Participant) exceed $100,000, or such other amount as may be prescribed under section 422 of the Code or applicable regulations or rulings from time to time. As used in the previous sentence, Fair Market Value shall be determined as of the date the ISOs are granted. Failure to comply with this provision shall not impair the enforceability or exercisability of any Option, but shall cause the excess amount of shares to be reclassified in accordance with the Code.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Right to Payment . An SAR shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (B) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Committee.

(ii) Rights Related to Options . An SAR granted pursuant to an Option shall entitle a Participant, upon exercise, to surrender that Option or any portion thereof, to the extent unexercised, and to receive payment of an amount computed pursuant to Section 6(c)(ii)(B). That Option shall then cease to be exercisable to the extent surrendered. SARs granted in connection with an Option shall be subject to the terms of the Award agreement governing the Option, which shall comply with the following provisions in addition to those applicable to Options:

(A) An SAR granted in connection with an Option shall be exercisable only at such time or times and only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall not be transferable except to the extent that the related Option is transferable.

 

9


(B) Upon the exercise of an SAR related to an Option, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company of an amount determined by multiplying:

(1) the difference obtained by subtracting the Exercise Price with respect to a share of Stock specified in the related Option from the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR, by

(2) the number of shares as to which that SAR has been exercised.

(iii) Right Without Option . An SAR granted independent of an Option shall be exercisable as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award agreement governing the SAR, which Award agreement shall comply with the following provisions:

(A) Each Award agreement shall state the total number of shares of Stock to which the SAR relates.

(B) Each Award agreement shall state the time or periods in which the right to exercise the SAR or a portion thereof shall vest and the number of shares of Stock for which the right to exercise the SAR shall vest at each such time or period.

(C) Each Award agreement shall state the date at which the SARs shall expire if not previously exercised.

(D) Each SAR shall entitle a Participant, upon exercise thereof, to receive payment of an amount determined by multiplying:

(1) the difference obtained by subtracting the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of the SAR from the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of that SAR, by

(2) the number of shares as to which the SAR has been exercised.

(iv) Terms . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, whether or not an SAR shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR. SARs may be either freestanding or in tandem with other Awards.

(d) Restricted Stock . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

 

10


(i) Grant and Restrictions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture, and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. During the restricted period applicable to the Restricted Stock, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined, or otherwise encumbered by the Participant.

(ii) Certificates for Stock . Restricted Stock granted under this Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

(iii) Dividends and Splits . As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require or permit a Participant to elect that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock, applied to the purchase of additional Awards under this Plan, or deferred without interest to the date of vesting of the associated Award of Restricted Stock; provided , that, to the extent applicable, any such election shall comply with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property (other than cash) distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

(e) Restricted Stock Units . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units, which are rights to receive Stock or cash (or a combination thereof) at the end of a specified deferral period (which may or may not be coterminous with the vesting schedule of the Award), to Eligible Persons, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Award and Restrictions . Settlement of an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for such Restricted Stock Unit by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Participant). In addition, Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified times (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Restricted Stock Units shall be satisfied by the delivery of cash or Stock in the amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the specified number of shares of Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee at the date of grant or thereafter.

 

11


(ii) Dividend Equivalents . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at date of grant, Dividend Equivalents on the specified number of shares of Stock covered by an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be either (A) paid with respect to such Restricted Stock Units on the dividend payment date in cash or in shares of unrestricted Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or (B) deferred with respect to such Restricted Stock Units, and the amount or value thereof automatically deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units (or in other Awards or other investment vehicles, as the Committee shall determine or permit the Participant to elect, but only to the extent compliant with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules).

(f) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations . The Committee is authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant Stock or other Awards in lieu of obligations to pay cash or deliver other property under this Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, provided that, in the case of Participants subject to section 16 of the Exchange Act, the amount of such grants remains within the discretion of the Committee to the extent necessary to ensure that acquisitions of Stock or other Awards are exempt from liability under section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Stock or Awards granted hereunder shall be subject to such other terms as shall be determined by the Committee. In the case of any grant of Stock to an officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in lieu of salary or other cash compensation, the number of shares granted in place of such compensation shall be reasonable, as determined by the Committee.

(g) Dividend Equivalents . The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to a Participant, entitling the Participant to receive cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock, or other periodic payments. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award. The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, Awards, or other investment vehicles, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify.

(h) Other Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this Plan, including without limitation convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights for Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Subsidiaries of the Company. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Other Stock-Based Awards. Stock delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(h) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under this Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 6(h).

 

12


7. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .

(a) Termination of Employment . Except as provided herein, the treatment of an Award upon a termination of employment or any other service relationship by and between a Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary shall be specified in the agreement controlling such Award.

(b) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under this Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award; any award granted under another plan of the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries, or of any business entity to be acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or any other right of an Eligible Person to receive payment from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Such additional, tandem, and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. Awards under this Plan may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in which the value of Stock subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the cash compensation, or in which the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price of the Award in the nature of a right that may be exercised is equal to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock minus the value of the cash compensation surrendered, but only to the extent such substitution does not cause the Award to violate the requirements of Section 6(b)(i) hereof. Awards granted pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be designed, awarded and settled in a manner that does not result in additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

(c) Term of Awards . Except as specified herein, the term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided , that in no event shall the term of any Option or SAR exceed a period of ten years (or such shorter term as may be required in respect of an ISO under section 422 of the Code).

(d) Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals . Subject to the terms of this Plan and any applicable Award agreement, payments to be made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or upon the settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis; provided , however , that any such deferred payment will be set forth in the agreement evidencing such Award and/or otherwise made in a manner that will not result in additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. Except as otherwise provided herein, the settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Stock in connection with such settlement, in the discretion of the Committee or upon the occurrence of one or more specified events (in addition to a Change in Control). Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Committee (subject to Section 10(c) of this Plan, including the consent provisions thereof in the case of any deferral of an outstanding Award not provided for in the original Award agreement) or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Committee and in compliance with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. Payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents or other amounts in

 

13


respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Stock. Any deferral shall only be allowed as is provided in a separate deferred compensation plan adopted by the Company (to the extent such separate plan is required for compliance with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules) and shall further be made pursuant to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules. This Plan shall not constitute an “employee benefit plan” for purposes of section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(e) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability . It is the intent of the Company that the grant of any Awards to or other transaction by a Participant who is subject to section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt from such section pursuant to an applicable exemption (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(f) Non-Competition Agreement . Each Participant to whom an Award is granted under this Plan may be required to agree in writing as a condition to the granting of such Award not to engage in conduct in competition with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period after the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries as determined by the Committee (a “ Non-Competition Agreement ”); provided, however, to the extent a legally binding right to an Award within the meaning of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules is created with respect to a Participant, the Non-Competition Agreement must be entered into by such Participant within 30 days following the creation of the legally binding right.

8. Performance and Annual Incentive Awards .

(a) Performance Conditions . The right of an Eligible Person to receive a grant, and the right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Sections 8(c) and 8(d) hereof in the case of a Performance Award or Annual Incentive Award intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation under section 162(m) of the Code.

(b) Status of Section 8(c) and Section 8(d) Awards under Section 162(m) of the Code . It is the intent of the Company that Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards under Sections 8(c) and 8(d) hereof granted to Persons who are designated by the Committee as likely to be “ Covered Employees ” within the meaning of section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder (including Treasury Regulation §1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto) shall, if so designated by the Committee, constitute Performance Based Compensation. Accordingly, the terms of this Section 8(b) and Sections 8(c), (d), and (e), including the definitions of Covered Employee and other terms used therein, shall be interpreted

 

14


in a manner consistent with section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, because the Committee cannot determine with certainty whether a given Eligible Person will be a Covered Employee with respect to a fiscal year that has not yet been completed, the term “Covered Employee” as used herein shall mean only a Person designated by the Committee, at the time of grant of a Performance Award or an Annual Incentive Award, who is likely to be a Covered Employee with respect to that fiscal year. If any provision of this Plan as in effect on the date of adoption of any agreements relating to Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards that are designated as intended to comply with the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder for Performance Based Compensation does not so comply or is inconsistent with such requirements, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8(b) or elsewhere in this Plan, the Company intends to rely on the transition relief set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.162-27(f), and hence the deduction limitation imposed by section 162(m) of the Code will not be applicable to the Company until the earliest to occur of (i) the material modification of the Plan within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.162-27(h)(1)(iii); (ii) the issuance of the number of shares of Stock set forth in Section 4(a); or (iii) the first meeting of shareholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected that occurs after December 31, 2016 (the “ Transition Period ”), and during the Transition Period, Awards to Covered Employees shall only be required to comply with the limitations in Section 5 and the transition relief described in this Section 8(b).

(c) Performance Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees . If the Committee determines that a Performance Award to be granted to an Eligible Person who is designated by the Committee as likely to be a Covered Employee should qualify as Performance Based Compensation, the grant, exercise, and/or settlement of such Performance Award may be contingent upon achievement of preestablished performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 8(c).

(i) Performance Goals Generally . The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria or individual performance criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 8(c). Performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder (including Treasury Regulation §1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto), including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain” at the time the Committee actually establishes the performance goal or goals. The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised, and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise, and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.

 

15


(ii) Business and Individual Performance Criteria

(A) Business Criteria . One or more of the following business criteria that may apply to a Participant and may include business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified Subsidiaries or business or geographical units of the Company (except with respect to the total stockholder return, change in the Fair Market Value of the Stock, and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Performance Awards: (1) earnings per share; (2) increase in revenues; (3) increase in cash flow; (4) increase in cash flow from operations; (5) increase in cash flow return; (6) return on net assets; (7) return on assets; (8) return on investment; (9) return on capital; (10) return on equity; (11) economic value added; (12) operating margin; (13) contribution margin; (14) net income; (15) net income per share; (16) pretax earnings; (17) pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization; (18) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, service fees, and extraordinary or special items; (19) total stockholder return; (20) debt reduction; (21) market share; (22) change in the Fair Market Value of the Stock; (23) operating income; (24) objective safety measures, such as the total recordable incident rate (TRIR) or the lost time incident rate (LTIR); (25) other objective measures related to the completion of projects; and (26) any of the above goals determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee, including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of comparable companies. One or more of the foregoing business criteria shall also be exclusively used in establishing performance goals for Annual Incentive Awards granted to a Covered Employee under Section 8(d) hereof that are intended to qualify as Performance Based Compensation. The Committee may provide for adjustment of performance goals for certain accounting charges as it determines is appropriate; provided, however, that any such adjustment not described in the immediately following sentence shall have been provided for by the Committee in the performance goals that are established at time such performance goals are established in accordance with Section 8(c)(iii). The Committee may also exclude the impact of any of the following events or occurrences which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, but only to the extent such exclusions will not cause Awards intended to qualify as Performance Based Compensation to fail to so qualify: (a) asset write-downs; (b) litigation, claims, judgments, or settlements; (c) the effect of changes in tax law or other such laws or regulations affecting reported results; (d) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs; (e) any extraordinary, unusual, or nonrecurring items as described in the Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225, as the same may be amended or superseded from time to time; (f) any change in accounting principles as defined in the Accounting Standards Codification Topic 250, as the same may be amended or superseded from time to time; (g) any loss from a discontinued operation as described in the Accounting Standards Codification Topic 360, as the same may be amended or superseded from time to time; (h) goodwill impairment charges; (i) operating results for any business acquired during the calendar year; (j) third party expenses associated with any acquisition by us or any subsidiary; and (k) any other extraordinary events or occurrences identified by the Committee, to the extent set forth with reasonable particularity in connection with the establishment of performance goals.

(B) Individual Performance Criteria . The grant, exercise, and/or settlement of Performance Awards may also be contingent upon individual performance goals established by the Committee. If required for compliance with section 162(m) of the Code for Performance Based Compensation, such criteria shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company.

 

16


(iii) Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goals . Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period of up to ten years, as specified by the Committee. Performance goals shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for Performance Based Compensation.

(iv) Performance Award Pool . The Committee may establish a Performance Award pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring performance of the Company in connection with Performance Awards. The amount of such Performance Award pool shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the criteria set forth in Section 8(c)(ii) hereof during the given performance period, as specified by the Committee in accordance with Section 8(c)(iii) hereof. The Committee may specify the amount of the Performance Award pool as a percentage of any of such criteria, a percentage thereof in excess of a threshold amount, or as another amount, which need not bear a strictly mathematical relationship to such criteria.

(v) Settlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms . After the end of each performance period, the Committee shall determine the amount, if any, of (A) the Performance Award pool and the maximum amount of the potential Performance Award payable to each Participant in the Performance Award pool, or (B) the amount of the potential Performance Award otherwise payable to each Participant. Settlement of such Performance Awards shall be in cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards, but may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount payable to a Covered Employee in respect of a Performance Award subject to this Section 8(c). The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of Performance Awards.

(d) Annual Incentive Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees . If the Committee determines that an Annual Incentive Award to be granted to an Eligible Person who is designated by the Committee as likely to be a Covered Employee should qualify as Performance Based Compensation, the grant, exercise, and/or settlement of such Annual Incentive Award shall be contingent upon achievement of pre-established performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 8(d).

(i) Potential Annual Incentive Awards . Not later than the end of the 90th day of each applicable performance year, or at such other date as may be required or permitted in the case of Awards intended to be Performance Based Compensation, the Committee shall determine the Eligible Persons who will potentially receive Annual Incentive Awards, and the amounts potentially payable thereunder, for that fiscal year, either out of an Annual Incentive Award pool established by such date under Section 8(d)(i) hereof or as individual Annual Incentive Awards. The amount potentially payable, with respect to Annual Incentive Awards, shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the business criteria set forth in Section 8(c)(ii) hereof in the given performance year, as specified by the Committee, in accordance with Section 8(c)(iii) hereof.

 

17


(ii) Annual Incentive Award Pool . The Committee may establish an Annual Incentive Award pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring performance of the Company in connection with Annual Incentive Awards. The amount of such Annual Incentive Award pool shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the business criteria set forth in Section 8(c)(ii) hereof during the given performance period, as specified by the Committee in accordance with Section 8(c)(iii) hereof. The Committee may specify the amount of the Annual Incentive Award pool as a percentage of any of such business criteria, a percentage thereof in excess of a threshold amount, or as another amount which need not bear a strictly mathematical relationship to such business criteria.

(iii) Payout of Annual Incentive Awards . After the end of each applicable performance year, the Committee shall determine the amount, if any, of (A) the Annual Incentive Award pool, and the maximum amount of the potential Annual Incentive Award payable to each Participant in the Annual Incentive Award pool, or (A) the amount of the potential Annual Incentive Award otherwise payable to each Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the amount payable to any Participant as a final Annual Incentive Award shall be reduced from the amount of his or her potential Annual Incentive Award, including a determination to make no final Award whatsoever, but may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount in the case of an Annual Incentive Award intended to qualify as Performance Based Compensation. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which an Annual Incentive Award shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Participant prior to the end of the applicable year or settlement of such Annual Incentive Award.

(e) Written Determinations . All determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any Performance Award pool or potential individual Performance Awards, the achievement of performance goals relating to and final settlement of Performance Awards under Section 8(c), the amount of any Annual Incentive Award pool or potential individual Annual Incentive Awards, and the achievement of performance goals relating to and final settlement of Annual Incentive Awards under Section 8(d) shall be made in writing in the case of any Award intended to qualify as Performance Based Compensation. The Committee may not delegate any responsibility relating to such Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards.

9. Subdivision or Consolidation; Recapitalization; Change in Control; Reorganization .

(a) Existence of Plans and Awards . The existence of this Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities ahead of or affecting Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding. In no event will any action taken by the Committee pursuant to this Section 9 result in the creation of deferred compensation within the meaning of section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

18


(b) Subdivision or Consolidation of Shares . The terms of an Award and the number of shares of Stock authorized pursuant to Section 4 for issuance under the Plan shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If at any time, or from time to time, the Company shall subdivide as a whole (by reclassification, by a Stock split, by the issuance of a distribution on Stock payable in Stock, or otherwise) the number of shares of Stock then outstanding into a greater number of shares of Stock, then, as appropriate: (A) the maximum number of shares of Stock available for the Plan or in connection with Awards as provided in Sections 4 and 5 shall be increased proportionately, and the kind of shares or other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of shares of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be increased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each share of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be reduced proportionately, all without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

(ii) If at any time, or from time to time, the Company shall consolidate as a whole (by reclassification, by reverse Stock split, or otherwise) the number of shares of Stock then outstanding into a lesser number of shares of Stock, (A) the maximum number of shares of Stock for the Plan or available in connection with Awards as provided in Sections 4 and 5 shall be decreased proportionately, and the kind of shares or other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of shares of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be decreased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each share of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be increased proportionately, all without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

(iii) Whenever the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Awards and the price for each share of Stock subject to outstanding Awards are required to be adjusted as provided in this Section 9(b), the Committee shall promptly prepare a notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the change in price and the number of shares of Stock, other securities, cash, or property purchasable subject to each Award after giving effect to the adjustments. The Committee shall promptly provide each affected Participant with such notice.

(iv) Adjustments under Sections 9(b)(i) and (ii) shall be made by the Committee, and its determination as to what adjustments shall be made and the extent thereof shall be final, binding, and conclusive. No fractional interest shall be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

 

19


(c) Corporate Recapitalization . If the Company recapitalizes, reclassifies its capital stock, or otherwise changes its capital structure (a “ Recapitalization ”) without the occurrence of a Change in Control, the number and class of shares of Stock covered by an Option or an SAR theretofore granted shall be adjusted so that such Option or SAR shall thereafter cover the number and class of shares of stock and securities to which the holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the Recapitalization if, immediately prior to the Recapitalization, the holder had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Stock then covered by such Option or SAR and the share limitations provided in Sections 4 and 5 shall be adjusted in a manner consistent with the Recapitalization.

(d) Additional Issuances . Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class for cash, property, labor, or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to Awards theretofore granted or the purchase price per share, if applicable.

(e) Change in Control . Upon a Change in Control the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any holder, shall affect one or more of the following alternatives, which may vary among individual holders and which may vary among Options or SARs (collectively “ Grants ”) held by any individual holder: (i) accelerate the time at which Grants then outstanding may be exercised so that such Grants may be exercised in full for a limited period of time on or before a specified date (before or after such Change in Control) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised Grants and all rights of holders thereunder shall terminate, (ii) require the mandatory surrender to the Company by selected holders of some or all of the outstanding Grants held by such holders (irrespective of whether such Grants are then exercisable under the provisions of this Plan) as of a date, before or after such Change in Control, specified by the Committee, in which event the Committee shall thereupon cancel such Grants and pay to each holder an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the amount calculated in Section 9(f) (the “Change in Control Price”) of the shares subject to such Grants over the Exercise Price(s) under such Grants for such shares (except that to the extent the Exercise Price under any such Grant is equal to or exceeds the Change in Control Price, in which case no amount shall be payable with respect to such Grant), or (iii) make such adjustments to Grants then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change in Control; provided , however , that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to Grants then outstanding; provided , further, however, that the right to make such adjustments shall include, but not require or be limited to, the modification of Grants such that the holder of the Grant shall be entitled to purchase or receive (in lieu of the total number of shares of Stock as to which an Option or SAR is exercisable (the “ Total Shares ”) or other consideration that the holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase or receive under the Grant (the “ Total Consideration ”)), the number of shares of stock or other securities or the amount of cash or property to which the Total Consideration relates that the holder would have been entitled to purchase or receive in connection with the Change in Control (A) (in the case of Options), at an aggregate exercise price equal to the exercise price that would have been payable if the Total Shares had been purchased upon the exercise of the Grant immediately before the consummation of the Change in Control and (B) in the case of SARs, calculated as if the SARs had been exercised immediately before the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 

20


(f) Change in Control Price . The “Change in Control Price” shall equal the amount determined in the following clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v), whichever is applicable, as follows: (i) the price per share offered to holders of Stock in any merger or consolidation, (ii) the per share Fair Market Value of the Stock immediately before the Change in Control without regard to assets sold in the Change in Control and assuming the Company has received the consideration paid for the assets in the case of a sale of the assets, (iii) the amount distributed per share of Stock in a dissolution transaction, (iv) the price per share offered to holders of Stock in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Change in Control takes place, or (v) if such Change in Control occurs other than pursuant to a transaction described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this Section 9(f), the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock that may otherwise be obtained with respect to such Grants or to which such Grants track, as determined by the Committee as of the date determined by the Committee to be the date of cancellation and surrender of such Grants. In the event that the consideration offered to stockholders of the Company in any transaction described in this Section 9(f) or in Section 9(e) consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than cash and such determination shall be binding on all affected Participants to the extent applicable to Awards held by such Participants.

(g) Impact of Corporate Events on Awards Generally . In the event of a Change in Control or changes in the outstanding Stock by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange, or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the date of the grant of any Award and not otherwise provided for by this Section 9, any outstanding Awards and any Award agreements evidencing such Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Committee at its discretion, which adjustment may, in the Committee’s discretion, be described in the Award agreement and may include, but not be limited to, adjustments as to the number and price of shares of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards, accelerated vesting (in full or in part) of such Awards, conversion of such Awards into awards denominated in the securities or other interests of any successor Person, or the cash settlement of such Awards in exchange for the cancellation thereof. In the event of any such change in the outstanding Stock, the aggregate number of shares of Stock available under this Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.

10. General Provisions .

(a) Transferability .

(i) Permitted Transferees . The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Participant to transfer all or any portion of an Option or SAR, or authorize all or a portion of an Option or SAR to be granted to an Eligible Person to be on terms which permit transfer by such Participant; provided that, in either case the transferee or transferees must be any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or

 

21


sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, in each case with respect to the Participant, an individual sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee of the Company), a trust in which any of the foregoing individuals have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which any of the foregoing individuals (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which any of the foregoing individuals (or the Participant) owns more than fifty percent of the voting interests (collectively, “ Permitted Transferees ”); provided further that, (A) there may be no consideration for any such transfer and (B) subsequent transfers of Options or SARs transferred as provided above shall be prohibited except subsequent transfers back to the original holder of the Option or SAR and transfers to other Permitted Transferees of the original holder. Agreements evidencing Options or SARs with respect to which such transferability is authorized at the time of grant must be approved by the Committee and must expressly provide for transferability in a manner consistent with this Section 10(a)(i).

(ii) Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . An Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Unit, Restricted Stock, or other Award may be transferred to a Permitted Transferee, pursuant to a domestic relations order entered or approved by a court of competent jurisdiction upon delivery to the Company of written notice of such transfer and a certified copy of such order.

(iii) Other Transfers . Except as expressly permitted by Sections 10(a)(i) and 10(a)(ii), Awards shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10, an Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(iv) Effect of Transfer . Following the transfer of any Award as contemplated by Sections 10(a)(i), 10(a)(ii) and 10(a)(iii), (A) such Award shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, provided that the term “Participant” shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, the recipient under a qualified domestic relations order, or the estate or heirs of a deceased Participant or other transferee, as applicable, to the extent appropriate to enable the Participant to exercise the transferred Award in accordance with the terms of this Plan and applicable law and (B) the provisions of the Award relating to exercisability shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Participant and, following the occurrence of any applicable events described therein, the Awards shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee, the recipient under a qualified domestic relations order, or the estate or heirs of a deceased Participant, as applicable, only to the extent and for the periods that would have been applicable in the absence of the transfer.

(v) Procedures and Restrictions . Any Participant desiring to transfer an Award as permitted under Sections 10(a)(i), 10(a)(ii) or 10(a)(iii) shall make application therefor in the manner and time specified by the Committee and shall comply with such other requirements as the Committee may require to assure compliance with all applicable securities laws. The Committee shall not give permission for such a transfer if (A) it would give rise to short swing liability under section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or (B) it may not be made in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and foreign securities laws.

 

22


(vi) Registration . To the extent the issuance to any Permitted Transferee of any shares of Stock issuable pursuant to Awards transferred as permitted in this Section 10(a) is not registered pursuant to the effective registration statement of the Company generally covering the shares to be issued pursuant to this Plan to initial holders of Awards, the Company shall not have any obligation to register the issuance of any such shares of Stock to any such transferee.

(b) Taxes . The Company and any of its Subsidiaries are authorized to withhold from any Award granted, or any payment relating to an Award under this Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis, in the discretion of the Committee.

(c) Changes to this Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under this Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to this Plan, including any increase in any share limitation, shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders not later than the annual meeting next following such Board action if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to this Plan to stockholders for approval; provided , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in this Plan; provided , however , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award. For purposes of clarity, any adjustments made to Awards pursuant to Section 9 will be deemed not to materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award and therefore may be made without the consent of affected Participants.

(d) Limitation on Rights Conferred under Plan . Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s employment or service relationship at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under this Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and/or employees and/or other service providers, or (iv) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of an Award.

 

23


(e) Unfunded Status of Awards . This Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for certain incentive awards.

(f) Nonexclusivity of this Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including incentive arrangements and awards which do not qualify as Performance Based Compensation under section 162(m) of the Code. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from taking any corporate action which is deemed by the Company or such Subsidiary to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have an adverse effect on this Plan or any Award made under this Plan. No employee, beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of any such action.

(g) Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(h) Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, but such provision shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein. If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan or any Award agreement conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (as those terms or provisions are applied to Eligible Persons who are subject to section 16(b) of the Exchange Act) or section 422 of the Code (with respect to Incentive Stock Options), then those conflicting terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (unless the Board or the Committee, as appropriate, has expressly determined that the Plan or such Award should not comply with Rule 16b-3) or section 422 of the Code. With respect to Incentive Stock Options, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under section 422 of the Code, that provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if that provision had been set out at length herein; provided , further, that, to the extent any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option cannot so qualify, that Option (to that extent) shall be deemed an Option not subject to section 422 of the Code for all purposes of the Plan.

(i) Governing Law . All questions arising with respect to the provisions of the Plan and Awards shall be determined by application of the laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to any conflict of law provisions thereof, except to the extent Texas law is preempted by federal law. The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Stock hereunder is subject to applicable federal and state laws and to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance, sale, or delivery of such Stock.

(j) Conditions to Delivery of Stock . Nothing herein or in any Award granted hereunder or any Award agreement shall require the Company to issue any shares with respect to any Award if that issuance would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, constitute a

 

24


violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable statute or regulation, or the rules of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect. At the time of any exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or at the time of any grant of Restricted Stock, a Restricted Stock Unit, or other Award the Company may, as a condition precedent to the exercise of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right or settlement of any Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or other Award, require from the Participant (or in the event of his or her death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) such written representations, if any, concerning the holder’s intentions with regard to the retention or disposition of the shares of Stock being acquired pursuant to the Award and such written covenants and agreements, if any, as to the manner of disposal of such shares as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, may be necessary to ensure that any disposition by that holder (or in the event of the holder’s death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) will not involve a violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable state or federal statute or regulation, or any rule of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect. No Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable and no settlement of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit shall occur with respect to a Participant unless and until the holder thereof shall have paid cash or property to, or performed services for, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that the Committee believes is equal to or greater in value than the par value of the Stock subject to such Award.

(k) Section 409A of the Code . In the event that any Award granted pursuant to this Plan provides for a deferral of compensation within the meaning of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, it is the general intention, but not the obligation, of the Company to design such Award to comply with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules and such Award should be interpreted accordingly.

(l) Clawback . To the extent required by (i) applicable law, including, without limitation, the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, any Securities Exchange Commission rule or any applicable securities exchange listing standards and/or (ii) any policy that may be adopted by the Board, Awards and amounts paid or payable pursuant to or with respect to Awards shall be subject to clawback to the extent necessary to comply with such law(s) and/or policy, which clawback may include forfeiture, repurchase and/or recoupment of Awards and amounts paid or payable pursuant to or with respect to Awards.

(m) Plan Effective Date and Term . This Plan was adopted by the Board on the Effective Date, to be approved by the stockholders of the Company, and to be effective on the Effective Date. No Awards may be granted under this Plan on and after [July             , 2023].

 

25

Exhibit 10.5

FORM OF FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT (RSU) AGREEMENT

[FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS]

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) evidences an award made as of the      day
of         ,          (the “ Date of Grant ”), between FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V. , a limited liability company organized in the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), and                      (the “ Grantee ”).

1. The Grant . Pursuant to the FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V. 2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), and subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company hereby awards to the Grantee, effective as of the Date of Grant, an award consisting of an aggregate number of                      restricted stock units (the “ Restricted Stock Units ” or “ RSUs ”), whereby each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, par value €0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), plus the additional rights to Dividend Equivalents set forth in Section 3(d) hereof, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (the “ Award ”). To the extent any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the expressly applicable terms of the Plan, those terms of the Plan shall control, and if necessary, the applicable terms of this Agreement shall be deemed amended so as to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan.

2. Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not defined below or in the body of this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan. In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, the following capitalized words and terms shall have the meanings indicated below for purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Director ” shall mean the Grantee’s service as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, which shall include membership on the Supervisory Board or the Management Board of the Company.

(b) “ Disability ” shall mean the Grantee being unable to perform the Grantee’s duties or fulfill the Grantee’s obligations as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than three months as determined by the Company and certified in writing by a competent medical physician selected by the Company.

(c) “ Forfeiture Restrictions ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(a) hereof.

(d) “ Involuntary Termination ” shall mean a termination of the Grantee’s service as a Director that occurs either by (i) the Company’s failure to re-nominate the Grantee as a Director for any new term or (ii) by a failure to secure shareholder approval of the Grantee’s service as a Director for any new term.


(f) “ Retirement ” shall mean the Grantee’s termination of service as a Director (other than an Involuntary Termination) that occurs on or after the date in which the Grantee reaches the age of 75, provided the Grantee remains in continuous service as a Director with the Company from the Date of Grant through [                    ].

3. Restricted Stock Units . By acceptance of this Restricted Stock Unit award, Grantee agrees with respect thereto as follows:

(a) Forfeiture Restrictions . The Restricted Stock Units are restricted in that they may not be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated, or otherwise alienated or transferred, encumbered, or disposed of, and in the event of termination of Grantee’s service with the Company for any reason other than death, Disability, or on account of an Involuntary Termination, Grantee shall, for no consideration, forfeit to the Company all Restricted Stock Units to the extent then subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions. The prohibition against transfer and the obligation to forfeit and surrender Restricted Stock Units to the Company upon termination of services as provided in this Section 3(a) are herein referred to as the “Forfeiture Restrictions.” The Forfeiture Restrictions shall be binding upon and enforceable against any transferee of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Lapse of Forfeiture Restrictions (Vesting) . Provided that the Grantee has continuously served as a Director of the Company from the Date of Grant through the lapse date set forth in the following schedule, the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse, and the Restricted Stock Units will vest, with respect to a percentage of the Restricted Stock Units determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Lapse (Vesting) Date

   Percentage of Total Number
of RSUs as to Which
Forfeiture Restrictions Lapse
 

[

          %] 

Notwithstanding the schedule set forth above, (i) if the Grantee’s service as a Director is terminated by reason of death or Disability or due to an Involuntary Termination or the Grantee’s Retirement, then the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse with respect to 100% of the Restricted Stock Units effective as of the date of such termination (subject, in the case of a termination of the Grantee’s service due to his Retirement, to the Grantee refraining from future service as a director of any competitor of the Company for the period ending on the last lapse date that would have otherwise applied under the schedule set forth above), and (ii) if a Change in Control occurs and the Grantee has continuously served as a Director of the Company from the Date of Grant to the date upon which such Change in Control occurs, then the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse with respect to 100% of the Restricted Stock Units on the date upon which such Change in Control occurs. Any Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Forfeiture Restrictions do not lapse in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3(b) (and any associated unvested Dividend Equivalents) shall be forfeited to the Company for no consideration as of the date of the termination of the Grantee’s service as a Director.

 

-2-


(c) Payments . Subject to Section 4 hereof, as soon as reasonably practicable after the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions with respect to the specified number of Restricted Stock Units as provided in Section 3(b) hereof (but in no event later than the end of the calendar year in which the Forfeiture Restrictions so lapse), the Company shall cause to be issued to the Grantee with respect to each share of Common Stock covered by each such Restricted Stock Unit one share of Common Stock registered in the Grantee’s name. The Company, in its sole discretion, may elect to deliver the shares of Common Stock in either certificate form or in electronic, book-entry form, with such legends or restrictions thereon as the Committee may determine to be necessary or advisable in order to comply with applicable securities laws. The Grantee shall complete and sign any documents and take any additional action that the Company may request to enable it to deliver shares of Common Stock on the Grantee’s behalf.

(d) Dividend Equivalents . In the event the Company declares and pays a dividend in respect of its outstanding shares of Common Stock and, on the record date for such dividend, the Grantee holds Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Agreement that have not been settled in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof (or forfeited), the Grantee shall be entitled to receive a payment, subject to Section 4 hereof, in respect of the number of shares of Common Stock relating to such Restricted Stock Units, with such Dividend Equivalent payment being made in the amount and form that such payment would have been made if, as of such record date, the Grantee actually held the underlying shares of Common Stock related to the portion of the Restricted Stock Units that have not been settled or forfeited as of such record date. Such Dividend Equivalent payment shall be made on or promptly following the date the Company pays such dividend in respect of its outstanding shares of Common Stock (however, in no event shall the Dividend Equivalents be paid later than 30 days following the date on which the Company pays such dividends to its shareholders generally).

(e) Corporate Acts . The existence of the Restricted Stock Units shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding.

4. Withholding of Tax . To the extent that the receipt of the Restricted Stock Units (or any dividend equivalents related thereto) or the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions results in compensation income or wages to the Grantee for federal, state, or local tax purposes, the Grantee shall deliver to the Company at the time of such receipt or lapse, as the case may be, such amount of money as the Company may require to meet its minimum obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and if the Grantee fails to do so (or if the Grantee instructs the Company to withhold cash or stock to meet such obligation), the Company shall withhold from any cash or stock remuneration (including withholding any shares of the Common Stock distributable to the Grantee under this Agreement) then or thereafter payable to the Grantee any tax required to be withheld by reason of such resulting compensation income or wages. The Company is making no representation or warranty as to the tax consequences to the Grantee as a result of the receipt of the Restricted Stock Units, the treatment of dividend equivalents, the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions, or the forfeiture of any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Forfeiture Restrictions.

 

-3-


5. No Shareholder Rights . The Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Agreement do not and shall not entitle Grantee to any rights of a holder of Common Stock prior to the date that shares of Common Stock are issued to Grantee in settlement of the Award. Grantee’s rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Units shall remain forfeitable at all times prior to the date on which rights become vested, and the restrictions with respect to the Restricted Stock Units lapse in accordance with Section 3(b).

6. Clawback . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Agreement to the contrary, any compensation, payments, or benefits provided hereunder (or profits realized from the sale of the Common Stock delivered hereunder), whether in the form of cash or otherwise, shall be subject to a clawback to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of any applicable law, including but not limited to, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, section 304 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, or any regulations promulgated thereunder.

7. Service as a Director . Nothing in the adoption of the Plan, nor the award of the Restricted Stock Units thereunder pursuant to this Agreement, shall confer upon the Grantee the right to continued service as a Director or affect in any way the right of the Company to terminate such service at any time. Any question as to whether and when there has been a termination of such service, and the cause of such termination, shall be determined by the Board or its delegate, and its determination shall be final.

8. Notices . Any notices or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing. In the case of the Grantee, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if sent by registered or certified mail to the Grantee at the last address the Grantee has filed with the Company. In the case of the Company, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if sent by registered or certified mail to the Company at its principal executive offices.

10. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement replace and merge all previous agreements and discussions relating to the same or similar subject matters between the Grantee and the Company and constitute the entire agreement between the Grantee and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified in any respect by any verbal statement, representation or agreement made by any Grantee, officer, or representative of the Company or by any written agreement unless signed by an officer of the Company who is expressly authorized by the Company to execute such document.

11. Binding Effect; Survival . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under the Grantee. The provisions of Section 6 shall survive the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions without forfeiture.

 

-4-


12. Controlling Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof, or, if applicable, the laws of the United States.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
GRANTEE
 
Print Name:                                                                               

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.6

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.

FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT (RSU) AGREEMENT

(FOR EMPLOYEES)

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) evidences an award made as of the      day of         ,          (the “ Date of Grant ”), between FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V. , a limited liability company organized in the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), and                      (the “ Employee ”).

1. The Grant . Pursuant to the FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V. 2013 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN , as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), and subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company hereby awards to the Employee, effective as of the Date of Grant, an award consisting of an aggregate number of                      restricted stock units (the “ Restricted Stock Units ” or “ RSUs ”), whereby each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, par value €0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), plus the additional rights to Dividend Equivalents set forth in Section 3(d) hereof, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (the “ Award ”). To the extent any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the expressly applicable terms of the Plan, those terms of the Plan shall control, and if necessary, the applicable terms of this Agreement shall be deemed amended so as to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan.

2. Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not defined below or in the body of this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan. In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, the following capitalized words and terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

(a) “ Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in any written employment or consulting agreement between the Company (or one of its affiliates) and the Employee. If the Employee is not party to such an agreement that defines these terms, then for purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean a determination by the Company or its employing affiliate (the “ Employer ”) that the Employee (i) has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence, or misconduct in the performance of the Employee’s duties with respect to the Employer or any of their affiliates; (ii) has failed without proper legal reason to perform the Employee’s duties and responsibilities to the Employer or any of its affiliates; (iii) has breached any material provision of this Agreement or any written agreement or corporate policy or code of conduct established by the Employer or any of its affiliates; (iv) has engaged in conduct that is, or could reasonably expected to be, materially injurious to the Employer or any of its affiliates; (v) has committed an act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, or breach of a fiduciary duty to the Employer or any of its affiliates; or (vi) has been convicted of, pleaded no contest to, or received adjudicated probation or deferred adjudication in connection with a crime involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude or any felony (or a crime of similar import in a foreign jurisdiction).


(b) “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in any written employment or consulting agreement between the Company (or one of its affiliates) and the Employee. If the Employee is not party to such an agreement that defines these terms, then for purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the Employee being unable to perform the Employee’s duties or fulfill the Employee’s obligations under the terms of his employment by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than three months as determined by the Employer and certified in writing by a competent medical physician selected by the Employer.

(c) “ Forfeiture Restrictions ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3(a) hereof.

(d) “ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning set forth in any written employment or consulting agreement between the Company (or one of its affiliates) and the Employee. If the Employee is not party to such an agreement that defines these terms, then for purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) a material diminution the Employee’s annual base salary, other than as a part of one or more decreases that are applied similarly to all of the Employer’s similarly situated employees; or

(ii) a material diminution in the Employee’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; or

(iii) the involuntary relocation of the geographic location of the Employee’s principal place of employment by more than 75 miles from the location of the Employee’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(d), any assertion by the Employee of a termination of employment for “ Good Reason ” shall not be effective unless all of the following conditions are satisfied: (A) the condition described in the foregoing clauses of this Section 2(d) giving rise to the Employee’s termination of employment must have arisen without the Employee’s consent; (B) the Employee must provide written notice to the Employer of such condition in accordance with Section 8 within 45 days of the initial existence of the condition; (C) the condition specified in such notice must remain uncorrected for 30 days after receipt of such notice by the Employer; and (D) the date of the Employee’s termination of employment must occur within 90 days after the initial existence of the condition specified in such notice.

(e) “ Involuntary Termination ” shall mean a termination of the Employee’s employment either (i) by the Company or an affiliate for a reason other than for Cause or (ii) by the Employee for Good Reason.

(f) “ Retirement ” shall mean the Employee’s termination of employment (other than an Involuntary Termination or a termination by the Company for Cause) that occurs on or after the date in which the Employee reaches the age of 59  1 / 2 , provided the Employee remains in continuous employment with the Company or one of its affiliates from the Date of Grant through [                    ].

 

-2-


3. Restricted Stock Units . By acceptance of this Restricted Stock Unit award, Employee agrees with respect thereto as follows:

(a) Forfeiture Restrictions . The Restricted Stock Units are restricted in that they may not be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated, or otherwise alienated or transferred, encumbered, or disposed of, and in the event of termination of Employee’s employment or service with the Company for any reason other than death, Disability, or on account of an Involuntary Termination, Employee shall, for no consideration, forfeit to the Company all Restricted Stock Units to the extent then subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions. The prohibition against transfer and the obligation to forfeit and surrender Restricted Stock Units to the Company upon termination of employment or services as provided in this Section 3(a) are herein referred to as the “Forfeiture Restrictions.” The Forfeiture Restrictions shall be binding upon and enforceable against any transferee of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Lapse of Forfeiture Restrictions (Vesting) . Provided that the Employee has been continuously employed by the Company from the Date of Grant through the lapse date set forth in the following schedule, the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse, and the Restricted Stock Units will vest, with respect to a percentage of the Restricted Stock Units determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Lapse (Vesting) Date

   Percentage of Total Number of
RSUs as to Which Forfeiture
Restrictions Lapse
 

[

          %] 

Notwithstanding the schedule set forth above, (i) if the Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of death or Disability or due to an Involuntary Termination or the Employee’s Retirement, then the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse with respect to 100% of the Restricted Stock Units effective as of the date of such termination (subject, in the case of a termination of the Employee’s employment due to his Retirement, to the those obligations of the Employee set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as a part of this Agreement, which shall only apply in the event of any accelerated vesting that occurs pursuant to this Section 3(b) due to the Employee’s Retirement), and (ii) if a Change in Control occurs and the Employee has remained continuously employed by the Company from the Date of Grant to the date upon which such Change in Control occurs, then the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse with respect to 100% of the Restricted Stock Units on the date upon which such Change in Control occurs. Any Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Forfeiture Restrictions do not lapse in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3(b) (and any associated unvested dividend equivalents) shall be forfeited to the Company for no consideration as of the date of the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company.

(c) Payments . Subject to Section 4 hereof, as soon as reasonably practicable after the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions with respect to the specified number of Restricted Stock Units as provided in Section 3(b) hereof (but in no event later than the end of the calendar year in which the Forfeiture Restrictions so lapse), the Company shall cause to be issued to the Employee with respect to each share of Common Stock covered by each such Restricted Stock Unit one share of Common Stock registered in the Employee’s name. The Company,

 

-3-


in its sole discretion, may elect to deliver the shares of Common Stock in either certificate form or in electronic, book-entry form, with such legends or restrictions thereon as the Committee may determine to be necessary or advisable in order to comply with applicable securities laws. The Employee shall complete and sign any documents and take any additional action that the Company may request to enable it to deliver shares of Common Stock on the Employee’s behalf.

(d) Dividend Equivalents . In the event the Company declares and pays a dividend in respect of its outstanding shares of Common Stock and, on the record date for such dividend, the Employee holds Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Agreement that have not been settled in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof (or forfeited), the Employee shall be entitled to receive a payment, subject to Section 4 hereof, in respect of the number of shares of Common Stock relating to such Restricted Stock Units, with such Dividend Equivalent payment being made in the amount and form that such payment would have been made if, as of such record date, the Employee actually held the underlying shares of Common Stock related to the portion of the Restricted Stock Units that have not been settled or forfeited as of such record date. Such Dividend Equivalent payment shall be made on or promptly following the date the Company pays such dividend in respect of its outstanding shares of Common Stock (however, in no event shall the Dividend Equivalents be paid later than 30 days following the date on which the Company pays such dividends to its shareholders generally).

(e) Corporate Acts . The existence of the Restricted Stock Units shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding.

4. Withholding of Tax . To the extent that the receipt of the Restricted Stock Units (or any dividend equivalents related thereto) or the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions results in compensation income or wages to the Employee for federal, state, or local tax purposes, the Employee shall deliver to the Company at the time of such receipt or lapse, as the case may be, such amount of money as the Company may require to meet its minimum obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and if the Employee fails to do so (or if the Employee instructs the Company to withhold cash or stock to meet such obligation), the Company shall withhold from any cash or stock remuneration (including withholding any shares of the Common Stock distributable to the Employee under this Agreement) then or thereafter payable to the Employee any tax required to be withheld by reason of such resulting compensation income or wages. The Company is making no representation or warranty as to the tax consequences to the Employee as a result of the receipt of the Restricted Stock Units, the treatment of dividend equivalents, the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions, or the forfeiture of any Restricted Stock Units pursuant to the Forfeiture Restrictions.

5. No Shareholder Rights . The Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Agreement do not and shall not entitle Employee to any rights of a holder of Common Stock prior to the date that shares of Common Stock are issued to Employee in settlement of the Award. Employee’s rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Units shall remain forfeitable at all times prior to the date on which rights become vested and the restrictions with respect to the Restricted Stock Units lapse in accordance with Section 3(b).

 

-4-


6. Clawback . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Agreement to the contrary, any compensation, payments, or benefits provided hereunder (or profits realized from the sale of the Common Stock delivered hereunder), whether in the form of cash or otherwise, shall be subject to a clawback to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of any applicable law, including but not limited to, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, section 304 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, or any regulations promulgated thereunder.

7. Employment Relationship . For purposes of this Agreement, the Employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as the Employee remains an employee of either the Company or a Subsidiary. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, it is specifically provided that the Employee shall be considered to have terminated employment or service with the Company at the time of the termination of the “Subsidiary” status of the entity or other organization that employs or engages the Employee. Nothing in the adoption of the Plan, nor the award of the Restricted Stock Units thereunder pursuant to this Agreement, shall confer upon the Employee the right to continued employment by or service with the Company or affect in any way the right of the Company to terminate such employment or service at any time. Unless otherwise provided in a written employment or consulting agreement or by applicable law, the Employee’s employment by or service with the Company shall be on an at-will basis, and the employment or service relationship may be terminated at any time by either the Employee or the Company for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or notice. Any question as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment or service, and the cause of such termination, shall be determined by the Committee or its delegate, and its determination shall be final.

8. Notices . Any notices or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing. In the case of the Employee, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if hand delivered to the Employee at the Employee’s principal place of employment or if sent by registered or certified mail to the Employee at the last address the Employee has filed with the Company. In the case of the Company, such notices or communications shall be effectively delivered if sent by registered or certified mail to the Company at its principal executive offices.

10. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement and the documents incorporated by reference herein replace and merge all previous agreements and discussions relating to the same or similar subject matters between the Employee and the Company and constitute the entire agreement between the Employee and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein. This Agreement may not be modified in any respect by any verbal statement, representation or agreement made by any employee, officer, or representative of the Company or by any written agreement unless signed by an officer of the Company who is expressly authorized by the Company to execute such document.

 

-5-


11. Binding Effect; Survival . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under the Employee. The provisions of Section 6 and Exhibit A shall survive the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions without forfeiture.

12. Controlling Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof, or, if applicable, the laws of the United States.

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
EMPLOYEE
 
Print Name:                                                                               

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

APPLICABLE UPON RETIREMENT

1. Defined Terms; Employment Relationship; Application of Exhibit A . Capitalized terms used in this Exhibit A that are not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached (the “ RSU Agreement ”). For purposes of this Exhibit A, Employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as provided in Section 6 of the RSU Agreement. This Exhibit A shall only apply in the event the Employee’s Retirement causes accelerated vesting under Section 3(b) of the RSU Agreement, and this Exhibit A does not relieve the Employee from any other restrictive covenants contained in any other agreement between the Employee and the Company and any of its affiliates.

As used in this Exhibit A, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Business ” means the business of developing and/or providing the products and services developed and/or provided by the Company and its affiliates at the time of the Employee’s termination of employment, and other products and services that are functionally equivalent to the foregoing; provided, however, that if the Employee’s termination of employment occurs within 60 days following the occurrence of a Change in Control, “Business” shall mean the business described in this Section 1(a) as in existence immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(b) “ Competing Business ” means any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation, or other entity which engages in the Business in the Restricted Area. In no event will the Company or any of its affiliates be deemed a Competing Business.

(c) “ Governmental Authority ” means any governmental, quasi-governmental, state, county, city, or other political subdivision of the United States or any other country, or any agency, court or instrumentality, foreign or domestic, or statutory or regulatory body thereof.

(d) “ Legal Requirement ” means any law, statute, code, ordinance, order, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, injunction, franchise, permit, certificate, license, authorization, or other directional requirement (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing that relates to environmental standards or controls, energy regulations, and occupational, safety, and health standards or controls, including those arising under environmental laws) of any Governmental Authority.

(e) “ Prohibited Period ” means the period beginning on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment from the Company and any affiliate and ending on the last lapse date specified in the schedule provided in Section 3(b) of the RSU Agreement (determined without regard to any accelerated vesting provision thereof).

 

-8-


(f) “ Restricted Area ” means: Lafayette Parish, Louisiana; Harris County, Texas; Montgomery County, Texas; and Fort Bend County, Texas; and any other geographical area within 100 miles of any location in which the Company or its affiliates engage in the Business as of the date of the Employee’s termination of employment.

2. Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . The Employee and the Company agree to the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of this Exhibit A in consideration for the confidential information provided by the Company and its affiliates to the Employee pursuant to the Employee’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, to further protect the trade secrets and confidential information disclosed or entrusted to the Employee or created or developed by the Employee for the Company or its affiliates, to protect the business goodwill of the Company and its affiliates developed through the efforts of the Employee and the business opportunities disclosed or entrusted to the Employee and the other legitimate business interests of the Company and its affiliates, and as an express incentive for the Company to enter into the RSU Agreement.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Employee expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, the Employee will refrain from carrying on or engaging in, directly or indirectly, any Business in competition with the Company or its affiliates in the Restricted Area. Accordingly, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, become an employee of, partner in, owner, or member of (or an independent contractor to), control or participate in, be connected with or loan money to, sell or lease equipment or property to, or otherwise be affiliated with any Competing Business in the Restricted Area.

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 2(a), the Employee or any of Employee’s affiliates may own an aggregate of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of any corporation that is a Competing Business, if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a member of a national securities exchange, without violating the provisions of Section 2(a), provided that neither the Employee nor any of the Employee’s affiliates has the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such corporation and is not involved in the management of such corporation.

(c) The Employee further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, the Employee will not, and the Employee will the Employee’s affiliates not to (i) engage or employ, or solicit or contact with a view to the engagement or employment of, any person who is an officer or employee of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) canvass, solicit, approach, or entice away, or cause to be canvassed, solicited, approached, or enticed away, from the Company or any of its affiliates any person who or which is a customer of any of such entities during the period during which the Employee was employed by the Company or any of its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply with respect to an officer or employee who responds to a general solicitation that is not specifically directed at officers and employees of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

-9-


(d) Before accepting employment with any other person or entity during the Prohibited Period, the Employee will inform such person or entity of the restrictions contained in this Exhibit A.

3. Relief . The Employee and the Company agree and acknowledge that the limitations as to time, geographical area, and scope of activity to be restrained as set forth in Section 2 are reasonable and do not impose any greater restraint than is necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and its affiliates. The Employee and the Company also acknowledge that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Exhibit A by the Employee, and the Company or its affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Exhibit A by terminating payments then owing to under the RSU Agreement or otherwise and to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Exhibit A but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from the Employee and the Employee’s agents.

4. Reasonableness; Enforcement . The Employee hereby represents that the Employee has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Exhibit A. The Employee acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Exhibit A are the result of arm’s-length bargaining and are fair and reasonable in light of (a) the nature and wide geographic scope of the Company’s operations of the Business, (b) the Employee’s contact with the Company’s business in all jurisdictions in which it is conducted, which includes the entire Restricted Area, and (c) the amount of confidential information that the Employee is receiving in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties on behalf of the Company and/or its affiliates and the amount of goodwill with which the Employee is and/or will be connected and will help build on behalf of the Company and its affiliates. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Exhibit A be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Legal Requirements, whether now or hereafter in effect; therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, the Employee and the Company hereby waive any provision of applicable Legal Requirements that would render any provision of this Exhibit A invalid or unenforceable.

5. Reformation; Severability . The Company and the Employee agree that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in this Exhibit A would cause irreparable injury to the Company and its affiliates. The Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit the Employee’s ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period, but acknowledges that the Employee will receive sufficient consideration from the Company and its affiliates to justify such restriction. Further, the Employee acknowledges that the Employee’s skills are such that the Employee can be gainfully employed in non-competitive employment and that the agreement not to compete will not prevent the Employee from earning a living. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. If, due to applicable law, a court is not permitted to modify a restriction within

 

-10-


this Exhibit A that it deems overly broad, then the court shall have the power to, and shall, sever such overly broad restriction (or any portion thereof) so that the restrictions after such severance are enforceable and shall be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Company and the Employee intend to make this Exhibit A enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable states and other jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal. Such modification shall not affect the payments made to the Employee under the RSU Agreement.

6. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that it is necessary for either party to employ the services of an attorney in the course of litigation or arbitration regarding a breach or alleged breach of this Exhibit A, the prevailing party in such litigation or arbitration (as determined by the court or arbitrator, as applicable), shall be entitled to recover all reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

-11-

Exhibit 10.7

FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL, INC. , a Texas corporation, and any successor thereto (the “ Employer ”), and DONALD KEITH MOSING (“ Executive ”), effective as of the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the securities of Frank’s International N.V. (“ FINV ”), which is             , 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

A. The Employer currently employs Executive as the Chief Executive Officer and President of FINV, and Executive serves as Chairman of the Board of FINV; and

B. The Employer desires to continue to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth, and Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Employer, and to commit himself to serve the Employer and FINV, on such terms and conditions and for such consideration.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and obligations contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Employer and Executive agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words shall have the meanings indicated below:

1.1 Average Annual Bonus ” shall mean the average Annual Bonus (as such term is defined in Section 4.2) paid (or payable) for the three calendar years (or if Executive was employed for less than three full calendar years, such lesser number of full calendar years for which Executive was employed) preceding the Date of Termination.

1.2 Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of FINV.

1.3 Cause ” shall mean a determination by the Board that Executive (a) has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence, or misconduct in the performance of Executive’s duties with respect to the Employer or any of its affiliates, (b) has failed without proper legal reason to perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Employer or any of its affiliates, (c) has breached any material provision of this Agreement or any written agreement or corporate policy or code of conduct established by the Employer or any of its affiliates, (d) has engaged in conduct that is, or could reasonably expected to be, materially injurious to the Employer or any of its affiliates, (e) has committed an act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, or breach of a fiduciary duty to the Employer or any of its affiliates, or (f) has been convicted of, pleaded no contest to, or received adjudicated probation or deferred adjudication in connection with a crime involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude or any felony (or a crime of similar import in a foreign jurisdiction); provided, however, that prior to a termination for Cause under Section 1.3(a), 1.3(b), 1.3(c), or 1.3(d), the Employer shall provide written notice to Executive of


any such act(s) or omission(s) upon which it intends to rely as a basis for a for-Cause termination within 30 days after such act(s) or omission(s) are initially known to the Employer, and the Employer will offer Executive no less than 30 days to cure such breach if such breach is capable of cure.

1.4 Change in Control ” shall mean:

(a) a merger of the Employer or FINV (collectively, or either entity alone, the “ Company ”) with another entity, a consolidation involving the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to another entity if, in any such case, (i) the holders of equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or event do not beneficially own immediately after such transaction or event equity securities of the resulting entity entitled to 50% or more of the votes then eligible to be cast in the election of directors generally (or comparable governing body) of the resulting entity in substantially the same proportions that they owned the equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or event or (ii) the persons who were members of the Board immediately prior to such transaction or event shall not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the resulting entity immediately after such transaction or event;

(b) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

(c) when any person or entity (including a “group” as contemplated by section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a Permitted Holder or Permitted Holders, acquires or gains ownership or control (including, without limitation, power to vote) of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company; or

(d) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were members of the Board immediately before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) “resulting entity” in the context of a transaction or event that is a merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all assets shall mean the surviving entity (or acquiring entity in the case of an asset sale) unless the surviving entity (or acquiring entity in the case of an asset sale) is a subsidiary of another entity and the holders of common stock of the Company receive capital stock of such other entity in such transaction or event, in which event the resulting entity shall be such other entity, and (ii) subsequent to the consummation of a merger or consolidation that does not constitute a Change in Control, the term “Company” shall refer to the resulting entity, and the term “Board” shall refer to the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of the resulting entity.

1.5 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6 Date of Termination ” shall mean the date Executive’s employment with the Employer is considered to have terminated pursuant to Section 3.5.

1.7 Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

2


(a) a material diminution in Executive’s Base Salary (as such term is defined in Section 4.1), other than as a part of one or more decreases that (i) shall not exceed, in the aggregate, more than 10% of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date immediately prior to such decrease, and (ii) are applied similarly to all of the Employer’s similarly situated executives;

(b) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities, including a material diminution due to the Employer’s engagement of an outside management firm to provide management services for the Employer, or removal of Executive from service as Chairman of the Board (except if such removal occurs due to (i) Executive’s resignation from the Board or (ii) removal by the Board for Cause);

(c) a requirement that Executive report to any corporate officer or other employee instead of reporting directly to the Board;

(d) the involuntary relocation of the geographic location of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 75 miles from the location of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date; or

(e) any material breach by the Employer or its affiliate of its obligations under this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.7 or any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, any assertion by Executive of a termination of employment for “ Good Reason ” shall not be effective unless all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the condition described in the foregoing clauses of this Section 1.7 giving rise to Executive’s termination of employment must have arisen without Executive’s consent; (ii) Executive must provide written notice to the Employer of such condition in accordance with Section 10.1 within 45 days of the initial existence of the condition; (iii) the condition specified in such notice must remain uncorrected for 30 days after receipt of such notice by the Employer; and (iv) the date of Executive’s termination of employment must occur within 90 days after the initial existence of the condition specified in such notice.

1.8 Notice of Termination ” shall mean a written notice delivered to the other party indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon for termination of Executive’s employment and the intended Date of Termination and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

1.9 Permitted Holder ” shall mean (a) Executive, any other members of the Mosing family that are the owners of Mosing Holdings, Inc. as of the Effective Date, any existing spouse of any of the foregoing individuals and/or their descendants by blood or adoption; (b) spouses or surviving spouses of the individuals listed in clause (a) of this Section 1.9; (c) trusts for the benefit of one or more members of the individuals listed in clause (a) of this Section 1.9; (d) entities controlled by one or more of the individuals listed in clause (a) of this Section 1.9; and (e) foundations established by one or more of the individuals listed in clause (a) of this Section 1.9.

 

3


1.10 Release Expiration Date ” means the date that is 21 days following the date upon which the Company timely delivers to Executive the Release (which shall occur no later than seven days after the Date of Termination) or, in the event that such termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended), the date that is 45 days following such delivery date.

1.11 Section 409A Payment Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is six months after the Date of Termination of Executive’s employment with the Employer.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

2.1 Employment; Effective Date . The Employer agrees to continue to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to continue to be employed by the Employer, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, beginning as of the Effective Date and continuing for the period of time set forth in Article III of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Positions . From and after the Effective Date, the Employer shall employ Executive in the position of Chief Executive Officer and President of FINV and in such other position or positions as the Employer or Board may designate or appoint from time to time. Executive shall report to the Board or any designated committee thereof. FINV shall use its best efforts to cause Executive to continue to be elected as Chairman of the Board, such membership and service as Chairman of the Board to continue for so long as Executive holds the offices of Chief Executive Officer and President of FINV.

2.3 Duties and Services . Executive agrees to serve in the position(s) referred to in Section 2.2 and to perform diligently and to the best of Executive’s abilities the duties and services appertaining to such position(s), as well as such additional duties and services appropriate to such position(s) which the parties mutually may agree upon from time to time. Executive’s employment shall also be subject to the policies maintained and established by the Employer that are of general applicability to the Employer’s executives, as such policies may be amended from time to time.

2.4 Other Interests . Executive agrees, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer, to devote Executive’s full business time and best efforts to the business and affairs of the Employer, FINV, and any subsidiary or affiliate of either entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that Executive may (a) engage in and manage Executive’s passive personal investments and (b) engage in charitable and civic activities; provided, however, that such activities shall be permitted so long as such activities do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Employer or interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

2.5 Duty of Loyalty . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity, and allegiance to act in the best interests of the Employer and to do no act that would materially injure the business, interests, or reputation of the Employer or

 

4


any of its affiliates. In keeping with these duties, Executive shall make full disclosure to the Employer of all business opportunities pertaining to the Employer’s business and shall not appropriate for Executive’s own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

3.1 Term . Unless sooner terminated pursuant to other provisions hereof, the Employer agrees to employ Executive hereunder for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on [            , 2016] (the “ Initial Expiration Date ”); provided, however, that beginning on the Initial Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date thereafter, if Executive’s employment under this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3, then said term of employment shall automatically be extended for an additional one-year period unless on or before the date that is 60 days prior to the first day of any such extension period, either party shall give written notice to the other that no such automatic extension shall occur, in which case the term of employment shall terminate on the Initial Expiration Date or the anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date immediately following the giving of such notice, as applicable.

3.2 Employer’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, the Employer may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons by providing Executive with a Notice of Termination:

(a) upon Executive being unable to perform Executive’s duties or fulfill Executive’s obligations under this Agreement by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than three months as determined by the Employer and certified in writing by a competent medical physician selected by the Employer (“ Disability ”); or

(b) Executive’s death; or

(c) for Cause; or

(d) for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of the Employer.

3.3 Executive’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, Executive shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for Good Reason or for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of Executive, by providing the Employer with a Notice of Termination. In the case of a termination of employment by Executive pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination shall not be less than 15 nor more than 60 days, respectively, from the date such Notice of Termination is given, and the Employer may require a Date of Termination earlier than that specified in the Notice of Termination (and, if such earlier Date of Termination is so required, it shall not change the basis for Executive’s termination nor be construed or interpreted as a termination of employment pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2).

 

5


3.4 Deemed Resignations . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Employer and Executive prior to the termination of Executive’s employment, any termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute (a) an automatic resignation of Executive as an officer of the Employer and each affiliate of the Employer, (b) an automatic resignation of Executive from the Board (if applicable) and from the board of directors of any affiliate of the Employer, and from the board of directors or similar governing body of any corporation, limited liability entity, or other entity in which the Employer or any affiliate holds an equity interest and with respect to which board or similar governing body Executive serves as the Employer’s or such affiliate’s designee or other representative, and (c) an automatic revocation of any power of attorney granted to Executive for the benefit of Employer, FINV, or any of their respective affiliates.

3.5 Meaning of Termination of Employment . For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Employer when Executive incurs a “separation from service” with the Employer within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and applicable administrative guidance issued thereunder.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

4.1 Base Salary . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall receive a minimum, annualized base salary of $            (the “ Base Salary ”). Executive’s annualized base salary shall be reviewed periodically by the Board (or a committee thereof) and, in the sole discretion of the Board (or a committee thereof), such annualized base salary may be increased (but not decreased) effective as of any date determined by the Board (or a committee thereof); provided, however, that the Board or the Employer may decrease Executive’s Base Salary at any time and from time to time so long as such decreases do not exceed 10% of Executive’s then Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such decrease, and such decreases are part of similar reductions applicable to all of the Employer’s similarly situated executives. Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in equal installments in accordance with the Employer’s standard policy regarding payment of compensation to executives but no less frequently than monthly.

4.2 Bonuses . Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Employer’s annual cash incentive program, which shall provide Executive with an opportunity to receive an annual, calendar-year bonus (payable in a single lump sum) based on criteria determined in the discretion of the Board or a committee thereof (the “ Annual Bonus ”), it being understood that the actual amount of each Annual Bonus shall be determined in the discretion of the Board or a committee thereof. The Employer shall pay each Annual Bonus with respect to a calendar year on or before March 15 of the following calendar year.

4.3 Long-Term Incentive Compensation . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive may, as determined by the Board (or a designated committee thereof) in its sole discretion, periodically receive grants of stock options or other equity or non-equity related awards pursuant to the Employer’s or its affiliate’s long-term incentive plan(s), subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Any grants previously awarded to Executive pursuant to the Employer’s long-term incentive plan(s) that are outstanding on the Effective Date hereof shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of such plan(s).

 

6


4.4 Other Benefits . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be allowed to participate in all benefit plans and programs of the Employer, including improvements or modifications of the same, which are now, or may hereafter be, available to other senior executives of the Employer. The Employer shall not, however, by reason of this Section 4.4, be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing any such benefit plan or program, so long as such changes are similarly applicable to other senior executives generally. To the extent permitted by applicable law and the terms of the benefit plans without causing the Employer to be required to extend similar treatment to any other employees or service providers, Employer shall include in Executive’s credited service, in any case where credited service is relevant in determining eligibility for or benefits under any employee benefits plan, the Executive’s service for any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Employer or for any predecessor thereof, and time served at prior employers. Executive shall be entitled to indemnification by the Employer in respect of any actions or omissions as an employee, officer or director of the Employer or any of the Employer’s affiliates (or any successor thereto) to the fullest extent permitted by law. Employer shall obtain directors and officers (D&O) insurance in a reasonable amount determined by the Board and shall maintain such insurance during the term of Executive’s employment hereunder.

4.5 Expenses .

(a) Business Expenses . Employer shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in performing services hereunder, including all reasonable expenses of travel and living expenses while away from home on business or at the request of and in the service of the Employer.

(b) Dues . The Employer shall reimburse Executive for (or pay on Executive’s behalf) dues incurred during Executive’s employment hereunder with respect to Executive’s membership at the River Oaks Country Club.

(c) Payment . The expenses described in this Section 4.5 shall only be subject to reimbursement if they are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Employer. Any such reimbursement of expenses shall be made by the Employer upon or as soon as practicable following receipt of supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Employer (but in any event not later than the close of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred by Executive); provided, however, that, upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer, in no event shall any additional reimbursement be made prior to the Section 409A Payment Date to the extent such payment delay is required under section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. In no event shall any reimbursement be made to Executive for such expenses after the later of (i) the first anniversary of the date of Executive’s death or (ii) the date that is five years after the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer (other than by reason of Executive’s death). For the sake of clarity, all qualifying expense reimbursements described in this Section 4.5 shall be made by the Employer within the time periods prescribed above, and no reimbursement timing limitation included in this Section 4.5 shall operate to excuse the Employer from making any reimbursement due under this Section 4.5.

 

7


4.6 Life Insurance . During Executive’s employment hereunder, the Employer shall maintain one or more policies of life insurance on the life of Executive providing an aggregate death benefit in an amount not less than $1,000,000, but this obligation shall not apply if Executive is not insurable at standard rates as of the Effective Date, as determined by the Employer in good faith. Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries of the death benefit payable pursuant to such policy or policies. The provisions of this Section 4.6 can be satisfied in whole or in part by any group life insurance policy provided by the Employer in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof. Executive shall (a) furnish any and all information reasonably requested by the Employer or the insurer to facilitate the issuance of the life insurance policy or policies described in this Section 4.6 or any adjustment to any such policy, and (b) take such physical examinations as the Employer or the insurer deems necessary. If Executive refuses to cooperate or makes any material misstatement of information or nondisclosure of medical history, then the Employer shall have no further obligation to provide the benefit described in this Section 4.6. If Executive terminates employment prior to the expiration of the term of such policy, the policy shall lapse unless Executive continues to maintain the policy at his own expense.

4.7 Vacation and Sick Leave . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to (a) sick leave in accordance with the Employer’s policies applicable to its senior executives as may exist from time to time and (b) up to fifteen (15) days paid vacation each calendar year or the maximum number of days Executive is entitled to under the terms of the Employer’s vacation policy, whichever is greater, and which such vacation shall accrue and be taken in accordance with the Employer’s vacation policies in effect from time to time. Executive’s right to carry over unused vacation from one calendar year to the next shall be determined by the Employer’s vacation policy.

4.8 Aircraft . During Executive’s employment hereunder, the Employer will provide Executive with use of aircraft owned or leased by the Employer or one of its affiliates or an alternative aircraft (“ Company Aircraft ”), for up to 120 flight hours annually; provided, however, that Executive’s personal use of the Employer-owned aircraft shall be approved pursuant to any then-existing aircraft approval policy maintained by the Employer or its affiliates and shall not interfere with the Employer’s or its affiliates’ use of the Company Aircraft. Such annual usage is non-cumulative, and unused hours may not be carried forward to a subsequent year. As part of such personal use, Executive may designate such number of additional passengers on the Company Aircraft as seating permits. Executive will be responsible for all income tax costs associated with the imputation of income for personal usage of the Company Aircraft. These costs will be calculated in accordance with IRS regulations regarding the personal usage of a company’s aircraft.

4.9 Offices . Subject to Articles II, III, and IV hereof, Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, as a director of the Employer or any of the Employer’s affiliates and as a member of any committees of the board of directors of any such entities, in one or more executive positions of any of the Employer’s affiliates, and pursuant to a power of attorney for the benefit of Employer, FINV, or any of their respective affiliates.

ARTICLE V

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ON COMPENSATION

5.1 For Cause, Death, Disability, or Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate prior to the expiration of the term provided in Section 3.1 for any reason described in Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) or pursuant to Executive’s resignation for other than Good Reason, then all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that Executive shall be entitled to (a) payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary to the Date of

 

8


Termination, (b) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement in accordance with Section 4.5, and (c) benefits to which Executive is entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program of the Employer or its affiliate (such amounts set forth in (a), (b), and (c) shall be collectively referred to herein as the “ Accrued Rights ”).

5.2 Without Cause or for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate (whether prior to, commensurate with, or following a Change in Control, or otherwise) pursuant to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason or by action of the Employer pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 for any reason other than those encompassed by Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c), then all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that (i) Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights, and (ii) if, on the Date of Termination, the Employer does not have a right to terminate Executive’s employment under Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) and subject to Executive’s delivery, by the Release Expiration Date, and non-revocation of an executed release acceptable to the Employer, which shall be substantially in the form of the release contained at Appendix A (the “ Release ”), Executive shall receive the following additional compensation and benefits from the Employer (but no other additional compensation or benefits after such termination):

(a) Unpaid Prior Year Annual Bonus : The Employer shall pay to Executive any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus for the calendar year ending prior to the Date of Termination, which amount shall be payable in a lump-sum on or before the date such annual bonuses are paid to executives who have continued employment with the Employer (but in no event earlier than 60 days following the Date of Termination);

(b) Prorated Current Year Annual Bonus : The Employer shall pay to Executive a bonus for the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs in an amount equal to the Annual Bonus for such year as determined in good faith by the Board in accordance with the criteria established pursuant to Section 4.2 and based on the Employer’s performance for such year, which amount shall be prorated through and including the Date of Termination (based on the ratio of the number of days Executive was employed by the Employer during such year to the number of days in such year), payable in a lump-sum on or before the date such annual bonuses are paid to executives who have continued employment with the Employer (but in no event earlier than 60 days after the Date of Termination nor later than the March 15 next following such calendar year); provided, however, that if this paragraph applies with respect to an Annual Bonus that is intended to constitute performance-based compensation within the meaning of, and for purposes of, section 162(m) of the Code, then this paragraph shall apply with respect to such Annual Bonus only to the extent the applicable performance criteria have been satisfied as certified by a committee of the Board as required under section 162(m) of the Code;

(c) Severance Payment : The Employer shall pay to Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s Base Salary as of the Date of Termination and the Average Annual Bonus, which amount shall be paid in a lump sum payment on the date that is 60 days after the Date of Termination; and

 

9


(d) Post-Employment Health Coverage: During the portion, if any, of the 18-month period following the Date of Termination that Executive elects to continue coverage for Executive and Executive’s spouse and eligible dependents, if any, under the Employer’s group health plans under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (COBRA), and/or sections 601 through 608 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Employer shall promptly reimburse Executive on a monthly basis for the difference between the amount Executive pays to effect and continue such coverage and the employee contribution amount that active senior executive employees of the Employer pay for the same or similar coverage under such group health plans.

 

10


Notwithstanding the time of payment provisions of Section 5.2 above, if Executive’s Date of Termination occurs on or before December 31, 2013, then (x) payment of the amount described in Section 5.2(c), to the extent it does not exceed the amount of the cash payments that would have been payable to Executive under Section 8(c)(i) or 8(d), as applicable, of that certain Employment Agreement between Executive and the Employer dated January 1, 2005, including subsequent amendments thereto (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”), shall be paid in accordance with the schedule provided under Section 8(c)(i) or Section 8(d), as applicable, of the Prior Employment Agreement, and (y) payment of the amount described in Section 5.2(c) hereof, to the extent it exceeds the amount of the cash payments that would have been made under Section 8(c)(i) or Section 8(d), as applicable, of the Prior Employment Agreement shall be made as provided in Section 5.2(c) hereof. Further notwithstanding any of the time of payment provisions this Section 5.2, if Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Employer in accordance with any method permitted under section 409A of the Code) and the payment of any amount or the provision of any benefit described in such Section 5.2 would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code because the timing of such payment or benefit is not delayed as provided in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, then such amount or benefit shall be accumulated and provided within five business days after the Section 409A Payment Date.

5.3 No Duty to Mitigate . Executive shall not be under any duty or obligation to seek or accept other employment following termination of his employment with the Employer.

ARTICLE VI

PROTECTION OF INFORMATION

6.1 Disclosure to and Property of the Employer . For purposes of this Article VI, the term “the Employer” shall include the Employer and any of its affiliates, and any reference to “employment” or similar terms shall include a director and/or consulting relationship. All information, trade secrets, designs, ideas, concepts, improvements, product developments, discoveries, and inventions, whether patentable or not, that are conceived, made, developed, disclosed to, or acquired by Executive (whether before the Effective Date or after), individually or in conjunction with others, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Employer’s premises or otherwise) that relate to the Employer’s or any of its affiliates’ businesses, trade secrets, products, or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, strategies, business plans, product specifications, compositions, manufacturing and distribution methods and processes, research, financial and sales data, pricing terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements,

 

11


the identity of key contacts within the customer’s organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or production, marketing, and merchandising techniques, prospective names and marks), and all writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions, and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) shall be disclosed to the Employer and are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Employer or its affiliates, as applicable. Moreover, all documents, videotapes, written presentations, brochures, drawings, memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, maps, drawings, architectural renditions, models, and all other writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions, and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Work Product ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Employer (or its affiliates). Executive agrees to perform all actions reasonably requested by the Employer or its affiliates to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Employer, for any reason, Executive promptly shall deliver such Confidential Information and Work Product, and all copies thereof, to the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” does not include any information that: (a) was known to the public prior to its disclosure to Executive, (b) becomes known to the public subsequent to disclosure to Executive through no wrongful act of Executive or any representative of Executive, or (c) Executive is required to disclose by applicable law, regulation, or legal process (provided that Executive provides the Employer with prior notice of the anticipated disclosure and reasonably cooperates with the Employer at the Employer’s expense in seeking a protective order or other appropriate protection of such information).

6.2 Disclosure to Executive . The Employer has and will disclose to Executive and place Executive in a position to have access to or develop Confidential Information and Work Product of the Employer (or its affiliates); and/or has and will entrust Executive with business opportunities of the Employer (or its affiliates); and has and will place Executive in a position to develop business good will on behalf of the Employer (or its affiliates).

6.3 No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure . Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information and Work Product. Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Employer, make any unauthorized disclosure of, and Executive shall not remove from the Employer premises, Confidential Information or Work Product, or make any use thereof, except, in each case, in the carrying out of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. Executive shall use all reasonable efforts to cause all persons or entities to whom any Confidential Information shall be disclosed by Executive hereunder to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information. At the request of the Employer at any time, Executive agrees to deliver to the Employer all Confidential Information that Executive may possess or control. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information of the Employer (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered, or made by Executive during the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer exclusively belongs to the Employer (and not to Executive), and upon request by the Employer for specified Confidential Information, Executive will promptly disclose such Confidential Information to the Employer and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Employer to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Affiliates of the Employer shall be third party beneficiaries of Executive’s obligations under this Article VI. As a result of Executive’s

 

12


employment by the Employer, Executive may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, confidential information or work product of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of the Employer and its affiliates. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party confidential information and work product.

6.4 Ownership by the Employer . If, during Executive’s employment by the Employer, Executive creates or has created any work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression that is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations, or acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to the Employer’s business, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Executive or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Employer’s premises or otherwise), including any Work Product, the Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Executive in the scope of Executive’s employment; or, if the work relating to the Employer’s business, products, or services is not prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment but is specially ordered by the Employer as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of any audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and the Employer shall be the author of the work. If the work relating to the Employer’s business, products, or services is neither prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire during Executive’s employment by the Employer, then Executive hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to the Employer all of Executive’s worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

6.5 Assistance by Executive . During the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer, Executive shall assist the Employer and its nominee, at any time, in the protection of the Employer’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title, and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product, and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Employer or its nominee(s), and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries. After Executive’s employment with the Employer terminates, at the request from time to time and expense of the Employer or its affiliates, Executive shall assist the Employer or its nominee(s) in the protection of the Employer’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title, and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product, and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Employer or its nominee, and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

6.6 Remedies . Executive acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VI by Executive, and the Employer or its affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article VI by terminating payments then owing to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise and to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VI but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive and Executive’s agents. However, if it is determined by the Board acting in good faith, or by an

 

13


arbitrator or court as contemplated by Section 10.2 that Executive has not committed a breach of this Article VI, then the Employer shall resume the payments and benefits due under this Agreement and pay to Executive all payments and benefits that had been suspended pending such determination.

ARTICLE VII

STATEMENTS CONCERNING THE EMPLOYER AND EXECUTIVE

7.1 Statements Concerning the Employer . Executive shall refrain, both during and after the termination of the employment relationship, from publishing any oral or written statements about the Employer, any of its affiliates, or any of the Employer’s or such affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, consultants, agents, representatives, customers, or suppliers that (a) are disparaging, slanderous, libelous, or defamatory, (b) disclose Confidential Information, or (c) place the Employer, any of its affiliates, or any of the Employer’s or any such affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, consultants, agents, or representatives in a false light before the public.

7.2 Statements Concerning the Executive . Following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer, the Employer’s executive officers, the members of the Board, and the Employer’s human resources representatives shall refrain from publishing any oral or written statements about the Executive that (a) are disparaging, slanderous, libelous, or defamatory or (b) place the Executive in a false light before the public.

7.3 Enforcement Rights . A violation or threatened violation of this Section 7 by either party may be enjoined by the courts. The rights afforded the Employer, its affiliates, and the Executive under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by law.

ARTICLE VIII

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

8.1 Definitions . As used in this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Business ” means (a) during the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer, the business of developing and/or providing the products and services developed and/or provided by the Employer and its affiliates, and other products and services that are functionally equivalent to the foregoing, and (b) during the portion of the Prohibited Period that begins on the termination of Executive’s employment with the Employer and its affiliates (as applicable), the business of developing and/or providing the products and services developed and/or provided by the Employer and its affiliates at the time of such termination of employment and other products and services that are functionally equivalent to the foregoing; provided, however, that if Executive’s termination of employment occurs within 60 days following the occurrence of a Change in Control, “Business” shall mean the business described in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 8.1 as in existence immediately prior to the Change in Control.

 

14


Competing Business ” means any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation, or other entity which engages in the Business in the Restricted Area. In no event will the Employer or any of its affiliates be deemed a Competing Business.

Governmental Authority ” means any governmental, quasi-governmental, state, county, city, or other political subdivision of the United States or any other country, or any agency, court or instrumentality, foreign or domestic, or statutory or regulatory body thereof.

Legal Requirement ” means any law, statute, code, ordinance, order, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, injunction, franchise, permit, certificate, license, authorization, or other directional requirement (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing that relates to environmental standards or controls, energy regulations, and occupational, safety, and health standards or controls, including those arising under environmental laws) of any Governmental Authority.

Prohibited Period ” means the period during which Executive is employed by the Employer or any of its affiliates and a period of two years following the date that Executive is no longer employed by Employer or any of its affiliates.

Restricted Area ” means: Lafayette Parish, Louisiana; Harris County, Texas; Montgomery County, Texas; and Fort Bend County, Texas; and any other geographical area within 100 miles of any location in which the Employer engages in the Business as of the Date of Termination.

8.2 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . Executive and the Employer agree to the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of this Article VIII in consideration for the Confidential Information provided by the Employer to Executive pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement, to further protect the trade secrets and Confidential Information disclosed or entrusted to Executive or created or developed by Executive for the Employer, to protect the business goodwill of the Employer developed through the efforts of Executive and the business opportunities disclosed or entrusted to Executive and the other legitimate business interests of the Employer, and as an express incentive for the Employer to enter into this Agreement.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 8.2(b) below, Executive expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, Executive will refrain from carrying on or engaging in, directly or indirectly, any Business in competition with the Employer or its affiliates in the Restricted Area. Accordingly, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, become an employee of, partner in, owner, or member of (or an independent contractor to), control or participate in, be connected with or loan money to, sell or lease equipment or property to, or otherwise be affiliated with any Competing Business in the Restricted Area.

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 8.2(a), Executive or any of Executive’s affiliates may own an aggregate of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of any corporation that is a Competing Business, if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a member of a national securities exchange, without violating the

 

15


provisions of Section 8.2(a), provided that neither Executive nor any of Executive’s affiliates has the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such corporation and is not involved in the management of such corporation.

(c) Executive further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, Executive will not, and Executive will cause Executive’s affiliates not to (i) engage or employ, or solicit or contact with a view to the engagement or employment of, any person who is an officer or employee of the Employer or any of its affiliates, or (ii) canvass, solicit, approach, or entice away, or cause to be canvassed, solicited, approached, or enticed away, from the Employer or any of its affiliates any person who or which is a customer of any of such entities during the period during which Executive is employed by the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions of clause (c) of this Section 8.2(c) shall not apply with respect to an officer, employee, or customer who responds to a general solicitation that is not specifically directed at such officer, employee, or customer of the Employer or any of its affiliates.

(d) Before accepting employment with any other person or entity during the Prohibited Period, the Executive will inform such person or entity of the restrictions contained in this Article VIII.

8.3 Relief . Executive and the Employer agree and acknowledge that the limitations as to time, geographical area, and scope of activity to be restrained as set forth in Section 8.2 are reasonable and do not impose any greater restraint than is necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Employer. Executive and the Employer also acknowledge that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VIII by Executive, and the Employer or its affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article VIII by terminating payments then owing to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise and to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VIII but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive and Executive’s agents.

8.4 Reasonableness; Enforcement . Executive hereby represents that Executive has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Article VIII. Executive acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Article VIII are the result of arm’s-length bargaining and are fair and reasonable in light of (a) the nature and wide geographic scope of the Employer’s operations of the Business, (b) Executive’s level of control over and contact with the Employer’s business in all jurisdictions in which it is conducted, which includes the entire Restricted Area, and (c) the amount of Confidential Information that Executive is receiving in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of the Employer and the amount of goodwill with which Executive is and/or will be connected and will help build on behalf of the Employer. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Article VIII be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Legal Requirements, whether now or hereafter in effect; therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, Executive and the Employer hereby waive any provision of applicable Legal Requirements that would render any provision of this Article VIII invalid or unenforceable.

 

16


8.5 Reformation; Severability . The Employer and Executive agree that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in this Article VIII would cause irreparable injury to the Employer. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Executive’s ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period, but acknowledges that Executive will receive sufficient consideration from the Employer to justify such restriction. Further, Executive acknowledges that Executive’s skills are such that Executive can be gainfully employed in non-competitive employment and that the agreement not to compete will not prevent Executive from earning a living. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitral authority to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court or arbitral authority making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. If, due to applicable law, a court or arbitral authority is not permitted to modify a restriction within this Article VIII that it deems overly broad, then the court or arbitral authority shall have the power to, and shall, sever such overly broad restriction (or any portion thereof) so that the restrictions after such severance are enforceable and shall be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Employer and Executive intend to make this Article VIII enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable states and other jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal. Such modification shall not affect the payments made to Executive under this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

CERTAIN EXCISE TAXES

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “disqualified individual” (as defined in section 280G(c) of the Code), and the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments and benefits which Executive has the right to receive from the Employer or any of its affiliates, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement shall be either (a) reduced (but not below zero) so that the present value of such total amounts and benefits received by Executive from the Employer and its affiliates will be one dollar ($1.00) less than three times Executive’s “base amount” (as defined in section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) and so that no portion of such amounts and benefits received by Executive shall be subject to the excise tax imposed by section 4999 of the Code, or (b) paid in full, whichever produces the better net after-tax position to Executive (taking into account any applicable excise tax under section 4999 of the Code and any other applicable taxes). The reduction of payments and benefits hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by reducing, first, payments or benefits to be paid in cash hereunder in the order in which such payment or benefit would be paid or provided (beginning with such payment or benefit that would be made last in time and continuing, to the extent necessary, through to such payment or benefit that would be made first in time) and, then, reducing any benefit to be provided in-kind hereunder in a similar order. The determination as to whether any such reduction in the amount

 

17


of the payments and benefits provided hereunder is necessary shall be made by the Employer in good faith. If a reduced payment or benefit is made or provided, and through error or otherwise, that payment or benefit, when aggregated with other payments and benefits from the Employer (or its affiliates) used in determining if a “parachute payment” exists, exceeds one dollar ($1.00) less than three times Executive’s base amount, then Executive shall immediately repay such excess to the Employer upon notification that an overpayment has been made. Nothing in this Article 9 shall require the Employer to be responsible for, or have any liability or obligation with respect to, Executive’s excise tax liabilities under section 4999 of the Code.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Notices . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged if delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (c) one day after transmission if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of transmission, as follows:

 

If to Executive, addressed to:   

Donald Keith Mosing

10260 Westheimer, Suite 700

Houston, TX 77042, or the last known

residential address reflected in Employer’s

records

 

Facsimile:    (281) 558-2980

E-mail:          per company files

If to the Employer, addressed to:

  

Frank’s International, Inc.

10260 Westheimer, Suite 700

Houston, TX 77042

Attention: General Counsel

 

Facsimile:     (281) 558-2980

E-mail:          brian.baird@franksintl.com

                      or the then general counsel’s

                      email address

or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices or changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

10.2 Applicable Law; Arbitration .

(a) This Agreement is entered into under, and shall be governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

(b) Subject to Section 10.2(d) below, any dispute, controversy or claim between Executive and the Employer arising out of or relating to this Agreement or

 

18


Executive’s employment with the Company will be finally settled by arbitration in Houston, Texas before, and in accordance with the rules for the resolution of employment disputes then in effect of, the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”). The costs, fees and expenses of arbitration (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any fees and expenses paid to the Arbitrator) attendant to any such arbitration shall be borne by the Employer. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both parties. Any arbitration conducted under this Section 10.2 shall be heard by a single arbitrator (the “ Arbitrator ”) selected in accordance with the then-applicable rules of the AAA. The Arbitrator shall expeditiously hear and decide all matters concerning the dispute. The Arbitrator shall have the power to (i) gather such materials, information, testimony and evidence as he or she deems relevant to the dispute before him or her (and each party will provide such materials, information, testimony and evidence requested by the Arbitrator, except to the extent any information so requested is subject to an attorney-client or other privilege), and (ii) grant injunctive relief and enforce specific performance. In conjunction with the arbitration proceedings, the parties shall enter into a reasonable protective order to protect the confidentiality of materials, information, testimony, and evidence that is proprietary, personal, or subject to a third-party confidentiality restriction. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be reasoned, rendered in writing, final, non-appealable and binding upon the disputing parties and the parties agree that judgment upon the award may be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction; provided that the parties agree that the Arbitrator and any court enforcing the award of the Arbitrator shall not have the right or authority to award punitive or exemplary damages to any disputing party.

(c) By entering into this Agreement and entering into the arbitration provisions of this Section 10.2, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THEY ARE KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVING THEIR RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL.

(d) Nothing in this Section 10.2 shall prohibit a party to this Agreement from instituting litigation to enforce any arbitration award or to obtain a temporary restraining order or temporary injunctive relief as contemplated by Articles VI, VII, and VIII above.

10.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

10.4 Severability . If a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitral authority determines that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the invalidity or unenforceability of that provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

10.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

19


10.6 Withholding of Taxes and Other Employee Deductions . The Employer may withhold from any benefits and payments made pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, city, and other taxes and withholdings as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling and all other customary deductions made with respect to the Employer’s employees generally.

10.7 Headings . The Article and Section headings have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes.

10.8 Gender and Plurals . Wherever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural and conversely.

10.9 Affiliate . As used in this Agreement, the term “ affiliate ” means, with respect to a person, (a) any other person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the first person or (b) any joint venture in which the first person is a joint venturer; the term “ control ,” and correlative terms, means the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the policies, management, or other business activities of a person; and “ person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, business entity organized under foreign law, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

10.10 Successors; Assigns; Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employer and any successor of the Employer. In addition, the Employer may assign this Agreement and Executive’s employment to any affiliate of the Employer at any time without the consent of Executive, and any assign of the Employer shall be deemed to be the Employer for purposes of this Agreement. Except as provided in the foregoing sentences of this Section 10.10, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder are personal, and neither this Agreement nor any right, benefit, or obligation of either party hereto shall be subject to voluntary or involuntary assignment, alienation, or transfer, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party. In addition, any payment owed to Executive hereunder after the date of Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s estate. Each affiliate of the Employer shall be a third party beneficiary of, and may directly enforce, Executive’s obligations under Article VI, Article VII, and Article VIII.

10.11 Term . Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any right or obligation of any party which is accrued or vested prior to such termination. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, the provisions of Articles V, VI, VII, and VIII, and those provisions necessary to interpret and apply them shall survive any termination of the employment relationship and/or of this Agreement.

10.12 Entire Agreement . Except as provided in any signed written agreement contemporaneously or hereafter executed by the Employer and Executive, this Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, (b) supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements, and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof, and (c) contains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties with respect to employment of Executive by the Employer. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, all understandings and agreements

 

20


preceding the date of execution of this Agreement and relating to the subject matter hereof (including but not limited to any employment agreements, confidentiality agreements, noncompete agreements, or other agreements) are hereby null and void and of no further force and effect.

10.13 Modification; Waiver . Any modification to or waiver of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement.

10.14 Actions by the Board . Any and all determinations or other actions required of the Board hereunder that relate specifically to Executive’s employment by the Employer or the terms and conditions of such employment shall be made by the members of the Board other than Executive if Executive is a member of the Board, and Executive shall not have any right to vote or decide upon any such matter.

10.15 Executive’s Representations and Warranties . Executive represents and warrants to the Employer that (a) Executive does not have any agreements with any prior employers or other third parties that will prohibit Executive from working for the Employer or fulfilling Executive’s duties and obligations to the Employer pursuant to this Agreement, and (b) Executive has complied with any and all duties imposed on Executive with respect to Executive’s former employers, including without limitation any requirements with respect to return of property.

10.16 No Retaliation . The Employer covenants that it will not take any retaliatory action against Executive for exercising any of his legally protected rights or obtaining an outside opinion regarding whether a breach of the Agreement or a Change in Control, as defined in Section 1.4, has occurred; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 10.16 shall prevent the Employer from disputing any assertion by the Executive or any outside party that a breach or a Change in Control has occurred.

10.17 Attorneys’ Fees and Costs . The Employer shall reimburse Executive for Executive’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses incurred as the result of litigation or arbitration arising out of this Agreement.

10.18 Forum and Venue . With respect to any claim for injunctive relief contemplated by Articles VI, VII, and VIII of this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction, forum, and venue of the state and federal courts, as applicable, located in Harris County, Texas.

10.19 Delayed Payment Restriction . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit provided for herein would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code if Executive’s receipt of such payment or benefit is not delayed until the Section 409A Payment Date, then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate, if applicable) until the Section 409A Payment Date.

[Signatures begin on next page.]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of             , 2013.

 

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:        
  Name:    
  Title:    
EXECUTIVE
     
D. Keith Mosing  

 

22


APPENDIX A.

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) constitutes the release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”) dated as of             , 2013, by and between DONALD KEITH MOSING (“ Executive ”) and FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL, INC. , a Texas Corporation (the “ Employer ”).

1. General Release.

(a) For good and valuable consideration, including the Employer’s provision of certain payments and benefits to Executive in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases, discharges, and forever acquits the Employer, its affiliates and subsidiaries, their respective past, present, and future stockholders, members, partners, directors, managers, employees, agents, attorneys, heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns, as well as all employee benefit plans maintained by the Employer or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries and all fiduciaries and administrators of any such plan, in their personal and representative capacities (collectively, the “ Employer Parties ”), from liability for, and hereby waives, any and all claims, rights, damages, or causes of action of any kind related to Executive’s employment with any Employer Party, the termination of such employment, and any other acts or omissions related to any matter on or prior to the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”).

(b) The Released Claims include without limitation those arising under or related to: (i) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; (ii) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; (iii) the Civil Rights Act of 1991; (iv) sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code; (v) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including, but not limited to, sections 502(a)(1)(A), 502(a)(1)(B), 502(a)(2), and 502(a)(3) to the extent the release of such claims is not prohibited by applicable law; (vi) the Immigration Reform Control Act; (vii) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; (viii) the National Labor Relations Act; (ix) the Occupational Safety and Health Act; (x) the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; (xi) any state, local, or federal anti-discrimination or anti-retaliation law; (xii) any state, local, or federal wage and hour law; (xiii) any other local, state, or federal law, regulation, or ordinance; (xiv) any public policy, contract, tort, or common law; (xv) costs, fees, or other expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters; (xvi) any employment contract, incentive compensation plan, or stock option plan with any Employer Party or to any ownership interest in any Employer Party, except as expressly provided in Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement or as may be expressly provided in any stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Employer; and (xvii) compensation or benefits of any kind not expressly set forth in Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement or in any such stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Employer.

(c) In no event shall the Released Claims include (i) any claim which arises after the date of this Agreement, or (ii) any claims for the payments and benefits payable to Executive under Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement.

 

A-1


(d) Notwithstanding this release of liability, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing any non-legally waivable claim (including a challenge to the validity of this Agreement) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“ EEOC ”) or comparable state or local agency or from participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or comparable state or local agency. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive understands and expressly agrees that Executive is waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief or recovery as a result of any such EEOC (or comparable state or local agency) proceeding or subsequent legal actions.

(e) This Agreement is not intended to indicate that any such claims exist or that, if they do exist, they are meritorious. Rather, Executive is simply agreeing that, in exchange for the consideration recited in the first sentence of Section 1(a) of this Agreement, any and all potential claims of this nature that Executive may have against the Employer Parties, regardless of whether they actually exist, are expressly settled, compromised, and waived.

(f) By signing this Agreement, Executive is bound by it. Anyone who succeeds to Executive’s rights and responsibilities, such as heirs or the executor of Executive’s estate, is also bound by this Agreement. This release also applies to any claims brought by any person or agency or class action under which Executive may have a right or benefit. THIS RELEASE INCLUDES MATTERS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE SOLE OR PARTIAL NEGLIGENCE (WHETHER GROSS OR SIMPLE) OR OTHER FAULT, INCLUDING STRICT LIABILITY, OF ANY OF THE EMPLOYER PARTIES.

2. Covenant Not to Sue . Executive agrees not to bring or join any lawsuit against any of the Employer Parties in any court or before any arbitral authority relating to any of the Released Claims. Executive represents that Executive has not brought or joined any lawsuit or arbitration against any of the Employer Parties in any court or before any arbitral authority and has made no assignment of any rights Executive has asserted or may have against any of the Employer Parties to any person or entity, in each case, with respect to any Released Claims.

3. Executive’s Acknowledgments and Representations . By executing and delivering this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that:

(a) Executive has carefully read this Agreement;

(b) Executive has had at least [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days to consider this Agreement before the execution and delivery hereof to the Employer [, and Executive acknowledges that attached to this Agreement is a list of (i) the job titles and ages of all employees selected for participation in the employment termination or exit incentive program pursuant to which Executive is being offered this Agreement, (ii) the job titles and ages of all employees in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not selected for participation in the program, and (iii) information about the unit affected by the program, including any eligibility factors for such program and any time limits applicable to such program]; [NTD: Include preceding bracketed language and reference to 45-day period, if 45-day consideration period applies.]

 

A-2


(c) Executive has been and hereby is advised in writing to discuss this Agreement with an attorney of Executive’s choice and Executive has had adequate opportunity to do so;

(d) Executive fully understands the final and binding effect of this Agreement; the only promises made to Executive to sign this Agreement are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein; and Executive is signing this Agreement voluntarily and of Executive’s own free will, and that Executive understands and agrees to each of the terms of this Agreement; and

(e) Executive has received all leaves (paid and unpaid) to which Executive was entitled during his employment with the Employer and, other than any sums owed to Executive pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement or any vested sums owed to Executive but deferred pursuant to any qualified or nonqualified deferred compensation plan (including but not limited to the Employer’s 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement and the Employer’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan), Executive has received all wages, bonuses, compensation, and other sums that Executive has been owed or ever could be owed by the Released Parties.

4. Revocation Right . Executive may revoke this Agreement within the seven day period beginning on the date Executive signs this Agreement (such seven day period being referred to herein as the “ Release Revocation Period ”). To be effective, such revocation must be in writing signed by Executive and must be received by the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer before 11:59 p.m., Central Standard Time, on the last day of the Release Revocation Period. This Agreement is not effective, and no consideration shall be paid to Executive, until the expiration of the Release Revocation Period without Executive’s revocation. If an effective revocation is delivered in the foregoing manner and timeframe, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect and shall be null and void ab initio.

Executed on this             day of             ,             .

 

   
D. Keith Mosing

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.8

FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL, INC. , a Texas corporation, and any successor thereto (the “ Employer ”), and                  (“ Executive ”), effective as of the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the securities of Frank’s International N.V. (“ FINV ”), which is                 , 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), and hereby amends and replaces in its entirety any other employment agreement heretofore entered into between Executive and the Employer or any of its affiliates.

W I T N E S S E T H:

A. The Employer currently employs Executive as                 [and                 ] of FINV; and

B. The Employer desires to continue to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth, and Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Employer, and to commit himself to serve the Employer and FINV, on such terms and conditions and for such consideration.

NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, and obligations contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Employer and Executive agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms defined in the body of this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words shall have the meanings indicated below:

1.1 Average Annual Bonus ” shall mean the average Annual Bonus (as such term is defined in Section 4.2) paid (or payable) for the three calendar years (or if Executive was employed for less than three full calendar years, such lesser number of full calendar years for which Executive was employed) preceding the Date of Termination.

1.2 Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of FINV.

1.3 Cause ” shall mean a determination by the Employer that Executive (a) has engaged in gross negligence, gross incompetence, or misconduct in the performance of Executive’s duties with respect to the Employer or any of its affiliates, (b) has failed without proper legal reason to perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Employer or any of its affiliates, (c) has breached any material provision of this Agreement or any written agreement or corporate policy or code of conduct established by the Employer or any of its affiliates, (d) has engaged in conduct that is, or could reasonably expected to be, materially injurious to the Employer or any of its affiliates, (e) has committed an act of theft, fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, or breach of a fiduciary duty to the Employer or any of its affiliates, or (f) has been convicted of, pleaded no contest to, or received adjudicated probation or deferred adjudication in connection with a crime involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude or any felony (or a crime of similar import in a foreign jurisdiction).


1.4 Change in Control ” shall mean:

(a) a merger of the Employer or FINV (collectively, or either entity alone, the “ Company ”) with another entity, a consolidation involving the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to another entity if, in any such case, (i) the holders of equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or event do not beneficially own immediately after such transaction or event equity securities of the resulting entity entitled to 50% or more of the votes then eligible to be cast in the election of directors generally (or comparable governing body) of the resulting entity in substantially the same proportions that they owned the equity securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or event or (ii) the persons who were members of the Board immediately prior to such transaction or event shall not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the resulting entity immediately after such transaction or event;

(b) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

(c) when any person or entity (including a “group” as contemplated by section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a Permitted Holder or Permitted Holders, acquires or gains ownership or control (including, without limitation, power to vote) of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company; or

(d) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were members of the Board immediately before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, (i) “resulting entity” in the context of a transaction or event that is a merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all assets shall mean the surviving entity (or acquiring entity in the case of an asset sale) unless the surviving entity (or acquiring entity in the case of an asset sale) is a subsidiary of another entity and the holders of common stock of the Company receive capital stock of such other entity in such transaction or event, in which event the resulting entity shall be such other entity, and (ii) subsequent to the consummation of a merger or consolidation that does not constitute a Change in Control, the term “Company” shall refer to the resulting entity, and the term “Board” shall refer to the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of the resulting entity.

1.5 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6 Date of Termination ” shall mean the date Executive’s employment with the Employer is considered to have terminated pursuant to Section 3.5.

1.7 Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

2


(a) a material diminution in Executive’s Base Salary (as such term is defined in Section 4.1), other than as a part of one or more decreases that (i) shall not exceed, in the aggregate, more than 10% of Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date immediately prior to such decrease, and (ii) are applied similarly to all of the Employer’s similarly situated executives; or

(b) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; or

(c) the involuntary relocation of the geographic location of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 75 miles from the location of Executive’s principal place of employment as of the Effective Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.7 or any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, any assertion by Executive of a termination of employment for “ Good Reason ” shall not be effective unless all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the condition described in the foregoing clauses of this Section 1.7 giving rise to Executive’s termination of employment must have arisen without Executive’s consent; (ii) Executive must provide written notice to the Employer of such condition in accordance with Section 10.1 within 45 days of the initial existence of the condition; (iii) the condition specified in such notice must remain uncorrected for 30 days after receipt of such notice by the Employer; and (iv) the date of Executive’s termination of employment must occur within 90 days after the initial existence of the condition specified in such notice.

1.8 Notice of Termination ” shall mean a written notice delivered to the other party indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon for termination of Executive’s employment and the intended Date of Termination and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

1.9 Permitted Holder ” shall mean (a) Donald Keith Mosing, other members of the Mosing family that are the owners of Mosing Holdings LLC as of the Effective Date, any existing spouse of the foregoing individuals, and/or their descendants by blood or adoption; (b) spouses or surviving spouses of the individuals listed in clause (a) of this Section 1.9; (c) trusts for the benefit of one or more members of the individuals listed in clause (a) of this Section 1.9; (d) entities controlled by one or more of the individuals listed in clause (a) of this Section 1.9; and (e) foundations established by one or more of the individuals listed in clause (a) of this Section 1.9.

1.10 Release Expiration Date ” means the date that is 21 days following the date upon which the Company timely delivers to Executive the Release (which shall occur no later than seven days after the Date of Termination) or, in the event that such termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended), the date that is 45 days following such delivery date.

 

3


1.11 Section 409A Payment Date ” shall mean the earlier of (a) the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is six months after the Date of Termination of Executive’s employment with the Employer.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

2.1 Employment; Effective Date . The Employer agrees to continue to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to continue to be employed by the Employer, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, beginning as of the Effective Date and continuing for the period of time set forth in Article III of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 Positions . From and after the Effective Date, the Employer shall employ Executive in the position of                  [and                 ] of FINV or in such other position or positions as the Employer may designate from time to time, and Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of FINV.

2.3 Duties and Services . Executive agrees to serve in the position(s) referred to in Section 2.2 and to perform diligently and to the best of Executive’s abilities the duties and services appertaining to such position(s), as well as such additional duties and services appropriate to such position(s) which the parties mutually may agree upon from time to time. Executive’s employment shall also be subject to the policies maintained and established by the Employer that are of general applicability to the Employer’s executives, as such policies may be amended from time to time.

2.4 Other Interests . Executive agrees, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer, to devote Executive’s full business time and best efforts to the business and affairs of the Employer, FINV, and any subsidiary or affiliate of either entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that Executive may (a) engage in and manage Executive’s passive personal investments and (b) engage in charitable and civic activities; provided, however, that such activities shall be permitted so long as such activities do not conflict with the business and affairs of the Employer or interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

2.5 Duty of Loyalty . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity, and allegiance to act in the best interests of the Employer and to do no act that would materially injure the business, interests, or reputation of the Employer or any of its affiliates. In keeping with these duties, Executive shall make full disclosure to the Employer of all business opportunities pertaining to the Employer’s business and shall not appropriate for Executive’s own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.

ARTICLE III

TERM AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

3.1 Term . Unless sooner terminated pursuant to other provisions hereof, the Employer agrees to employ Executive hereunder for the period beginning on the Effective Date

 

4


and ending on                 , 2016 (the “ Initial Expiration Date ”); provided, however, that beginning on the Initial Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date thereafter, if Executive’s employment under this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3, then said term of employment shall automatically be extended for an additional one-year period unless on or before the date that is 60 days prior to the first day of any such extension period, either party shall give written notice to the other that no such automatic extension shall occur, in which case the term of employment shall terminate on the Initial Expiration Date or the anniversary of the Initial Expiration Date immediately following the giving of such notice, as applicable.

3.2 Employer’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, the Employer may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for any of the following reasons by providing Executive with a Notice of Termination:

(a) upon Executive being unable to perform Executive’s duties or fulfill Executive’s obligations under this Agreement by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than three months as determined by the Employer and certified in writing by a competent medical physician selected by the Employer (“ Disability ”); or

(b) Executive’s death; or

(c) for Cause; or

(d) for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of the Employer.

3.3 Executive’s Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, Executive shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for Good Reason or for any other reason whatsoever or for no reason at all, in the sole discretion of Executive, by providing the Employer with a Notice of Termination. In the case of a termination of employment by Executive pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination shall not be less than 15 nor more than 60 days, respectively, from the date such Notice of Termination is given, and the Employer may require a Date of Termination earlier than that specified in the Notice of Termination (and, if such earlier Date of Termination is so required, it shall not change the basis for Executive’s termination nor be construed or interpreted as a termination of employment pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2).

3.4 Deemed Resignations . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Employer and Executive prior to the termination of Executive’s employment, any termination of Executive’s employment shall constitute (a) an automatic resignation of Executive as an officer of the Employer and each affiliate of the Employer, (b) an automatic resignation of Executive from the Board (if applicable) and from the board of directors of any affiliate of the Employer, and from the board of directors or similar governing body of any corporation, limited liability entity, or other entity in which the Employer or any affiliate holds an equity interest and with respect to which board or similar governing body Executive serves as the Employer’s or such affiliate’s designee or other representative, and (c) an automatic revocation of any power of attorney granted to Executive for the benefit of Employer, FINV, or any of their respective affiliates.

 

5


3.5 Meaning of Termination of Employment . For all purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Employer when Executive incurs a “separation from service” with the Employer within the meaning of section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and applicable administrative guidance issued thereunder.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

4.1 Base Salary . During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall receive a minimum, annualized base salary of $              (the “ Base Salary ”). Executive’s annualized base salary shall be reviewed periodically by the Board (or a committee thereof) and, in the sole discretion of the Board (or a committee thereof), such annualized base salary may be increased (but not decreased) effective as of any date determined by the Board (or a committee thereof); provided, however, that the Board or the Employer may decrease Executive’s Base Salary at any time and from time to time so long as such decreases do not exceed 10% of Executive’s then Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to such decrease, and such decreases are part of similar reductions applicable to all of the Employer’s similarly situated executives. Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in equal installments in accordance with the Employer’s standard policy regarding payment of compensation to executives but no less frequently than monthly.

4.2 Bonuses . Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Employer’s annual cash incentive program, which shall provide Executive with an opportunity to receive an annual, calendar-year bonus (payable in a single lump sum) based on criteria determined in the discretion of the Board or a committee thereof (the “ Annual Bonus ”), it being understood that the actual amount of each Annual Bonus shall be determined in the discretion of the Board or a committee thereof. The Employer shall pay each Annual Bonus with respect to a calendar year on or before March 15 of the following calendar year.

4.3 Long-Term Incentive Compensation . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive may, as determined by the Board (or a designated committee thereof) in its sole discretion, periodically receive grants of stock options or other equity or non-equity related awards pursuant to the Employer’s or its affiliate’s long-term incentive plan(s), subject to the terms and conditions thereof. Any grants previously awarded to Executive pursuant to the Employer’s long-term incentive plan(s) that are outstanding on the Effective Date hereof shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of such plan(s).

4.4 Life Insurance . During Executive’s employment hereunder, the Employer shall maintain one or more policies of life insurance on the life of Executive providing an aggregate death benefit in an amount not less than $1,000,000, but this obligation shall not apply if Executive is not insurable at standard rates as of the Effective Date, as determined by the Employer in good faith. Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries of the death benefit payable pursuant to such policy or policies. The provisions of

 

6


this Section 4.4 can be satisfied in whole or in part by any group life insurance policy provided by the Employer in accordance with Section 4.6 hereof. Executive shall (a) furnish any and all information reasonably requested by the Employer or the insurer to facilitate the issuance of the life insurance policy or policies described in this Section 4.4 or any adjustment to any such policy, and (b) take such physical examinations as the Employer or the insurer deems necessary. If Executive refuses to cooperate or makes any material misstatement of information or nondisclosure of medical history, then the Employer shall have no further obligation to provide the benefit described in this Section 4.4. If Executive terminates employment prior to the expiration of the term of such policy, the policy shall lapse unless Executive continues to maintain the policy at his own expense.

4.5 Business Expenses . The Employer shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in performing services hereunder, including all reasonable expenses of travel and living expenses while away from home on business or at the request of and in the service of the Employer. The expenses described in this Section 4.5 shall only be subject to reimbursement if they are incurred and accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Employer. Any such reimbursement of expenses shall be made by the Employer upon or as soon as practicable following receipt of supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Employer (but in any event not later than the close of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense is incurred by Executive); provided, however, that, upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer, in no event shall any additional reimbursement be made prior to the Section 409A Payment Date to the extent such payment delay is required under section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. In no event shall any reimbursement be made to Executive for such expenses after the later of (a) the first anniversary of the date of Executive’s death or (b) the date that is five years after the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer (other than by reason of Executive’s death). For the sake of clarity, all qualifying expense reimbursements described in this Section 4.5 shall be made by the Employer within the time periods prescribed above, and no reimbursement timing limitation included in this Section 4.5 shall operate to excuse the Employer from making any reimbursement due under this Section 4.5.

 

7


4.6 Other Benefits . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be allowed to participate in all benefit plans and programs of the Employer, including improvements or modifications of the same, which are now, or may hereafter be, available to other senior executives of the Employer. The Employer shall not, however, by reason of this Section 4.6, be obligated to institute, maintain, or refrain from changing, amending, or discontinuing any such benefit plan or program, so long as such changes are similarly applicable to other senior executives generally.

4.7 Vacation and Sick Leave . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to (a) sick leave in accordance with the Employer’s policies applicable to its senior executives as may exist from time to time and (b) up to fifteen (15) days paid vacation each calendar year or the maximum number of days Executive is entitled to under the terms of the Employer’s vacation policy, whichever is greater, and which such vacation shall accrue and be taken in accordance with the Employer’s vacation policies in effect from time to time. Executive’s right to carry over unused vacation from one calendar year to the next shall be determined by the Employer’s vacation policy.

4.8 Offices . Subject to Articles II, III, and IV hereof, Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, as a director of the Employer or any of the Employer’s affiliates and as a member of any committees of the board of directors of any such entities, in one or more executive positions of any of the Employer’s affiliates, and pursuant to a power of attorney for the benefit of Employer, FINV, or any of their respective affiliates.

ARTICLE V

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT ON COMPENSATION

5.1 For Cause, Death, Disability, or Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate prior to the expiration of the term provided in Section 3.1 for any reason described in Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) or pursuant to Executive’s resignation for other than Good Reason, then all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that Executive shall be entitled to (a) payment of all accrued and unpaid Base Salary to the Date of Termination, (b) reimbursement for all incurred but unreimbursed expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement in accordance with Section 4.5, and (c) benefits to which Executive is entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program of the Employer or an affiliate (such amounts set forth in (a), (b), and (c) shall be collectively referred to herein as the “ Accrued Rights ”).

5.2 Without Cause or for Good Reason . If Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate pursuant to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason or by action of the Employer pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 for any reason other than those encompassed by Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c), then all compensation and all benefits to Executive hereunder shall terminate contemporaneously with such termination of employment, except that

 

8


(i) Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights, and (ii) if, on the Date of Termination, the Employer does not have a right to terminate Executive’s employment under Section 3.2(a), 3.2(b), or 3.2(c) and subject to Executive’s delivery, by the Release Expiration Date, and non-revocation of an executed release acceptable to the Employer, which shall be substantially in the form of the release contained at Appendix A (the “ Release ”), Executive shall receive the following additional compensation and benefits from the Employer (but no other additional compensation or benefits after such termination):

(a) Unpaid Prior Year Annual Bonus : The Employer shall pay to Executive any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus for the calendar year ending prior to the Date of Termination, which amount shall be payable in a lump-sum on or before the date such annual bonuses are paid to executives who have continued employment with the Employer (but in no event earlier than 60 days following the Date of Termination);

(b) Prorated Current Year Annual Bonus : The Employer shall pay to Executive a bonus for the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs in an amount equal to the Annual Bonus for such year as determined in good faith by the Board in accordance with the criteria established pursuant to Section 4.2 and based on the Employer’s performance for such year, which amount shall be prorated through and including the Date of Termination (based on the ratio of the number of days Executive was employed by the Employer during such year to the number of days in such year), payable in a lump-sum on or before the date such annual bonuses are paid to executives who have continued employment with the Employer (but in no event earlier than 60 days after the Date of Termination nor later than the March 15 next following such calendar year); provided, however, that if this paragraph applies with respect to an Annual Bonus that is intended to constitute performance-based compensation within the meaning of, and for purposes of, section 162(m) of the Code, then this paragraph shall apply with respect to such Annual Bonus only to the extent the applicable performance criteria have been satisfied as certified by a committee of the Board as required under section 162(m) of the Code;

(c) Severance Payment : The Employer shall pay to Executive an amount equal to two (2) times (or if the Date of Termination occurs within 12 months following a Change in Control, three (3) times) the sum of Executive’s Base Salary as of the Date of Termination and the Average Annual Bonus, which amount shall be paid in a lump sum payment on the date that is 60 days after the Date of Termination; and

(d) Post-Employment Health Coverage: During the portion, if any, of the 18-month period following the Date of Termination that Executive elects to continue coverage for Executive and Executive’s spouse and eligible dependents, if any, under the Employer’s group health plans under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (COBRA), and/or sections 601 through 608 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Employer shall promptly reimburse Executive on a monthly basis for the difference between the amount Executive pays to effect and continue such coverage and the employee contribution amount that active senior executive employees of the Employer pay for the same or similar coverage under such group health plans.

 

9


Notwithstanding the time of payment provisions of Section 5.2 above, if Executive is a specified employee (as such term is defined in section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Employer in accordance with any method permitted under section 409A of the Code) and the payment of any amount described in such Section 5.2 would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code because the timing of such payment is not delayed as provided in section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, then such amount shall be paid within five business days after the Section 409A Payment Date.

5.3 No Duty to Mitigate . Executive shall not be under any duty or obligation to seek or accept other employment following termination of his employment with the Employer.

ARTICLE VI

PROTECTION OF INFORMATION

6.1 Disclosure to and Property of the Employer . For purposes of this Article VI, the term “the Employer” shall include the Employer and any of its affiliates, and any reference to “employment” or similar terms shall include a director and/or consulting relationship. All information, trade secrets, designs, ideas, concepts, improvements, product developments, discoveries, and inventions, whether patentable or not, that are conceived, made, developed, disclosed to, or acquired by Executive (whether before the Effective Date or after), individually or in conjunction with others, during the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Employer’s premises or otherwise) that relate to the Employer’s or any of its affiliates’ businesses, trade secrets, products, or services (including, without limitation, all such information relating to corporate opportunities, strategies, business plans, product specifications, compositions, manufacturing and distribution methods and processes, research, financial and sales data, pricing terms, evaluations, opinions, interpretations, acquisition prospects, the identity of customers or their requirements, the identity of key contacts within the customer’s organizations or within the organization of acquisition prospects, or production, marketing, and merchandising techniques, prospective names and marks), and all writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions, and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) shall be disclosed to the Employer and are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Employer or its affiliates, as applicable. Moreover, all documents, videotapes, written presentations, brochures, drawings, memoranda, notes, records, files, correspondence, manuals, models, specifications, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, maps, drawings, architectural renditions, models, and all other writings or materials of any type embodying any of such information, ideas, concepts, improvements, discoveries, inventions, and other similar forms of expression (collectively, “ Work Product ”) are and shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Employer (or its affiliates). Executive agrees to perform all actions reasonably requested by the Employer or its affiliates to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Employer, for any reason, Executive promptly shall deliver such Confidential Information and Work Product, and all copies thereof, to the Employer.

6.2 Disclosure to Executive . The Employer has and will disclose to Executive and place Executive in a position to have access to or develop Confidential Information and Work Product of the Employer (or its affiliates); and/or has and will entrust Executive with business opportunities of the Employer (or its affiliates); and has and will place Executive in a position to develop business good will on behalf of the Employer (or its affiliates).

 

10


6.3 No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure . Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of all Confidential Information and Work Product. Executive agrees that Executive will not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Employer, make any unauthorized disclosure of, and Executive shall not remove from the Employer premises, Confidential Information or Work Product, or make any use thereof, except, in each case, in the carrying out of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. Executive shall use all reasonable efforts to cause all persons or entities to whom any Confidential Information shall be disclosed by Executive hereunder to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information. Executive shall have no obligation hereunder to keep confidential any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by law; provided, however, that in the event disclosure is required by applicable law, Executive shall provide the Employer with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any such disclosure, so that the Employer may seek an appropriate protective order. At the request of the Employer at any time, Executive agrees to deliver to the Employer all Confidential Information that Executive may possess or control. Executive agrees that all Confidential Information of the Employer (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered, or made by Executive during the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer exclusively belongs to the Employer (and not to Executive), and upon request by the Employer for specified Confidential Information, Executive will promptly disclose such Confidential Information to the Employer and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Employer to establish and confirm such exclusive ownership. Affiliates of the Employer shall be third party beneficiaries of Executive’s obligations under this Article VI. As a result of Executive’s employment by the Employer, Executive may also from time to time have access to, or knowledge of, confidential information or work product of third parties, such as customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, and the like, of the Employer and its affiliates. Executive also agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of such third party confidential information and work product.

6.4 Ownership by the Employer . If, during Executive’s employment by the Employer, Executive creates or has created any work of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression that is the subject matter of copyright (such as videotapes, written presentations, or acquisitions, computer programs, E-mail, voice mail, electronic databases, drawings, maps, architectural renditions, models, manuals, brochures, or the like) relating to the Employer’s business, products, or services, whether such work is created solely by Executive or jointly with others (whether during business hours or otherwise and whether on the Employer’s premises or otherwise), including any Work Product, the Employer shall be deemed the author of such work if the work is prepared by Executive in the scope of Executive’s employment; or, if the work relating to the Employer’s business, products, or services is not prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment but is specially ordered by the Employer as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of any audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, or as an instructional text, then the work shall be considered to be work made for hire and the Employer shall be the author of the work. If the work relating to the Employer’s business, products, or services is neither prepared by Executive within the scope of Executive’s employment nor a work specially ordered that is deemed to be a work made for hire during Executive’s employment by the Employer, then Executive hereby agrees to assign, and by these presents does assign, to the Employer all of Executive’s worldwide right, title, and interest in and to such work and all rights of copyright therein.

 

11


6.5 Assistance by Executive . During the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer, Executive shall assist the Employer and its nominee, at any time, in the protection of the Employer’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title, and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product, and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Employer or its nominee(s), and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries. After Executive’s employment with the Employer terminates, at the request from time to time and expense of the Employer or its affiliates, Executive shall assist the Employer or its nominee(s) in the protection of the Employer’s or its affiliates’ worldwide right, title, and interest in and to Confidential Information and Work Product, and the execution of all formal assignment documents requested by the Employer or its nominee, and the execution of all lawful oaths and applications for patents and registration of copyright in the United States and foreign countries.

6.6 Remedies . Executive acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VI by Executive, and the Employer or its affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article VI by terminating payments then owing to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise and to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VI but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive and Executive’s agents. However, if it is determined by the Employer acting in good faith that Executive has not committed a breach of this Article VI, then the Employer shall resume the payments and benefits due under this Agreement and pay to Executive all payments and benefits that had been suspended pending such determination.

ARTICLE VII

STATEMENTS CONCERNING THE EMPLOYER AND EXECUTIVE

7.1 Statements Concerning the Employer . Executive shall refrain, both during and after the termination of the employment relationship, from publishing any oral or written statements about the Employer, any of its affiliates, or any of the Employer’s or such affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, consultants, agents, representatives, customers, or suppliers that (a) are disparaging, slanderous, libelous, or defamatory, (b) disclose Confidential Information, or (c) place the Employer, any of its affiliates, or any of the Employer’s or any such affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, consultants, agents, or representatives in a false light before the public.

7.2 Statements Concerning the Executive . Following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer, the Employer’s executive officers, the members of the Board, and the Employer’s human resources representatives shall refrain from publishing any oral or written statements about the Executive that (a) are disparaging, slanderous, libelous, or defamatory or (b) place the Executive in a false light before the public.

 

12


7.3 Enforcement Rights . A violation or threatened violation of this Article 7 by either party may be enjoined by the courts. The rights afforded the Employer, its affiliates, and the Executive under this provision are in addition to any and all rights and remedies otherwise afforded by law.

ARTICLE VIII

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

8.1 Definitions . As used in this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Business ” means (a) during the period of Executive’s employment by the Employer, the business of developing and/or providing the products and services developed and/or provided by the Employer and its affiliates, and other products and services that are functionally equivalent to the foregoing, and (b) during the portion of the Prohibited Period that begins on the termination of Executive’s employment with the Employer and its affiliates (as applicable), the business of developing and/or providing the products and services developed and/or provided by the Employer and its affiliates at the time of such termination of employment and other products and services that are functionally equivalent to the foregoing; provided, however, that if Executive’s termination of employment occurs within 60 days following the occurrence of a Change in Control, “Business” shall mean the business described in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 8.1 as in existence immediately prior to the Change in Control.

Competing Business ” means any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation, or other entity which engages in the Business in the Restricted Area. In no event will the Employer or any of its affiliates be deemed a Competing Business.

Governmental Authority ” means any governmental, quasi-governmental, state, county, city, or other political subdivision of the United States or any other country, or any agency, court or instrumentality, foreign or domestic, or statutory or regulatory body thereof.

Legal Requirement ” means any law, statute, code, ordinance, order, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, injunction, franchise, permit, certificate, license, authorization, or other directional requirement (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing that relates to environmental standards or controls, energy regulations, and occupational, safety, and health standards or controls, including those arising under environmental laws) of any Governmental Authority.

Prohibited Period ” means the period during which Executive is employed by the Employer or any of its affiliates and a period of two years following the date that Executive is no longer employed by Employer or any of its affiliates.

Restricted Area ” means: Lafayette Parish, Louisiana; Harris County, Texas; Montgomery County, Texas; and Fort Bend County, Texas; and any other geographical area within 100 miles of any location in which the Employer engages in the Business as of the Date of Termination.

 

13


8.2 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . Executive and the Employer agree to the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of this Article VIII in consideration for the Confidential Information provided by the Employer to Executive pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement, to further protect the trade secrets and Confidential Information disclosed or entrusted to Executive or created or developed by Executive for the Employer, to protect the business goodwill of the Employer developed through the efforts of Executive and the business opportunities disclosed or entrusted to Executive and the other legitimate business interests of the Employer, and as an express incentive for the Employer to enter into this Agreement.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 8.2(b) below, Executive expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, Executive will refrain from carrying on or engaging in, directly or indirectly, any Business in competition with the Employer or its affiliates in the Restricted Area. Accordingly, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, become an employee of, partner in, owner, or member of (or an independent contractor to), control or participate in, be connected with or loan money to, sell or lease equipment or property to, or otherwise be affiliated with any Competing Business in the Restricted Area.

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 8.2(a), Executive or any of Executive’s affiliates may own an aggregate of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of any corporation that is a Competing Business, if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a member of a national securities exchange, without violating the provisions of Section 8.2(a), provided that neither Executive nor any of Executive’s affiliates has the power, directly or indirectly, to control or direct the management or affairs of any such corporation and is not involved in the management of such corporation.

(c) Executive further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, Executive will not, and Executive will cause Executive’s affiliates not to (i) engage or employ, or solicit or contact with a view to the engagement or employment of, any person who is an officer or employee of the Employer or any of its affiliates, or (ii) canvass, solicit, approach, or entice away, or cause to be canvassed, solicited, approached, or enticed away, from the Employer or any of its affiliates any person who or which is a customer of any of such entities during the period during which Executive is employed by the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions of clause (c) of this Section 8.2(c) shall not apply with respect to an officer or employee who responds to a general solicitation that is not specifically directed at officers and employees of the Employer or any of its affiliates.

(d) Before accepting employment with any other person or entity during the Prohibited Period, the Executive will inform such person or entity of the restrictions contained in this Article VIII.

 

14


8.3 Relief . Executive and the Employer agree and acknowledge that the limitations as to time, geographical area, and scope of activity to be restrained as set forth in Section 8.2 are reasonable and do not impose any greater restraint than is necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Employer. Executive and the Employer also acknowledge that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Article VIII by Executive, and the Employer or its affiliates shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Article VIII by terminating payments then owing to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise and to specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for such breach or any threatened breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed the exclusive remedies for a breach of this Article VIII but shall be in addition to all remedies available at law or in equity, including the recovery of damages from Executive and Executive’s agents.

8.4 Reasonableness; Enforcement . Executive hereby represents that Executive has read and understands, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of this Article VIII. Executive acknowledges that the geographic scope and duration of the covenants contained in this Article VIII are the result of arm’s-length bargaining and are fair and reasonable in light of (a) the nature and wide geographic scope of the Employer’s operations of the Business, (b) Executive’s level of control over and contact with the Employer’s business in all jurisdictions in which it is conducted, which includes the entire Restricted Area, and (c) the amount of Confidential Information that Executive is receiving in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of the Employer and the amount of goodwill with which Executive is and/or will be connected and will help build on behalf of the Employer. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Article VIII be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Legal Requirements, whether now or hereafter in effect; therefore, to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, Executive and the Employer hereby waive any provision of applicable Legal Requirements that would render any provision of this Article VIII invalid or unenforceable.

8.5 Reformation; Severability . The Employer and Executive agree that the foregoing restrictions are reasonable under the circumstances and that any breach of the covenants contained in this Article VIII would cause irreparable injury to the Employer. Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit Executive’s ability to engage in certain businesses anywhere in the Restricted Area during the Prohibited Period, but acknowledges that Executive will receive sufficient consideration from the Employer to justify such restriction. Further, Executive acknowledges that Executive’s skills are such that Executive can be gainfully employed in non-competitive employment and that the agreement not to compete will not prevent Executive from earning a living. Nevertheless, if any of the aforesaid restrictions are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable, or overly broad as to geographic area or time, or otherwise unenforceable, the parties intend for the restrictions herein set forth to be modified by the court making such determination so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified, to be fully enforced. If, due to applicable law, a court is not permitted to modify a restriction within this Article VIII that it deems overly broad, then the court shall have the power to, and shall, sever such overly broad restriction (or any portion thereof) so that the restrictions after such severance are enforceable and shall be fully enforced. By agreeing to this contractual modification prospectively at this time, the Employer and Executive intend to make this Article VIII enforceable under the law or laws of all applicable states and other jurisdictions so that the entire agreement not to compete and this Agreement as prospectively modified shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be rendered void or illegal. Such modification shall not affect the payments made to Executive under this Agreement.

 

15


8.6 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that it is necessary for either party to employ the services of an attorney in the course of litigation or arbitration regarding a breach or alleged breach of this Article VIII,, the prevailing party in such litigation or arbitration (as determined by the court or arbitrator, as applicable), shall be entitled to recover all reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection therewith.

ARTICLE IX

CERTAIN EXCISE TAXES

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “disqualified individual” (as defined in section 280G(c) of the Code), and the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments and benefits which Executive has the right to receive from the Employer or any of its affiliates, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement shall be either (a) reduced (but not below zero) so that the present value of such total amounts and benefits received by Executive from the Employer and its affiliates will be one dollar ($1.00) less than three times Executive’s “base amount” (as defined in section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) and so that no portion of such amounts and benefits received by Executive shall be subject to the excise tax imposed by section 4999 of the Code, or (b) paid in full, whichever produces the better net after-tax position to Executive (taking into account any applicable excise tax under section 4999 of the Code and any other applicable taxes). The reduction of payments and benefits hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by reducing, first, payments or benefits to be paid in cash hereunder in the order in which such payment or benefit would be paid or provided (beginning with such payment or benefit that would be made last in time and continuing, to the extent necessary, through to such payment or benefit that would be made first in time) and, then, reducing any benefit to be provided in-kind hereunder in a similar order. The determination as to whether any such reduction in the amount of the payments and benefits provided hereunder is necessary shall be made by the Employer in good faith. If a reduced payment or benefit is made or provided, and through error or otherwise, that payment or benefit, when aggregated with other payments and benefits from the Employer (or its affiliates) used in determining if a “parachute payment” exists, exceeds one dollar ($1.00) less than three times Executive’s base amount, then Executive shall immediately repay such excess to the Employer upon notification that an overpayment has been made. Nothing in this Article 9 shall require the Employer to be responsible for, or have any liability or obligation with respect to, Executive’s excise tax liabilities under section 4999 of the Code.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Notices . For purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when received if delivered personally or by courier, (b) on the date receipt is acknowledged if delivered by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (c) one day after transmission if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of transmission, as follows:

 

If to Executive, addressed to:   

 

  

 

 

16


                                             , or the last known residential address reflected in Employer’s records

 

  

Facsimile:                                                   

E-mail:                                                       

 

If to the Employer, addressed to:   

Frank’s International, Inc.

10260 Westheimer, Suite 700

Houston, TX 77042

Attention: General Counsel

 

  

Facsimile:     (281) 558-2980

E-mail:         brian.baird@franksintl.com

                      or the then general counsel’s email address

or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices or changes of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

10.2 Applicable Law; Submission to Jurisdiction .

(a) This Agreement is entered into under, and shall be governed for all purposes by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

(b) With respect to any claim or dispute related to or arising under this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction, forum, and venue of the state and federal courts, as applicable, located in Harris County, Texas. THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVE THEIR RIGHTS TO JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIM.

10.3 No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by the other party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

10.4 Severability . If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the invalidity or unenforceability of that provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

10.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

10.6 Withholding of Taxes and Other Employee Deductions . The Employer may withhold from any benefits and payments made pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, city, and other taxes and withholdings as may be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling and all other customary deductions made with respect to the Employer’s employees generally.

 

17


10.7 Headings . The Article and Section headings have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes.

10.8 Gender and Plurals . Wherever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural and conversely.

10.9 Affiliate . As used in this Agreement, the term “ affiliate ” means, with respect to a person, (a) any other person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the first person or (b) any joint venture in which the first person is a joint venturer; the term “ control ,” and correlative terms, means the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the policies, management, or other business activities of a person; and “ person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, business entity organized under foreign law, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

10.10 Successors; Assigns; Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employer and any successor of the Employer. In addition, the Employer may assign this Agreement and Executive’s employment to any affiliate of the Employer at any time without the consent of Executive, and any assign of the Employer shall be deemed to be the Employer for purposes of this Agreement. Except as provided in the foregoing sentences of this Section 10.10, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder are personal, and neither this Agreement nor any right, benefit, or obligation of either party hereto shall be subject to voluntary or involuntary assignment, alienation, or transfer, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other party. In addition, any payment owed to Executive hereunder after the date of Executive’s death shall be paid to Executive’s estate. Each affiliate of the Employer shall be a third party beneficiary of, and may directly enforce, Executive’s obligations under Article VI, Article VII, and Article VIII.

10.11 Term . Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any right or obligation of any party which is accrued or vested prior to such termination. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, the provisions of Articles V, VI, VII, and VIII, and those provisions necessary to interpret and apply them shall survive any termination of the employment relationship and/or of this Agreement.

10.12 Entire Agreement . Except as provided in any signed written agreement contemporaneously or hereafter executed by the Employer and Executive, this Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, (b) supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements, and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof, and (c) contains all the covenants, promises, representations, warranties, and agreements between the parties with respect to employment of Executive by the Employer. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, all understandings and agreements preceding the date of execution of this Agreement and relating to the subject matter hereof (including but not limited to any employment agreements, confidentiality agreements, noncompete agreements, or other agreements) are hereby null and void and of no further force and effect.

 

18


10.13 Modification; Waiver . Any modification to or waiver of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement.

10.14 Actions by the Board . Any and all determinations or other actions required of the Board hereunder that relate specifically to Executive’s employment by the Employer or the terms and conditions of such employment shall be made by the members of the Board other than Executive if Executive is a member of the Board, and Executive shall not have any right to vote or decide upon any such matter.

10.15 Executive’s Representations and Warranties . Executive represents and warrants to the Employer that (a) Executive does not have any agreements with any prior employers or other third parties that will prohibit Executive from working for the Employer or fulfilling Executive’s duties and obligations to the Employer pursuant to this Agreement, and (b) Executive has complied with any and all duties imposed on Executive with respect to Executive’s former employers, including without limitation any requirements with respect to return of property.

10.16 Delayed Payment Restriction . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit provided for herein would be subject to additional taxes and interest under section 409A of the Code if Executive’s receipt of such payment or benefit is not delayed until the Section 409A Payment Date, then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate, if applicable) until the Section 409A Payment Date.

[Signatures begin on next page.]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of                     , 2013.

 

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:

   
 

Keith Mosing,

 

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive

Office & President

 

EXECUTIVE

 

[ Insert Name of Executive ]

 

20


APPENDIX A.

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) constitutes the release referred to in that certain Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”) dated as of             , 2013, by and between              (“ Executive ”) and FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL, INC. , a Texas Corporation (the “ Employer ”).

1. General Release.

(a) For good and valuable consideration, including the Employer’s provision of certain payments and benefits to Executive in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases, discharges, and forever acquits the Employer, its affiliates and subsidiaries, their respective past, present, and future stockholders, members, partners, directors, managers, employees, agents, attorneys, heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns, as well as all employee benefit plans maintained by the Employer or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries and all fiduciaries and administrators of any such plan, in their personal and representative capacities (collectively, the “ Employer Parties ”), from liability for, and hereby waives, any and all claims, rights, damages, or causes of action of any kind related to Executive’s employment with any Employer Party, the termination of such employment, and any other acts or omissions related to any matter on or prior to the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”).

(b) The Released Claims include without limitation those arising under or related to: (i) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; (ii) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; (iii) the Civil Rights Act of 1991; (iv) sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code; (v) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including, but not limited to, sections 502(a)(1)(A), 502(a)(1)(B), 502(a)(2), and 502(a)(3) to the extent the release of such claims is not prohibited by applicable law; (vi) the Immigration Reform Control Act; (vii) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; (viii) the National Labor Relations Act; (ix) the Occupational Safety and Health Act; (x) the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; (xi) any state, local, or federal anti-discrimination or anti-retaliation law; (xii) any state, local, or federal wage and hour law; (xiii) any other local, state, or federal law, regulation, or ordinance; (xiv) any public policy, contract, tort, or common law; (xv) costs, fees, or other expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters; (xvi) any employment contract, incentive compensation plan, or stock option plan with any Employer Party or to any ownership interest in any Employer Party, except as expressly provided in Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement or as may be expressly provided in any stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Employer; and (xvii) compensation or benefits of any kind not expressly set forth in Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement or in any such stock option or other equity compensation agreement between Executive and the Employer.

(c) In no event shall the Released Claims include (i) any claim which arises after the date of this Agreement, or (ii) any claims for the payments and benefits payable to Executive under Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement.

 

A-1


(d) Notwithstanding this release of liability, nothing in this Agreement prevents Executive from filing any non-legally waivable claim (including a challenge to the validity of this Agreement) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“ EEOC ”) or comparable state or local agency or from participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or comparable state or local agency. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive understands and expressly agrees that Executive is waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief or recovery as a result of any such EEOC (or comparable state or local agency) proceeding or subsequent legal actions.

(e) This Agreement is not intended to indicate that any such claims exist or that, if they do exist, they are meritorious. Rather, Executive is simply agreeing that, in exchange for the consideration recited in the first sentence of Section 1(a) of this Agreement, any and all potential claims of this nature that Executive may have against the Employer Parties, regardless of whether they actually exist, are expressly settled, compromised, and waived.

(f) By signing this Agreement, Executive is bound by it. Anyone who succeeds to Executive’s rights and responsibilities, such as heirs or the executor of Executive’s estate, is also bound by this Agreement. This release also applies to any claims brought by any person or agency or class action under which Executive may have a right or benefit. THIS RELEASE INCLUDES MATTERS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE SOLE OR PARTIAL NEGLIGENCE (WHETHER GROSS OR SIMPLE) OR OTHER FAULT, INCLUDING STRICT LIABILITY, OF ANY OF THE EMPLOYER PARTIES.

2. Covenant Not to Sue . Executive agrees not to bring or join any lawsuit against any of the Employer Parties in any court relating to any of the Released Claims. Executive represents that Executive has not brought or joined any lawsuit or arbitration against any of the Employer Parties in any court or before any arbitral authority and has made no assignment of any rights Executive has asserted or may have against any of the Employer Parties to any person or entity, in each case, with respect to any Released Claims.

3. Executive’s Acknowledgments and Representations. By executing and delivering this Agreement, Executive acknowledges that:

(a) Executive has carefully read this Agreement;

(b) Executive has had at least [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days to consider this Agreement before the execution and delivery hereof to the Employer [, and Executive acknowledges that attached to this Agreement is a list of (i) the job titles and ages of all employees selected for participation in the employment termination or exit incentive program pursuant to which Executive is being offered this Agreement, (ii) the job titles and ages of all employees in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not selected for participation in the program, and (iii) information about the unit affected by the program, including any eligibility factors for such program and any time limits applicable to such program]; [NTD: Include preceding bracketed language and reference to 45-day period, if 45-day consideration period applies.]

 

A-2


(c) Executive has been and hereby is advised in writing to discuss this Agreement with an attorney of Executive’s choice and Executive has had adequate opportunity to do so;

(d) Executive fully understands the final and binding effect of this Agreement; the only promises made to Executive to sign this Agreement are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein; and Executive is signing this Agreement voluntarily and of Executive’s own free will, and that Executive understands and agrees to each of the terms of this Agreement; and

(e) Executive has received all leaves (paid and unpaid) to which Executive was entitled during his employment with the Employer and, other than any sums owed to Executive pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement or any vested sums owed to Executive but deferred pursuant to any qualified or nonqualified deferred compensation plan (including but not limited to the Employer’s 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement and the Employer’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan), Executive has received all wages, bonuses, compensation, and other sums that Executive has been owed or ever could be owed by the Released Parties.

4. Revocation Right . Executive may revoke this Agreement within the seven day period beginning on the date Executive signs this Agreement (such seven day period being referred to herein as the “ Release Revocation Period ”). To be effective, such revocation must be in writing signed by Executive and must be received by the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer before 11:59 p.m., Central Standard Time, on the last day of the Release Revocation Period. This Agreement is not effective, and no consideration shall be paid to Executive, until the expiration of the Release Revocation Period without Executive’s revocation. If an effective revocation is delivered in the foregoing manner and timeframe, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect and shall be null and void ab initio.

Executed on this          day of             ,         .

 

   
[ Insert Name of Executive ]

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.9

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [•], 2013, by and among Frank’s International N.V., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the laws of the Netherlands ( naamloze vennootschap ) (the “ Company ”), Mosing Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Mosing Holdings ”), and FWW B.V., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands ( besloten vennootschap ) (“ FWW ”) (each a “ Party ” and collectively, the “ Parties ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , in connection with, and in consideration of, the transactions contemplated by the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, (File No. 333-188536) initially filed with the Commission (as hereinafter defined) on May 10, 2013 and declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act (as hereinafter defined) on [•], 2013, the Holders (as hereinafter defined) have requested, and the Company has agreed to provide, registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities (as hereinafter defined), as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions

Unless otherwise defined herein, as used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed on Form S-3 (or successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act) by a WKSI pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or I.C. (or other successor or appropriate instruction) of such forms, respectively.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banks in New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law to close.

Capital Stock ” means the Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value €0.01 per share, of the Company (or successor entity), together with each class of security into which such common stock may be converted or for which such common stock may be exercised or exchanged.

Entity ” means any corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, venture, trust, business trust, unincorporated association, estate or other entity.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


FICV Portions ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-188536).

Governmental Authority ” means any United States, foreign, supra-national, federal, state, provincial, local or self-regulatory governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency, division, body, organization or commission or any judicial or arbitral body.

Holder ” means any Party owning Registrable Securities.

Initiating Holder(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

FWW ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Mosing Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Party ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Person ” means any individual or Entity.

Preferred Stock ” means the Series A preferred stock, par value €0.01 per share, of the Company (or successor entity).

Prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

Registering Stockholder ” means any Holder of Registrable Securities giving the Company a notice pursuant to Section 2 or Section 3 hereof requesting that the Registrable Securities owned by it be included in a proposed registration.

Registrable Securities ” means any shares of Common Stock held by the Holders from time to time, including any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of FICV Portions or conversion of Preferred Stock (even if such exchange or conversion shall not have yet occurred), other than shares of Common Stock (a) sold by a Holder in a transaction in which the Holder’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned, (b) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act (including transactions under Rule 144, or a successor thereto, promulgated under the Securities Act) so that all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale, or (d) that can be publicly sold by the Holder in question without limitations on the manner of such sale and without volume limitations pursuant to Rule 144, or a successor thereto.

Registration Expenses ” means, except for Selling Expenses (as hereinafter defined), all expenses incurred by the Company in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special legal counsel to represent all of the Holders together.

 

2


Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

Rule 144 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the securities sold in a transaction or transactions registered on behalf of the Holders.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a registration statement of the Company filed with the Commission on Form S-3 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act) for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission) covering the Registrable Securities, as applicable.

Transfer ” means a disposition, sale, assignment, transfer, exchange, pledge or the grant of a security interest or other encumbrance.

Violation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

WKSI ,” or a well-known seasoned issuer, has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

Section 2. Demand Registration Rights

(a) General . If the Company shall receive from any Holder or group of Holders, at any time after six (6) months after the date of the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, a written request that the Company file a registration statement with respect to any of such Holder’s Registrable Securities or, in the event that a Shelf Registration Statement covering such Holders’ Registrable Securities is already effective, a written request that the Company engage in an underwritten offering (an “ Underwritten Offering ”) in respect of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (the sender(s) of such request or any similar request pursuant to this Agreement shall be known as the “ Initiating Holder(s) ”), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2, use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as reasonably practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of the sale of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered and/or the Underwritten Offering of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be offered pursuant to such Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities that are desired to be sold in an Underwritten Offering are subject to an effective Shelf Registration Statement, neither the Company nor the Initiating Holders shall be required to include in such Underwritten Offering other Registrable Securities that are not subject to an effective Shelf Registration Statement to the extent that such inclusion would result in a material delay in the consummation of the Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Initiating Holders may request that the Company register the sale of such Registrable Securities on an appropriate form, including a Shelf Registration Statement (so long as the Company is eligible to use Form S-3) and, if the Company is a WKSI, an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement. The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration:

 

3


(i) after it has effected six (6) Underwritten Offerings pursuant to this Section 2 in which all Registrable Securities requested to be included therein will be included; provided that the Holders shall no longer collectively hold at least 10% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company;

(ii) within ninety (90) days after the completion of any Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2;

(iii) during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days prior to its good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date sixty (60) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or to a Commission Rule 145 transaction), provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) where the anticipated aggregate offering price of all securities included in such offering is equal to or less than fifty million dollars ($50,000,000); or

(v) if the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its equity holders for such registration statement to be filed at the time filing would be required and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holders, provided that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner or pursuant to Section 2(a)(iii) for more than an aggregate one hundred twenty (120) days in any twelve (12) month period.

(b) Underwriting . In connection with any Underwritten Offering, the Company (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Initiating Holders in their sole discretion. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated as set forth in this Section 2(b). The shares of Registrable Securities that may be included shall be allocated first to the shares requested to be included by the Initiating Holders and then the shares requested to be included by other Holders, with such shares allocated among such other Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such other Holders at the time of filing the registration statement.

 

4


If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the Initiating Holders. If by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities a greater number of shares of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the same proportion used in determining the underwriter limitation in this Section 2(b). If the underwriter has not limited the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account if the underwriter so agrees and if the number of shares of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

Section 3. Piggyback Registrations

(a) General. If, at any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the Company proposes to register the sale of any of its securities for its own account or for the account of any third person in connection with an underwritten offering of its securities to the general public for cash on a form which would permit the registration of Registrable Securities, the Company will:

(i) promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

(ii) include in such registration and in the underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within ten (10) days after mailing or personal delivery of such written notice from the Company, by any Holders (except that (A) if the underwriter determines that marketing factors require a shorter time period and so inform each Holder in the applicable written notice, such written request or requests must be made within five (5) days and (B) in the case of an “overnight” offering or a “bought deal,” such written request or requests must be made within one (1) Business Day), except as set forth in Section 3(b); provided , however , that the Company may withdraw any registration statement described in this Section 3 at any time before it becomes effective, or postpone or terminate the offering of securities under such registration statement, without obligation or liability to any Holder.

(b) Underwriting . The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in the underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3, if the underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the Company shall so advise all Holders whose securities would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be so limited and shall be allocated first, to the Company; second, if there remains additional availability for additional Common Stock to be included in such offering, among all Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of

 

5


Registrable Securities entitled to inclusion in such registration held by such Holders at the time of filing the registration statement, and third, if there remains availability for additional securities to be included in such offering, pro rata among any other persons who have been granted registration rights, or who have requested participation in the offering.

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, the Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. If by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities a greater number of shares of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional shares of Registrable Securities in the same proportion used in determining the underwriter limitation in this Section 3(b).

Section 4. Selection of Counsel; Registration Expenses

(a) The Holders of a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities included in any offering pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof shall have the right to designate legal counsel to represent all of the Holders in connection therewith.

(b) All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 2 and 3 shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to the sale of securities registered by the Holders shall be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so sold.

Section 5. Further Obligations

(a) In connection with any registration of the sale of shares of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will consult with each Holder whose Registrable Securities is to be included in any such registration concerning the form of underwriting agreement (and shall provide to each such Holder the form of underwriting agreement prior to the Company’s execution thereof) and shall provide to each such Holder and its representatives such other documents (including correspondence with the Commission with respect to the registration statement and the related securities offering) as such Holder shall reasonably request in connection with its participation in such registration. The Company will furnish each Registering Stockholder whose Registrable Securities is registered thereunder and each underwriter, if any, with a copy of the registration statement and all amendments thereto and will supply each such Registering Stockholder and each underwriter, if any, with copies of any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement (including a preliminary prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Prospectus ”), in such quantities as may be reasonably requested for the purposes of the proposed sale or distribution covered by such registration. In the event that the Company prepares and files with the Commission a registration statement on any appropriate form under the Securities Act (a “ Registration Statement ”) providing for the sale of Registrable Securities held by any Registering Stockholder pursuant to its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will:

 

6


(i) prepare and file with the Commission such Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such Registration Statement effective until the participating Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in such Registration Statement, which may include sales from time to time for an indefinite period of time pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adapted by the Commission);

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the participating Holder or Holders thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to such Prospectus;

(iii) promptly notify the Registering Stockholders and the managing underwriters, if any, (A) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission or any state securities commission for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (E) of the existence of any fact which results in a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(iv) use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement;

(v) if requested by the managing underwriters or a Registering Stockholder, promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriters or the Registering Stockholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by Registering Stockholders agree should be included therein relating to the sale of such Registrable Securities, including without limitation information with respect to the amount of Registrable Securities being sold to such underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten (or best efforts underwritten) offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

7


(vi) furnish to such Registering Stockholder and each managing underwriter at least one signed copy of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) ( provided , however , that any such document made available by the Company through EDGAR shall be deemed so furnished);

(vii) deliver to such Registering Stockholders and the underwriters, if any, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons or entities may reasonably request;

(viii) prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, register or qualify or cooperate with the Registering Stockholders, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any Registering Stockholder or underwriter reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so required to be qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(ix) cooperate with the Registering Stockholders and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such Registration Statement and not bearing any restrictive legends, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least one (1) Business Day prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

(x) if any fact described in subparagraph (iii)(E) above exists, promptly prepare and file with the Commission a supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xi) cause all Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(xii) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement;

(xiii) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and take all such other reasonable actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including customary participation of management; and

 

8


(xiv) make available for inspection by a representative of the Registering Stockholders whose Registrable Securities are being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Registering Stockholders or underwriter, all financial and other records and any pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company reasonably requested by such representative, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement; provided , however , that any records, information or documents that are designated by the Company in writing as confidential shall be kept confidential by such persons or entities unless disclosure of such records, information or documents is required by court or administrative order.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent the Company is a WKSI, at the time any Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to Section 2 hereof, and the Initiating Holders so request, the Company shall file an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement which covers those shares of Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such request. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the shares of Registrable Securities at the time the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the shares of Registrable Securities are to be sold. If the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year the Company shall file a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the shares of Registrable Securities. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a new Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or amend the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to a form that the Company is eligible to use) and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

(c) Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of an event of the kind described in Section 5(a)(iii)(B) through Section 5(a)(iii)(E), such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of shares of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement or an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement until such stop order is vacated or such Holder receives a copy of the supplemented or amended Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the reasonable expense of the Company) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such shares of Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

Section 6. Further Information Furnished by Holders

It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2 through 5 that the Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of the sale of their Registrable Securities.

 

9


Section 7. Indemnification

In the event any shares of Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Section 2 or 3:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of the officers, directors, partners and agents of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any officer, director, employee, advisor or affiliate thereof of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, officer, director, partner or agent, underwriter or controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 7(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, delayed or denied), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder or underwriter.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if shares of Registrable Securities held by such Person are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers, each legal counsel and independent accountant of the Company, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, each underwriter (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, any Person who controls such underwriter, and any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and each of its directors, officers, partners or agents or any Person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such underwriter, other Holder, director, officer, partner or agent or controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration, and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such underwriter, other Holder, officer, director, partner or agent or controlling Person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,

 

10


damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, delayed or denied); and provided , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 7(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if the indemnified party shall have been advised by counsel that representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure of any indemnified party to notify an indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 7 only to the extent that such failure to give notice shall materially prejudice the indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 7.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and the Holders under this Section 7 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement.

 

11


(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any registration provided for under Sections 2 or 3 are in conflict with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, the provisions in such underwriting agreement shall control.

Section 8. Rule 144 Reporting

With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”) and any other rule or regulation of the Commission that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) make and keep public information available (as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144) at all times after the date hereof;

(b) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c) furnish to any Holder, forthwith upon request, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company ( provided , however , that any such report or document described in this subsection (iii) made available by the Company through EDGAR shall be deemed so furnished), and (iv) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the Commission which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

Section 9. Assignment of Rights

The provisions hereof will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, except as otherwise provided herein;  provided however , that the registration rights granted hereby may be transferred only (i) by operation of Law or (ii) to any Person to whom a Holder transfers Registrable Securities,  provided  that any such transferee shall not be entitled to rights pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof unless such transferee of registration rights hereunder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof and executes and delivers to the Company an acknowledgment and agreement to such effect.

Section 10. Amendment of Registration Rights

Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the Registrable Securities or securities convertible into Registrable Securities. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 10 shall be binding upon each Holder and the Company.

 

12


Section 11. Expiration, Termination and Delay of Registration

(a) The Company shall have no further obligations pursuant to this Agreement at such time as no shares of Registrable Securities are outstanding after their original issuance; provided , that the Company’s obligations under Sections 7 and 14 (and any related definitions) shall remain in full force and effect following such time.

(b) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Agreement.

Section 12. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

From and after the date hereof, the Company may, without the prior written consent of the Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which provides such holder or prospective holder of securities of the Company registration rights that conflict with those granted to the Holders hereby.

Section 13. “Market Stand-off” Agreement

In connection with any Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Registration Rights Agreement, each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of securities of the Company, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities, except securities included in such registration, during the period beginning fourteen (14) days prior to the expected date of “pricing” of such offering and continuing for a period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days with respect to the initial public offering or ninety (90) days with respect to any offering subsequent to the initial public offering beginning on the date of such final prospectus (or prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement), and it will enter into agreements with the managing underwriters, if any, in connection with any such sale to give effect to the foregoing; provided , however , that all other Persons with registration rights (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) enter into similar agreements. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such one hundred eighty (180)-day or ninety (90)-day period.

Section 14. Miscellaneous

(a) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered by overnight courier or hand delivery, when sent by telecopy, or five (5) days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) postage prepaid, to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for any Party as shall be specified by like notices, provided that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof).

 

13


If to the Company, at:

10260 Westheimer Rd., Suite 700

Houston, Texas 77042

Attention: General Counsel

If to any Holder of Registrable Securities, to such Person’s address as set forth on the records of the Company.

(b) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(c) Headings . The section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(d) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

(e) Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the Parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the Parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(f) Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the Parties as a final expression of their agreement, and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein, with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior written or oral agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect to such subject matter.

(g) Securities Held by the Company or its Subsidiaries . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or its subsidiaries shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

(h) Termination . This Agreement shall terminate when no shares of Registrable Securities remain outstanding; provided that Sections 4 and 7 shall survive any termination hereof.

 

14


(i) Specific Performance . The parties hereto recognize and agree that money damages may be insufficient to compensate the Holders of any Registrable Securities for breaches by the Company of the terms hereof and, consequently, that the equitable remedy of specific performance of the terms hereof will be available in the event of any such breach.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

F RANK S I NTERNATIONAL N.V.

By:                                                                                             

Name: Donald Keith Mosing

Title: Managing director

M OSING H OLDINGS , I NC .

By:                                                                                              

Name:

Title:

FWW B.V.

By:                                                                                             

Name: Donald Keith Mosing

Title: Managing Director A

By:                                                                                             

Name: Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V.

Title: Managing Director B

By:                                                                                              

Name:

Title: Proxy Holder

By:                                                                                              

Name:

Title: Proxy Holder

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

Exhibit 10.10

FORM OF

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

among

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.,

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL CV,

[AGENT],

and

MOSING HOLDINGS, INC.

DATED AS OF [•] 2013


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [•] , 2013, is hereby entered into by and among Frank’s International N.V., a Dutch public company with limited liability ( naamloze vennootschap ) incorporated in the Netherlands (the “ FINV ”), Frank’s International CV, a Dutch limited liability partnership ( commanditaire vennootschap ) organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ FICV ”), [ Agent ] , and Mosing Holdings, Inc., a [ Delaware ] corporation (“ Mosing Holdings ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Mosing Holdings owns Series A preferred stock of FINV (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) and limited partner interests in FICV, which is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes;

WHEREAS, FINV indirectly owns the general partner of FICV and limited partner interests in FICV;

WHEREAS, for purposes of any transfer or exchange of Series A Preferred Stock and limited partner interests in FICV, the FINV Articles of Association (as defined below) and the FICV Partnership Agreement (as defined below) contain provisions linking each share of Series A Preferred Stock to a proportionate portion of the limited partner interest in FICV held by Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferee, which portion at any time will equal the total limited partner interest in FICV that is held by Mosing Holdings or its permitted transferee [(expressed as a percentage of the total limited partner interests in FICV)] divided by the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (each such portion being referred to as an “ FICV Portion ”);

WHEREAS, Mosing Holdings will have the right to convert one or more shares of Series A Preferred Stock and an equal number of FICV Portions pursuant to the FINV Articles of Incorporation into shares of Class A common stock of FINV, par value $ [•] per share (“ Common Shares ”) (each such conversion, an “ Exchange ,” and each such date on which an Exchange occurs, an “ Exchange Date ”);

WHEREAS, as a result of each Exchange, the Corporate Taxpayer (as defined below) is expected to incur lower Tax (as defined below) liabilities on an ongoing basis with respect to the operations of FICV;

WHEREAS, FICV and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes have and will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which an Exchange occurs, which election is expected to result in an adjustment to the Tax basis of the assets owned by FICV and such subsidiaries, solely with respect to Corporate Taxpayer;


WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to set forth the agreements among the parties regarding the sharing of the Tax benefits realized by the Corporate Taxpayer as a result of any Exchange;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

Accrued Amount ” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

Agent ” means [ ].

Agreed Rate ” means LIBOR plus [ 100 ] basis points.

Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Amended Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement.

A “ Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of FINV.

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i) [ any Person or any group of Persons acting together [ which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding a group of Persons which includes one or

 

2


more Affiliates of Mosing Holdings and one or more Affiliates of [ Ginsoma Family C.V. ] , ] is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of FINV representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of FINV’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

  (ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of FINV then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by FINV’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or

 

  (iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of FINV with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of FINV immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

 

  (iv) the shareholders of FINV approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of FINV or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by FINV of all or substantially all of FINV’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by FINV of all or substantially all of FINV’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of FINV in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of FINV immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of FINV immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of FINV immediately following such transaction or series of transactions. ]

Common Shares ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Code ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

3


Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Corporate Taxpayer ” means FINV and any of its Subsidiaries (other than FICV and its Subsidiaries).

Corporate Taxpayer Return ” means any Tax Return of the Corporate Taxpayer relating to a Tax imposed by the United States or any subdivision thereof.

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

Default Rate ” means LIBOR plus [ 500 ] basis points.

Determination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of U.S. state or local Tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a) of this Agreement.

Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Effective Date ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Early Termination Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Early Termination Payment ” is defined in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Early Termination Rate ” means the long-term Treasury rate in effect on the applicable date plus [ 300 ] basis points.

Early Termination Schedule ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Exchange ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Exchange Basis Adjustment ” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset as a result of an Exchange, as calculated under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, under Section 732(b) of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, FICV becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for Tax purposes) or under Sections 743(b) and 754 of the Code (including in situations where, following an Exchange, FICV remains in existence as an entity for Tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of U.S. state or local Tax laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Exchange Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more FICV Portions shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such FICV Portions and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

 

4


Exchange Basis Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

Exchange Date ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Exchange Tax Basis ” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Exchange Basis Adjustments had been made.

Expert ” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

FICV ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

FICV Partnership Agreement ” means the [ Partnership Agreement ] of FICV.

FICV Portion ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

FINV Articles of Association ” means the [Articles of Association] of FINV.

FINV ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Hypothetical Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, FICV, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on FICV and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer, in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return, but (i) using the Exchange Tax Basis as reflected on the Exchange Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year and (ii) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to the Exchange Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest.

Imputed Interest ” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of U.S. state or local Tax law with respect to FINV’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

IPO ” means the initial public offering of Common Shares by FINV.

IPO Date ” means the closing date of the IPO.

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

LIBOR ” means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such period.

 

5


Market Value ” shall mean the closing price of the Common Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Common Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided , that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Common Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Common Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, further, that if the Common Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Common Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Common Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.

Material Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Mosing Holdings ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Net Tax Benefit ” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

Opt Out Notice ” is defined in Section 3.4(a) of this Agreement.

Payment Date ” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Pre-Exchange Transfer ” means any transfer or distribution in respect of FICV Portions (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such FICV Portions, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) of the Code applies.

Qualified Tax Advisor ” means Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Ernst & Young LLP, or any other law or accounting firm that is nationally recognized as being expert in Tax matters and that is reasonably acceptable to FINV.

Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, FICV, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on FICV and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

Realized Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, FICV, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on FICV and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year, over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

6


Reconciliation Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

Reconciliation Procedures ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

Reference Asset ” means an asset that is held by FICV, or by any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange. A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

Schedule ” means any of the following: (i) an Exchange Basis Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

Senior Obligations ” is defined in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

Tax Benefit Payment ” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Tax Benefit Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

Taxable Year ” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of U.S. state or local Tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

Taxes ” means any and all taxes, assessments or similar charges imposed by the United States or any subdivision thereof that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

Taxing Authority ” shall mean any federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

TRA Holder ” means Mosing Holdings and its successors and assigns pursuant to Section 7.6(a).

 

7


Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant Taxable Year.

Valuation Assumptions ” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Exchange Basis Adjustments and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Exchange Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available, (2) the U.S. federal income tax rates and state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by any Exchange Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be utilized by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, (4) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the applicable Basis Adjustment, and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are FICV Portions that have not been Exchanged, then each such FICV Portions shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the Common Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.

Section 1.2 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions . The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing,” “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

 

8


ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.1 Basis Adjustment Schedule . Within 90 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporate Taxpayer for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange has been effected, FINV shall deliver to Agent a schedule (the “ Exchange Basis Schedule ”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, including (i) the Exchange Tax Basis of the Reference Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Exchange Basis Adjustments with respect to the Reference Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated in the aggregate, (iii) the period (or periods) over which the Reference Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period (or periods) over which each Exchange Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable. For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in an Exchange Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

Section 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule . Within 60 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, FINV shall provide to Agent a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “ Tax Benefit Schedule ”). The Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)). Without limiting the application of Section 2.3(a), each time FINV delivers to Agent a Tax Benefit Schedule, in addition to the Tax Benefit Schedule duly completed, FINV shall deliver to Agent the Corporate Taxpayer Return, the reasonably detailed calculation by FINV of the Hypothetical Tax Liability, the reasonably detailed calculation by FINV of the actual Tax liability, as well as any other work papers as determined by FINV or requested by Agent.

Section 2.3 Procedure; Amendments .

(a) Procedure . Every time FINV delivers to Agent an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to (b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, FINV shall also (x) deliver to Agent schedules and work papers, as determined by FINV or requested by Agent, providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and (y) allow Agent reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by FINV or requested by Agent, in connection with a review of such Schedule. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties 30 calendar days from the first date on which Agent has received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless Agent (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving an applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides FINV with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“ Objection Notice ”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by FINV. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in an Objection Notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by FINV of such Objection Notice, FINV and Agent shall employ the reconciliation procedures described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “ Reconciliation Procedures ”).

 

9


(b) Amended Schedule . The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by FINV (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to Agent, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year or (vi) to adjust an Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”).

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.1 Payments.

(a) Payments . Within five (5) calendar days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to Agent becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a), FINV shall pay to each TRA Holder its proportionate share of the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) for such Taxable Year. Each such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by the TRA Holder to FINV or as otherwise agreed by FINV and the TRA Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments, including, without limitation, U.S. federal estimated income Tax payments.

(b) A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” means the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Accrued Amount. Subject to Section 3.3, the “ Net Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.1 (excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts); provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that a TRA Holder shall not be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “ Accrued Amount ” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Accrued Amount shall not be treated as interest but shall instead be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of FICV Portions in an Exchange unless otherwise required by law.

Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments . It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Accrued Amount thereon, being paid to the TRA Holders pursuant to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to achieve these fundamental results.

Section 3.3 Proportionate Share and Pro Rata Payments .

(a) Proportionate Share . For purposes of this Agreement, a TRA Holder’s “proportionate share” for any Taxable Year equals (i) the deductions available for use in such Taxable Year associated with the Tax Assets attributable to such TRA Holder, divided by (ii) the deductions associated with all Tax Assets that are available for use in such Taxable Year.

 

10


(b) Pro Rata Payments . If FINV lacks sufficient funds to satisfy or is prevented under any credit agreement or other arrangement from satisfying its obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due in a particular Taxable Year, each TRA Holder shall receive its proportionate share of the total funds available in the Taxable Year to make the Tax Benefit Payments.

Section 3.4 Opt Out .

(a) Notwithstanding Section 3.1, prior to an Exchange, a TRA Holder may elect not to receive any payments under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, by delivering written notice evidencing such election (an “ Opt Out Notice ”) to FINV at least three Business Days prior to the Exchange Date of the relevant Exchange. An Opt Out Notice, when delivered, shall be irrevocable.

(b) This Agreement shall not apply to any Exchange which is covered by an Opt Out Notice delivered pursuant to Section 3.4(a), and all computations hereunder, including the computation of any Tax Benefit Payments and determination of any amounts attributable to a TRA Holder, shall be made without taking into account Exchanges covered by such Opt Out Notice. For the avoidance of doubt, a TRA Holder who makes an election pursuant to Section 3.4(a) shall remain entitled to payments under this Agreement with respect to any Exchanges for which no election has been made pursuant to Section 3.4(a).

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Early Termination and Breach of Agreement .

(a) FINV may terminate this Agreement at any time by paying to each TRA Holder its proportionate share of the Early Termination Payment. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by FINV, FINV shall not have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by FINV acting in good faith and any TRA Holder as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment). Upon payment of all amounts provided for in this Section 4.1(a), this Agreement shall terminate.

(b) In the event that FINV breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by FINV acting in good faith and any TRA Holder as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a

 

11


breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that FINV breaches this Agreement, the TRA Holders shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it shall not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if FINV fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that FINV has insufficient funds to make such payment; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless FINV does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by existing credit agreements to which FICV or any Subsidiary of FICV is a party, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); provided further that it shall be a breach of this Agreement, and the provisions in the first two sentences of this Section 4.1(b) shall apply as of the original due date of the Tax Benefit Payment, if FINV makes any distribution of cash or other property to its shareholders while any Tax Benefit Payment is due and payable but unpaid.

(c) FINV and each TRA Holder hereby acknowledges that, as of the date of this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot reasonably be ascertained for U.S. federal income Tax or other applicable Tax purposes.

(d) In the event of a Change of Control, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated pursuant to this Article IV as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the effective date of a Change of Control, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment in respect of a Member agreed to by the Corporation and such Members as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the effective date of a Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, the Early Termination Payment shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions and by substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice . If FINV chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, FINV shall deliver to Agent notice of such intention to exercise such right (the “ Early Termination Notice ”) and a schedule (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) specifying FINV’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties 30 calendar days from the first date on which Agent has received such Schedule or amendment thereto unless Agent (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides FINV with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“ Material Objection Notice ”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by FINV (the

 

12


Early Termination Effective Date ”). If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by FINV of the Material Objection Notice, FINV and Agent shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures.

Section 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination .

(a) Within three calendar days after the Early Termination Effective Date, FINV shall pay to each TRA Holder its Early Termination Payment. Each such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by the TRA Holder or as otherwise agreed by FINV and the TRA Holder.

(b) “ Early Termination Payment ” shall equal, with respect to each TRA Holder, the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by FINV to the TRA Holder beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.1 Subordination . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by FINV to any TRA Holder under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of FINV and its Subsidiaries (“ Senior Obligations ”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of FINV that are not Senior Obligations.

Section 5.2 Late Payments by FINV . The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to any TRA Holder when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was due and payable.

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Participation in FINV’s and FICV’s Tax Matters . Except as otherwise provided herein, FINV shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and FICV, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, FINV shall notify Agent of, and keep Agent reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and FICV by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of the TRA Holders under this Agreement, and shall provide to Agent reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, FICV and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided , however , that the Corporate Taxpayer and FICV shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the FICV Partnership Agreement.

 

13


Section 6.2 Consistency . Except upon the written advice of a Qualified Tax Advisor, and except for items that are explicitly characterized as “deemed” or in a similar manner by the terms of this Agreement, FINV and the TRA Holders agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Reference Assets and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by FINV in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement. Any Dispute concerning such advice shall be subject to the terms of Section 7.9.

Section 6.3 Cooperation . Each TRA Holder shall (a) furnish to FINV in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as FINV may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to FINV and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as FINV or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and FINV shall reimburse the TRA Holder for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to FINV, to:

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB Amsterdam

The Netherlands

[•]

Attention: [•]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to FINV) to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin, Suite 2500

Houston, Texas 77002-6760

 

14


  Telephone:                                                                             
  Attention:                                                                               
 

If to Agent, to:

  
 

 

  
 

 

  
 

 

  
 

If to Mosing Holdings, to:

  
 

 

  
 

 

  
 

 

  

If to a TRA Holder other than Mosing Holdings and that is a [ partner ] in FICV, to:

The address set forth in the records of FICV.

Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.

Section 7.2 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of [ the State of New York ] , without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

Section 7.5 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

15


Section 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers .

(a) No TRA Holder may assign this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of FINV; provided , however , that (i) to the extent FICV Portions are transferred in accordance with the terms of the FICV Partnership Agreement, the transferring TRA Holder shall have the option to assign to the transferee of such FICV Portions the transferring TRA Holder’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred FICV Portions as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to FINV, agreeing to become a “TRA Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder, and (ii) any and all payments payable or that may become payable to a TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement (A) that do not arise from an Exchange and (B) that, once an Exchange has occurred, arise with respect to the Exchanged FICV Portions may be assigned to any Person or Persons as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to FINV, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.12 and acknowledging specifically the terms of Section 7.6(b). For the avoidance of doubt, if a TRA Holder transfers FICV Portions but does not assign to the transferee of such FICV Portions, the rights of such TRA Holder under this Agreement with respect to such transferred FICV Portions, such TRA Holder shall continue to be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments, if any, due hereunder with respect to, including any Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of, such FICV Portions.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6, no transferee described in clause (i) of the first sentence of Section 7.06(a) shall have the right to enforce the provisions of Section 2.3, 4.2, or 6.2 of this Agreement, and no assignee described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of Section 7.6(a) shall have any rights under this Agreement except for the right to enforce its right to receive payments under this Agreement.

(c) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of FINV and FICV and by TRA Holders who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders hereunder if FINV had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided , however , that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment would have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain TRA Holders will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such disproportionately affected TRA Holders consent in writing to such amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(d) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and

 

16


legal representatives. FINV shall cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event a TRA Holder transfers his FICV Portions to a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the FICV Partnership Agreement), such TRA Holder shall have the right, on behalf of such transferee, to enforce the provisions of Sections 2.3, 4.2 or 6.2 with respect to such transferred FICV Portions.

Section 7.7 Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.8 Resolution of Disputes .

(a) Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.9, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this Section 7.8 and Section 7.9) (each a “ Dispute ”) shall be governed by this Section 7.8. The parties hereto shall attempt in good faith to resolve all Disputes by negotiation. If a Dispute between the parties hereto cannot be resolved in such manner, such Dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in [ New York ] in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in [ the State of New York ] and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings. [ In addition to monetary damages, the arbitrator shall be empowered to award equitable relief, including an injunction and specific performance of any obligation under this Agreement. The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with respect to any Dispute. The award shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues, or accounting presented to the arbitral tribunal. Judgment upon any award may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over a party or any of its assets. ]

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), FINV may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), Agent and each TRA Holder (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints FINV as agent of such party for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such party in writing of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such party in any such action or proceeding.

 

17


(c) (i) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN [ NEW YORK, NEW YORK ] FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 7.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another; and

(ii) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in paragraph (c)(1) of this Section 7.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

Section 7.9 Reconciliation . In the event that FINV and Agent or the relevant TRA Holder, as applicable, are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Section 2.3, Section 4.2 and Section 6.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “ Expert ”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless FINV and Agent or the relevant TRA Holder agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or Agent or the relevant TRA Holder, as applicable, or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by FINV except as provided in the next sentence. FINV and Agent or the relevant TRA Holder, as applicable, shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts Agent’s or the relevant TRA Holder’, as applicable, position, in which case FINV shall

 

18


reimburse Agent or the relevant TRA Holder, as applicable, for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts FINV’s position, in which case Agent or the relevant TRA Holder, as applicable, shall reimburse FINV for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on FINV and its Subsidiaries and Agent or the relevant TRA Holder, as applicable, and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10 Withholding . FINV shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as FINV is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by FINV, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the relevant TRA Holder.

Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets .

(a) If the Corporate Taxpayer becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of U.S. state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a contribution of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a contribution of a partnership interest. For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership.

 

19


Section 7.12 Confidentiality .

(a) Agent and each of its assignees and each TRA Holder and each of its assignees acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for FINV and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors, concerning FICV and its Affiliates and successors or the TRA Holders, learned by Agent or TRA Holder heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by FINV or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of Agent or a TRA Holder in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a TRA Holder to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing Authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Agent and each of its assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of Agent or its assignees, as applicable) and each TRA Holder and each of its assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of such TRA Holder or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, FICV, Agent, the TRA Holders and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to Agent or the TRA Holder relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.

(b) If Agent or an assignee or a TRA Holder or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, FINV shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to FINV or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Holders and the accounts and funds managed by FINV and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FINV, FICV, Agent and Mosing Holdings have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Frank’s International N.V.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Frank’s International C.V.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Mosing Holdings, Inc.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Agent
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]

 

21

Exhibit 10.11

FORM OF GLOBAL TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

This Global Transaction Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [•], 2013, is entered into by and between Frank’s International N.V., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands (“ FINV ”), and Frank’s Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ FHI ”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .” Certain capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in Article I .

RECITALS :

WHEREAS , FHI owns all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of Frank’s International, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ FII ”), Frank’s Casing Crew & Rental Tools, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (“ Frank’s Casing ”), and Frank’s Tong Service, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation (together with FII and Frank’s Casing, the “ U.S. Operating Companies ”); and

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to effect a public offering of interests in the combined businesses of FINV and its subsidiaries and the U.S. Operating Companies and their respective subsidiaries by means of an initial public offering of shares of common stock of FINV (the “ Offering ”), as more fully described in the Registration Statement; and

WHEREAS , in connection with the Offering, the Parties acknowledge that certain restructuring transactions have been or will be undertaken, as more fully described in the Registration Statement (the “ Restructuring ”); and

WHEREAS , in connection with the Offering and the Restructuring, the Parties desire to, among other things, establish the economic terms of the Restructuring and to enter into certain other agreements.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

FWW ” means FWW B.V., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands.

 

1


Ginsoma ” means Ginsoma Family C.V., a limited partnership established under the laws of The Netherlands.

Notes ” means the unsecured promissory notes issued by FINV payable to F.W.W. B.V., which had a principal balance of $415 million as of June 30, 2013.

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 initially filed with the Commission on May 10, 2013 (Registration No. 333-188536), as amended to date.

ARTICLE II

CONTRIBUTIONS, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND AGREEMENTS

2.01 Offering .

The Parties hereby agree that, subject to obtaining necessary corporate or other relevant approvals, general market conditions and other customary conditions, FINV shall proceed with the Offering in the manner set forth in the Registration Statement; provided that the size of the Offering and the ultimate terms thereof shall be determined by FINV; provided, further that the proceeds therefrom will be used to retire the Notes in full.

2.02 Restructuring .

FINV and FHI and each of their subsidiaries, as applicable, shall effectuate the Restructuring substantially as described in the Registration Statement, with such changes as shall mutually be agreed to in writing by each of FHI and FINV. Specifically (and without limiting the foregoing), among other things:

(a) FINV shall cause its wholly owned subsidiaries, Frank’s International LP B.V., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands (“ FILP ”), and Frank’s International Management B.V. (“ FIM ”), a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands, to form Frank’s International C.V., a new limited partnership to be established under the laws of The Netherlands (“ FICV ”);

(b) FILP shall be admitted as a limited partner of FICV;

(c) FIM shall be admitted as the sole general partner of FICV;

(d) FINV shall contribute (through FILP) all of its subsidiaries, other than FILP and FIM, to FICV;

(e) prior to the closing of the Offering, FHI shall cause the U.S. Operating Companies to distribute to FHI certain assets not intended to be contributed as part of the Restructuring, which shall primarily consist of aircraft, real estate and life insurance policies;

 

2


(f) in connection with the closing of the Offering, FHI shall contribute all of the outstanding equity interests in each of the U.S. Operating Companies to FICV in exchange for (x) a 30.8% limited partnership interest in FICV (with FINV indirectly retaining the remaining 69.2% limited partnership interest in FICV) (subject to any further dilution of FHI’s partnership interest in FICV as contemplated by Section 2.03(i) below) and (y) a number of shares of Series A preferred stock of FINV that represents 30.8% of the total number of outstanding shares of FINV common stock and Series A preferred stock after such issuance (but prior to the issuance of additional shares of common stock to the public in the Offering);

(g) the partners of FICV will enter into an amended and restated limited partnership agreement, substantially as described in the Registration Statement, with such changes as shall be mutually agreed in writing by each of FHI and FINV; and

(h) FINV will use the proceeds from the sale of its common stock in the Offering to (i) retire the Notes and (ii) make a capital contribution to FICV (though FILP) in exchange for which FILP will acquire additional limited partnership interests, such that FINV’s indirect percentage interest in FICV will equal the percentage of FINV’s outstanding shares of common stock and Series A preferred stock represented by shares of common stock.

2.03 Amended and Restated Articles of Association of FINV .

In connection with the closing of the Offering, FINV shall amend and restate its articles of association substantially as described in the Registration Statement, with such changes as shall mutually be agreed to in writing by each of FHI and FINV.

2.04 Tax Receivable Agreement .

In connection with the closing of the Offering, FINV, FICV and FHI shall enter into a tax receivable agreement substantially as described in the Registration Statement, with such changes as shall mutually be agreed to in writing by each of FINV, FICV and FHI.

2.05 Registration Rights Agreement .

In connection with the closing of the Offering, FINV, FWW and FHI shall enter into a registration rights agreement substantially as described in the Registration Statement, with such changes as shall mutually be agreed to in writing by each of FINV, FWW and FHI.

2.06 Voting Agreement .

In connection with the Offering, Ginsoma, FWW, FHI and certain members of the Mosing Family shall enter into a voting agreement substantially as described in the Registration Statement, with such changes as shall mutually be agreed to in writing by Ginsoma, FWW, FHI and the members of the Mosing Family party thereto.

 

3


ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3.01 Due Organization .

Each Party represents and warrants that it is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation, as applicable, and has power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder.

3.02 Due Authorization .

Each Party represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to authorize this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.03 Due Execution .

Each Party represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Party and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each of them, and is enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE IV

CLOSING CONDITIONS

The transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to (a) the receipt of required regulatory approvals, including pursuant to the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and (b) the consummation of the Offering.

ARTICLE V

FURTHER ASSURANCES

From and after the date hereof, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

6.01 Costs .

FINV shall cause FICV to pay all expenses, fees and costs, including sales, use and similar taxes, arising out of the contributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made hereunder, and shall pay all documentary, filing, recording, transfer, deed and conveyance taxes and fees required in connection therewith. In addition, FICV shall be responsible for all costs, liabilities and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the delivery of any document pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4


6.02 Headings; References; Interpretation .

All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

6.03 Successors and Assigns .

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

6.04 No Third Party Rights .

The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies, and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

6.05 Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the Parties.

6.06 Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such state, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof.

6.07 Severability .

If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any political body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid, and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.

6.08 Amendment or Modification .

The Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all of the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

5


6.09 Termination .

This Agreement shall automatically terminate if the Offering is not consummated by January 1, 2014.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the Parties as of the date first written above.

 

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.
By:  

 

Name: Donald Keith Mosing
Title: Managing Director
FRANK’S HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name: Donald Keith Mosing
Title: President

[Signature Page to Global Transaction Agreement]

Exhibit 10.12

FORM OF VOTING AGREEMENT

This Voting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of [•], 2013 by and among: Donald Keith Mosing, acting in his capacity as general partner of and acting for the risk and account of Ginsoma Family C.V., a limited partnership established under the laws of The Netherlands (“ Ginsoma ”); FWW B.V., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands (“ FWW ”); Frank’s Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ FHI ”); and the other parties that are signatories hereto (the “ Mosing Owners Parties ”). The above are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .” Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined on Schedule A hereto.

WHEREAS , the Mosing Owners Parties and certain other persons currently constitute all of the partners in Ginsoma, which is the sole shareholder of FWW, which is the sole shareholder of Frank’s International N.V. (“ FINV ”); and

WHEREAS , the Mosing Owners Parties and certain other persons also currently collectively own all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of FHI, which in turn owns all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of Frank’s International, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ FII ”), Frank’s Casing Crew & Rental Tools, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (“ Frank’s Casing ”), and Frank’s Tong Service, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation (together with FII and Frank’s Casing, the “ U.S. Operating Companies ”); and

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to effect a public offering of interests in the combined businesses of FINV and the U.S. Operating Companies by means of an initial public offering of shares of common stock of FINV (the “ Offering ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to certain transactions to be entered into in contemplation of the Offering and in connection with the Offering, certain of the Parties will receive shares of common stock of FINV ( “Common Stock ”) and shares of Series A preferred stock of FINV (“ Preferred Stock ”); and

WHEREAS , in connection with the Offering, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to, among other things, ensure that FINV qualifies as a “controlled company” as defined in the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

NOW, THEREFORE , the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. V OTING P ROVISIONS

Section 1.1 Voting of Subject Securities . Each Party agrees that, at each annual, extraordinary or other general meeting of shareholders of FINV (or at any adjournment or postponement thereof or pursuant to any consent in lieu of a meeting or otherwise) at which members of the supervisory board or management board are to be elected, it will vote (or cause to be voted) all Subject Securities Beneficially Owned by it for the election of members of FINV’s supervisory board or management board in accordance with the instructions of the Shareholder Representative.


Section 1.2 Transfer of Voting Restrictions . The Parties agree that they will not Transfer any Subject Securities to any Affiliate unless and until such transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by this Agreement by execution of a Joinder Agreement (which such execution shall be deemed, for all purposes, to be the execution of this Agreement). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement other than Section 3.8 , this Agreement does not restrict the ability of any Party to Transfer any Subject Securities to any non-Affiliate at any time or from time to time, and no such non-Affiliate transferee (and no Subject Securities Transferred to any non-Affiliate provided that following such Transfer no Party Beneficially Owns such Subject Securities) will be bound by this Agreement.

Section 1.3 Legends . The Parties agree that stop transfer instructions reflecting the terms of this Agreement will be given to FINV’s transfer agent with respect to the Subject Securities and that there may be placed on the certificates, if any, representing all Subject Securities an appropriate legend to ensure compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Any such instructions and legends will be removed with respect to any Subject Securities as soon as reasonably practicable after the later of (a) the time this Agreement no longer applies to such Subject Securities and (b) the date that the relevant Party requests such removal by notice pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 2. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

Section 2.1 Due Organization . Each Party that is not a natural person represents and warrants that it is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing, as applicable, under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation and has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder.

Section 2.2 Due Authorization . Each Party represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to authorize this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 2.3 Due Execution . Each Party represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Party and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each of them, and is enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 3. M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1 Effectiveness . To the extent the Offering is not consummated by January 1, 2014, the provisions of Section 1 of this Agreement shall be void and of no effect.

Section 3.2 Term . This Agreement shall terminate on the date following the Offering on which no Party Beneficially Owns any Subject Securities; provided that this Agreement shall automatically terminate if the Offering is not consummated by January 1, 2014.

 

2


Section 3.3 Notices . Any notice, communication, request, instruction or other document required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and delivered in person or sent by mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or facsimile to the applicable addresses set forth on the signature page to this Agreement. Any such notice shall be effective upon receipt only if received during normal business hours or, if not received during normal business hours, on the next Business Day.

Each Party may, by written notice so delivered, change its address for notice purposes hereunder.

Section 3.4 Amendments; No Waivers .

(a) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by all Parties, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(b) No failure or delay by any Party hereto in the exercise of any right hereunder shall impair such right or be construed as a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, warranty or agreement herein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

Section 3.5 Successors . All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the Parties bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors whether so expressed or not.

Section 3.6 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 3.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the Parties hereto.

Section 3.8 Specific Performance . The Parties each acknowledge and agree, and agree not to assert otherwise in any proceeding, that a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement by a Party will cause irreparable injury to the other Parties to this Agreement for which remedies at law would be inadequate and, in recognition of that fact, agree that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by any of them of the provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any remedies at law, the aggrieved Party, without posting any bond and without any showing of irreparable injury, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available. The provisions of this Section 3.7 are without prejudice to any other rights that the Parties hereto may have for any breach of this Agreement. The Parties further agree not to assert in any proceeding that grounds for any equitable relief are not satisfied.

 

3


Section 3.9 Protections and Benefits of Agreement . None of the Parties shall take any knowing or intentional action to deprive the other Parties of the benefits and protections afforded by this Agreement, including without limitation selling any of the Subject Securities to a Person that is not an Affiliate of such Party with an agreement or understanding that such Subject Securities will be re-purchased by such Party or any of its Affiliates free and clear of any restrictions contained in this Agreement or with an agreement or understanding to vote such Subject Securities in a manner directed by such party.

Section 3.10 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof. Any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in Harris County, Texas, and each of the Parties hereby consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom). Each Party waives any objection which it may have now or hereafter to the laying of the venue of such action or proceeding and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding. The Parties unconditionally waive any right to trial by jury in any such suit, action or proceeding.

Section 3.11 Additional Shares . In the event (i) of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, combination or exchange of shares of capital stock of FINV on, of or affecting a Party’s Subject Shares or (ii) a Party becomes the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other securities of FINV entitling the holder thereof to vote or give consent with respect to the matters set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, then the terms of this Agreement shall apply to the shares of capital stock or other securities of FINV held by such Party immediately following the effectiveness of the events described in clause (i) or such Party becoming the beneficial owner thereof, as described in clause (ii). Each Party hereby agrees, while this Agreement is in effect, to notify FINV of the number of any new shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock acquired by such party, if any, after the date hereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first referred to above.

 

GINSOMA FAMILY C.V.
By:  

 

Name:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   Sole Managing Partner

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


FWW B.V.
By:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   Managing director A
Signature:  

 

By:   Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V.
Title:   Managing director B
Signature:  
Name:  

 

 

Title:   Proxy holder
Signature:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:   Proxy holder

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


FRANK’S HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

     

Name:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   President

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


     

Donald E. Mosing
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


     

Donald Keith Mosing
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


 

William Bradford Mosing, Individually;
As Trustee for the Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o
Lindsey R. Mosing;
As Trustee for the Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o
Jaclyn E. Mosing;
As Trustee for the Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o
Victoria R. Mosing;
As Trustee for the By-Pass Corporate Stock Trust u/l/w
Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Donald Keith Mosing;

As Trustee for the By-Pass Corporate Stock Trust u/l/w

Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Gregory Stanton Mosing; and

As Trustee for the By-Pass Corporate Stock Trust u/l/w
Janice P. Mosing f/b/o William B. Mosing.
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


 
Melanie Christine Mosing, Individually;
As Trustee for the Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Derek A. Veverica;

As Trustee for the Trust u/l/w Janice P. Mosing f/b/o

Christine M. Veverica; and

As Trustee for the By-Pass Corporate Stock Trust

u/l/w

Janice P. Mosing f/b/o Melanie C. Mosing.

  Address for notice:
  Attention:    
   
   
  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY OF DELAWARE
As Trustee for The 2009 Mosing Family Delaware Dynasty Trust FBO William Bradford Mosing;
As Trustee for The 2009 Mosing Family Delaware Dynasty Trust FBO Donald Keith Mosing;
As Trustee for The 2009 Mosing Family Delaware Dynasty Trust FBO Gregory Stanton Mosing; and
As Trustee for The 2009 Mosing Family Delaware Dynasty Trust FBO Melanie Christine Mosing.

 

Name:

Title:

  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


     

Gregory Stanton Mosing
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


 

Michael Frank Mosing, Individually;
As Trustee for the Succession of Clara L. Mosing; and
As Trustee for The CLM 2009 IDG Trust.
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


 

Steven Brent Mosing, Individually; and
As Trustee for The Erich & Stephanie Mosing 1994 Trust, Share “A” f/b/o Erich Lloyd Mosing;
As Trustee for The Erich & Stephanie Mosing 1994 Trust, Share “B” f/b/o Stephanie Marie Mosing;
As Trustee for The CLM 2009 IDG Trust.
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


 

Sharon Mosing Miller, Individually; and
As Trustee for the Succession of Timothy Dupre Mosing
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


     

Jeffrey Louis Mosing
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


 

Kirkland David Mosing
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


 

Kendall Garrett Mosing, Individually; and

As Trustee for The DBM 2009 QSST – IDG Trust u/t/a/

December 17, 2009;

As Trustee for The LKM 2009 QSST – IDG Trust u/t/a/

December 17, 2009.

  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


Succession of Larry Kirkland Mosing

 

Delores Brousard Mosing, Independent Executor
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


 

Lori Mosing Thomas
  Address for notice:
  Attention:     
 

 

 

 

  Phone:    
  Fax:    

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


DONALD K. MOSING FAMILY PARTNERSHIP, LTD.
By: its General Partner, the Donald Keith Mosing Revocable Trust

 

Name: Donald Keith Mosing
Title: Trustee
  Address for notice:
  c/o Frank’s International
  Attention: Keith Mosing
  10260 Westheimer, Suite 700
  Houston, Texas 77042
  Phone: (281) 966-7300
  Fax: (281)             -            

[Signature page to Voting Agreement]


Schedule A

DEFINED TERMS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For each Person that is an individual, the term “Affiliate” shall also be deemed to include any Family Member. For Ginsoma and FHI, the term “Affiliate” shall also be deemed to include the Mosing Owners Parties and the other partners or equity owners, as applicable, thereof.

Beneficially Own ” or “ Beneficial Ownership ” with respect to any securities means having “beneficial ownership” of such securities (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), including pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or Houston, Texas are required or authorized to be closed.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Family Member ” means, with respect to each Person that is an individual, a spouse, lineal ancestor, lineal descendant, legally adopted child, brother or sister of such Person, or a lineal descendant or legally adopted child of a brother or sister of such Person.

Joinder Agreement ” means a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Schedule B .

Person ” means any individual, partnership (limited or general), joint venture, limited liability company, corporation, association, business entity, trust, business trust, unincorporated organization, government or department or agency of a government.

Shareholder Representative ” means (a) Donald Keith Mosing or (b) such other Person as shall be agreed upon in writing by Parties that Beneficially Own an aggregate of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the Subject Securities.

Subject Securities ” means any Voting Securities (including any Voting Securities into which any Subject Securities are exchanged or converted into, whether pursuant to a split, distribution, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, share exchange, amalgamation or other similar transaction) owned on the date hereof or subsequently acquired by a Party (including any party joined to this Agreement by means of a Joinder Agreement).

 

Schedule A


Transfer ” means any sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition, and “ to Transfer ” shall mean to sell, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of. For purposes of the first sentence of Section 1.3, “ Transfer ” includes any pledge or encumbrance and “ to Transfer ” shall include to pledge or encumber.

Voting Securities ” means the Common Stock, the Preferred Stock and any other equity interests that are entitled to vote with the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock in the election of supervisory and management directors of FINV.

 

Schedule A - 2


Schedule B

JOINDER AGREEMENT

WHEREAS ,              a                           (the “ Transferor ” is party to that certain Voting Agreement (the “ Voting Agreement ”), dated as of [•], 2013; and

WHEREAS , each Party has agreed that it will not Transfer any Subject Securities to any Affiliate unless and until such transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the Voting Agreement by execution of a Joinder Agreement (which such execution shall be deemed, for all purposes, to be the execution of the Voting Agreement), with such transferee being deemed to be a Party for purposes of the Voting Agreement;

WHEREAS , the Transferor desires to Transfer Subject Securities to the Person named on the signature page hereto (the “ Transferee ”);

WHEREAS , the Transferee acknowledges that such Subject Securities are subject to the terms of the Voting Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Transferee desires to be bound by the terms of the Voting Agreement.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Voting Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , the Transferee hereby agrees for the benefit of the Parties and FINV, as follows:

1. Joinder . The Transferee hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Voting Agreement and all other documents it deems fit to enter into this Joinder Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), and acknowledges and agrees (i) to join and become a party to the Voting Agreement by execution of this Joinder Agreement; (ii) to be bound by all covenants, agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and acknowledgments attributable to the Transferor as if made by, and with respect to, such Transferee; (iii) to perform all obligations and duties required and be entitled to all the benefits of the Transferor under the Voting Agreement; and (iv) that any Subject Securities Beneficially Owned by the Transferee shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Voting Agreement.

2. Representations and Warranties and Agreements of the Transferee . Each of the undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Parties that it has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Joinder Agreement and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby and that when this Joinder Agreement is executed and delivered, it will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement enforceable against the Transferee in accordance with its terms.

3. Counterparts . This Joinder Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or via facsimile), each of which shall constitute an original when so executed and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Schedule B


Schedule B

4. Amendments . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Joinder Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each of the Parties.

5. Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

6. Governing Law . This Joinder Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof. Any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Joinder Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in Harris County, Texas, and the Transferee hereby consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom). The Transferee waives any objection which it may have now or hereafter to the laying of the venue of such action or proceeding and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding. The Transferee unconditionally waives any right to trial by jury in any such suit, action or proceeding.

 

Schedule B


Schedule B

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TRANSFEREE:
 

By:

   

Name:

Address for notice:

Attention:

   
 
 

Phone:                                                                                             

Fax:                                                                                                 

 

 

Schedule B

Exhibit 10.13

FORM OF FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL C.V. MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This Frank’s International C.V. Management Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [•], 2013, is entered into by and among Frank’s International N.V., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands (“ FINV ”), Frank’s International LP B.V., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands (“ FILP ”), Frank’s International Management B.V., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands (“ FIM ”), and Mosing Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ MH ”). The above-named entities are sometimes referred to in this Agreement each as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .” Certain capitalized and other terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Article I .

RECITALS :

WHEREAS , FILP, FIM and MH constitute all of the Partners of FICV; and

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to take certain actions with respect to the operation and management of FICV in order to facilitate the activities of FINV as a publicly traded company.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

Article I

DEFINITIONS

Common Stock ” means the common stock of FINV, par value €0.01 per share.

FICV ” means Frank’s International C.V., a limited partnership established under the laws of The Netherlands.

FINV Articles ” means the Articles of Association of FINV, as amended from time to time.

FWW ” means FWW B.V., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of The Netherlands.

Managing Partner ” means FIM, acting in its capacity as the managing partner of FICV.

net proceeds ” means gross proceeds to FINV from the issuance of Common Stock less all bona fide out-of-pocket expenses of FINV, FICV and their respective subsidiaries in connection with such issuance.

Notes ” means the unsecured promissory notes issued by FINV payable to FWW, which had a principal balance of $415 million as of June 30, 2013.

Partners ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Partnership Agreement ” means the limited partnership agreement of FICV, as amended from time to time.


Percentage Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

Preferred Stock ” means the Series A preferred stock of FINV, par value €0.01 per share.

Article II

DELEGATION OF CONSENT

Section 2.01 FILP, FIM and MH, constituting all of the Partners of FICV, hereby consent and agree to the delegation (as meant in article 9.2 of the Partnership Agreement) by MH to FINV of all of its right to consent to or otherwise approve actions taken by or on behalf of FICV pursuant to the following provisions of the Partnership Agreement:

 

  (a) Article 4.2; or

 

  (b) Article 12.

In addition, the delegation by MH pursuant to this Section 2.01 shall include the right to consent to or otherwise approve any amendment to the Partnership Agreement solely to effectuate changes pursuant to such provisions.

Section 2.02 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.01 , nothing contained in Section 2.01 shall otherwise authorize FINV to approve on behalf of MH any sale, transfer, exchange, assignment, gift, right of usufruct or other disposition of MH’s interest in FICV (a “ Transfer ”), other than pursuant to a conversion of Preferred Stock as contemplated by Article IV . A Transfer shall be subject to article 12 of the Partnership Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any dilution of MH’s percentage interest in FICV as a result of the actions contemplated by Article III shall not be considered a Transfer.

Article III

CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.01 If FINV issues Common Stock, FINV shall promptly cause FILP (or such other subsidiary of FINV designated by FINV) to contribute to FICV all the net proceeds (or other consideration), if any, received by FINV with respect to such Common Stock (provided that if such Common Stock is issued in exchange for services, for purposes of this Article III , such services shall be deemed to be rendered to FICV in exchange for such additional interests in FICV). Upon the contribution (or deemed contribution) by FILP (or such other subsidiary) to FICV of all of such net proceeds (or other consideration) so received by FINV, the Managing Partner shall cause FICV to issue an additional interest in FICV to FILP (or such other subsidiary) such that FILP and FIM’s (and, if applicable, any other subsidiary of FINV) collective aggregate percentage interest in FICV shall equal the percentage of the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock that constitutes Common Stock.

Section 3.02 If any Common Stock is issued by FINV in connection with an equity incentive program subject to vesting or forfeiture provisions, then the interests in FICV that are issued by FICV to FILP (or such other subsidiary of FINV designated by FINV) in connection therewith in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 shall be subject to vesting or forfeiture on the same basis. Any cash or property held by FILP, FIM or FICV (or such other subsidiary) on each other’s behalf in respect of dividends paid on restricted Common Stock that fails to vest shall be returned to FICV upon the forfeiture of such restricted Common Stock.

 

2


Section 3.03 In connection with any future contribution of cash or property to FICV, the Partners’ percentage interests in FICV will be redetermined. Each Partner’s percentage interest in FICV will equal the net fair market value of the cash or property contributed (or deemed contributed) to FICV by such Partner divided by the net fair market value of all cash or property contributed (or deemed contributed) by all Partners. For purposes of this calculation, each Partner that owns an interest in FICV immediately prior to a future contribution will be deemed to have made an aggregate contribution to FICV equal to its percentage interest (as in effect immediately prior to the redetermination) of the net fair market value of FICV immediately prior to such future contribution.

Section 3.04 If, at any time, any Common Stock is repurchased, redeemed or otherwise reacquired (whether by exercise of a put or call, pursuant to an open market purchase, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by FINV and subsequently cancelled, then the Managing Partner shall cause FICV, immediately prior to such repurchase or redemption of Common Stock, to repurchase or redeem a portion of FILP’s (or such other subsidiary of FINV designated by FINV) interests in FICV such that following such repurchase or redemption, FILP and FIM’s (and, if applicable, any other subsidiary of FINV) collective aggregate percentage interest in FICV shall equal the percentage of the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock that constitutes Common Stock, at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase or redemption price of the Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by FINV (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by FINV.

Section 3.05 As a result of the provisions of Sections 3.01 , 3.02 , 3.03 and 3.04 , at all times (a) the collective Percentage Interest of FIM, FILP and any other subsidiary of FINV contemplated above will equal the percentage of the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock that constitutes Common Stock and (b) the Percentage Interest of MH will equal the percentage of the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock that constitutes Preferred Stock

Article IV

RETIREMENT

The Parties agree that no Partner may take any voluntary action that would cause or require such Partner to retire from FICV pursuant to Article 8.1 of the Partnership Agreement without the prior written consent of each of the Parties.

Article V

PREFERRED STOCK CONVERSION

Section 5.01 The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Preferred Stock shall be convertible on the terms set forth in the FINV Articles.

 

3


Section 5.02 In connection with any proposed conversion of Preferred Stock, the Parties shall take all actions necessary to effectuate such conversion, including consenting to any changes in the Partners’ percentage interests in FICV in accordance with the provisions of Article II and Article III .

Article VI

ASSETS OF FICV

Section 6.01 The Parties agree that legal title of any assets contributed to FICV shall be held by FIM in its capacity as Managing Partner pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement. The Parties agree that FIM will be the registered holder of all right, title and interest in and to such assets for the sole benefit, of FICV.

Section 6.02 The Parties further agree that FIM may have the following rights and privileges with respect to the assets described in Section 6.01 :

 

  (a) to operate in the name and for the account of FICV;

 

  (b) to bind FICV by its actions;

 

  (c) to transmit money received with respect to the assets described in Section 6.01 to FICV; and

 

  (d) to perform all other duties and obligations and exercise all rights and powers arising out of or in connection with FICV’s right, title and interest in and to the assets described in Section 6.01 .

Section 6.03 FIM will promptly transmit to FICV all documents, monies, bills, invoices, instruments, correspondence and any other communications of any kind received by FIM with respect to the assets described in Section 6.01 from any party other than FICV. Promptly upon FIM’s receipt of any revenues from any of the assets described in Section 6.01 , FIM will transmit to FICV such revenues without offset or deduction of any kind, accompanied by such statements as shall have been received by FIM in connection with its receipt of such revenues.

Section 6.04 The Parties agree to cause to defend, indemnify and hold FIM harmless from and against all losses, costs or liabilities which FIM may incur with respect to any claim asserted against FIM by reason of its acting under this Article VI .

Article VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 7.01 Each Party represents and warrants that it is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation, as applicable, and has power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder.

 

4


Section 7.02 Each Party represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part, and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to authorize this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 7.03 Each Party represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Party and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each of them, and is enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.

Article VIII

FURTHER ASSURANCES

From and after the date hereof, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

Article IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01 All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

Section 9.02 This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 9.03 The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies, and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 9.04 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the Parties.

Section 9.05 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such state, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof.

Section 9.06 If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any political body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid, and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.

 

5


Section 9.07 The Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all of the Parties. Each such instrument shall be reduced to writing and shall be designated on its face as an amendment to this Agreement.

Section 9.08 This Agreement shall automatically terminate on the date when MH or its permitted assigns no longer own any interests in FICV.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the Parties as of the date first written above.

 

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL N.V.
By:  

 

Name:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Chief
  Executive Officer and President
FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL LP B.V.
By:  

 

Name:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   Managing Director A
By:   Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V., as Managing Director B
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Proxy Holder
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Proxy Holder

[Signature Page to Management Agreement]


FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT B.V.
By:    
Name:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   Managing Director A
By:   Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V., as Managing Director B
By:    
Name:  
Title:   Proxy Holder
By:    
Name:  
Title:   Proxy Holder
MOSING HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    
Name:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   President

[Signature Page to Management Agreement]

Exhibit 10.14

THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.

THE INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS AGREEMENT ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE OPTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT.

FORM OF

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO

THE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF

FRANK’S INTERNATIONAL C.V.

[Admission of limited partner]

 

1


THIS AGREEMENT (“AMENDMENT AGREEMENT NO. 4”) IS MADE EFFECTIVE AS

PER THE ## DAY OF ##, 2013 (“AMENDMENT 4 DATE”)

BETWEEN:

 

(1) Frank’s International Management B.V. , a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, with address Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands, registered with the trade register under number 50802275 (“FIM”);

 

(2) Frank’s International LP B.V. , a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, with address Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands, registered with the trade register under number 50802070 (“FILP”);

 

(3) Mosing Holdings, Inc., a corporation established under the laws of the state of Delaware, United States of America, with its registered office at ##, United States of America (“MH”),

these companies hereinafter each also referred to as a “Party” and jointly as the “Parties”.

 

2


WHEREAS:

 

(A) By agreement (the “Formation Agreement”) dated the ## day of ##, 2013 (the “Formation Date”), FIM and FILP formed and entered into a limited partnership under the laws of the Netherlands (“ commanditaire vennootschap” ), hereinafter referred to as the “C.V.”, for the purpose of participating in and financing of other companies.

 

(B) By agreement (the “Amendment Agreement No. 1”) dated the ## day of ##, 2013 (the “Amendment 1 Date”), the Parties have recorded:

 

   

the additional capital contribution by FILP; and

   

an update of certain provisions of the partnership agreement governing the C.V.

 

(C) By agreement (the “Amendment Agreement No. 2”) dated the ## day of ##, 2013 (the “Amendment 2 Date”), the Parties have recorded:

 

   

the additional capital contribution by FIM; and

   

an update of certain provisions of the partnership agreement governing the C.V.

 

(D) By agreement (the “Amendment Agreement No. 3”) dated the ## day of ##, 2013 (the “Amendment 3 Date”), the Parties have recorded:

 

   

the admission of MH as limited partner of the C.V.; and

   

an update of certain provisions of the partnership agreement governing the C.V.

 

(E) By executing this Amendment Agreement No. 4, the Parties wish to record:

 

   

the additional capital contribution by FILP; and

   

an update of certain provisions of the partnership agreement governing the C.V.

 

I.1 Contribution / amendment partnership agreement

 

I.1.1 The Parties have agreed that as of the Amendment 4 Date, FILP will make an additional capital contribution to the C.V., of an amount of USD                                 , which represents a portion of the net proceeds from the initial public offering of shares of common stock of its ultimate parent company, Frank’s International N.V.

 

3


I.1.2 As per the Amendment 4 Date, the Partners will hold the interest percentages in the C.V. as stated in Chapter II article 4.4. below.

 

I.2 Consent / Amendment partnership agreement

By signing this Amendment Agreement No. 4, the Parties confirm their prior consent to the additional capital contribution by FILP to the C.V.

FIM, FILP and MH hereby confirm for the avoidance of doubt that they continue the C.V. and wish to update the partnership agreement governing the C.V., as provided in this Amendment Agreement No. 4.

 

II. Updated and restated complete text of the partnership agreement

The provisions of the Amendment Agreement No. 3 are hereby modified in order to update the partnership agreement to reflect the changes as of the Amendment 4 Date.

The complete text of the terms and conditions of their relationship as partners of the C.V. as modified in connection with the above, now reads as follows.

 

4


1. Definitions

In this Agreement and the recitals hereto the following expressions shall have the meaning set opposite them:

 

“C.V.”:   Frank’s International C.V., a limited partnership established under Dutch law as described in Article 2 of this Agreement;
“FINV”   Frank’s International N.V., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, with address Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097 JB Amsterdam, The Netherlands, registered with the trade register under number 34241787;
“FINV A Shares”:   Shares of Series A preferred stock in the capital of FINV;
“FINV Common Shares”:   Shares of Common stock in the capital of FINV;
“Formation Date”:   ##, 2013;
“General Partner”:  

•      FIM;

 

•      or any replacement general partner admitted after the date hereof;

“Limited Partner(s)”:  

•      FILP;

 

•      MH; and

 

•      any limited partner admitted after the date hereof, or in singular any one of them;

“Lower-tier Partners”:   has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 12.4.
“Managing Partner”:   the General Partner entrusted with the management of the C.V.;
“Partners”:   the General Partner and the Limited Partner(s), or in singular any one of them;
“Percentage Interest”   has the meaning ascribed to it in Article I.1.3;
“Remaining Partners”:   has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 8.2;
“Resigning Partner”:   has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 8.2;
“Upper-tier Partner”:   has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 12.1.

 

5


2. Establishment of limited partnership

 

2.1 FIM, as General Partner, and FILP, as Limited Partner, have established the C.V. with effect as from the Formation Date. As from the Amendment 3 Date, MH has been admitted as Limited Partner.

 

2.2 The C.V.’s name is Frank’s International C.V. It has its partnership’s seat in Amsterdam, and its registered office at the principal offices of the Managing Partner.

 

2.3 The objects for which the C.V. is established are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a limited partnership may be organized under applicable law. The C.V. may engage in any and all activities necessary, desirable or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing, including:

 

  a. to incorporate, participate in, conduct the management of and take any other financial interest in other companies and enterprises;

 

  b. to render administrative, technical, financial, economic or managerial services to other companies, persons or enterprises;

 

  c. to acquire, dispose of, manage and exploit real and personal property, including patents, marks, licenses, permits and other industrial property rights;

 

  d. to borrow and/or lend moneys, act as surety or guarantor in any other manner, and bind itself jointly and severally or otherwise in addition to or on behalf of others,

the foregoing whether or not in collaboration with third parties and inclusive of the performance and promotion of all activities which directly and indirectly relate to those objects, all this in the broadest sense, provided, however, that it shall not itself engage in businesses in the Netherlands.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the C.V. to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited partnership formed under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

2.4 Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and except as permitted by applicable law, (i) the Managing Partner acting for and on behalf of the C.V. may enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and instruments, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Partner, and (ii) the Managing Partner may authorize any Person (other than a Limited Partner) to enter into and perform any document, agreement or instrument on behalf of the C.V.

 

6


2.5 The C.V. shall have (i) no less than one Limited Partner and (ii) one General Partner.

 

3. Term of the partnership

 

3.1 The C.V. is established as from the Formation Date and for an indefinite period of time.

 

3.2 The C.V. shall be terminated only upon unanimous votes of the Partners.

 

4. Contributions; Adjustments to Partnership Interests; Issuances or Redemptions of Partnership Interests

 

4.1.1 As per the Formation Date, FIM has made a contribution to the C.V. of an amount in cash, which amount shall be paid by FIM to the bank account of the C.V.

As per the Amendment 2 Date, FIM has made a (non-cash) contribution to the C.V., consisting of FINV A Shares.

 

4.1.2 As per the Formation Date, FILP has made a contribution to the C.V. of an amount in cash, which amount shall be paid by FILP to the bank account of the C.V.

As per the Amendment 1 Date, FILP has made a (non-cash) contribution to the C.V., consisting of its membership interest in Frank’s International Coöperatief U.A.

As per the Amendment 4 Date, FILP has made a contribution to the C.V. of an amount in cash (representing a portion of the net proceeds from the initial public offering of FINV Common Shares), which amount shall be paid by FILP to the bank account of the C.V.

 

4.1.3 As per the Amendment 3 Date, MH has made a (non-cash) contribution to the C.V., consisting of its interests in the following companies:

 

   

Frank’s International LLC , a limited liability company established under the laws of the state of Texas, United States of America United States of America (“FI LLC”);

 

7


   

Frank’s Casing Operations LLC , a limited liability company established under the laws of the state of Louisiana, United States of America, United States of America (“FCO LLC”); and

 

   

Frank’s Tong Services LLC , a limited liability company established under the laws of the state of Oklahoma, United States of America, United States of America (“FTS LLC”).

 

4.2 If agreed by unanimous votes of the Partners and without prejudice to Article 12 (i), the Partners can make additional contributions in cash or in kind to the C.V.; and (ii) capital contributions made by the Partners to the C.V. or parts thereof can be repaid by the C.V. to the Partners. Any such additional contributions or repayments are not required to be made on a pro rata basis.

 

4.3 Upon any contribution by the partners, the net fair market value of such contribution shall be determined and shall be taken into account for the purpose of determining the percentage interest in the C.V. (“Percentage Interest”) held by each partner, as further described in article 4.4.

Solely for the purpose of United States federal income tax purposes, the C.V. shall maintain a capital account for each partner in accordance with Exhibit A.

 

4.4 The Percentage Interests held by the partners will be determined as follows:

 

  a. With respect to each partner on the date hereof, the partner’s Percentage Interest will equal the net fair market value of the contributions (whether in cash or otherwise) made by such partner divided by the net fair market value of the contributions by all the partners.

The partners agree that each partner’s Percentage Interest as of the date hereof is as follows:

FIM: ##%

FILP: ##%

FH: ##%

 

  b.

In connection with any subsequent contribution (or deemed contribution) of cash, property or services to the C.V., the Percentage Interests will be redetermined, as

 

8


  soon as the approvals required by Article 12 have been granted. Each partner’s Percentage Interest will equal the net fair market value of the cash, property or services contributed (or deemed contributed) to the C.V. by such partner divided by the net fair market value of the cash, property or services contributed (or deemed contributed) by all the partners. For purposes of this calculation, each partner that owns an interest in the C.V. immediately prior to such subsequent contribution will be deemed to have made an aggregate contribution to the C.V. equal to its Percentage Interest (as in effect immediately prior to the redetermination) of the net fair market value of the C.V. immediately prior to such subsequent contribution.

 

4.5 For the avoidance of doubt and subject to any approvals required by Article 12, it is the expectation of the Partners that:

 

  a. If FINV issues common stock, par value €0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), FINV shall promptly cause FILP (or such other subsidiary of FINV designated by FINV) to contribute to FICV all the net proceeds (or other consideration), if any, received by FINV with respect to such Common Stock. Upon the contribution (or deemed contribution) by FILP (or such other subsidiary) to FICV of all of such net proceeds (or other consideration) so received by FINV, the Managing Partner shall cause FICV to issue an additional interest in FICV to FILP (or such other subsidiary) such that FILP and FIM’s (and, if applicable, any other subsidiary of FINV) collective aggregate Percentage Interest in FICV shall equal the percentage of the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock and Series A preferred stock, par value €0.01 per share, of FINV (“Preferred Stock”) that constitutes Common Stock.

 

  b. If any Common Stock is issued by FINV in to an employee or other service provider in connection with services rendered to or for the benefit of FICV, for purposes of determining Percentage Interests and for purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts, (i) FICV shall be treated as having made a cash payment to the employee or other service provider in an amount equal to the value of the Common Stock issued, (ii) the employee or other service provider shall be treated as having purchased the Common stock for cash equal to the value of such Common Stock from FINV, and (iii) FINV shall be treated as contributing such cash (through FILP and FIM) to the C.V.

 

  c. If any Common Stock is issued by FINV in connection with an equity incentive program subject to vesting or forfeiture provisions, then the interests in FICV that are issued by FICV to FILP (or such other subsidiary of FINV designated by FINV) in connection therewith in accordance with the provisions of paragraph b. above shall be subject to vesting or forfeiture on the same basis. Any cash or property held by FILP, FIM or FICV (or such other subsidiary) on each other’s behalf in respect of dividends paid on restricted Common Stock that fails to vest shall be returned to FICV upon the forfeiture of such restricted Common Stock.

 

  d. If, at any time, any Common Stock is repurchased or redeemed (whether by exercise of a put or call, pursuant to an open market purchase, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by FINV and subsequently cancelled, then the Managing Partner shall cause FICV, immediately prior to such repurchase or redemption of Common Stock, to repurchase or redeem a portion of FILP’s (or such other subsidiary of FINV designated by FINV) interests in FICV such that following such repurchase or redemption, FILP and FIM’s (and, if applicable, any other subsidiary of FINV) collective aggregate percentage interest in FICV shall equal the percentage of the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock that constitutes Common Stock, at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase or redemption price of the Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by FINV (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by FINV.

 

  e. As a result of the foregoing paragraphs a, b, c, and d at all times (i) the collective Percentage Interest of FIM, FILP and any other subsidiary of FINV contemplated above will equal the percentage of the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock that constitutes Common Stock and (ii) the Percentage Interest of MH will equal the percentage of the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock that constitutes Preferred Stock.

 

9


4.6 The Managing Partner shall hold legal title to the assets of the C.V., including the assets contributed by the Partners. The Managing Partner shall hold title to such assets for the risk and account of the C.V. and the beneficial ownership in such assets shall be vested in the C.V., under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. If the Managing Partner is replaced, it shall immediately cause title to the assets to be transferred to its successor. The Managing Partner shall be authorized to transfer title to the assets of the C.V. to a legal entity, controlled by the Managing Partner, provided that such legal entity shall have as sole purpose the holding of assets for and on behalf of the C.V.

 

5. Appointment, dismissal and authority of the Managing Partner

 

5.1 The General Partner shall be the Managing Partner. The business and affairs of the C.V. shall be managed by the Managing Partner consistent with this Agreement. Subject to the express limitations contained in this Agreement, the Managing Partner shall have complete and absolute control of the affairs and business of the C.V., and shall possess all powers necessary, convenient or appropriate to carrying out the purposes and business of the C.V., including, without limitation, doing all things and taking all actions necessary to carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Subject to the rights and powers of the Managing Partner and the limitations contained herein, the Managing Partner may delegate to any person, other than a Limited Partner, any or all of its powers, rights and obligations under this Agreement and may appoint, contract or otherwise deal with any person to perform any acts or services for the C.V. as the Managing Partner may reasonably determine. The Managing Partner is specifically authorized to execute, sign, seal and deliver in the name of and on behalf of the C.V. any and all agreements, certificates, instruments or other documents requisite to carrying out the intentions and purposes of this Agreement and of the C.V.

 

10


5.2 No Partner other than the Managing Partner shall be entitled to perform any act of management on behalf of the C.V. or have any authority to represent the C.V. vis-à-vis third parties.

 

5.3 The Managing Partner shall owe the same duties to the C.V. and the Partners as a member of the board of directors of FINV owes to FINV and its shareholders. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute any Partner an agent or legal representative of any other Partner or to create any fiduciary relationship for any purpose whatsoever, apart from such obligations between partners in a limited partnership formed under the laws of the Netherlands as may be created by applicable law. The Managing Partner shall not have any authority to act for, or to assume any obligation or responsibility on behalf of, any other Partner.

 

5.4 Except as provided by Article 3.2, Article 4.2 and Article 12 of this Agreement or by applicable law, the Managing Partner shall not require the prior approval of the Partners in relation to any action permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.5 The C.V. shall reimburse the Managing Partner for all costs and expenses incurred by the Managing Partner that are directly attributable to the operation of the C.V., including costs for engaging third parties such as consultants, attorneys and accountants.

 

5.6 The C.V. shall reimburse FINV for all of its general, administrative, overhead and other indirect costs and expenses, including (a) those costs and expenses attributable to operating as a publicly traded company, (b) costs of securities offerings, (c) board of directors compensation and meeting costs, (d) costs of periodic reports to shareholders, (e) litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, (f) accounting and legal costs and (g) franchise taxes.

 

6. Financial year and annual accounts

 

6.1 The financial year of the C.V. will coincide with the calendar year; provided that for United States federal income tax purposes the C.V. will have a tax year ending on June 30.

 

11


6.2 Within five months after the end of the financial year, or after termination of the C.V., the Managing Partner will draw up the (annual) accounts of the C.V. consisting of a balance sheet and a profit and loss account with explanatory notes thereon. The annual accounts of the C.V. shall be prepared in the English language and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, as determined by the Managing Partner. The annual accounts shall within said period of five months be submitted to the Partners for approval.

 

6.3 The C.V. shall prepare and timely file all tax returns required to be filed by the C.V., including all applicable U.S. tax returns. Each partner shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession relating to the C.V’s operations that is necessary to enable the C.V.’s tax returns to be timely prepared and filed. With respect to the U.S. Form 1065, the C.V. shall deliver to each Member within [90] calendar days after the end of the applicable tax year, a Schedule K-1 together with such additional information as may be required by the Partners in order to file their individual returns reflecting the C.V.’s operations. The C.V. shall bear the costs of the preparation and filing of its tax returns.

 

7. Profits and Losses; Distributions

 

7.1 Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A relating to allocations for United States income tax purposes, profits and losses (and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction) shall be allocated among the partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

 

7.2 The Limited Partner(s) will not be obliged to make any additional contributions to the C.V. to the C.V. for any reason.

 

7.3 Distributions.

 

7.3.1 To the extent permitted by applicable law and hereunder, distributions to partners may be declared by the Managing Partner out of legally available funds in such amounts and on such terms (including the payment dates of such distributions) as the Managing Partner shall determine using such record date as the Managing Partner may designate; such distribution shall be made to the partners as of the close of business on such record date on a pro rata basis in accordance with their Percentage Interests as of the close of business on such record date.

 

12


Distributions on a non pro rata basis may be declared subject to the approvals required by Article 12.

 

7.3.2 To the extent permitted by applicable law and to any restrictions contained in any agreement to which the C.V. is bound prior to making distributions pursuant to Article 7.3.1, on each Tax Distribution Date the C.V. shall, subject to the availability of funds, distribute to the partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests in cash an amount sufficient to cause each partner to receive an amount at least equal to such Partner’s Assumed Tax Liability, if any. “Tax Distribution Date” means any date that is two business days prior to the date on which estimated United States income tax payments are required to be made by calendar year individual taxpayers and each due date for the United States income tax return of an individual calendar year taxpayer (without regard to extensions) or such other dates as selected by the Managing Partner. “Assumed Tax Liability” of each Partner means an amount equal to (i) the amount of income taxes (including any applicable estimated taxes), determined taking into account the character of income and loss allocated as it affects the applicable tax rate, that the Managing Partner estimates would be due from such partner on such Tax Distribution Date, (x) assuming such partner were an individual resident of the State of Louisiana who earned solely the items of income, gain, deduction, loss, and/or credit allocated to such partner by the C.V., (y) after taking proper account of loss carryforwards available to individual taxpayers resulting from losses allocated to the partners by the C.V. (including allocations provided for in Section A-5(b) of Exhibit A), to the extent not taken into account in prior periods, and (z) assuming that such partner is subject to tax at the highest applicable rate, reduced by (ii) all other distributions made to such partner in respect of the period for which the Assumed Tax Liability is calculated.

 

8. Retirement, continuation and termination

 

8.1 A Partner shall retire:

 

  a. if the Partner (legal entity) is dissolved;

 

  b. if the Partner’s bankruptcy becomes irrevocable;

 

  c. if the Partner applies for a moratorium of payments;

 

  d. if Article 1684, Book 7A of the Dutch Civil Code (“severe reason”) applies to an individual Partner, as a result of which its membership terminates.

 

13


8.2 If any Partner retires pursuant to any of the events specified in Article 8.1, the Partners receiving the termination notice, or the Partners who are not subject to any of the events specified in Article 8.1(a-c), or the Partners to which Article 1684, Book 7A, Dutch Civil Code does not apply - hereafter referred to as the “Remaining Partners” - shall continue the affairs of the C.V. for their own account and under the same name, unless they have notified their former co-partner - hereafter the “Resigning Partner” - within one month of the latter’s resignation that they have elected not to continue the affairs of the C.V., in which case the C.V. shall be dissolved in accordance with Article 8.7.

If the C.V.’s affairs are not terminated, the provisions governing this limited partnership may be amended to reflect the new legal relationship, which has arisen between the Remaining Partners (and any newly admitted Partners).

 

8.3 If a Partner retires and the Remaining Partners have not elected to terminate the C.V., then the Remaining Partner(s) shall be under a duty to take over the Resigning Partner’s rights in the assets belonging to the C.V., and shall also assume all liabilities of the Resigning Partner towards the C.V., and pay the Resigning Partner the sum specified in Article 8.4. In deviation of the previous sentence, the Parties may also resolve that the Resigning Partner shall receive the Resigning Partner’s Percentage Interest of all assets of the C.V., provided that he/she assumes a pro rata portion of the liabilities of the C.V.

 

8.4 The sum referred to Article 8.3 shall be equivalent to the product of the Resigning Partner’s Percentage Interest multiplied by the net fair market value of the C.V.’s assets.

Unless the parties make deviating arrangements, any valuations required for determining the sum of money to be paid to the resigning partner shall be carried out by three experts, whose valuations shall be binding upon all parties. The expert(s) shall be appointed by the parties in mutual consultation.

 

8.5 The sum referred to above shall be paid to the Resigning Partner not later than one year after the first day of the month following the month of resignation.

 

8.6 If a Partner other than the Resigning Partner has no wish to continue the C.V. and notifies the other Partners within the one month period referred to in Article 8.2, such Partner shall be deemed to retire at the same time as the Resigning Partner and such Partner shall also be considered a Resigning Partner for the purposes of this Article.

 

14


8.7 The C.V. shall be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  a. the Partners unanimously elect to terminate the C.V.;

 

  b. any Partner retires and none of the other Partners wishes to continue the affairs of the C.V. in accordance with Article 8.2;

 

  c. if Article 1684, Book 7A of the Dutch Civil Code applies to the entire C.V.

 

8.8 Upon the termination of the C.V., the C.V.’s affairs shall be liquidated as soon as possible by the Managing Partner or another liquidator to be appointed by the Managing Partner.

 

8.9 The liquidator shall prepare the liquidation accounts of the C.V. in order to reflect the entitlement of each Partner calculated in accordance with Article 8.4.

Article 6 shall similarly apply to the approval of the liquidation accounts.

 

8.10 After payment of all creditors of the C.V., the remaining assets of the C.V. following its termination shall be distributed to the Partners whereby each of the Partners shall be entitled to distributions in proportion to the amount of its capital account as per the date of termination of the C.V. The Managing Partner shall in its sole discretion determine how the cash and other assets will be distributed to the each of those Partners and the Managing Partner will in its sole discretion determine the other details.

 

8.11 If there is any liquidation deficit, such deficit shall be entirely borne by the General Partner. The Limited Partner(s) shall not have any obligation to make any additional contributions for the covering of debts of the C.V.

 

8.12 Any payments to be made to the Partners in connection with the liquidation of the C.V. shall be made within one month from the date on which the liquidation accounts are established.

Any payments to be made by the General Partner to cover any liquidation deficit pursuant to Article 8.11 shall be made within one month from the date on which the liquidation accounts are established.

 

8.13 The books and records of the C.V. shall remain in the custody of the liquidator unless the former Partners determine otherwise.

 

15


9. Voting rights and decision making

 

9.1 Each Partner is entitled to cast one vote. Unless stated otherwise herein, all decisions to be taken by the Partners pursuant to this Agreement shall be adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast.

 

9.2 Each Partner shall appoint a natural person or legal entity to exclusively represent it in all matters regarding the C.V. Such appointment shall be valid, until a replacement is notified to the C.V. in accordance with Article 15.

 

10. Access to records and accounts

The Partners or any of their respective designated representatives, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose any of the books or records of the C.V.; provided, that for purposes of this sentence, a proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a Partner. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the Partner. The demand shall be directed to the C.V. at its registered office or at its principal place of business.

 

11. Confidentiality

 

11.1

The C.V. shall not, nor shall it permit any subsidiary to, disclose any Partner’s name or identity as an investor in the C.V. in any press release or other public announcement or in any document or material filed with any governmental entity, without the prior written consent of such Partner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless such disclosure is otherwise required by applicable law or by any regulatory or self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction,

 

16


  in which case (except with respect to disclosure that is required in connection with the filing of federal, state and local tax returns) prior to making such disclosure the C.V. shall give written notice to such Partner describing in reasonable detail the proposed content of such disclosure and shall permit such Partner to review and comment upon the form and substance of such disclosure and allow such Partner to seek confidential treatment therefor.

 

11.2 Each Partner expressly agrees to maintain, for so long as such person is a Partner and for two (2) years thereafter, the confidentiality of, and not to disclose to any person other than the C.V. (and any successor of the C.V. or any person acquiring (whether by merger, consolidation, sale, exchange or otherwise) all or a material portion of the assets or interests of the C.V. or any of its subsidiaries), another Partner or a person designated by the C.V. or any of their respective financial planners, accountants, attorneys or other advisors, any information relating to the business (current or proposed), financial structure, financial position or financial results, clients or affairs of the C.V. or any of its subsidiaries that shall not be generally known to the public, except (i) as otherwise required by applicable law or by any regulatory or self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, in which case (except with respect to disclosure that is required in connection with the filing of federal, state and local tax returns or by any regulatory or self-regulatory organization) prior to making such disclosure such Partner shall give written notice to the C.V. describing in reasonable detail the proposed content of such disclosure and shall permit the C.V. to review and comment upon the form and substance of such disclosure and allow the C.V. to seek confidential treatment therefor, and (ii) in the case of any Partner who is employed by the C.V. or any of its subsidiaries, in the ordinary course of his or her duties to the C.V. or any of its subsidiaries; provided, however, that a Partner may report to its stockholders, limited partners, members or other owners, as the case may be, regarding the general status of its investment in the C.V. (without disclosing specific confidential information).

 

12. Admission and Substitution of Partners; Participation in and by Other Partnerships

 

12.1 a.

The sale, transfer, exchange, assignment, gift, right of usufruct or other disposition, including but not limited to a disposition pursuant to a legal merger, legal division, dissolution or liquidation, whether voluntary or involuntary of all or any part of a Partner’s economic or legal interest in the C.V. shall require the prior written consent of all of the Partners. Such consent may be granted or withheld by each of them in their sole and absolute discretion.

 

17


  b. The admission and/or substitution of a Limited Partner shall require the prior written consent of all of the Partners. Admission or substitution of a Partner, a partner (limited or general partner) of such Partner (“Upper-tier Partner”) or a Lower-tier Partner (to be defined below) as referred to in this Article shall include proposed capital contributions, redeterminations of Percentage Interests as referred to in Article 4.4 under b and repayments of capital contributions, including the retirement of a Partner as referred to in article 8 of this Agreement, Upper-tier Partner or Lower-tier Partner, on a non pro rata basis, and any transfers of interests in the C.V. among Partners including redetermination of Percentage Interests as referred to Article 4.4.

 

  c. In case a Partner is a transparent entity according to Dutch tax principles, any admission and/or substitution of a Limited Partner shall in addition require the prior written consent of all of the Upper-tier Partners.

 

  d. In case a Limited Partner is a transparent entity according to Dutch tax principles, any admission and/or substitution of an Upper-tier Partner shall require the prior written consent of all of the Partners and all of the Upper-tier Partners.

 

  e. If C.V. has become a partner of another entity which is a transparent entity according to Dutch tax principles, any admission and/or substitution of a Limited Partner shall in addition require the prior written consent of all of the partners (limited partners and general partners) of such entity (“Lower-tier Partners”).

 

12.2 In case the C.V. wishes to become a partner (whether a limited partner or a general partner) of another entity which is a transparent entity according to Dutch tax principles, or in case another entity which is a transparent entity according to Dutch tax principles wishes to become a partner in the C.V., such other entity’s partnership agreement, statute, articles, bylaws or other governing document or agreement, whichever applies, has to contain provisions similar to Article 12.1 and this Article 12.2.

 

12.3 Any admission or substitution without the unanimous prior written consents required under this Article 12.1 shall be null and void.

 

12.4 Any admission or substitution of a Partner, an Upper-tier Partner or a Lower-tier Partner does not cause the C.V. to terminate or to dissolve.

 

18


13. Limited liability of Partner(s); Investment Opportunities; Performance of Duties; Conflicts of Interest

 

13.1 The Limited Partner(s) shall have no liability with respect to the debts of or the claims against the C.V., except to the extent of their capital accounts.

 

13.2 Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, a Partner may, but shall not be obligated to, lend money to the C.V., act as a surety or guarantor for the C.V., or transact other business with the C.V., and has the same rights and obligations when transacting business with the C.V. as a person or entity who is not a Partner.

 

13.3

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to the Partners, and any of their respective affiliates and any of their respective officers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than the C.V. and its subsidiaries) (each, a “Business Opportunities Exempt Party”). The C.V. renounces any interest or expectancy of the C.V. in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Business Opportunities Exempt Party. No Business Opportunities Exempt Party who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the C.V. shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the C.V. No amendment or repeal of this Article 13.3 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Business Opportunities Exempt Party for or with respect to any opportunities of which any such Business Opportunities Exempt Party becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any FINV shares or interests in the C.V. shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 13.3. Neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article 13.3, nor the adoption of any provision inconsistent with this Article 13.3, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article 13.3 in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article 13.3, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Business Opportunities Exempt Party who is a director or officer of the Managing Partner and who is offered a business opportunity of the Managing Partner reasonably determined by the party receiving the opportunity to be expressly in his or her

 

19


  capacity as a director or officer of the Managing Partner shall be obligated to communicate and offer such business opportunity to the Managing Partner and the Managing Partner and the C.V. do not renounce any such opportunity. Nothing this Article 13.3 shall limit the confidentiality obligations set forth in Article 11 or any fiduciary obligations of the directors of the Managing Partner.

 

13.4 In performing its, his or her duties, each of the partners shall be entitled to rely in good faith on the provisions of this Amendment Agreement No. 2 and on information, opinions, reports or statements (including financial statements and information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value or amount of the assets, liabilities, profits or losses of the C.V. and its subsidiaries), of the following other Persons or groups: (i) one or more officers or employees of such partner or the C.V. or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) any attorney, independent accountant or other Person employed or engaged by such partner or the C.V. or any of its subsidiaries, or (iii) any other Person who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of such partner or the C.V. or any of its subsidiaries, in each case, as to matters which such relying Person reasonably believes to be within such other Person’s professional or expert competence.

 

14. Indemnification

 

14.1 To the fullest extent permissible by law, the C.V. shall indemnify and reimburse for, and hold harmless against, each of the partners, the Managing Partner and their respective affiliates and the stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners, employees and agents of the partners, the Managing Partner and their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Indemnified Persons”):

 

  a. any and all liabilities, claims, judgments, fines and penalties (collectively, the “Claims”) incurred by an Indemnified Person as a result of any expected, threatened, pending or completed action, investigation or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative (each a “Legal Action”) in relation to any act or omission in or related to his or her capacity as Indemnified Person; and

 

  b. any expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and litigation costs) (collectively, “Expenses”) incurred by an Indemnified Person in connection with any Legal Action.

 

20


14.2 An Indemnified Person will not be held harmless, indemnified and reimbursed as referred to above in paragraph 1, if and to the extent:

 

  a. a Dutch court has made a final and binding judgment that the act or omission of the Indemnified Person can be characterized as willful misconduct ( opzet ), willful recklessness ( bewuste roekeloosheid ) or serious culpability ( ernstig verwijt ); and/or

 

  b. the costs or the loss of the Indemnified Person is covered by insurance and the insurer has compensated him or her for the costs or loss.

 

14.3 When a Dutch court has made a final and binding judgment that an Indemnified Person has no claim to the indemnification as referred to above in paragraph 1, the Indemnified Person shall immediately repay to the C.V. any amount of indemnification it received from the company. The C.V. can demand surety for the repayment obligation of the concerned party.

 

14.4 The company shall use all its reasonable endeavors to provide for, and shall bear the cost of, insurance covering Claims against, and Expenses incurred by, the Indemnified Persons in connection with any Legal Action.

 

14.5 The C.V. may enter into agreements with the Managing Partner to provide for indemnification consistent with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 14. Unless otherwise agreed by the Managing Partner, the C.V. shall maintain insurance, at its expense, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Indemnified Persons against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the C.V. would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article 14.

 

14.6 Expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a Proceeding shall be paid by the C.V. in advance of such Proceeding’s final disposition upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the C.V. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Managing Partner deems appropriate. The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Article 14 shall continue as to an Indemnified Person who has ceased to be a named Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of such a person.

 

14.7

Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article 14 and who are or

 

21


  were partners, employees or agents of the C.V., or who are or were serving at the request of the C.V. as employees or agents of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the Managing Partner.

 

14.8 The provisions of this Article 14 shall be deemed to be a contract right between the C.V. and each person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Article 14 and the relevant provisions of applicable law are in effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article 14 or any such law shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or Proceeding then existing. The indemnification and other rights provided for in this Article 14 shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any Indemnified Person. Except as provided in Article 14, the C.V. shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if such Proceeding was authorized by the Managing Partner.

 

14.8 For purposes of this Article 14, references to “the C.V.” shall include, in addition to the resulting company, any constituent company (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its managers, directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any Person who is or was a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent company, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article 14 with respect to the resulting or surviving company as he or she would have with respect to such constituent company if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article 14, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the C.V.” shall include any service as a manager, officer, employee or agent of the C.V. that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such manager, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the C.V.” as referred to in this Article 14.

 

22


14.9 Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any indemnity by the C.V. relating to the matters covered in this Article 14 shall be provided out of and to the extent of C.V. assets only and no Partner (unless such Partner otherwise agrees in writing or is found in a final decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have personal liability on account thereof) shall have personal liability on account thereof or shall be required to make additional contributions to help satisfy such indemnity of the C.V.

 

15. Notices

The notices given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if delivered by hand (or sent by first class mail) to the recipient at the address set out below. Any notice sent by hand shall be deemed effective at the time of receipt; any notice sent by mail shall be deemed effective seven days after the date on which it was sent.

to FIM:

Frank’s International Management B.V.

Attn. Managing Director

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB Amsterdam

The Netherlands

to FILP:

Frank’s International LP B.V.

Attn. Managing Director

Prins Bernhardplein 200

1097 JB Amsterdam

The Netherlands

 

23


to MH:

Mosing Holdings, Inc.

Attn. President

10260 Westheimer Rd

Houston, Texas 77042

United States of America

 

16. Miscellaneous

 

16.1 Article headings are inserted in this Agreement for case of reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement for the purposes of interpretation.

 

16.2 If any part of this Agreement becomes invalid or unenforceable the parties shall endeavor to agree to such amendment, which shall, as far as possible, effect the intentions expressed herein. In default of such agreement, the invalidity of such provision shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement and all provisions not affected by the invalidity shall remain in full force and effect.

 

16.3 The authentic language of this Agreement shall be the English language and all notices, reports and other communications hereunder shall be in English.

 

16.4 No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waiver without the unanimous prior written consent of the Partners.

 

17. Governing law and settlement of disputes

 

17.1 This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

17.2 The parties hereto shall use their best endeavors to settle any possible disputes in an amicable way. In the event conciliation fails, all disputes arising in connection with this Agreement or further agreements resulting thereof, shall be finally settled by the Court of Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement was executed in threefold by the parties hereto on the day and year first above written.

Frank’s International Management B.V.

 

By:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   Managing director A
Signature:  

 

By:   Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V.
Title:   Managing director B

 

Signature:  

 

  Signature:  

 

Name:     Name:  
Title:   Proxy holder   Title:   Proxy holder

Frank’s International LP B.V.

 

By:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   Managing director A
Signature:  

 

By:   Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V.
Title:   Managing director B

 

Signature:  

 

  Signature:  

 

Name:     Name:  
Title:   Proxy holder   Title:   Proxy holder

 

25


Mosing Holdings, Inc.
By:   Donald Keith Mosing
Title:   President
Signature:  

 


EXHIBIT A

UNITED STATES TAX PROVISIONS

For United States federal income tax purposes, the C.V. shall maintain a capital account for each partner and shall allocate all items of the C.V.’s income, gain, loss and deduction as provided for in this Exhibit A.

A-1. Definitions . Capitalized words and phrases used in this Exhibit A have the respective meanings ascribed to them in Amendment No. 4 to The Limited Partnership Agreement of Frank’s International C.V. dated effective July [_], 2013 (the “Agreement”) except as otherwise provided below. As used in this Exhibit C, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the capital account maintained for each Partner, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore or is treated as obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c), 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5)), and (b) decreased by any amounts described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) with respect to such Partner. The foregoing definition of “Adjusted Capital Account” is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and 1.704-2 and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Allocation Period ” means the period (a) commencing on the date hereof or, for any Allocation Period other than such first Allocation Period, the day following the end of a prior Allocation Period and (b) ending (A) on the last day of each Fiscal Year, (B) on the day preceding any day in which an adjustment to the Book Value of the C.V.’s properties pursuant to clause (b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (v) of the definition of Book Value occurs, (C) immediately after any day in which an adjustment to the Book Value of the C.V.’s properties pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of the definition of Book Value occurs, or (D) on any other date determined by the Managing Partner.

Book Value ” means, with respect to any property of the C.V., such property’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) The initial Book Value of any property contributed by a Partner to the C.V. shall be the Fair Market Value of such property as of the date of such contribution.

(b) The Book Values of all properties shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values in connection with (i) the acquisition of an interest (or additional interest) in the C.V. by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution to the C.V. or in exchange for the performance of more than a de minimis amount of services to or for the benefit of the C.V., (ii) the distribution by the C.V. to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the C.V., (iii) the liquidation of the C.V., including within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)(1) (other than pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B)), or (iv) any other event to the extent determined by the Managing Partner to be permitted and necessary to properly reflect Book Values in accordance with the standards set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q); provided that adjustments pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iv) above shall be made only if the Managing Partner reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the C.V.

(c) The Book Value of property distributed to a Partner shall be adjusted to equal the fair market value of such property as of the date of such distribution.

(d) The Book Value of all property shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such property pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining capital

 

A-1


accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and clause (f) of the definition of Profits or Losses or Section A-4(h); provided, however, that the Book Value of property shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause (d) to the extent that the Managing Partner reasonably determines an adjustment pursuant to clause (b) is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this clause (d).

(e) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).

(f) If the Book Value of property has been determined or adjusted pursuant to clauses (a), (b) or (d) hereof, such Book Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such property for purposes of computing Profits and Losses and other items allocated pursuant to Article VI.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the amount of money, and the initial Book Value of any property contributed to the C.V. by such Partner, in accordance with Article IV . Any reference to the Capital Contributions of a Partner will include the Capital Contributions made by a predecessor holder of such Partner’s interest in the C.V. to the extent the Capital Contribution was made in respect of interest in the C.V. Transferred to such Partner.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law.)

Depreciation ” means, for each Allocation Period an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to property for such Allocation Period, except that (a) with respect to any such property the Book Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes and which difference is being eliminated by use of the “traditional method with curative allocations” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d), Depreciation for such Allocation Period shall be the amount of book basis recovered for such Allocation Period under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(c), and (b) with respect to any other such property the Book Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis at the beginning of such Allocation Period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Book Value as the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Allocation Period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided that if the adjusted tax basis of any property at the beginning of such Allocation Period is zero dollars ($0.00), Depreciation with respect to such property shall be determined with reference to such beginning value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Partner.

Economic Risk of Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the C.V. which shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The C.V. shall have the same fiscal year for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

Gross Liability Value ” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.

 

A-2


Minimum Gain ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

Nonrecourse Deduction ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning assigned to the term “partner nonrecourse debt” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning assigned to the term “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Partner Nonrecourse Deduction ” has the meaning assigned to the term “partner nonrecourse deduction” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

Profits ” or “ Losses ” means, for each Allocation Period, an amount equal to the C.V.’s taxable income or loss for such period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):

(a) Any income of the C.V. that is exempt from U.S. federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition of “Profits” and “Losses” shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) Any expenditures of the C.V. described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of “Profits” and “Losses,” shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) In the event the Book Value of any asset is adjusted pursuant to clause (b) or clause (c) of the definition of Book Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Book Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Book Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall, except to the extent allocated pursuant to Section A-4, be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Book Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation;

(f) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining capital account balances as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner’s interest in the C.V., the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and

 

A-3


(g) Any items that are allocated pursuant to Section A-4 shall not be taken into account in computing Profits and Losses, but such items available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section A-4 will be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in subparagraphs (a) through (f) above.

Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations promulgated under the Code, as they may be amended from time to time.

A-2. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Each Partner’s capital account (a) shall be increased by (i) the amount of money contributed by such Partner to the C.V., (ii) the Book Value of property contributed by such Partner to the C.V. (net of liabilities secured by the contributed property that the C.V. is considered to assume or take subject to under Code Section 752) and (iii) allocations to such Partner of Profits and any other items of income or gain allocated to such Partner, and (b) shall be decreased by (i) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the C.V., (iii) the amount of any liabilities assumed (or deemed assumed) by the C.V., (ii) the Book Value of property distributed to such Partner by the C.V. (net of liabilities secured by the distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Code Section 752), and (iii) allocations to such Partner of Losses and any other items of loss or deduction allocated to such Partner. On the transfer of all or part of a Partner’s Units, the capital account of the transferor that is attributable to the transferred Units shall carry over to the transferee Partner in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(l).

A-3. Allocations of Profits and Losses . After giving effect to the allocations under Section A-4.1 , Profits and Losses (and to the extent determined by the Managing Partner to be necessary and appropriate to achieve the resulting capital account balances described below, any allocable items of gross income, gain, loss and expense includable in the computation of Profits and Losses) for each Allocation Period shall be allocated among the Partners during such Allocation Period, in such a manner as shall cause the capital accounts of the Partners (as adjusted to reflect all allocations under Section A-4 and all distributions through the end of such Allocation Period) to equal, as nearly as possible, (a) the amount such Partners would receive if all assets of the C.V. on hand at the end of such Allocation Period were sold for cash equal to their Book Values, all liabilities of the C.V. were satisfied in cash in accordance with their terms (limited in the case of non-recourse liabilities to the Book Value of the property securing such liabilities), and all remaining or resulting cash (including any Retained Distributions) were distributed to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests minus (b) such Partner’s share of Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets, and the amount any such Partner is treated as obligated to contribute to the C.V., computed immediately after the hypothetical sale of assets.

A-4. Special Allocations . The following allocations shall be made in the following order:

(a) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the Partners as determined by the Managing Partner, to the extent permitted by the Treasury Regulations.

(b) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions Attributable to Partner Nonrecourse Debt. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to Partner Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated to the Partners bearing the Economic Risk of Loss for such Partner Nonrecourse Debt as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss for such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, the Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated among the Partners according to the ratio in which they bear the Economic Risk of Loss. This Section A-4(b) is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

A-4


(c) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, if there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain for an Allocation Period (or if there was a net decrease in Minimum Gain for a prior Allocation Period and the C.V. did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior periods to allocate among the Partners under this Section A-4(c)), items of income and gain shall be allocated to each Partner in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in such Minimum Gain (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(g)(2)). This Section A-4(c) is intended to constitute a minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(d) Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback . Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section A-4(c) (dealing with Minimum Gain), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain for an Allocation Period (or if there was a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain for a prior Allocation Period and the C.V. did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior periods to allocate among the Partners under this Section A-4(d), items of income and gain shall be allocated to each Partner in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4)). This Section A-4(d) is intended to constitute a partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section A-4(a) and Section A-4(b), no Losses or other items of loss or expense shall be allocated to any Partner to the extent that such allocation would cause such Partner to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account) at the end of such Allocation Period. All Losses and other items of loss and expense in excess of the limitation set forth in this Section A-4(e) shall be allocated to the Partners who do not have a deficit balance in their Adjusted Capital Accounts in proportion to their relative positive Adjusted Capital Accounts but only to the extent that such Losses and other items of loss and expense do not cause any such Partner to have a deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account.

(f) Qualified Income Offset . Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section A-4(c) and Section A-4(d), a Partner who unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) shall be allocated items of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of income, including gross income, and gain for the Allocation Period) in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate any deficit balance in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section A-4(f) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have deficit Adjusted Capital Account balance after all other allocations provided for in this Article VI have been tentatively made as if this Section A-4(f) were not in this Agreement. This Section A-4(f) is intended to constitute a qualified income offset under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(g) Gross Income Allocation. In the event that any Partner has a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of any Allocation Period, such Partner shall be allocated items of C.V. gross income and gain in the amount of such deficit as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section A-4(g) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its capital account after all other allocations provided for in this Article VI have been tentatively made as if Section A-4(f) and this Section A-4(g) were not in this Agreement.

(h) Section 754 Adjustments . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any C.V. properties pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (m) (2) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (m) (4) to be taken into account in determining capital accounts as the result of a distribution to any Partner in complete

 

A-5


liquidation of such Partner’s Units, the amount of such adjustment to capital accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (m) (2) if such Treasury Regulation Section applies, or to the Partner to whom such distribution was made if Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (m) (4) applies.

A-5. Income Tax Allocations .

(a) All items of income, gain, loss and deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be allocated in the same manner as the corresponding item is allocated pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section A-4 , except as otherwise provided in this Section A-4 .

(b) In accordance with the principles of Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (including the Treasury Regulations applying the principles of Code Section 704(c) to changes in Book Values), income, gain, deduction and loss with respect to any C.V. property having a Book Value that differs from such property’s adjusted U.S. federal income tax basis shall, solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners in order to account for any such difference using the “traditional method with curative allocations” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(c) or such other method or methods as determined by the Managing Partner to be appropriate and in accordance with the applicable Treasury Regulations.

(c) Any (i) recapture of depreciation or any other item of deduction shall be allocated, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1254-5, to the Partners who received the benefit of such deductions (taking into account the effect of allocations under Code Section 704(c)), and (ii) recapture of grants credits shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with applicable law.

(d) Tax credits of the C.V. shall be allocated among the Partners as provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii) and 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii).

(e) Allocations pursuant to this Section A-4 are solely for purposes of U.S. federal, state, and local taxes and, except as otherwise specifically provided, shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s capital account or share of Profits, Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

A-6. Other Allocation Rules.

(a) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable to an interest in the C.V. that may have been Transferred shall be allocated between the Transferor and the Transferee based on the portion of the Fiscal Year during which each was recognized as the owner of such interest, without regard to the results of C.V. operations during any particular portion of that year and without regard to whether cash distributions were made to the Transferor or the Transferee during that year; provided, however, that this allocation must be made in accordance with a method permissible under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(b) The Partners’ proportionate shares of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the C.V., within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), shall be allocated to the Partners in any manner determined by the Managing Partner and permissible under the Treasury Regulations.

The allocations set forth in Sections A-3, A-4, A-5 and the preceding provisions of this Section A-6 are intended to comply with the Treasury Regulations. If the Managing Partner determines that a Partner’s capital account or the allocations to a Partner are not in compliance with the Treasury Regulations, the Managing Partner is authorized to make any appropriate adjustments.

 

A-6

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 of Frank’s International N.V. of our report dated May 10, 2013 relating to the combined financial statements of Frank’s International N.V., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

July 15, 2013

Exhibit 99.2

Consent of Director Nominee 

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) of Frank’s International N.V. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a director nominee in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 14th day of July, 2013.

 

/s/ Sheldon Erikson
Sheldon Erikson

Exhibit 99.3

Consent of Director Nominee 

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) of Frank’s International N.V. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a director nominee in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 15 th day of July, 2013.

 

/s/ Kirkland D. Mosing
Kirkland D. Mosing

Exhibit 99.4

Consent of Director Nominee 

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) of Frank’s International N.V. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a director nominee in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 13th day of July, 2013.

 

/s/ Steven B. Mosing
Steven B. Mosing